KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER’S ... - Amul...

PROPOSED CATTLE FEED FACTORY, KAPADWANJ

TENDER DOCUMENTS

CIVIL WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PLANT BUILDING,

GODOWNS & ANCILLARY STRUCTURES

AT

PROPOSED CATTLE FEED FACTORY

AT

KAPADIVAV, P.O. CHIKHLOAD, TALUKA – KAPADWANJ, DISTRICT : KHEDA, GUJARAT

TENDER REFERENCE : AMUL/CFF-4/KAPDIVAV/2014

KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCERS’ UNION LTD.

ANAND 388 001, GUJARAT - INDIA

KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER’S UNION LTD. Anand-388001 | Gujarat | India

March 2010

HOUSING

PROJECT

T E N D E R T E N D E R

[Qualify to Bid]


Bid No. :

Bidder Company : ______________________________________________________ Authorized Person : ______________________________________________________ Address : ______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ Contacts : O ____________________________________________________ M ____________________________________________________ Fax ___________________________________________________ Mail __________________________________________________ Submission Date/Time: ______________________________________________________ Remark : ______________________________________________________

Qualification Bid

To be filled by contractors as per advertisement and special conditions only. Presentable

format can have more mileage. Seal and stamp in a separate cover. Only on compatibility of

QB the Price bid is valid.


I N V I T A T I O N TO B I D

KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCERS’ UNION LIMITED.

AMUL Dairy Road, ANAND – 388 001, GUJARAT.

Phone: +91-2692-2256124 Fax: +91-2692-2240225

Bid

Ref. AMUL/CFF-4/KAPDIVAV/2014

PROJECT: PROPOSED CATTLE FEED FACTORY,

KAPADWANJ.

Work Description

Estimate

Estimated Cost (`.) EMD (`.)

Construction of Plant building,

Godowns & Ancillary Structures. 55 Crores 55 Lacs

Time Completion Period 8 months from the date of L.O.I.

Bidding Document Sale START 20.2.2014, Thursday.

STOP 7.3.2014, Friday..

Last Date & Time of Bid SUBMISSION 7.3.2014, Friday at 15.00 Hrs.

OPENING 8.3.2014, Saturday at 11.00 Hrs.

Pre-Bid Meeting 24.2.2014, Monday at 11.00 Hrs.

Place of Pre-Bid Meeting

General Manager (Projects & Engineering)

Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers’ Union Ltd,

Amul Dairy, Anand 388001

Phone: (02692) 225473.

Place of Tender Opening

General Manager (Projects & Engineering)

Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers’ Union Ltd,

Amul Dairy, Anand 388001

Phone: (02692) 225473.


1. The Bidders must submit their qualification details with necessary supporting documents in sealed cover and price bid bid in another sealed cover separately.

2. Bids must be accompanied by Bid Security of Rs. 55 Lacs in acceptance form as specified in the bidding document and must delivered to the address of the communication as stated above on or before last date and time of the receipt of Bids as given in clause 14 of preparation of Bid.

3. Bids will be opened in the presence of those bidders or their authorized representatives who choose to attend at office of Amul Dairy, Anand.

4. The bid shall remain valid for the period of 90 days from the date of bid opening as mentioned above.

5. The bid security accompanying the bid shall be valid for 30 days beyond the bid validity period.

6. The Bid Security Deposit, Company Profile and Tender Documents along with schedule of quantity should be in separate sealed cover. Two cover System.


Contents

Item-Clause-Specification

Important Conditions

Declaration Form

Qualification Bid

Contractor Information

Instructions to Bidders

Form of Bid and Appendix

Form of Agreement

Acceptable Forms of Bank Guarantee

General Conditions of Contract

Special Conditions of Contract

Technical Specifications-Civil

Technical Specifications-Plumbing

Price Bid-BOQ

Drawings


IMPORTANT CONDITIONS

1. Amul Dairy invites to purchase, fill and submit this tender only by qualified civil engineering company/firm or individual registered with the government having minimum A+ grade or private firms having the following pre-requisite and per qualification stated in the advertisement.

2. Only those companies/individuals having minimum 5 years or more experience and who have

successfully completed projects worth `. 20 crores or more in one year can go through the tendering process. Annual average turnover worth `. 70 crores since last three years must be

endorsed with audited balance sheet of last three financial years. Minimum billing should be `. 10 crores or more.

3. A presentable colored photographs portfolio of A4 size indicating name of the project, client, cost,

architect, completion period is a must without which qualification bid is not valid. This is a major document displaying professionalism and work approach of a company.

4. Company/individual having qualified civil engineer staff and capable of deputing a permanent

project engineer on site may undergo this tendering.

5. The tenderer must be sole proprietor, partner, director of the company the proof of the same must be attached, under no circumstances sub-contracting or use of proxy registration is permissible.

6. Minimum wallform/H frame/centering plates of 5000 sq.meter. and its other supporting requirement

has to be possessed by the tenderer with valid proof.

7. Competent civil engineer on site shall measure all dimensions in the presence of dairy engineer approved as per tender items no clearly mentioned along with a copy of respective drawings with indication for certification from the architect.

8. The project must be completed in maximum 8 months time with efficient management, coordination

with the estate office and all the consultants using modern technology with workmanship and quality meeting that of international standard.

9. Bills for all the products must be presented at all times and basic rates of all finishing items must be

referred to in case similar brand or sub brand are approved by the client/architect.

10. Project board as per the design provided by the architect must be printed and installed outside the site by the contractor at their own cost. A detailed bar chart must be submitted within 15 days of issue of work order.

11. Any misprinted or error must be brought to the notice of architect before acceptance of work order for rectification, later all such will be interpreted as per architects decision without and debate.

12. Tenderer’s are required to seal and stamp in a cover two separately sealed and stamped covers

consisting the Qualification bid and the Price Bid super scripted clearly as well as draft of Bid Security. The general documents must be kept uncovered in the same envelope. Price Bid shall bear complete address of the tender with required postage stamps.

13. Invitation for tender, acceptance, rejection, re-tendering, revision at any stage is at sole discretion

to the dairy board.

14. Contractor has to install & operates at least one tower crane to accelerate & expedite the construction of 50m high building without any extra cost

I/We accept the above important conditions, Contractor’s Name & Stamp

_________________________________


DECLARATION FORM

1. I/We have read the instruction appended with the Performa and l/We understand that if false information is detected at a later date, any contract made between ourselves and Amul Dairy for Cattle Feed Plants project may be treated as invalid by the Employer.

2. I/We agree that the decision of Amul Dairy, Anand in selection of contractors and

phasing of construction works will be final and binding upon me/us.

3. All the information and data furnished herewith under Part-I, Part-II, Part-III and Part -IV are correct to the best of my/our knowledge.

4. I/We also agree that we have no objection if inquiries are made about construction work

and its related areas regarding all projects and works listed by us in the accompanying sheets or any other inquiry on the information furnished herewith in the accompanying sheets.

5. I/We accept the condition that the entire project for Cattle Feed Plants at Anand by

AMUL dairy may or may not be offered to me/us.

6. I/We have visited and inspected the site for Cattle Feed Plants and found in accordance with the said construction and maneuvering of construction materials and its process.

7. I/We have read and understood the tender notice as well as the special conditions,

general instructions, specifications and have no objection to any of the clause.

8. I/We declare that we have studied all the drawings and conditions to complete the project in 8 months from the date of work order and is ready to pay liquidated damage mentioned in tender notice in case of delay in the completion without raising any reason in any case.

__________________________________

Contractor’s Name & Stamp


QUALIFICATION BID QUALITY WITH ON TIME PERFORMANCE

1. Tenderer of Cattle Feed Plants building for Kaira District Milk Producers Union Ltd. at Anand are

required to submit their full Bio-data and Company profile giving details about their organization,

technical experience, capacity and competence, suitable evidence of their financial standing in the

enclosed form.

2. In deciding upon the selection of contractors for the above work, great emphasis will be put on ability

and competence of contractors to do good quality works within specified time schedule and in close

co-ordination with other agencies.

3. Decision of the Architect, Project I/c, General Manager (Projects & Engg), Managing Director of Kaira

District Milk Producers Union Ltd., regarding the selection of contractor will be final and binding. They

are not bound to assign any reasons therefore.

4. Information furnished in the Performa will be kept CONFIDENTIAL.

5. If the space in the Performa is insufficient for furnishing full details, such information may be

supplemented on separate sheets of paper stating therein that part of the Performa and serial

number. Separate sheets should be used for each part.

6. The Bidder shall have minimum experience as mentioned in notice inviting Tender. In order to

establish that the bidder are meeting the minimum experience criteria as specified in notice inviting

tender, it is necessary that the bidder must furnish the relevant information in the requisite Performa.

7. The bidder shall be financially sound and shall have adequate capacity to execute the work. The

bidder shall furnish documents as support of his financial capability for execution of work under this

contract.

8. Tendered should fill company profile as listed on the following pages and project completed pictures

in a highly presentable format.

9. Each part of the Performa must be signed by any person/persons on behalf of the organization

holding power of attorney to do so;

(I) Basic Information

(II) Construction capacity and previous experience

(III) List of Plants, Machineries, Equipments

(IV) Technical personnel and special experience


CONTRACTORS INFO - BASIC INFORMATION

1. Name of the Company / Firm :

2. (a) Type of the Company : Proprietorship | Partnership | Private Ltd. | Limited | Co-perative (Tick applicable)

(b) Name of the person/s :

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

3. Registration No. :

4. Registering Authority : (Date & validity)

5. In construction field since :

6. Areas of business activities : (Other than construction)

7. (a) Income tax No. :

(b) Financial Data : i) (Separate documents)

ii)

iii)

(c) Bankers detail : (Attached solvency certificate)

8. Registered office address :

9. Indicate if involved in any litigation at present and in past involving construction contracts:

10. Supplementary sheets : (Attached for QD part-I)

Sr.

No. Project Nature of Work

Work order

Date

Completion

Date Value (Rs.)


CONTRACTORS INFO - CONSTRUCTION CAPABILITY & PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE

1. List of important similar type of projects and cost executed by our company during last 10 years with the required information, clients certificate and attached pictures :

Name of Project Clients Name & Address Cost of Construction Year of Completion

2. Key features of the projects and distinguished capability :

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.

3. Supplementary sheets : (Attached for QD part-II)


CONTRACTORS INFO - PLANT, MACHINARIES, EQUIPMENTS

Ownership proof must be attached

1) Number of Concrete Mixers (with capacity) :

2) Vibrators a) No. of needle type : b) No. of pavement/slab type :

3) Number of weigh batchers (with capacity) :

4) Concrete testing equipment Compression Testing Machine (with capacity) :

5) Steel tubular scaffolding : (Area and possible erection height)

6) Slab shutting (Area)

a) Steel : b) Timber :

7) Number of following equipments a) Grunting and Grouting : b) Air compressors :

8) Number of Pumps (with capacity) :

9) Floor polishing machines (Number) :

10) Welding, Bar cutting and Bending equipment (No.) :

11) Welding generators / Diesel generators :

12) Details of other plant and machinery :

13) Supplementary sheets attached for QB part-III :


CONTRACTORS INFO - TECHNICAL PERSONNEL & SPECIAL EXPERIENCE

1. List of Technical Personal with Information about them:

Name Qualification Employed since Projects handled Special

Experience

1. Technical competence : 2. Managerial competence :

3. Mileage points of company :

4. References with contact :

a)_____________________________________________________

b)___________________________________________________

5. Supplementary sheets attached for QD part-IV :


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Clauses

3BA. GENERAL

1. Descriptions of Work ( as on bid invitation page) 2. Sources of Funds 3. Eligibility and Qualification Requirements 4. Cost of Bidding 5. Site Visit 4BB. BIDDING DOCUMENT

6. Content of the Bidding document 7. Clarification of the bidding document 8. Amendment of the bidding document 5BC. PREPARATION OF THE BIDS

9. Language of Bid 10. Documents comprising the bid 11. Bid Prices 12. Currencies of the Bid Payment 13. Bid Validity 14. Bid security 15. Variations of the Bidding conditions 16. Pre-Bid Meeting 17. Format of the signing bids 6BD. SUBMISSION OF BIDS

18. Sealing and marking of bids 19. Deadline for submission of Bids 20. Late Bids 21. Modifications and withdrawals of bids 7BE. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

22. Bid Opening 23. Process to be confidential 24. Clarification of Bids 25. Determination of Responsive 26. Correction of errors 27. Conversion of the Single currency 28. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids 8BF. AWARD OF CONTRACT

29. Award Criteria 30. Amul Dairy's right to Accept any Bid and to reject any or all bid 31. Notification of award 32. Signing Agreement 33. Performance Security


A. GENERAL 1.0 Description of work;-

As per the invitation page.

2.0 Source of fund:- The bid must clearly mention the source of fund to be used by his company during the

construction of the said project and how the fund is to be utilized and managed for successful completion of the project.

3.0 Eligibility and the Qualifications requirements:- 3.1 To be eligible for the award of the Contracts, bidders shall provide evidence satisfactory to Amul

Dairy of their eligibility and of their capacity and adequacy of resources to carry out the contract effectively.

4.0 Cost of bidding:- The bidders shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his bid and

Kaira District Cooperative Milk Producers’ Union Limited, Anand hereinafter referred to as Amul Dairy, will in no case be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

5.0 Site visit :- 5.1 The bidder is advised to visit and examine the site of works and its surroundings and obtain for

himself on his own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering into a contract. The costs of visiting the site shall be at bidders own expense.

5.2 The bidder and any of his personnel or agent (s) will be granted permission by Amul Dairy to

enter upon the premises and lands for the purpose of such inspection, but only upon the express condition that the bidder, his personal or agent(s), will release and indemnify Amul Dairy and his personnel and agent(s) from and against all liabilities in respect thereof and will be responsible for personnel injury (whether fatal or otherwise), loss of or damage to property and any other loss or damage, costs and expenses however caused, which, but for the exercise of such permission would not have arisen.

B. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 6.0 Contents of the Bidding Documents. 6.1 The set of bidding documents issued for the purpose of bidding includes the as stated in the

content, together with any addenda thereto issued in accordance with clause 8 and any minutes of the pre bid meetings issued in the accordance with clause 16.

6.2 The bidder is expected to examine carefully all instructions conditions, forms, terms,

specifications and drawings in bidding documents. Failure to comply with the requirement and the bid submission will be at the bidder’s own risk. Pursuant to clause 25 bid which are not substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding documents will be rejected.


7.0 Clarification of the Bidding Documents:- A prospective bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify Amul Dairy in

writing or by telegram at the address of communication indicated in the invitation to the bid. Amul Dairy will respond in writing or by required earlier that 3 days prior to the dead line for the submission of the bids. Written copies of the response of Amul Dairy (including the description of the inquiry without identifying its source) will be sent to all prospective bidders who purchase the bidding documents.

8.0 Amendment of the Bidding Documents:- 8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for the submission of the bids Amul Dairy may for any reason

whether at its own initiative or in response to clarification requested by the prospective bidder modify the bidding document by the issuance of the amendment.

8.2 The amendment will be sent in writing to all prospective bidders who have purchased the bidding

documents and will be binding upon them. Prospectively bidders shall acknowledge receipt thereof, the prospective bidder due to the postal delay shall not bind the bids. The amendment will be attached to the bidding document sold subsequently.

8.3 In order to afford prospective bidders reasonable time in which to take an amendment into

account of preparing their bids, Amul Dairy may at its discretion extend the deadline for the submission of bids in accordance with clause 19.

C. PREPARATION OF THE BIDS 9.0 Language of Bid The bid prepared by the bidder and all correspondence and documents relating to the bid

exchanged by the bidder and Amul Dairy shall be written in the English language. Supporting documents and printed literature furnished by the bidder with the bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by appropriate translation of pertinent passage in the above stated language. For the purpose of the interpretation of the bid, English language shall prevail.

10.0 Documents comprising the Bid The bid to be prepared by the bidder shall comprise the following. (a) The form of bid Appendix thereto, (b) The bid security. (c) The schedule of the quantities. (d) The schedule of the supplementary information, the information on the eligible and

qualifications. (e) Alternative offers were invited and any other materials required to be completed and

submitted in the accordance with the instruction to Bidders embodied in these binding documents.


The Forms, schedule of quantities and Schedule provided in this volume of the binding documents shall be used without exception (subject to the extension of the schedules in the Same Format And To Provisions Of Sub Clause 14.2 Regarding The alternative forms of the bid security)

11.0 Bid Prices 11.1 Unless stated otherwise in the bidding documents, the contract shall be for the whole work as

described in the Invitation to bid based on the schedule of unit rates and prices submitted by the bidder.

11.2 The bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of works described in the schedule of

quantities, whether quantities are stated or not. Items against which no rate is entered by the bidder shall not be paid for by Amul Dairy when executed and shall be deemed to have covered by the other rates in schedule of quantities.

11.3 All the duties taxes and the other levies shall be payable by the bidder under the contract of any

other cause, shall be included in the rates and the prices and total bid price submitted by the bidder and the evaluation and the comparison of the bids by Amul Dairy shall be made accordingly.

11.4 Fixed Prices Delay due to inability of the contractor will not be entertained for price rise if any and that will fetch

penalty as mentioned, however delay due to KDMCUL will not carry any penalty and may be applicable for price rise as per basic rates quoted in this tender.

The rates and prices quoted by the bidder shall be fixed for the duration of the contract and shall not be subjected to the adjustment on any account if the duration of the contract as stated in the invitation to the Bid, is less than and up to 8 months. A bid submitted with any price adjustment condition shall be treated as non-responsive and rejected, pursuant to clause 25 of this section.

If an extension of the time is granted by Amul Dairy pursuant to the clause 44.0 hereof, Amul

Dairy shall agree to price adjustment pursuant to clause 71.0 here of for extended period of contract, excluding or including the original contract period, provided that of the total actual period of contract including the original contract period exceeds 18 months.

11.5 Price Adjustment The rates and prices quoted by bidder are subject to the adjustment during the performance of

the contract, if the duration of the contract as stated in the Invitation to the bid is more than 24 months. The price adjustment provision shall not be taken into consideration in the Bid evaluation pursuant to clause 28 of this section.

12.0 Currency of the Bid and Payment;- The unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the bidder entirely in Indian Currency and all the

payment shall be made in Indian Currency only. 13.0 Bid Validity;- 13.1 Bid submitted shall remain valid for acceptance for period of 90 days from the date of bid

opening.


13.2 In exceptional circumstances prior to the expiry of the original bid validity period, Amul Dairy may request the bidder for specified extension in period of validity. The request and the response thereto shall be made in writing. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting his bid security. A bidder agreeing to the request shall not be permitted to modify his bid but shall be required to extend the validity of his bid security correspondingly. The provisions of clause 14 shall continue to apply during the extended period of bid validity.

14.0 Bid Security;- 14.1 The bidder shall furnish, as the part of the bid, a bid security for the amount as specified in the

clause 5 in the Invitation of the bid. 14.2 The bid security shall, at the bidders option be in the form of bank draft or pay order drawn in the

favor of Kaira District Cooperative Milk producers Union Limited, Anand or the bank guarantee from the nationalized banks. The format of the bank guarantee shall be strictly in accordance with the sample form included in the bidding document. Bank guarantee shall be valid from the date of opening of the bid till 30 days beyond the period of validity of the bid. Bank guarantee from only nationalized bank under RBI rules and regulations will be accepted.

14.3 Any bid accompanied by an acceptable bid security pursuant to the clause 14.1 and 14.2 hereof

shall be rejected by Amul Dairy as non-responsive. 14.4 The Bid securities of unsuccessful bidders shall be refunded as promptly as possible but not late

than 30 days after expiry of period of bid validity as prescribed in these documents. 14.5 The bid security of the Successful bidder shall be refunded when the bidder has been signed the

agreement and furnished required performance security. 14.6 No interest shall be paid by Amul Dairy on the bid security furnished by the bidder. 14.7 The bid security may be forfeited (a) If a bidder withdraws his bid during period of bid validity; or (b) In the case of a successful bidder, if he fails the time limit to: (i) Sign the agreement, or (ii) Furnish the required performance security. 15.0 Variation of the Bidding condition 15.1 The bidder shall submit offer, which comply fully with the requirements of the bidding documents,

including the basic technical design and indicated in the drawing and specifications. Conditional bids are liable to be considered as non-responsive in accordance with clause 25.

16.0 Pre Bid Meeting;- 16.1 The bidder or his authorized representative is advised to attend the pre bid meeting which will be

convened at the office of Amul Dairy on the date and time as stated. 16.2 The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer the questions on any matter

that may be raised at that stage. 16.3 The bidder is requested to submit any question in writing to reach Amul Dairy not later than 3

days before the meeting.


16.4 Minutes of the meeting including the copies of the question raised in and response given will be

furnished expeditiously to all those attending the meeting (and subsequently to all purchasers of the bidding documents). Any modification of the bidding documents listed in clause 6.1 of this section which may become necessary as a result of pre bid meeting shall be made by Amul Dairy exclusively through the issuance of the addendum pursuant to clause 8 and not through the minutes of the pre bid meeting.

17.0 Format and signing of bids 17.1 The bidder shall prepare and submit the original copy of the documents comprising the bidding

documents purchased by him. 17.2 All the pages of the bidding documents shall be signed by the person(s) duly authorized, to bind

the bidder to the contract. Proof of authorization shall be in the form of a pages of the bid documents, where entries and amendments had been made, shall additionally be initialized by the person (s) signing the bids.

17.3 The complete bid shall be without the alterations, interlineations or erasures, except those in

accordance with instruction issued by Amul Dairy or as necessary to correct errors made by the bidder, in which case such corrections shall initialed by the person (s) signing the bid. No over writing shall be permitted.

17.4 Only one bid may be submitted by each bidder. No bidder may participate in the bid of another for

the same contract in any relation whatsoever. 17.5 The bidder shall quote the rate of each item in figures. D. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 18.0 Sealing and marking of bids;- 18.1 The bidder shall seal the bid in an inner and an outer envelope, duly marking the envelopes as

“ORIGINAL”. 18.2 The inner and the outer envelops shall be addressed to the address as given in the address for

communication in clause 5.0 of Invitation to Bid and shall bear the following identifications. (i) Name of the contract - as stated in the clause 1.0 of invitation bid. (ii) Reference of the bid - as given in the invitation to Bid. (iii) Words “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE” (Mention date and time of opening of the bid as given in

clause 5.0 of invitation to bid. 18.3 The inner envelope shall indicate the name and the address of the bidder to enable the bid to be

returned unopened in case it is declared late or is otherwise unacceptable. 18.4 If the outer envelope is not sealed and as marked as instructed above, Amul Dairy shall not

assume any responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the bid submitted. A bid opened prematurely for this cause will be rejected by Amul Dairy and returned to the bidder.


19.0 Deadline for submission of bids:- 19.1 Bids must be received by Amul Dairy at the address Kaira District Co-op. Milk Producers’

Union Ltd., Anand-388001. on or before the date & time of submission as stated in clause 4.0 in the invitation to bid

19.2 Amul Dairy may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids by issuing an

amendment in accordance with clause 8 hereof, in which case all rights and obligation of Amul Dairy and the bidders previously subject to the original deadline shall thereafter be subject to the new deadline as extended.

20.0 Late Bids 20.1 Any bid received by Amul Dairy later than the dead line for the submission of bids as prescribed

by Amul Dairy in accordance with clause 19 shall be returned unopened to the bidder. 21.0 Modification and withdrawal of bids. 21.1 The bidder may modify or withdraw his bid after bid submission provided that the modifications or

notice of withdrawal is received in writing by Amul Dairy prior to the prescribed dead line for the submission of bids.

21.2 The bidder’s modification or notice of withdrawal shall be prepared, sealed, marked and delivered in accordance with the provisions of clause 18 for the submission of bids, with the inner envelope additionally marked “MODIFICATION” or “WITHDRAWAL” as appropriate.

21.3 Subject to clause 24, no bid shall be modified subsequent to the deadline for the submission of

bids. 21.4 Withdrawal of the bid during the interval between the deadline for the submission of bids and the

expiry of the period of bid validity shall result in forfeiture of the Bid security pursuant to clause 14.

E. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION 22.0 Bid Opening 22.1 Amul Dairy will open the bids, including submission made pursuant to clause 21 in the presence

of bidder’s representative who chooses to attend, at the office of Amul Dairy and date stated in the clause 4.0 in the invitation to Bid. The bidder’s representatives who are present shall sign a register evidencing their attendance.

22.2 Bids for which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted pursuant to clause 21.0

shall not be opened. Amul Dairy will examine the bids to determine whether they are complete, whether the requisite bid security have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the bids are generally in order.

22.3 At the bid opening Amul Dairy announce the bidder’s names, the bid prices, written notifications

of bid modifications and withdrawals, if any, the presence of requisite bid security, and such other details as Amul Dairy may consider appropriate.

22.4 Amul Dairy shall prepare, for its down records, the minutes of the bid opening, including the

information disclosed to those present in accordance with sub-clause 22.3


23.0 Process to be confidential 23.1 After the public opening of bids, information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation

and comparison of bids and recommendations concerning the award of contract shall not be disclosed to bidders or other persons not officially concerned with such process until the award of the contract to the successful bidder has been announced.

23.2 Any effort by a bidder to influence Amul Dairy in the process of examination, clarification,

evaluation and comparison of bids and in the decision concerning the award of contract may result in the rejection of the bidder’s bid.

24.0 Clarification of Bids 24.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of bids, Amul Dairy may ask the bidders

individually for clarification of their bids, including break down of unit rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing but no change in the price or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted except as required to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by Amul Dairy during the evaluation of the bids in accordance with clause 26.

25.0 Determination of Responsiveness 25.1 Prior to the detailed evaluation of the bids, Amul Dairy will determine whether each bid is

substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding documents. 25.2 For the purpose of this clause, a substantially responsive bid is one which conforms to all terms,

conditions and specifications of the bidding documents without material deviation or reservation. A material deviation or reservation is one which affects in any substantial way the scope, quality or the performance of the works or which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the bidding documents, Amul Dairy rights or the bidder’s obligations under the contractor, and the rectification of which deviation or reservation would affect unfairly the competitive position of other bidders presenting substantially responsive bids.

25.3 If a bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding documents, it will be

rejected by Amul Dairy and may not be subsequently made responsive by the bidder having corrected or withdrawn the non-conforming deviation or reservation.

26.0 Correction of Errors 26.1 Bids determined to be substantially responsive will be checked by Amul Dairy for any arithmetic

errors in computation and summation. Errors will be corrected as follows:

Where there is a discrepancy between rates or amounts in figures and in words, the rate or amounts in words shall govern and

Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the total amount derived from the multiplication of the unit rate and the quantity the unit rate as quoted shall govern.

26.2 The amount stated in the form of bid will be adjusted by Amul Dairy in accordance with the above

procedure for the correction of errors and, with the concurrence of the bidder, shall be considered as binding upon the bidder. If the bidder does not accept the corrected amount of bid, his bid shall be rejected and the bid security shall be forfeited.


27.0 Conversion to single currency 27.1 All bid prices shall be submitted in Indian currency only. 28.0 Evaluation and comparison of the Bids 28.1 Amul Dairy shall evaluate and compare only bids determined to be substantially to the

requirement of the bidding documents in accordance with clause 25. 28.2 In evaluating bids, Amul Dairy will determine for each bid the evaluated price by adjusting the bid

price making any correction for errors pursuant to clause 26.0 28.3 Amul Dairy reserves the right to accept or reject any variation, deviation offers. Variations,

deviations and alternative offers and other factors which are in excess of the requirement of the bidding documents or otherwise result in the accrual of unsolicited benefits to Amul Dairy shall not be taken in to account in bid evaluation.

28.4 Price adjustment provisions applying to the period of execution of the contract shall not be taken

in to account in bid evaluation. 28.5 If the’ bid of the successful bidder is seriously unbalanced in relation to Amul Dairy’s estimate of

the real cost of the work to be performed under the contract, Amul Dairy may require that the amount of the performance security deposit set forth in the clause 33.0 be increased at the expense of the successful bidder to a level sufficient to protect Amul Dairy against financial loss in the event of subsequent default of the successful bidder under the contract.

F. AWARD OF CONTRACT

29.0 Award Criteria 29.1 Subject to clause 30, Amul Dairy shall award the contract to the bidder whose bid has been

determined to be substantially responsive to the bidding documents and Amul dairy shall also consider bidder’s price, quality, capacity and skill and, provided further that the bidder has the capability and the resources to carry out the contract effectively.

30.0 Amul Dairy’s Right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all bids. 30.1 Withstanding clause 29 or any other clauses stated above, Amul Dairy reserves the right to

accept or reject any bid and to annual the bidding process and reject all bids, at any time prior to the award of the contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected bidder(s) or any obligation to inform the affected bidder(s) of the grounds for Amul Dairy’s action.

31.0 Notification of Award 31.1 Prior to the expiry of the period of bid validity prescribed in the bid documents, Amul Dairy will

notify the successful bidder by confirmed in writing that his bid has been accepted. This letter (hereinafter and in the conditions of contract referred to as “Letter of Acceptance”) shall name the sum which Amul Dairy will pay to the contractor in consideration of the execution, completion and the maintenance of the works by the contractors as prescribed by the contract (hereinafter and in the conditions of the contract referred to as the “contract price”).

31.2 The notification of the award will constitute the formation of the contract.


31.3 Upon the furnishing by the successful bidder of a performance security in accordance with the

clause 33 Amul Dairy will notify the unsuccessful bidders that their bids have been unsuccessful. 32.0 Signing of Agreement. 32.1 At the same time that Amul Dairy notifies the successful bidder that his bid has been accepted,

Amul Dairy will send the bidder the form of Agreement provided in the bidding documents, incorporating all agreements between the parties.

32.2 Within 15 days of the receipt of the form of Agreement the successful bidder shall sign he form

and return it to Amul Dairy. 33.0 Performance Security 33.1 Within 30 days of the receipt of the notification of award from Amul Dairy, the successful bidder

shall furnish to Amul Dairy a performance security for an amount of 5% of the contract value pursuant to clause 10.0 of General conditions of contract.

33.2 Failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirements of the clause 32 or 33 shall

constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security.


FORM OF BID

The Appendix forms part of the bid. Bidders are required to fill up all the blank spaces in this form of bid

and Appendix.

39BName of Contractor :

___________________________________________________________________________

Name and address of Amul Dairy : Kaira District Co-op. Milk Producers’ Union ltd.

Anand – 388 001, Gujarat

Description of Works : Construction of cattel Feed plant building, godowns & ancillary

structures Location : Near Kapadi Vav, Chokdi Ladvel, Pakhiya Road,

Taluka – Kapadvaj, Dis. Kheda, Gujarat, India

Dear Sir,

1.0 Having examined the Drawings, conditions of contract, specifications and schedule of

quantities for the execution of above mentioned works, we, the undersigned offer to

execute, complete and maintain the whole of the said works in conformity with the said

Drawings, Conditions of Contract, Specifications and Schedule of quantities.

2.0 We undertake, if our bid is accepted to commerce the works within 10 days of receipt of the Letter

of Acceptance, and to complete and deliver the whole of the above said works comprised in the

contract within **230 days calculated from the last day of the afore said period in which the works

are to be commenced.

3.0 If our bid is accepted we will furnish a security in the form of a bank guarantee (to be approved by

you) to be jointly and severally bound with us in amount of 5% of the above named sum in

accordance with the conditions of contract.

4.0 We agree to abide by this bid for the period of 90 days from the date of bid opening prescribed in

clause 22 of the Instruction to Bidders, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted

at any time before the expiry of that period.

5.0 Unless and until an Agreement is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written

acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding contract between us.

6.0 We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you may receive.

* The total Bid Price is to be inserted in writing and figures by me Bidder. The currency of Bid should be in

accordance with clause 12 of the “Instructions to Bidders”.

** To be inserted by the Bidder. The numbers should conform to me timing specified by Amul Dairy,

Anand in the bidding documents.


0BAPPENDIX TO THE FORM OF BID

Condition of Contract Clause no.

1. Amount of Performance Security 10 5% of contract Value. o Bank Draft o Bank Guarantee

2. Minimum Amount of Third Party Insurance 23 10 Lakh.

3. Period for Commencement from the Date of Letter of Acceptance 41 10 days 4. Time for completion 43 8 months 5. Rate of Liquidated Damage 47 Rs.4,00,000 per day

l (Rupees Four lacs only)

6. Maximum Limit of Liquidated Damages 47 5 % percent 7. Period of Maintenance 50 12 months (Defect liability Period)

8. Percentage of Retention 60 7.5 percent

9. Maximum Limit of Retention Money 60 5% percent

10. Time within which the payment would be made after the certificate 60 30 days

Date this ____ day of _____ 200___.

Signature ____________________in the capacity of __________ duly authorized to sign the bid for and on behalf of ______________________________________ (in capital letters). ** To be inserted by the Bidder. The number should conform to the timing specified by Amul Dairy, Anand in the bidding documents.

Name of Witness:

Address:

Signature:

Section :


FORM OF AGREEMENT FOR CIVIL CONSTRUCTION WORK

This Agreement is made and executed on the day of ______200___ between Amul Dairy, Anand having its registered office at ______ (herein after referred to as Amul Dairy, Anand) of the ONE PART and ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

(herein after referred to as the Contractor, which expression, shall, unless repugnant to the context or

meaning thereof, include the heirs, successors, assignees executors and administrators of the

Contractor) of the OTHER PART.

WHEREAS Amul Dairy, Anand is desirous that certain works should be executed, viz

_________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

and has, by letter of Acceptance dated ___________, accepted a bid by the contractor for the execution,

completion and maintenance of such works, NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSTH AS FOLLOWS :

1.0 In this agreement, works and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract hereinafter referred to.

2.0 The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as a part of this

agreement, viz. i) this Form of Agreement ii) the letter of Acceptance iii) the said bid and Appendix iv) the Technical Specifications v) the schedule of Quantities vi) the Drawings vii) the schedule of supplementary information viii) Special conditions of contract ix) General conditions of contract x) Schedule of Materials to be issued by Amul Dairy, Anand xi) From of Bank Guarantees

* The contractor shall not fill up this form.

3.0 The aforesaid documents shall be taken as complementary and mutually explanatory of one

another, but in the case of ambiguities and discrepancies shall take precedence in the order set

out above.

4.0 In the consideration of the payment to be made by Amul Dairy, Anand to the contractor as

hereinafter mentioned, the contractor hereby covenants with Amul Dairy, Anand to execute,

complete and maintain the works in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the contract.

5.0 Amul Dairy, Anand hereby covenants to pay the contractor in consideration of the execution,

completion and maintenance of the works the contract price at the times and in the manner

prescribed by the contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be hereunto

affixed the day, month and year first above written.


Signed, sealed & delivered for and on behalf of the within named Amul Dairy, Anand By the hands of its Authorized Signatory.

Authorized Signatory

For

Kaira District Cooperative Milk Producers Union Limited, Anand In the presence of:

WITNESS:

1) Signature:

Name:

Address:

2) Signature:

Name :

Address:

Signed, sealed and delivered for and on behalf of the within named Contractor, the other part.

In the presence of:

WITNESS:

1) Signature:

Name:

Address:

2) Signature:

Name:

Address:


1BACCEPTABLE FORMS OF BANK GUARANTEES

41BTable of Contents

1.0 Performance Security

2.0 Bid Security

3.0 Mobilization Advance Loan

4.0 Retention Money


1.0 Performa of Bank Guarantee for performance security on Non – Judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/-

Bank Guarantee No. Date.

This deed of guarantee made this_________ day of 200______ (Two thousand and _______________________) by (Name and the address of the Bank), hereinafter referred to as the bank, which shall unless repugnant to the context or the meaning thereof includes its legal representatives, successors and assigns and the Amul Dairy (hereinafter referred to as Amul Dairy, Anand) which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its legal representative, successors or assigns. Where as Amul Dairy has awarded a contract bearing no._________________ on M/s. ___________________________________________________ (Name and the address of the party), hereinafter referred to as the contractor, for the execution, completion and the maintenance of ______________________________ _________________________________________ And whereas, the contractor has agreed to submit a performance security in the form of a bank guarantee to Amul Dairy, Anand as per the terms and conditions of the bidding documents and the contract which will be kept valid upto ______________ calendar months from the date of bank guarantee ( the period should be till end of Period of Maintenance). And whereas, the bank and its duly constituted agent and officer has already read and understood the contract made between Amul Dairy, Anand and the contractor. In consideration of Amul Dairy, Anand having agreed to award the contract on the contractor, we __________________ (the bank), do hereby guarantee, undertake promise and agree with Amul Dairy, Anand, its legal representatives, successors and assigns that the within named ( the name of the contractor) their legal representatives and assignees will faithfully perform and fulfill everything within the bidding document and the contract order on their part to be performed or fulfilled, at the time (time being the essence of the contract) and in the manner therein provided, do all obligations there under and we further undertake and guarantee to make payment to Amul Dairy, Anand a sum of Rs.__________ (Rupees ________________________________ _____________________ Only) being 5% of the contract value, in the case contractor, their legal representatives and the assignees do not faithfully perform and fulfill everything within the bidding document and the contract order on their part to be performed or the fulfilled at the time and the manner therein provided and do not willfully and promptly do all the obligations there under. In case the contractor fails to perform or fulfill the contract as per the terms and the conditions agreed upon, Amul Dairy, Anand is entitled to demand the amount equivalent to 5% of the contract value from the contractor and the demand made by Amul Dairy, Anand itself will be conclusive evidence and proof that the contractor has failed to perform or fulfill his obligations under the contract and neither the contractor nor the bank shall be entitled to raise any dispute regarding the reasons for the failure of performance or fulfillment on any ground whatsoever. We (the name of the bank) do hereby undertake to pay an amount equivalent to the 5% of the contract value being the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur merely on a demand from Amul Dairy, Anand stating that the amount claimed is due by way of non performance of the contractual obligations as aforesaid by the contractor or by the reason of the contractor’s failure to perform the said contractual commitments., any such demands made on the banks shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this guarantee. However our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. __________ (Rupees ________________) being the amount equal 5% of the contract value. We the bank further agree that the performance security herein contained shall remain in full force and effect for period of ____________ calendar months from the date of the bank guarantee (the period shall be till the end of period of Maintenance) whichever is later or till Amul Dairy, Anand certifies that the terms and conditions of the said contract have been fully and properly carried out by the said contractor and


accordingly discharge the guarantee, unless a demand or a claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing by Amul Dairy, Anand on or before ______________ we shall be discharged from all liabilities under this performance security here after. We the bank further agree with Amul Dairy, Anand that Amul Dairy, Anand shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and the conditions of the bidding document and the contract or to extend the time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or postpone for any time or from time to time and any of the power exercisable by Amul Dairy, Anand against the contractor and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said bidding document and the contract and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said contactor or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part of Amul Dairy, Anand to the said contractor by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us. This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities or remedies which Amul Dairy, Anand may have or hereafter posses in respect of the works executed or intended to be executed and Amul Dairy, Anand shall be under no obligation to marshal in favor of the bank any such securities or funds or assets that Amul Dairy, Anand may be entitled to receive or have a claim upon and Amul Dairy, Anand at its absolute discretion may vary, exchange, renew modify or refuse to complete to enforce or assign any security or instrument. The bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to Amul Dairy, Anand on serving us with a notice requiring the payment of the amount and such notice shall be deemed to have been served on the bank either by actual delivery thereof to the bank or dispatch thereof dispatch thereof to the bank by registered post at the address of the bank. Any notice sent to the bank at its address by registered post shall be deemed to have been duly served on the bank not withstanding that the notice may not in fact has been delivered to the bank. In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the bank hereby waives all rights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the bank might otherwise as a guarantor be entitled to claim and enforce. We, ____________ lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of Amul Dairy, Anand in writing and the guarantee shall be a continuous and irrevocable guarantee upto a sum of Rs. _____________ (Rupees ____________________________________). The guarantee shall remain in force until _________________ and unless the guarantor is renewed or the claim is preferred against the bank within three months from the said date (the date of expiry) all rights of Amul Dairy, Anand under this guarantee shall cease and the bank shall be released and discharged from all the liabilities hereunder. Place: Signature: Date: Seal: Code no.:

Note: - The Contractor should ensure that the seal and the code no of the signatory is put by the bankers, before submission of the Bank Guarantee.


2.0 Performa of the Bank guarantee for Bid Security On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Rs.100/-

Bank Guarantee No. Date.

This deed of guarantee made this_________ day of 200______ (Two thousand and _______________________) by (Name and the address of the Bank), hereinafter referred to as the bank, which shall unless repugnant to the context or the meaning thereof includes its legal representatives, successors and assigns and Amul Dairy (hereinafter referred to as Amul Dairy, Anand) which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof include its legal representative, successors or assigns. Whereas Amul Dairy, Anand has invited bids for the construction of the proposed ______________________________________________________________ by the Invitation to bid no. _____________. AND WHEREAS M/s ____________________________- (Name and the Address of the bidders) who having submitted their bids (hereinafter referred to as the Tender) and have agreed to deposit to Amul Dairy, Anand and amount indicated in the Invitation to bid as per the terms and the conditions of the bidding documents. AND WHEREAS Amul Dairy, Anand is also willing to accept a Bank guarantee in lieu of payment by demand draft of any amount equivalent to the amount of bid security required to be deposited by the bidder to Amul Dairy, Anand which guarantee shall be kept valid for 120 days after the day of the opening of the bids. In consideration of Amul Dairy, Anand having agreed to consider the bid proposals having submitted by the bidder without depositing the amount of bid security and against this Bank guarantee, we (name and the address of the Bank) hereby undertake and guarantee to make payment to Amul Dairy, Anand the amount of bid security or any part thereof not deposited by the bidder to Amul Dairy, Anand at any time (time being the essence of the contract) when Amul Dairy, Anand asks for the same as per the terms and the conditions of the bidding documents within 120 days from the date of opening of the bids. The bank further undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of Amul Dairy, Anand in writing and the guarantee shall be continuous and irrevocable guarantee up to a sum of Rs. ________________ (Rupees _______________________________ only) provided always that any indulgence or forbearance on the part of Amul Dairy, Anand to the said bidder, with or without the consent of the Bank shall not prejudice or restrict remedies against the bank nor shall the same in any event be a ground of defense by the Bank against Amul Dairy, Anand. In case Amul Dairy, Anand puts forth a demand in writing on the Bank for the payment of the amount in full or in part against this Bank guarantee, the Bank will consider that such demand by itself is a conclusive evidence and proof that the bidder has failed in complying with the terms and conditions stipulated by Amul Dairy, Anand in its bidding document and payment will be made to Amul Dairy, Anand without raising any disputes regarding the reasons for such failures on the part of the bidder. The Bank shall not be discharged or released from this guarantee by any arrangement between the bidder and Amul Dairy, Anand with or without the consent of the Bank or any alterations in the obligations of the parties or by an indulgence, forbearance shown by Amul Dairy, Anand to the bidder. This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities or remedies which Amul Dairy, Anand may have or hereafter processes against the bidder and Amul Dairy, Anand shall be under no obligations to marshal in favour of the Bank any such securities or fund or assets that Amul Dairy, Anand at its absolute discretion may vary, exchange, renew, modify or refuse to complete or enforce or assign any security or instrument.


The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to Amul Dairy, Anand on Amul Dairy, Anand’s serving with a notice requiring the payment of the amount and such notice shall be served on the dispatching thereof by to the Bank by registered post at the address of the said Bank. Any notice sent to the Bank at its address by registered post shall be deemed to have been duly served on the Bank notwithstanding that the notice may not in fact have been delivered to the Bank. In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the Bank thereby waives all rights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the Bank might otherwise as a guarantor be entitled to claim and enforce. The guarantee shall remain in force until __________ and unless the guarantee is renewed or a claim is preferred against the bank within three months from the said date all rights of Amul Dairy, Anand under this guarantee shall cease and the bank shall be released and discharged from all liabilities hereunder. Notwithstanding anything contained here before, our liability under this guarantee is restricted to Rs.__________________ (Rupees _____________ __________________________________only) being the amount of the Bid security and it shall remain in force until ____________________________. Place : Signature: Date : Seal: Code no.: Note : Bidders should ensure that the seal and code no. of signatory is put by the Bankers,

before submission of the Bank guarantees.


3.0 Performa of the Bank guarantee for the Mobilization Advance loan on Non – Judicial

stamp paper of Rs. 100/- In consideration of Amul Dairy (hereinafter called Amul Dairy, Anand having the regard to grant the mobilization advance of Rs. _____________ (Rupees ___________________________) to M/s __________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ for the construction of _______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________( hereinafter called “the said work order”) under the terms and the conditions of the work order no. ___________________________ dated ____________ made between Amul Dairy, Anand and M/s _______ ______________________________________________________________ for the construction of _______________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ against the loss/damage cause to or suffered by Amul Dairy, Anand by the reason of any breach by the said contractor of any of the conditions contained in the bidding documents. We, (the bank) do hereby undertake to pay amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur merely on demand from Amul Dairy, Anand stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by Amul Dairy, Anand by reason of any breach by the said contractor of any of the terms and conditions contained in the contract or by reasons of the contractors failure to perform the said contract any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this guarantee and shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. _________ (Rupees ____________________________________ only) We (the bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said contract and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of Amul Dairy, Anand under or by virtue of the said contract have been fully paid and its claim satisfied or discharged or till Amul Dairy, Anand certifies that the terms and the conditions of the said contract have been fully and properly carried by the said contractor and accordingly discharge the guarantee and unless a demand or a claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on before ___________________ we shall be discharge from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter. We (the bank) further agree with Amul Dairy, Anand that Amul Dairy, Anand shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract to extend the time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or to postpone for any or from time to time any of the power exercisable by Amul Dairy, Anand against the said contractor and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said contract and we shall not be relevant form our liability by reason of any such variation., or extension or for forbearance act of omission on part of Amul Dairy, Anand or any indulgence by Amul Dairy, Anand to the said contractor or any such matter or thing whatsoever which is under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us. We, the bank lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency with the previous consent of Amul Dairy, Anand in writing. Notwithstanding anything stated herein above the liability of the bank guarantee is restricted to Rs. ______________________________________________________ (Rupees ____________________________________________________ only). The guarantee shall remain in force till the _____ and unless the guarantee is renewed or a claim is preferred against the bank within three months from the said date all rights of Amul Dairy, Anand under the guarantee shall cease and the bank shall be released and discharged from the liability hereunder.


Place: Signature: Date: Seal: Code no.: Note:- Contractors should ensure that the Seal and Code no. of the signatory is put by the

bankers, before the submission of the bank guarantee. The value of the bank guarantee shall be 5% of the contract value.


4.0 Performa of Bank Guarantee for Retention Money On Non – Judicial Stamp Paper of Rs. 100/-

Bank Guarantee No. Date:- This deed of the guarantee made this ________ day of 200_____ (two thousand and ___________________) by (Name and the address of the Bank) hereinafter referred to as the bank which shall unless repugnant to the context or the meaning thereof includes its legal representatives successors and assigns and Amul Dairy (hereinafter referred to as Amul Dairy, Anand) which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or the meaning thereof include its legal representative, successors or assigns. Whereas Amul Dairy, Anand has placed its contract order bearing number dated _____________ on (name and the address of the party) hereinafter called the contractor, for the construction of ____________________________________________________________________________________ And whereas Amul Dairy, Anand has agreed to pay the contractor the retention money i.e. 5% of the value of the contract on the submission of a bank guarantee of the equal amount, which will be kept valid up to. In consideration of Amul Dairy, Anand having agreed to pay to the contractor Rs. ____________ (Rupees _____________________ only) being the retention of the money i.e 5% of the value of the contract, we (the bank), hereby undertakes and quarantine to make repayment to Amul Dairy, Anand of the said 5% amount or any part thereof which does not become payable to the contractor by Amul Dairy, Anand in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the said contract. The bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of Amul Dairy, Anand in writing and this guarantee shall be a continuous and irrevocable guarantee up to the sum of Rs. __________ (Rupees ________________________________ only) The bank shall not be discharged or released from this guarantee by any arrangement between the contractor and Amul Dairy, Anand with or without the consent of the bank or any alterations in the obligations of the party or by the indulgence, forbearance shown by Amul Dairy, Anand to the contractor and the same shall not prejudice or restrict remedies against the bank nor shall the same in any event be a ground of defense by the bank against Amul Dairy, Anand. We do hereby undertake to pay an amount equal to 5% of the contract value being the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from Amul Dairy, Anand stating that the amount claimed is due to Amul Dairy, Anand. In case, the contractor fails to perform or fulfill the contract as per the terms and conditions agreed upon, Amul Dairy, Anand is entitled to demand an amount equal to 5% of the contract value from the contractor and the demand made by Amul Dairy, Anand by itself will be conclusive evidence and proof that the supplier has failed to perform or fulfill his obligations and neither the contractor nor the bank shall be entitled to raise any dispute regarding the reasons for the failure of performance or fulfillment on any ground. This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities or remedies which Amul Dairy, Anand may have or in hereafter possess in respect of the works executed or intended to be executed and Amul Dairy, Anand shall be under no obligation to marshal in favor of the bank any such securities. or funds or assets that Amul Dairy, Anand may be entitled to receive or have a claim upon and Amul Dairy, Anand at its absolute discretion may vary, exchange, renew, modify or refuse to complete to enforce or assign any security or instrument. The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to Amul Dairy, Anand on Amul Dairy, Anand’s serving with a notice requiring the payment of t he amount and such notice shall be served on the Bank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by dispatching thereof by to the Bank by registered post at the address of the said Bank. Any notice sent to the Bank at its address registered


post shall be deemed to have been duly served on the Bank notwithstanding that the notice may not in fact have been delivered to the Bank. In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the Bank thereby waives all rights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the Bank might otherwise as a guarantor be entitled to claim and enforce Notwithstanding anything contained here before, our liability under this guarantee is restricted to Rs._________________________________________ (Rupees being _______________________________________ Only) being the amount of the retention money and it shall remain in force until _____________________ _______________________________________________ and unless it is renewed for a further period or a claim is preferred against the Bank within three months from the said date (date of expiry) all rights of Amul Dairy, Anand under the guarantee shall cease and the bank shall be released and discharged from the liabilities hereunder. Place: Signature: Date: Seal:

Code no.: Note: Bidders should ensure that the seal and code no. of signatory is put by the Bankers,

before submission of the Bank guarantees.


GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Table Of Contents

A. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

1 Definitions and Interpretations

B. ENGINEER & ENGINEER’S REPRESENTATIVE

2 Duties and Powers of the Engineer and the Engineer’s Representative

3 Inspection of works

4 Sub-letting of work

C. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5 Language and Law of contract

6 Drawings their purpose and custody

7 Further Drawings and Instructions

D. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

8 Contractor’s General Responsibilities

9 Contract Agreement

10 Performance Security

11 Inspection of site

12 Sufficiency of Tender

13 Work to be to the Satisfaction

14 Program to be furnished

15 Contractor’s Superintendence

16 Contractor Employees

17 Setting out

18 Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation

19 Watching and Lighting

20 Care of Works

21 Insurance of Works

22 Damage to Persons and Property

23 Third party Insurance

24 Accident or Injury to Workmen

25 Remedy on Contractor’s failure to Insure

26 Giving of Notices & payment of fees

27 Fossils etc.

28 Patent Rights and Royalties


29 Interference with Traffic & Adjoining Properties

30 Extraordinary Traffic

31 Opportunities for other contractors

32 Contractor to keep site clear

33 Clearance of site on completion

E. LABOUR

34 Engagement of Labour

35 Returns of Labour etc.

F. MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP

36 Materials and Workmanship

37 Inspection of operations

38 Examination of work before covering up

39 Removal of Improper Work and Materials

40 Suspension of work

G. COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS

41 Commencement of works

42 Possession of site

43 Time for Completion

44 Extension of Time of completion

45 No Night work

46 Rate of Progress

47 Liquidated Damages for Delay

48 Bonus for Early completion

49 Certification of completion of works

H. MAINTENANCE AND DEFECT LIABILITY

50 Definition of “ Period of Maintenance”

51 Contract to search

I. ALTERATIONS ADDITIONS AND VARIATIONS

52 Variations

53 Valuation of variations

J. PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS

54 Plant for Exclusive use for the Works

55 Approval of Materials etc., not implied


K. MEASUREMENT

56 Quantities

57 Works to be Measured

58 Method of Measurement

L. NOMINATED SUB CONTRACTORS

59 Definition

M. CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENTS

60 Interim Payment certificates

61 Approval only by Maintenance certificate

62 Maintenance certificate

N. REMEDIES AND POWERS

63 Default of contractor

64 Urgent repairs

O. SPECIAL RISKS

65 No Liability for War etc.

66 Payment in the Event of Frustration

67 Settlement of Disputes

68 Arbitration

69 Notices

70 Default of Amul Dairy

71 Changes in Cost Legislation

72 Taxation

73 Bribery and Collusion

74 Termination of contract for Amul Dairy ’s convenience


A. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

In the contract, as hereinafter defined, the following words and express shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context otherwise requires:- 1.1 AMUL DAIRY shall mean the client Amul Dairy - Kaira District

Co-Op. Milk Producers’ Union Ltd., Anand and shall include his and assignees, as well as his successors authorized representatives.

1.2 CONSULTANT The consultants appointed by Amul Dairy for the Project. 1.3 ENGINEER shall mean the Engineer or any other authorized representative

of Amul Dairy 1.4 ARCHITECT shall mean the architect appointed by Amul Dairy 1.5 STRUCTURAL CONSULTANTS Shall mean the structural consultants appointed by Amul Dairy 1.6 BIDDER shall be the firm / party / individual who submit the bid against

the invitation to Bid. 1.7 CONTRACTOR shall mean the successful bidder whose Bid has been accepted

by Amul Dairy and on whom a work order has been placed and shall include his heirs, legal representatives and assignees.

1.8 SUB-CONTRACTOR shall mean the person / firm / party / named by the contractor

whom a part of the contract has been sublet with the consent of Amul Dairy and shall include his heirs, successors, legal representatives, and assignees.

1.9 Contract price/rate shall mean the prices/rates of the accepted Bid. 1.10 Contract Shall mean the articles of agreement, the conditions, the

appendix, the schedule of quantities, and / or specifications attached herewith.

1.11 “Notice in writing" shall mean a notice in written, typed or printed characters sent

(unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been received) by registered / ordinary post to the last known address or the registered office of the addressee and shall be deemed to have been received when in the ordinary course of post it would have been delivered.

1.12 Site shall mean the actual place of the proposed project or any other

place where work is to be executed under the contract. It shall also include any other land allotted by Amul Dairy for the contractor’s use.

1.13 Month shall mean from the beginning of a given date of a calendar

month to the end of the preceding date of the next calendar month.

1.14 Week shall mean seven consecutive days.


1.15 Day shall mean a day from midnight to midnight. 1.16 Building shall mean the proposed building (s), roads, fencing, sanitary

and water supply etc. under the contract. 1.17 Bid Security shall mean the sum paid along with the bid as a token to bind the

contract. 1.18 Award shall mean the written acceptance of Bid by Amul Dairy given to

the successful bidder. 1.19 Performance security shall mean the amount pledged with Amul Dairy while signing

the agreement for faithful and satisfactory performance of the contract.

1.20 Constructional Plant Shall mean all appliances or things of whatsoever nature

required in or about the execution and maintenance of the works but does no include the materials or other things required intended to form or forming part of the works.

1.21 Specifications Shall mean the specification referred to in the bid and nay

modification thereof or additional thereto as may from time to time be furnished or approved in writing by Amul Dairy / Architect.

1.23 Drawings Shall mean drawings referred to in the specifications and any

modification of such drawings approved in writing by the Architect and such other drawings as may from time to time be furnished or approved in writing by Amul Dairy / Architect.

1.24 Temporary Works Shall mean the temporary works of every kind required in or

about the execution or maintenance of works. 1.25 Permanent Works Shall mean the permanent works to be executed and maintained

in accordance with the contract. 1.26 Works Shall includes both temporary works and permanent works. 1.27 Approved / Approval Shall mean approved in writing, including subsequent written

confirmation of previous verbal or written approval.

1.28 I.S.S. Shall mean Indian Standard Specifications

1.29 Government Shall mean the Government of India

or any other state Government.

1.30 Tender Shall mean the Bid.

1.31 Headings and Marginal notes:


All headings of an notes to the clauses of these Conditions of Contract or of and to the

Specifications or any other bid document are solely for the purpose of giving concise indication

and not a summary of the contents thereof, and they shall never be deemed to be the part of

the or be used in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the Contract.

1.32 Singular and Plural.

In this Contract document unless otherwise stated specifically the singular shall include the

plural and vice-versa wherever the context so requires.

1.33 Cost

The cost shall be deemed to include overhead cost whether on or off the site.


B. 2BENGINEER & ENGINEER’S REPRESENTATIVE

2.0 Duties and Powers of the Engineer and the Engineer’s Representative.

2.1 The Field management shall be the responsibility of the Engineer. The Engineer shall carry

out such duties as taking decisions and issuing certificates and orders as specified in the

Contract. The Engineer is empowered to take decisions on the following matters:

(a) Approval of subletting of any part of the works pursuant to clause 4.0 hereof;

(b) Certification of additional sums under sub clause 53(2) hereof;

(c) Determination of an extension of time pursuant to clause 44.0 hereof

(d) Issuance of a variation order pursuant to clause 52.0 hereof;

(e) Fixing rates or prices for the additional works executed under the Contract pursuant to clause

52.0 hereof.

2.2 The Engineer’s Representative shall be responsible to the Engineer and his duties are to

watch and supervise the works and to test and examine any materials to be used or

workmanship employed with the works. The Contractor shall get the materials or the

workmanship tested, as instructed by the Engineer’s Representative, at his own cost. He shall

have no authority to relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or obligations under the

Contract or, except as expressly provided hereunder or elsewhere in the Contract, to order

any work involving delay or any extra payment by Amul Dairy, or to make any variation of or in

the works.

2.3 Amul Dairy may from time to time in writing delegate to the Engineer’s Representative any of

the powers and authorities vested in the Engineer. Any written instruction or approval given by

the Engineer’s Representative to the Contractor within the terms of such delegations, but not

otherwise, shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given by the Engineer provided

always as follows: -

(a) Failure of the engineer’s Representative to disapprove any work or materials shall not

prejudice the power of the Engineer there after to disapprove such work or materials and to

order the pulling down, removal or breaking up thereof.

(b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer’s Representative he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer, who shall there upon confirm, reverse or vary such decision.

3.0 Inspection of works

3.1 Amul Dairy and his representatives shall have full power and authority to inspect the works at

any time wherever the work is in progress either on the site or at the Contractor’s

premises/workshop wherever situated, premises/workshop of any person, firm or corporation

where the work in connection with the Contract may be in hand or wherefrom materials are

being produced or are to be supplied, and the Contractor shall afford or procure for the

Engineer every facility and assistance to carry out such inspection. The Contactor shall at all


times during usual working hours and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the

intention of the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative to visit the works shall have been

given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive the orders and instructions, or

have a responsible agent representative duly accredited in writing present for the purpose.

Orders given to the Contactor’s agent/representative shall be considered to have the same

force as if they had been given to the Contractor himself. The Contractor shall give not less

than three days notice in writing to the Engineer’s Representative before covering up or

otherwise placing beyond the reach of inspection and measurement any work in order that the

same may be inspected and measured. In the event of breach of the above the same shall be

uncovered at the Contractor’s expenses for carrying out such measurement or inspection.

3.2 No materials shall be removed form the site before obtaining the approval in writing of the

Engineer. The Contractor is to provide at all times during the progress of the work and the

maintenance period proper means of access with ladders, gangways, etc. and the necessary

attendance to move and adopt as directed for inspection or measurement of the works by the

Engineer’s Representative.

3.3 The Contractor shall make available to the Engineer’s Representative free of cost all

necessary instruments and assistance in checking of setting out of works and checking of any

works made by the Contractor for the purpose of setting out and taking measurements of

works.

4.0 Sub-letting of work:

The Contractor shall not sub-let the whole of the works. Except where otherwise provided by

the Contract, the Contractor shall not sub-let any part of the works without prior written

consent of the Engineer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such consent, if given

shall not relieve the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the Contract and he shall

be responsible for the acts, defaults and negligence of any sub-contractor, his agents,

servants or workmen. Provided always that the provision of labor on a piecework basis shall

not be deemed to be a sub-letting under this clause.


C. 9BCONTRACT DOCUMENTS

5.0 Language and Law of Contract.

5.1 i) All written material and correspondence shall be in English

ii) The law to which the Contract is to be subjected and according to which the Contract

is construed, shall be the law being in force in India and/or the state where the

Contract shall be performed.

5.2 Documents mutually explanatory

Except if any to the extend otherwise provided by the Contact, the provisions of the General

Conditions and Special Conditions of the Contract shall prevail over those of any other

documents forming part of the Contract. Several documents forming the Contract are to be

taken as mutually explanatory. Should there be any discrepancy, inconsistency, error or

omission in the Contracts or any of them the matter may be referred to Engineer who shall

give his decisions and issue to the Contractor instructions, directing in what manner the work

is to be carried out. The decision of the Engineer shall be final and conclusive and the

Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with this decision.

5.3 Works shown upon the drawing but not mentioned in the specifications or described in the

specifications without being shown on the drawings shall nevertheless be held to be included

in the same manner as if they had been specifically shown upon the drawings and described

in the specifications.

6.0 Drawings: their purpose and the custody

6.1 The Contract drawings read together with the Contract specifications are intended to show and explain the manner of executing the work and to indicate the type and the class of materials to be used.

6.2 In case any feature of the work is not set forth in the drawings and specifications, the

Contractor shall forthwith apply to the Engineer for further instructions, drawings or

specifications

6.3 The drawings shall remain in the sole custody of the Engineer, but two copied shall be issued

to the Contractor free of charge. One copy of the drawings, furnished to the Contractor as

aforesaid, shall be kept by the Contractor on the site and the same shall at all responsible

times be available for inspection and use by the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative

and by any other person authorized by the Engineer in writing. At the completion of the

Contract the Contractor shall return to the Engineer all drawings issued under the Contract.

6.4 The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer whenever planning or progress of the

works is likely to be delayed unless any further drawing or instruction is issued by Amul Dairy /

Engineer within a reasonable time. The notice shall include the detail of the drawing or

instruction required and of why and by when it is required and of any delay or disruption likely

to be suffered if it is late.

6.5 The Contractor shall submit the following information, in triplicate, to the Engineer for approval

within the time stipulated against each item below.


a) A general layout plan of construction plant and equipment for the execution of work within fourteen days from the date of notice to proceed with the work; and

b) Drawings or prints showing the location of major plants and other facilities which he proposes to put up at the site including any changes in the general layout, at least fourteen days prior to the commencement of the respective work.

7.0 Further Drawings and Instructions

7.1 The Engineer may also authorize his representatives to perform his duties and functions. The

Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same. The Engineer shall have full powers and

authority to supply to the Contractor from time to time, during the progress of the works, such

further drawings and instructions as shall be necessary for the proper execution of the project.


D. 10BGENERAL OBLIGATIONS

8.0 Contractor’s General Responsibilities

8.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of the Contact, and with due care and diligence, execute and maintain the Works and provide all labor, including the supervision thereof, materials, Construction Plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for such execution and maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.

8.2 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequate stability and safety of all site

operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor shall not be responsible,

except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the

Permanent Works, or for the design or specification of any Temporary Works prepared by the

Engineer.

9.0 Contract Agreement

9.1 The Contractor shall call upon so to do enter into and execute a Contract Agreement, in the

form annexed with such modification as may be necessary.

10.0 Performance Security

10.1 Within 30 days of the receipt of the notification of the Award of the Contract from Amul Dairy the successful bidder shall furnish to Amul Dairy a performance security for an amount of 5% of the Contract value.

10.2 The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to Amul Dairy as compensation for any laws resulting from the contractor's failure to complete the work under the contract.

10.3 The performance security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees and shall be in any of the

following forms: -

a) A Demand draft drawn in favor of “Amul Dairy” payable at the place mentioned in the

address of Amul Dairy stated in the Invitation to Bid.

b) A Bank guarantee issued by a Nationalized Indian Bank only. The acceptable form

shall be strictly as provided in Section IX of the Binding documents.

c) If the contractor fails to submit the Bank Guarantee, necessary amount will be

deducted from their running bill.

10.4 The bank guarantee shall be valid for the entire period of Contract including the Period of

Maintenance plus 90 days. The validity of the bank guarantee is suitably extended in the event

of extension of time of the Contractor pursuant to clause 44 herein.

10.5 The performance security shall be released by Amul Dairy not later than 60 days following the

date of delivery of defect liability period.

10.6 In the event of increase in the Contract value, in actual execution, proportionate additional

performance security shall be paid by the Contractor if called upon to do so.

10.7 In the event of decrease in the Contract value the performance security shall be

proportionately adjusted on the completion of the work.


10.8 No interest shall be paid by Amul Dairy for the amount deposited as Performance security with

Amul Dairy.

11.0 Inspection of site

11.1 The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the site and its surroundings

and information available in connection therewith and to have satisfied himself, before

submitting his Tender, as to the form and nature thereof, including the sub-surface conditions,

the hydrological and climatic conditions, the extent and nature of work and materials

necessary for the completion of the Works, the means of access to the Site and

accommodation he may require and, in general, shall be deemed to have obtained all

necessary information, subject as above mentioned, as to risks, contingencies and all other

circumstances which may influence or affect his Tender.

12.0 Sufficiency of Tender

12.1 The Contract shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness

and sufficiency of his Tender for the Works and of the rates and prices stated in the priced

Schedule of Quantities and the Schedule of Rates and Prices, if any, which Tender rates and

prices shall, except insofar, as it is otherwise provided in the Contract, cover all his obligations

under the Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper execution and

maintenance of the Works.

13.0 Work to be to the Satisfaction

13.1 The Contractor shall execute and maintain the Works in strict accordance with the Contract to

the satisfaction of the Architect / Engineer and shall comply with and adhere strictly to the

Engineer’s instructions and directions on any matter whether mentioned in the Contract or not,

touching or concerning the Works. The Contractor shall take instructions and directions only

from the Engineer.

14.0 Program to be furnished

14.1 The Contractor shall, after the acceptance of his Tender submit to the Engineer for his

approval a program showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the

Works. The Contractor shall whenever required by the Engineer, also provide in writing for his

information a general description of the arrangements and methods which the Contractor

proposes to adopt for the execution of Works.

14.2 If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of the Works does not conform to the approved program referred to in sub-clause (1) of this Clause, the Contractor shall produce, at the request of the Engineer, a revised program showing the modifications to the approved program necessary to ensure completion of the Works within the time for completion as defined in Clause 43 hereof.

14.3 The submission to and approval by the engineer of such programs or the furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the contract.


14.4 The program shall be reviewed and revised if required at three monthly intervals and shall include a chart of the principal quantities of work forecast for execution monthly and a schedule of payments expected to be made to the Contractor by Amul Dairy.

15.0 Contractor’s Superintendence

15.1 The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the execution of the

Works and as long thereafter as the Engineer may consider necessary for the proper fulfilling

of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. The Contractor, or a competent and

authorized agent or representative approved of in writing by the Engineer, which approval may

at any time be withdrawn, is to be constantly on the Works and shall give his whole time to the

superintendence of the same. If such approval shall be withdrawn by the Engineer, the

Contractor shall, as soon as is practicable, having regard to the requirement of replacing him

as hereinafter mentioned, after receiving written notice of such withdrawal, remove the agent

from the Works and shall not thereafter employ him on the Works in any capacity and shall

replace him by another agent approved by the Engineer. Such authorized agent or

representative shall receive, on behalf of the Contractor, directions and instructions from the

Engineer.

16.0 Contractor’s Employees

16.1 The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in connection with the execution and

maintenance of the Works:

a) Only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields

and sub-agents, foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision

to the work they are required to supervise, and

b) Such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the proper and timely

execution and maintenance of the Works.

16.2 It shall be the liability of the Contractor to remove forthwith from the works any personnel

engaged by the Contractor, in or about the execution or maintenance of the works, who,

misconducts himself or is incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties or

whose engagement is otherwise considered to be undesirable and such person shall not be

again engaged upon the work. Any person so removed, by the Contractor, from the works

shall be replaced, by the Contractor, as soon as possible by a competent substitute.

17.0 Setting-out

17.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Works in relation

to original points, lines and levels of reference given by the engineer in writing and for the

correctness, subject as above mentioned of the position, levels, dimensions and alignment of

all parts of the Works and for the provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labor

in connection therewith. If at any time, during the progress of the Works, any error shall

appear or arise in the position, levels dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the

Contractor, on being required so to do by the Engineer shall, at his own cost, rectify such error

to the satisfaction of the Engineer, unless such error is based on incorrect data supplied in

writing by the Engineer in which case the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by

Amul Dairy. The checking of any setting-out or of any line or level by the Engineer shall not in


any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof and the

Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all benchmarks, sight-rails, pegs and other

things used in setting-out the Works.

18.0 Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation

18.1 If, at any time during the execution of the Works, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to

make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation, such requirement shall be ordered in

writing and shall be deemed to be an addition ordered under the provision of Clause 52

hereof, unless a provisional sum in respect of such anticipated works shall have been included

in Schedule of Quantities.

19.0 Watching and Lighting

19.1 The Contractor shall in connection with the Works provide and maintain at his own cost all lights, guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or required by the Engineer, for the protection of the Works, or for the safety and convenience of the public or others.

20.0 Care of Works

20.1 From the commencement of the Works until the date stated in the Certificate of Completion for the whole of the Works pursuant to Clause 49 hereof the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care thereof. Provided that if the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of any part of the Permanent Works the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the fare of that part of the permanent Works from the date stated in the Certificate of Completion in respect of that apart and the responsibility for the care of that part shall pass to Amul Dairy. Provided further that the Contractor shall take the full responsibility for the care of any outstanding work, which he shall have undertaken to finish during the Period of maintenance until such outstanding work is completed. In case any damage, loss or injury shall happen to the Works, or to any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever, save and except the excepted risks as defined in clause 20.3, while the Contractor shall be responsible for the care thereof the Contractor shall, at his own cost, repair and make good the same, so that at completion the Permanent Works shall be in good order and condition and in conformity in every respect with the requirements of the Contract and the Engineer’s instructions. In the event of any such damage, looks or injury happening form any of the excepted risks, the Contractor shall, if and to the extent required by the Engineer and subject always to the provision of Clause 66 hereof, repair and make good the same as aforesaid at the cost of Amul Dairy . The Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the Works occasioned by him in the course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of completing any outstanding work or complying with his obligations under Clause 50 or 51 hereof.

20.2 The Contractor shall not demolish, remove or alter the structures, trees or other facilities on the site without the prior approval of the Engineer.

20.3 Excepted Risks - The “excepted risks” are war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, or unless solely restricted to employees of the Contractor or of his sub- Contractors and arising from the conduct of the Works, riot, commotion or disorder, or a cause solely due to the Engineer’s design of the Works, or ionizing radiations or contaminating by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active toxic explosive, or other hazardous properties of any explosive, nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof, pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices traveling at sonic or supersonic speeds, or any such operation of the forces of nature as an


experienced Contractor could not foresee, or reasonably make provisions for or insure against all or which are herein collectively referred to as “the excepted risks”

21.0 Insurance of Works, etc

21.1 Without limiting his obligation sand responsibilities under Clause 20 hereof, the Contractor shall prior to the commencement of the works insure in the joint names of Amul Dairy and the Contractor against all loss or damage form whatever cause arising, other than the excepted risks, for which he is responsible under the terms of the Contractor and in such manner that Amul Dairy and the Contractor are covered for the period stipulated in Clause 20.1 hereof and are also covered during the Period of Maintenance for loss or damage arising from a cause, occurring prior to the commencement of the Period of maintenance, and for any loss or damage occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of complying with his obligations under Clauses 5 and 51 hereof :-

a) The Works for the time being executed to the estimated current Contract value thereof plus 10 percent thereon to allow for any additional costs and professional fees resulting from the loss or damage.

b) The Constructional Plant and other things brought on to the Site by the Contractor to the replacement value of such Constructional Plant and other things.

c) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the insurer of any change in nature and extent of the Works and to ensure the adequacy of the insurance cover at all times in accordance with the provisions of this Clause.

Such insurance shall be affected with an insurer and the Contractor shall, produce to the Engineer/Amul Dairy the policy or polices of insurance and the receipts for payments of the current premiums.

22.0 Damage to Persons and Property

22.1 The Contractor shall, except if and so far as the Contract provides otherwise, indemnify Amul Dairy against all losses and claims in respect of injuries or damage to any person or material or physical damage to any property whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the execution and maintenance of the Works and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto except any compensation or damages for or with respect to : -

a) The permanent use or occupation of land by the Works or any part thereof.

b) The right of Amul Dairy to execute the Works of any part thereof on, over, under, in or through any land.

c) Injuries or damage to persons or property which are the unavoidable result of the execution or maintenance of the Works in accordance with the Contract.

d) Injuries or damage to persons or property resulting form any act or neglect of the Engineer or other Contractors, not being employed by the Contractor, or for or in respect of any claims proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof or in relation thereto or where the injury or damage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants or agents such part of compensation as may be just and equitable having regard to the extend of the responsibility of the Engineer or other Contractors for the damage or injury.


22.2 Amul Dairy shall indemnify the Contractor against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect of the matters referred to in the proviso to sub-clause (1) of this Clause.

23.0 Third Party Insurance

23.1 Before commencing the execution of the Works the Contractor, but without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under Clause 22 hereof, shall insure against his liability for any material or physical damage, loose or injury which may occur to nay property, including that of Amul Dairy , or to any person, including any employee of Amul Dairy , or by arising out of the execution of Works or in the carrying out of the Contract, otherwise than due to the matters, referred to in the proviso to Clause 22.1 hereof.

23.2 Such insurance shall be affected with an insurer for at least the amount stated in the Appendix to the Tender. The Contractor shall, produce to the Engineer / Amul Dairy the policy or policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of the current premiums.

23.3 The terms shall include a provision whereby, in the event of any claim in respect of which the Contractor would be entitled to receive indemnity under the policy being brought or made against Amul Dairy , the insurer will indemnity Amul Dairy against such claims and any costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof.

23.4 Such insurance shall be for an amount not less than Rs.3,50,000/- per occurrence, with the number of occurrences unlimited.

24.0 Accident or Injury to Workmen

24.1 Amul Dairy shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable at law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other person in the employment of the Contractor or any sub- Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified Amul Dairy against all such damages and compensation, save and except as aforesaid, and against all claims, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto. Where any case is instituted against Amul Dairy , the Contractor shall impaled himself as a party as if the case has been instituted against the Contractor.

24.2 The Contractor shall insure against such liability with an insurer and shall continue such insurance during the whole of the time that any persons are employed by him on the Works and shall, produce to the Engineer/ Amul Dairy such policy of insurance and the receipts for the payment of the current premium. Provided always that, in respect of any persons employed by any sub-contractor, the Contractor’s obligation to insure as aforesaid under this sub-clause shall be satisfied if the sub- Contractor shall have insured against the liability in respect of such persons in such manner that Amul Dairy is indemnified under the policy, but the Contractor to produce to the Engineer/Amul Dairy such policy of insurance and receipt for the payment of the current premium.

24.3 Employee State Insurance (ESI) Act.

The Contractor shall accept full and exclusive liabilities for the compliance with all obligations imposed by the ESI Act 1948, and the Contractor shall further defend, indemnify and hold Amul Dairy harmless form any liabilities or penalties which may be imposed by the Central, State or local authorities by reason of any asserted violation by Contractor or sub- Contractor of the ESI act, 1948 and also from all claims, suits or proceedings that may be brought against Amul Dairy arising under, growing up or by reason of the work provided for by this Contract whether brought by the employees of the Contractor, by the third parties, or by Central or


State Govt. authorities or any political sub-division thereof. The Contractor shall fill in with the ESI the declaration form and all other forms which may be required in respect of the Contractor’s or sub- Contractor’s employees and who are employed by for the works provided for or those covered by ESI from time to time under the agreement. The Contractor shall deduct and secure the agreement of the sub- Contractor and deduct the employee’s contribution as per the first schedule of the ESI Act from wages and affix the employees’ contribution cards at wages payment intervals. The Contractor shall remit and secure that agreement of the sub- Contractor to remit, the employee’s contribution as required by the Act. The Contractor shall maintain all codes and records as required under Act in respect of the employees and payment and the Contractor shall secure the agreement of the sub Contractor to maintain such records. Any expense incurred for the contribution or maintaining records shall be to the Contractor’s account.

Amul Dairy shall retain such amount as may be necessary from the total contract value until the contractor shall furnish satisfactory proof the whole contribution as required by the ESI act have been paid.

25.0 Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure

25.1 If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurances referred to in Clauses 21, 23 and 24 hereof, or any other insurance which he may be required to effect under the terms of the Contract, then and in any such case Amul Dairy may effect and keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and form time to time deduct the amount so paid by Amul Dairy as aforesaid from any payment due or which may become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as a debt to the Contractor, or recover the same as a debt due from the Contractor.

26.0 Giving of Notices and Payment of Fees

26.1 The Contractor shall give all notices and pay all fees required to be given or paid by any National or State Statute, Ordinance, or Law, or any regulation, or bye-law of any local or other duly constituted authority in relation to the execution of the Works and by the rules and regulations of all public bodies and companies whose property or rights are affected or may be affected in any way by the Works.

26.2 Amul Dairy will repay or allow to the Contractor all such sums as the Engineer/Amul Dairy shall certify to have been properly payable and paid by the Contractor in respect of such fees.

26.3 Amul Dairy will repay of allow to the contractor all such sums as the engineer / Amul Dairy shall certify to have been properly payable and paid by the contractor in respect of such fees.

27.0 Fossils, etc.

27.1 All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site of the Works shall as between Amul Dairy and the Contractor be deemed to be the absolute property of Amul Dairy . The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof and, before removal, acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s orders as to the disposal of the same.

28.0 Patent Rights and Royalties

28.1 The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify Amul Dairy from and against all claims and proceedings for or on account of infringement of any patent rights, design trademark or name


or other protected rights in respect or any Constructional Plant, machine work, or material and for in connection with the Works or any of them and from and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto. Except where otherwise specified, the Contractor shall pay all tonnage and other royalties, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel, clay or other materials required for the Works or any of them.

29.0 Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties

29.1 All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance with the requirements of the Contact permits, be carried on so as not to interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the public, or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads and footpaths to or of properties whether in the possession of Amul Dairy or of any other person. The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify Amul Dairy in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation to, any such matters in so far as the Contractor is responsible therefore.

30.0 Extraordinary Traffic

30.1 The Contractor shall use reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges communicating with or on the routes to the site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of the Contractor or any of his sub- Contractors and, in particular, shall select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict and distribute loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from the moving of plant and material from and to the Site shall be limited, as far as reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such highways and bridges.

30.2 Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads of Constructional Plant, machinery or pre-constructed units or parts of units of works over a part of a highway or bridge, the moving whereof is likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special protection or strengthening is carried out, then the Contractor shall before moving the load on to such highway or bridge give notice to the concerned authority of the weight and other particulars of the load to be moved and his proposals for protecting or strengthening the said highway or bridge and obtain approval from that concerned authority at his own cost. He shall keep the Engineer informed of the action taken.

30.3 If during the execution of the works or at any time thereafter the Contractor shall receive any claim arising out of the execution of the Works in respect of damage or injury to highways or bridges he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer and thereafter shall negotiate the settlement of and pay al sums due in respect of such claim and shall indemnify Amul Dairy in respect thereof, and in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in relation thereto.

30.4 Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use by the Contractor of water-borne transport the foregoing provisions of this Clause shall be construed as though “highway” included a lock, dock, sea wall or other structure related to a waterway and “vehicle” included craft, and shall have effect accordingly.

31.0 Opportunities for other Contractors

31.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all reasonable opportunities for carrying out their work to any other Contractor employed by Amul Dairy and their workmen and to the workmen of Amul Dairy and of any other duly constituted authorities who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not included in the Contract or of any Contract which Amul Dairy may enter into in connection with or


ancillary to the Works. If, however, the Contractor shall, on the written request of the Engineer, make available to any such other Contractor, or to Amul Dairy or any such authority, any roads, or ways for the maintenance of which the Contractor is responsible, or permit the use by any such of the Contractor’s scaffolding or other plant on the Site, or provide any other service of whatsoever nature for any such, Amul Dairy shall pay to the Contractor in respect of such use or service such sum or sums as shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be reasonable.

32.0 Contractor to Keep Site Clear

32.1 During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall keep the site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstructions and shall store or dispose of any Constructional Plant and surplus materials and clear away and remove from the site any wreckage, rubbish or Temporary Works no longer required.,

33.0 Clearance of Site on Completion

33.1 On the completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove form the Site all Constructional Plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every kind, and leave the whole of the Site and Works clean and in a workmanlike condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.


E. L A B O U R

34.0 Engagement of Labor

34.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the engagements of all labor, local or otherwise, and save insofar as the Contractor otherwise provides, for the transport, housing feeding and payment thereof. The Contractor to the extent possible and reasonable to employ staff and labor with required qualifications and experience from source within India.

34.2 Amul Dairy may at their own discretion and convenience make available at the site, land for Contractor’s field office, godowns, and workshop and assembly yard required for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall at his own cost construct all these temporary buildings and provide suitable water supply and sanitary arrangement approved by the Engineer.

34.3 The personnel so engaged by the Contractor shall be the employees of the Contractor and there shall exist no privities of Contract between the personnel so engaged and Amul Dairy .

34.4 On completion of the works undertaken by the Contractor, he shall remove all temporary buildings erected by him and have the site cleaned as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor shall fail to comply with these requirements, the Engineer may at the expenses of the Contractor remove such surplus and rubbish materials and dispose off the same as he deems fit and get the site cleared as aforesaid; the Contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred and shall have no claim in respect of any such surplus material disposed off as aforesaid. Amul Dairy reserves the right to ask the Contractor any time during the tendency of the Contract to vacate the land by giving 7 days notice without giving any reason.

34.5 Land arrangement for residential accommodation for staff and labor shall be made by contractor at nearby area outside premises at his own cost and risk.

34.6 The Contractor shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site, to the satisfaction of the Engineer an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s staff and work people.

34.7 The Contractor shall not, otherwise than n accordance with the Statutes, Ordinances and Government Regulations or Orders for the time being in force, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor, or drugs or permit any such importation, sale, gift, barter or disposal by his sub-contractors, agents or employees.

34.8 The Contractor shall not give, barter or otherwise dispose of to any person or person, any arms or ammunitions of any kind or permit the same as aforesaid.

34.9 The Contractor shall in all dealings with labor in his employment, have due regard to all recognized festivals, days of rest and religious or other customers.

34.10 In the event of any outbreak of illness of an epidemic nature, the Contractor shall comply with and carry out such regulations, orders and requirements as may be made by the Government, or the local medical or sanitary authorities for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same.


34.11 The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst his employees and for the preservation of peace and protection of persons and property in the neighborhood of the Works against the same. The Contractor shall be responsible to comply with the various labor laws such as Contract Labor (R&A) Act, 1970, Payment of Wages Act, Minimum Wages Act, Provident Fund Act & Rules etc. in respect of the persons engaged by him.

34.12 The Contractor shall be responsible for observance by his sub-contractors of the foregoing provisions.

35.0 Returns of Labor, etc

35.1 The Contractor shall submit to Amul Dairy copies of the license under the Contract Labor Act, if required and obtained by the Contractor and his Provident Fund no.. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, also deliver to the Engineer a return in detail in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe showing the supervisory staff and the numbers of the several classes of labor from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such information respecting Constructional Plant as the Engineer may require.

35.2 The Contractor shall not employ in connection with the works any person who has not completed fifteen years of age.

35.3 The Contractor shall in respect of labor employed by him comply with or cause to be complied with the provision of the various labor laws and rules and regulations such as Contract Labor Act (R&A) Act, 1970, Payment of Wages Act, Minimum Wages Act, Provident Fund Act & Rules etc. applicable to them in regard to all matters provided therein and shall indemnify Amul Dairy in respect of all claims that may be made against Amul Dairy for noncompliance thereof by the Contractor.

35.4 Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Engineer may take such actions as may be necessary for compliance of the various labor laws and recover the costs thereof form the Contractor.

35.5 In the event of the Contractor committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of labor laws and rules and regulations as applicable, shall pay penalties as imposed by the statutory Authorities and shall indemnify and keep indemnified Amul Dairy all such penalties and compensations.


F. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

36.0 Materials and Workmanship

36.1 All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the Contract and in accordance with the Engineer’s instructions and shall be subjected fro time to time to such tests as the Engineer may direct at the place of manufacture or fabrication, or on the Site or at Such other place or places as may be specified in the Contract, provide such assistance, instruments, machines, labor and materials as are normally required for examining, measuring and testing any work and the quality, weight or quantity of any material used and shall supply samples of materials before incorporation in the Works for testing as may be selected and required by the Engineer.

36.2 All samples shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost if the supply thereof is clearly intended by on provided for in the Contract.

36.3 The cost of conducting any test ordered by the Engineer to ascertain the quality of the materials and the workmanship shall be borne by the Contractor.

37.0 Inspection of Operations

37.1 The Engineer and any person authorized by him shall at all times have access to the Works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and the Contractor shall afford every facility for and every assistance in or in obtaining the right to such access.

38.0 Examination of Work before Covering up

38.1 No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to examine and measure and work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is place thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer whenever such work or foundations is or are read or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer shall unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such work or of examining such foundations.

38.2 The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Work or make opening in or through the same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been put out of view after compliance with the requirement clause 38.1 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by Amul Dairy , but in any other case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

39.0 Removal of Improper Work and Materials

39.1 The Engineer shall during the progress of the Works have power to order in writing from time to time.

a) The removal from the Site, within such time or times as may be specified in the order, of any materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not in accordance with the Contract.

b) The substitution of proper and suitable materials and


c) The removal and proper re-execution, notwithstanding any previous test thereof or interim payment there for, of any work which in respect of materials or workmanship is not, in the opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the Contract.

39.2 In case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, Amul Dairy shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the Contractor by Amul Dairy or may be deducted by Amul Dairy from any payment due or which may become due to the Contractor.

40.0 Suspension of Work

40.1 The Contractor shall, on the written order of the Engineer, suspend the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly protect and secure the work, so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The extra cost incurred by the Contractor in giving effect to the Engineer’s instructions under this Clause shall be borne and paid by Amul Dairy unless such suspension is :

a) Otherwise provided for in the Contract, or

b) Necessary by reasons of some default on the part of the Contractor, or

c) Necessary by reasons climatic conditions on the Site, or

d) Necessary for the proper execution of the Work or for the safety or the Works or any part thereof insofar as such necessity does not arise from any act or default by the Engineer or Amul Dairy or from any or the excepted risks defined in Clause 20 hereof.

Provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any such extra cost unless the give written notice of his intention to claim to the Engineer within fifteen days of the Engineer’s order. The Engineer shall settle and determine such extra payment and/or extension of time under Clause 44 hereof to be made to the Contractor in respect of such claim as shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be fair and reasonable.

40.2 If the progress of the Works or any part thereof is suspended on the written order of the Engineer and if permission to resume work is not given by the Engineer within a period of ninety days from the date of suspension then, unless such suspension is within paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of sub-clause (1) of this Clause, the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Engineer requiring permission within twenty-eight days from the receipt thereof to proceed with the works, or that part thereof in regard to which progress is suspended and, if such permission is not granted within the time, the Contractor by a further written notice so served may, but is bound to, elect or treat the suspension where it affects only part of the Works as an omission of such part under Clause 52 hereof, or, where it affects the whole Works, as an abandonment of the Contract by Amul Dairy .


G. COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS

41.0 Commencement of Works

41.1 The Contractor shall commence the Works on Site within the period named in the Appendix to the Tender after the receipt by him of a written order to this effect from the Engineer and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay, except as may be expressly sanctioned or ordered by the Engineer, or be wholly beyond the Contractor’s control.

42.0 Possession of Site

42.1 Save insofar as the Contact may prescribe, the extent or portions of the Site of which the Contractor is to be given possession form time to time and the order in which such portions shall be made available to him and, subject to any requirement in the Contact as to the order in which the Works shall be executed, Amul Dairy will, with the Engineer’s written order to commence the Works, give to the Contractor possession of so much of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to commence and proceed with the execution of the Works in accordance with the program referred to in Clause 14 hereof, if any and otherwise in accordance with such reasonable proposals of the Contractor as he shall, by written notice to the Engineer, make and will, from time to time as the Work proceed, give to the Contractor possession of such further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to proceed with the execution of the Works with due dispatch in accordance with the said program or proposals, as the case may be. If the Contractor suffers delay from the failure on the part of Amul Dairy to give possession in accordance with the terms of the is Clause, the Engineer shall grant an extension of time for the completion of the Works as, in his opinion shall be fair and the price escalation pursuant to clause 71.0 hereof, provided the extended time period including the original contract period exceeds 12 months.

42.2 The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way leaves required by him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any additional accommodation outside the Site required by him for the purposes of the Works.

43.0 Time for Completion

43.1 Subject to any requirement in the Contract as to completion of any section of the Works before completion of the whole, the whole of the Works shall be completed, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 49 hereof, within the time stated in the Contract or such extended time as may be allowed under Clause 44 hereof.

44.0 Extension of Time of Completion

44.1 Should the amount of extra or additional work of any kind or any cause of delay referred to in these Conditions, or exceptional adverse climatic conditions, or other special circumstances of any kind whatsoever which may occur, other than through a default of the Contractor, be such as fairly to entitle the Contractor to an extension of time for the completion of the works, the Engineer shall determine the amount of such extension and shall notify Amul Dairy and the Contractor accordingly. Provided that the Engineer is not bound to take in account any extra or additional work or other special circumstances unless the Contractor has within thirty days after such work has been commenced, or such circumstances have arisen, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, submitted to the Engineer full and detailed particulars of any extension of time to which he may consider himself entitled in order that submission may be investigated at the time.


45.0 No Night Work

45.1 Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the Permanent Works shall, save as hereinafter provided, be carried on during the night without the permission in writing of the Engineer except when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or for the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Engineer. Provided always that the provisions of this Clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work, which it is customary to carry out by rotary or double shifts.

46.0 Rate of Progress

46.1 If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the rate of progress of Works or any section is at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, too slow to ensure completion by there prescribed time or extended time for completion, the Engineer shall so notify the Contractor in writing and the Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as are necessary and the Engineer may approve to expedite progress so as to complete the Works or such section by the prescribed time or extended tie. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps. If, as a result of any notice given by the Engineer under this Clause, the Contractor shall seek the Engineer’s permission to do any work at night, such permission shall not be unreasonably refused.

47.0 Liquidated Damages for Delay

47.1 If the Contractor shall fail to achieve completion of the Works within the time prescribed in the Appendix to the Form of Bid, then the Contractor shall pay to Amul Dairy the sum at the rate of ½% of the Contract value as liquidated damages for such default and not as a penalty for every week or part of the week which shall elapse between the time prescribed by Clause 43 hereof and the date of certified completion of the particular Works. Amul Dairy may without prejudice to any other method of recovery, deduct the amount of such damages from any payment in its hands, due or which may become due to the Contractor. The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to complete the works, or form any other of his obligations and liabilities under the Contract.

47.2 The aggregate maximum of the liquidated damages payable to Amul Dairy under this clause shall be subject to a maximum of 5% of the Contract value.

47.3 If, before the completion of the whole of the Works any part or section of the Works has been certified by the Engineer as completed, pursuant to Clause 49 hereof, and occupied by Amul Dairy, the liquidated damages for delay shall, for any period of delay after such certificate be reduced in the proportion which the value of the part or section so certified bears to the value of the whole of the Works.

47.4 The criteria for deriving the liquidated damage shall be the actual value of works executed and the amended time of completion.

48.0 Bonus for Early completion

No bonus, in case of the work completed and certified before stipulated time limit.


49.0 Certification of Completion of Works

49.1 When the whole of the Works have been virtually completed and have satisfactorily passed any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to that effect to the Engineer accompanied by an undertaking to finish any outstanding work during the period of Maintenance. Such notice and undertaking shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be a request by the Contractor for the Engineer to issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of the Works. The engineer shall, on receipt of such notice either issue to the Contractor, with a copy to Amul Dairy, a Certificate of Completion stating the date on which, in his opinion, the Works were virtually completed in accordance with the Contract or give instructions in writing to the Contractor specifying all the work which, in the engineer’s opinion, requires to be done by the Contractor before the issue of such Certificate. The engineer shall also notify the Contractor of any defects in the Works affecting virtual completion that may appear after such instructions and before completion of the works specified therein. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive such Certificate of Completion, or on the completion, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, of the works so specified and making good any defects so notified.

49.2 Similarly, in accordance with the procedure set out in sub clause (1) of this Clause, the Contractor may request and the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of:-

a) Any section of the Permanent Works in respect of which a separate time for completion is provided in the Contract and

b) Any substantial part of the permanent Works which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and occupied by Amul Dairy.

49.3 If any part of the permanent Works shall have been virtually completed and shall have satisfactorily passed any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the Engineer may issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of that part of the Permanent Works before completion of the whole of the Works and, upon the issue of such Certificate, the Contractor shall be deemed to have undertaken to complete any outstanding work in that part of the Works during the Period of Maintenance.

49.4 Provided always that a Certificate of Completion given in respect of any section or part of the Permanent Works before completion of the whole shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground or surfaces requiring reinstatement, unless such Certificate shall expressly so state.


H. MAINTENANCE AND DEFECTS LIABILITY

50.0 Definition of Period of Maintenance

50.1 In these Conditions the expression “Period of Maintenance” shall mean the period of maintenance name in the Appendix to the Tender, calculated from date of the completion of the Works, certified by the Engineer in accordance with Clause 49 hereof, or, in the event of more than one certificate having been issued by the Engineer under the said Clause, from the respective dates so certified and in relation to the Period of Maintenance the expression “the Works” shall be construed accordingly.

50.2 To the intent that the Works shall at or as soon as practicable after the expiry of Period of Maintenance be delivered to Amul Dairy in the condition required by the Contract, fair wear and tear excepted, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall finish the work, if any, outstanding at the date of completion, as certified under the clause 49 hereof, as soon as practicable after which date and shall execute all such work of repair, amendment, reconstruction, rectification and making good defects, imperfections, shrinkages or other faults as may be required of the Contractor in writing by the Engineer during the Period of Maintenance, or within fifteen days after its expiry as a result of an inspection made by or on behalf of the Engineer prior to its expiry.

50.3 All such work shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own expense if the necessity thereof shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be due to the use of materials or workmanship not in accordance with the Contract, or to neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any obligation, expressed or implied, on the Contractor‘s part under the Contract.

50.4 If the Contractor shall fail to do any such work as aforesaid required by the Engineer, Amul Dairy shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and if such work is work which in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, then all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the Contractor by Amul Dairy or may be deducted by Amul Dairy from any payment due or which may become due to the Contractor.

51.0 Contractor to Search

51.1 The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer in writing, search under the direction of the Engineer for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault appearing during the progress of the Works or in the Period of Maintenance. Unless such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable under the Contract, the cost of the work carried out by the Contractor in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by Amul Dairy. If such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable as aforesaid, the cost of the work carried out in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair, rectify and make good such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with the provisions of Clause 50 hereof.


I. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS

52.0 Variations

52.1 The Engineer shall make any variations of the form quality or quantity of the Works or any part thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary and for that purpose, or if for any other reason it shall, in his opinion be desirable, he shall have power to order the Contractor to do any of the following : -

a) Increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the Contract,

b) Omit any such work,

c) Change the Character or quality or kind of any such work,

d) Change the levels, lines, position and dimensions of any part of the Works, and

e) Execute additional work of any kind necessary for the completion of the Works,

f) Change any specified sequence, method or timing of construction of any part of the works,

And no such variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidates the Contract, but the value, if any, of all such variations shall be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of the Contract Price.

52.2 No such variations shall be made by the Contractor without an order in writing of the Engineer. Provided that no order in writing shall be required for increase or decrease in the quantity of any work where such increase or decrease is not the result of an order given under this Clause, but is the result of the quantities exceeding or being less than those stated in the Schedule of Quantities. Provided also that if for any reason the Engineer shall consider it desirable to give any such order verbally, the Contractor shall comply with such order and any confirmation in writing of such verbal order given by the Engineer, whether before or after the carrying out of the order, shall be deemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this clause. Provided further that if the Contractor shall within seven days confirm in writing to the Engineer and such confirmation shall not be contradicted in writing within fourteen days by the Engineer, it shall be deemed to be an order in writing by the Engineer.

53.0 Valuation of Variations

53.1 All extra or additional work done or work omitted by order of the Engineer shall be valued at the rates and prices set out in the Contract if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the same shall be applicable. If the Contract does not contain any rates or prices applicable to the extra or additional work, then suitable rates or prices shall be agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement the Engineer shall fix such rates or prices as shall, in his opinion, be reasonable and proper.

53.2 Provided that if the nature or amount of any omission or addition relative to the nature or amount of the whole of the works or to any part thereof shall be such that, in the opinion of the Engineer, the rate or price contained in the Contract for any item of the Works is, by reason of such omission or addition, rendered inapplicable, then a suitable rate or price shall be agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor. In case of disagreement the Engineer shall work out and fix the rate or the price. The rate shall be considered at the rates prevailing in the market for material and labour. Contractors profits and overheads at 15% and 2% respectively shall be added to the rates arrived at herein. While settling the extra items, the contractor has to submit original bill of the party from whom the material is procured and other related documents asked by the engineer.


53.3 In case of any class of work for which there is not such specification supplied by Amul Dairy as is mentioned in accordance with Indian Standard Specifications and if the I.S.S. do not cover the same the work should be carried out as per the standard Engineering practice subject to the approval of the Engineer.

Provided also that no increase or decrease under clause 53.1 or variation of rate or price under clause 53.2 of shall be made unless, as soon after the date of the order as is practicable and, in the case of extra or additional work, before the commencement of the work or as soon thereafter as is practicable, notice shall have been given in writing:-

a) By the Contractor to the Engineer of his intention to claim extra payment or a varied rate or price or

b) By the Engineer to the Contractor of his intention to vary a rate or price.

53.4 If, on certified completion of the whole of the works it shall be found that a reduction or increase greater than 25 per cent of the sum named in the Letter of Acceptance, results from:-

a) The aggregate effect of all Variation Orders, and

b) All adjustments upon measurement of the estimated quantities set out in the Schedule of Quantities, excluding the adjustments of price made under Clause 71.1 hereof, but not from any other cause, the amount of the Contract Price shall be adjusted by such sum as may be agreed between the Contractor and the Engineer or, failing agreement, fixed by the Engineer having regard to all material and relevant factors, including the Contractor’s site and general overhead cost of the Contract.

53.5 The Contractor shall send to the Engineer once in every month an account giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any additional payment to which the Contractor may consider himself entitled and of all extra or additional work ordered by the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month.

No final or interim claim for payment for any such work or expense will be considered which has not been included in such particulars. Provided always that the Engineer shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made for any such work or expense, notwithstanding the Contractor’s failure to comply with this condition, if the Contractor has, at the earliest practicable opportunity, notified the Engineer in writing that he intends to make a claim for such work.


J. PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS

54.0 Plant, etc. Exclusive Use for the Works

54.1 All Constructional Plant, Temporary Works and materials provided by the Contractor shall, when brought on to the Site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works and the Contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof, except for the purpose of moving it from one part of the site to another, without the consent, in writing, of the Engineer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld..

54.2 Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall remove from the Site all the said Constructional Plant and Temporary Works remaining thereon and any unused materials provided by the Contractor.

54.3 Amul Dairy shall not at any time be liable for the loss of or damage to any of the said Constructional Plant, Temporary Works or materials save as mentioned in Clauses 20 and 66 hereof.

55.0 Approval of Materials, etc., not implied

55.1 The Operation of Clause 54 hereof shall not be deemed to imply any approval by the Engineer of the materials or other matters referred to therein nor shall it prevent the rejection of any such materials at any time by the Engineer.


K. MEASUREMENT

56.0 Quantities

56.1 The quantities set out in the Schedule of Quantities are the estimated quantities of the work, but they are not to be taken as the actual and exact quantities of the Works to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the Contract.

57.0 Works to be measured

57.1 The Engineer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine by measurement the value in terms of the Contract of work done in accordance with the Contract. He shall, when he requires any part or parts of the Works to be measured, give notice to the Contractor’s authorized agent or representative, who shall forthwith attend or send a qualified agent to assist the Engineer in making such measurement, and shall furnish all particulars required by either of them. Should the Contractor not attend, or neglect or omit to send such agent, then the measurement made by the Engineer or approved by him shall be taken to be the correct measurement of the work. For the purpose of measuring such permanent work as is to be measured by records and drawings, the Engineer shall prepare records and drawings month by month of such work and the Contractor, as and when called upon to do so in writing, shall, within fourteen days, attend to examine and agree such records and drawings with the Engineer and shall sign the same when so agreed. If the Contractor does not so attend to examine and agree to such records and drawings, they shall be taken to be correct. If, after examination of such records and drawings, the Contractor does not agree to the same or does not sign the same ass agreed, they shall nevertheless be fourteen days of such examination, lodge with the Engineer, for decision by the Engineer, notice in writing of the respects in which such records and drawings are claimed by him to be incorrect.

58.0 Method of Measurement

58.1 The Works shall be measured net, as prescribed in the specification of works, notwithstanding any general or local custom, except where otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract. Wherever not specifically mentioned in the Contract, the mode of measurement as prescribed in the relevant IS codes shall be applicable and binding to the Contract. A list of ISS code of practices, which shall be referred to in that event, is attached as annex to the Section IV of Technical Specifications. Only the latest editions of all the codes of practices including all latest official amendments and revisions shall be applicable.

58.2 For measurement of items of work in foundation and plinth & in super structure the criteria shall be the plinth level of the individual buildings covered under this Contract.


L. NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS

59.0 Definitions of “Nominated Sub-Contractors”

59.1 All specialists, merchants, tradesmen and others executing any work or supplying any goods, materials or services, who may have been or be nominated or selected or approved by Amul Dairy or the Engineer, and all persons to whom by virtue of the provisions of the Contract the Contractor is required to sub-let any work shall, in the execution of such work or the supply of such goods, materials or services, be deemed to be sub- Contractors employed by the Contractor and are referred to in this contract as “nominated Sub- Contractors”.

59.2 The Contractor shall not be required by Amul Dairy or the Engineer or be deemed to be under any obligation to employ any nominated Sub- Contractor against whom the Contractor may raise reasonable objection, or who shall decline to enter into a sub-contract with the Contractor containing provisions : -

a) That in respect of the work, goods, materials or services the subject of the sub-contract, the nominated Sub- Contractor will undertake towards the Contractor the like obligations and liabilities as are imposed on the Contractor towards Amul Dairy by the terms of the Contract and will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and against the same and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection therewith, or arising out of or in connection with any failure to perform such obligations or to fulfill such liabilities, and

b) That the nominated Sub- Contractor will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and against any negligence by the nominated Sub- Contractor, his agents, workmen and servants and from and against any misuse by him or them of any Constructional Plant or Temporary Works provided by the Contractor for the purposes of the Contractor and from all claims as aforesaid.

59.3 If in any connection with any Provisional Sum the services to be provided include any matter of design or specification of any part of the permanent works or of any equipment or plant to be incorporated therein, such requirement shall be expressly stated in the Contract and shall be included in any nominated Sub-Contract. The nominated Sub-Contract shall specify that the nominated Sub- Contractor providing such services will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and against the same and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any failure to perform such obligations or to fulfill such liabilities.

59.4 For all work executed or goods, materials, or services supplied by any nominated Sub- Contractor, there shall be included in the Contract Price : -

a) The actual price paid or due to be paid by the Contractor, on the direction of the Engineer, and in accordance with the4 Sub-Contract;

b) The sum, if any, entered in the Schedule of Quantities for labour supplied by the Contractor in connection therewith, or if ordered by the Engineer as my be determined in accordance with Clause 53 hereof;

c) In respect of all other charges and profit, a sum being a percentage rate of the actual price paid or due to be paid calculated, where provision for such is made in a special item provided in the Schedule of Quantities for such purpose.


59.5 Before issuing, under Clause 60 hereof, any certificate, which includes any payment in respect of work done or goods, materials, or services supplied by any nominated Sub- Contractor, the Engineer shall be entitled to demand from the Contractor reasonable that all payments, less retentions, included in previous certificates in respect of the work or goods, materials or services of such nominated Sub-Contractor have been paid or discharged by the Contractor, in default whereof unless the Contractor shall

a) Inform the Engineer in writing that he has reasonable cause for withholding or refusing to make such payments and

b) Produce to the Engineer reasonable proof that he has so informed such nominated sub- contractor in writing,

Amul Dairy shall be entitled to pay to such nominated sub- contractor direct, upon the certificate of the Engineer, all payments, less retentions, provided for in the sub-contact, which the Contractor has failed to make to such nominated sub- contractor and to deduct by way of set-off the amount so paid by Amul Dairy from any sums due or which may become due from Amul Dairy the Contractor. Provided always that, where the Engineer has certified and Amul Dairy has paid direct as aforesaid, the Engineer shall in issuing any further certificate in favour of the Contractor deduct from the amount thereof the amount so paid, direct as aforesaid, but shall not withhold or delay the issue of the certificate itself when due to be issued under the terms of the Contract.

59.6 In the event of a nominated sub-contractor, as hereinbefore defined, having undertaken towards the Contractor in respect of the work executed, or the goods, materials or services supplied by such nominated sub-contractor, any continuing obligation extending for a period exceeding that of the Period of Maintenance under the Contract, the Contractor shall at any time, after the expiry of the Period of Maintenance, assign to Amul Dairy , at its request and cost, the benefit of such obligation for the unexpired duration thereof.


M. CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENT

60.1 Interim Payment Certificate

(a) The Contractor shall submit a bill or shall submit measurement of works executed for the preparation of the bill on computer to Amul Dairy for interim payment in 3 copies to the Engineer on a specified date in each month in a form approved by the Engineer. The bill for interim payment shall include the following items, as applicable, which shall be taken in to account in the sequence listed:-

i) The estimated Contract value of the Permanent Works executed since the submission of the last bill, obtained by applying the base unit rates and prices in the Schedule of Quantities measured by the Engineer pursuant to clause 57;

ii) The estimated Contract value of the Permanent Works as obtained above executed up to the previous bill;

iii) The cumulative estimated Contract value at base unit rates and prices of the Permanent Works up to the bill in question obtained by adding (i) and (ii) ;

iv) The cumulative amounts approved in respect of extra items executed up to the bill in question, obtained by applying the rates approved.

v) An amount reflecting any changes in cost pursuant to clause 71 hereof;

vi) Any amount to be withheld under the retention provisions of clause 60.3;

vii) Any credit or debit for the period in question in respect of materials on site intended for, but not yet incorporated in, the Permanent Works in the amount and under the conditions set forth in clause 60.2;

viii) Any amount to be deducted on account of the mobilization advance under the provisions set forth in 60.5 ;

ix) Any other sum to which the Contractor may be entitled under the Contract.

x) Deductions of Income tax shall be made on the gross amount of each bill as per the provision of the Income tax Act.

xi) Any amount to be deducted on account of water charges and power supply, if any, pursuant to clause 5.40 & 6.20 of Section III, Special Conditions of Contract.

xii) Any amount to be deducted on account of materials issued to the Contractor pursuant to clause 7.1 of section III, Special Conditions and Contract.

b) Within 15 days of the receipt of the said bill dully checked and certified by client engineer for interim payment, after deducting w.c. electricity, retention money, mobilization, material given by AMUL etc. OR 80% against RA Bill subject to clearance of measurements and certification of previous bill by client engineer.

60.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to such sum as the Engineer may consider proper in respect of materials received for but not yet incorporated in the Permanent Works provided that :

a) The materials are in accordance with the specification for the Permanent Works;


b) Such materials have been delivered to the site, and are properly stored and protected against loss or damage or deterioration to the satisfaction of the Engineer;

c) The Contractor’s records of the requirements, orders, receipts and the use of materials are kept in a form approved by the Engineer and such records shall be available for inspection by the Engineer;

d) The Contractor shall submit with his monthly statement the estimated value of the materials on site together with such documents as may be required by the Engineer for the purpose of the valuation of materials and providing evidence of Amul Dairy ship and payment thereof;

e) Ownership of such materials shall be deemed to vest in Amul Dairy ; and

f) The sum payable for such materials on site shall not exceed 75% of the related ex factory / ex warehouse /ex quarry price of the building materials which shall in any case not be more than the materials component of the base unit rates in the Schedule of Quantities.

g) The advance against material will only be given to the items whose basic rate is given and the value of material is more than Rs. 5 Lacs.

60.3 Retention Money

a) A retention amounting to 7.5% of the amount included in any monthly interim payment certificate pursuant to clause 60.1 due to the Contractor on account of the permanent Works executed by him shall be made by the Engineer in the first and following certificates until such time as the cumulative total of such deductions shall amount to 5% of the total actual value of Work to be done;

b) If the Contractor so requests, Amul Dairy may pay the cumulative amount of retention money to the Contractor upon lodgment with Amul Dairy of a Bank guarantee issued by a Nationalized Indian Bank, The acceptable form of Bank guarantee shall be strictly as given in Section IX of the bidding document.

c) One half of the retention money shall be paid to the Contractor within 60 days of issuing of the certificate of completion by the Engineer and the balance of the retention money shall be certified with settlement of the final bill. Provided always that, if at such time there shall remain to be executed by the Contractor any works ordered during such period pursuant to clause 50 and 51 hereof, Amul Dairy shall be entitled to withhold payment until the completion of such works of so much of the balance of the retention money as shall, in the opinion of the engineer, represent the cost of the works so remaining to be executed; and

d) no interest shall be paid by Amul Dairy to the Contractor for the amount withheld as Retention Money with Amul Dairy .

60.4 The Engineer may by any Interim Payment Certificate make any corrections or modifications in any previous bills (other than one purporting to be a Final payment certificate) which shall have been issued by him and shall have power to modify or withhold any Interim Payment Certificate if the works or any part thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.


60.5 Mobilization Advance Loan

a) Amul Dairy, if requested for, will make an interest free advance loan to the Contractor for the costs of mobilization in respect of the works in a lump sum amount equivalent to 5 % of the Contract price excluding the costs of the materials to be supplied by Amul Dairy, always provided that the value of the Contract is more than Rs.10 lakhs. Payment of the loan will be due under separate certification by the Engineer after;

i) Execution of the Form of Agreement by the parties thereto,

ii) Provision by the Contractor of the Performance Security in accordance with clause 10 hereof, and

iii) Provision by the Contractor of a bank guarantee by a Nationalized Indian Bank. The acceptable form of Bank guarantee shall be strictly as given in Section IX of the bidding document. The bank guarantee shall remain effective until the advance loan has been completely repaid by the Contractor out of current earnings under the Contract and certified accordingly by the Engineer.

b) The acceptable form of bank guarantee shall be as given in Section IX of bid document.

c) Unless otherwise agreed the advance loan shall be repaid with percentage deductions from the interim payments certified by the Engineer under the Contract. Deductions shall commence in the next interim payment certificate following that in which the total value of work done has reached 20% of the value of the Contract and shall be made at the rate of 15% of the gross amounts of all interim payment certificates, plus the interest payable upto that date, in the type and proportionate amounts of currencies in which the advance loan was made until such time as the loan has been repaid by the time 80% of the work in terms of the Contract value has been completed.

60.6 All interim payments shall be treated as advance payments. On completion of the entire work, the Contractor shall submit his final bill. After verifying the final bill, Amul Dairy will issue to the Contractor a statement (hereinafter called as the Final Account Statement). The Contractor shall return the Final Account Statement duly signed as an acknowledgement of full and final value of work performed under the Contract and full & final settlement of the payment. On receipt of this statement back from the Contractor, the final payment shall be release.

61.0 Approval only by Maintenance Certificate

61.1 No Certificate other than the Maintenance Certificate referred to in Clause 62 hereof shall be deemed to constitute approval of the Works.

62.0 Maintenance Certificate

62.1 The Contract shall not be considered as completed until Maintenance Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer and delivered to Amul Dairy stating that the Works have been completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The Maintenance Certificate shall be given by the engineer after the expiry of the Period of Maintenance, or, if different periods of maintenance shall become applicable to different sections or parts of the Works, the expiry of the latest such period, or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period,


pursuant to Clause 50 and 51 hereof, shall have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and full effect shall be given to his Clause, notwithstanding any previous entry on the Works or the taking possession, working or using thereof or any part thereof by Amul Dairy .

62.2 Amul Dairy shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing arising out of or in connection with the Contract or the execution of the works, unless the Contractor shall have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issuance of the Maintenance Certificate under this Clause.

62.3 Notwithstanding the issue of the Maintenance Certificate the Contractor and, subject to clause 62.2, Amul Dairy shall remain liable for the fulfillment of any obligation incurred under the provisions of the Contract prior to the issue of the Maintenance Certificate which remains unperformed at the time such Certificate is issued and, for the purposes of determining the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties hereto.


N. REMEDIES AND POWER

63.0 Default of Contractor

63.1 If the Contractor shall become bankrupt, or have a receiving order made against him or shall present his petition in execution levied on his goods, or it the Engineer shall certify in writing to Amul Dairy that in his opinion the Contractor :-

a) Has abandoned the Contract, or

b) Without reasonable excuse has failed to commence the works or has suspended the progress of the works for 28 days after receiving from the Engineer written notice to proceed, or

c) Has failed to remove materials from the site or pull down and replace work for 30 days after receiving from the Engineer written notice that the said materials or work had been condemned and rejected by the Engineer under these conditions, or

d) Despite previous warnings by the Engineer, in writing, is not executing the works in accordance with the Contract, or is persistently neglecting to carry out his obligations under the Contract, or

e) Has, to the detriment of good workmanship, or in defiance of the Engineer’s instructions of the Engineer’s instructions to the contrary, sub-let any part of the Contract.

Then Amul Dairy may, after giving 15 day’s notice in writing to the Contractor, enter upon the site and the works and expel the Contractor there from and without thereby avoiding the Contract, or releasing the Contractor from any of his obligations or liabilities under the Contact, or affecting the rights and powers conferred on Amul Dairy or the Engineer by the Contract, and may himself complete the works or may employ and other Contractor to complete the works. Amul Dairy or such other Contractor to complete the works. Amul Dairy or such other Contractor may use for such completion so much of the constructional plant, temporary works and materials, which have deemed to be reserved exclusively for the execution of the works, under the provisions of the Contract, as he or they may think proper, and Amul Dairy may at any time, sell any of the said Constructional Plant, temporary works and unused materials including invocation of bank guarantees and apply the proceeds of sale in or towards the satisfaction of any sum(s) due or which may become due to him from the Contractor under the Contract.

63.2 The Engineer shall, as soon as may be practicable after any such entry and expulsion by Amul Dairy , fix and determine ex parte, or by or after reference to the parties, or after such investigation or enquiries as he may think fit to make o r institute, and shall certify what amount, if any, had at the time of such entry and expulsion been reasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of work then actually done by him under the Contract and the value of any of the said unused or partially used materials, any Constructional Plant and any temporary works.

63.3 If Amul Dairy shall enter and expel the Contractor under this clause, it shall not be liable to pay to the Contractor any money on account of the Contract until the expiry of Period of Maintenance and thereafter until the costs of execution and maintenance, damages for delay in completion, if any, and all other expenses incurred by Amul Dairy have been ascertained and the amount thereof certified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall then be entitled to receive only such sum(s), if any, as the Engineer may certify would have been payable to him


upon due completion by him after deducting the said amount. If such amount shall exceed the sum which would have been payable to the Contractor on due completion by him, then the Contractor shall, upon demand, pay to Amul Dairy the amount of such excess and it shall be deemed a debt due by the Contractor to Amul Dairy and shall be recoverable accordingly.

63.4 In such event, Amul Dairy shall charge 15% overhead to cover the departmental charges and the same shall be recovered from the Contractor.

63.5 No credit shall be allowed to the Contractor in case the amount spent by Amul Dairy for a particular item, which shall be less than the amount payable as per the tender amount.

64.0 Urgent Repairs

64.1 If, by reason of any accident, or failure, or other event occurring to in or in connection with the works, or any part thereof, either during the execution of the works, or during the Period of Maintenance, any remedial or other work or repair shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be urgently necessary for the safety of the works and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair, Amul Dairy may employ and pay other persons to carry out such work or repair as the Engineer may consider necessary. If the work or repair so done by Amul Dairy is work, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, all expenses properly incurred by Amul Dairy in so doing shall be recoverable from the Contractor by Amul Dairy , or may become due from the Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer, as the case may be, shall as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as may be reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof in writing.


O. SPECIAL RISKS

65.0 No Liability for War etc.

65.1 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract contained:-

The Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever whether by way of indemnity or otherwise for or in respect of destruction of or damage to the works, save to work condemned under the provisions of Clause 39 hereof prior to the occurrence of any special risk hereinafter mentioned, or to property whether of Amul Dairy or of third parties, or for or in respect of injury or loss of life which is the consequence of any special risk as hereinafter defined. Amul Dairy shall indemnify and save harmless the Contractor against and from the same and against and fro, all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising there out or in connection therewith.

65.2 If the works or any material on the site, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the works, shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any of the said special risks the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for :-

a) Any permanent work and for any materials so destroyed or damaged, and, as so far as may be required by the Engineer, or as may be necessary for the completion of the works, on the basis of costs plus such profit as the Engineer may certify to be reasonable

b) Replacing or making good any such destruction or damage of the works.

c) Replacing or making good such materials or other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of works.

65.3 Destruction, damage, injury or loss of life caused by the explosion or impact whenever and wherever occurring of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, shall be deemed to be a consequence of the said special risks.

65.4 Amul Dairy shall repay to the Contractor any increased cost of or incidental to the execution of the work, other than such as may be attributable to the cost of reconstruction work condemned under the provisions of Clause 39 hereof, prior to the occurrence of any special risk, which is however, attributable to or consequent on or the result of or in any way whatsoever connected with the said special risks, subject however to the provisions in this clause hereinafter contained in regard to outbreak of war, but Contractor shall as soon as any such increase of cost shall come to his knowledge forthwith notify the Engineer thereof in writing.

65.5 The Special Risks are unprecedented flood, earthquake or other convulsion of nature, war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not) invasion, act of foreign enemies, the nuclear and the pressure wave risk described in clause 20 hereof, or in so far as it related to the country in which the works are being or are to be executed or maintained, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, civil work, or unless solely restricted to the employees of the Contractor or of his Sub- Contractors and arising from the conduct of the works, riot, commotion or disorder.

65.6 If, during the currency of the Contract, there shall be an outbreak of war, whether war is declared or not, in any part of the world which, whether financially or otherwise, materially affects the execution of the works, the Contractor shall, until and unless the Contract is terminated under the provision of this Clause, continue to use his best endeavors to complete the execution of the works. Provided always that Amul Dairy shall be entitled at any time


after such outbreak of war to terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Contractor and, upon such notice being given, this Contract shall, except as to the rights of the parties under this clause and to the operation of clause 65.8 hereof, terminate, but without prejudice o the right of either party in respect of any antecedent breach thereof.

65.7 If the Contract shall be terminated under the provisions of the last preceding sub-clause the Contractor shall, with all reasonable dispatch, remove from the site all constructional plant and shall give similar facilities to his sub- Contractor to do so.

65.8 If the Contract shall be terminated as aforesaid, the Contractor shall be paid by Amul Dairy , as in so far as much amount or items shall not have already been covered by payments on account made to the Contractor, for all works executed prior to the date of termination at the rates and prices provided in the Contract and in addition:-

a) The amounts payable in respect of any preliminary terms, so far as the works or service comprised therein has been carried out or performed, and a proper proportion as certified by the Engineer of any such items, the work or service comprise in which has been partially carried out or performed.

b) The cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the works which shall have been delivered to the Contractor, or of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept delivery, such materials or goods becoming the property of Amul Dairy upon such payments being made by him.

c) A sum to be certified by the Engineer, being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole of the works insofar as such expenditure shall not have been covered by the payments in this sub-clause before mentioned.

d) Any additional sum payable under the provision of the clauses 65.1, 65.2 and 65.4.

e) The reasonable cost of removal of construction plant under clause 65.7 and, if required by the Contractor, returns thereof to the Contractor’s main plant yard in his country of registration or to any other destination, at no greater cost.

f) The reasonable cost of repatriation of all the Contractor’s staff and workmen employed in or in connection with the works at the time of such termination.

Provided always that against that against any payments due from Amul Dairy shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding balance due from the Contractor for advances in respect of constructional plant and materials and any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by Amul Dairy from the Contractor under the terms of the Contract.

66.0 Payment in the Event of Frustration

66.1 If a war or other circumstances outside the control of both parties, arises after the Contract is made so that either party is prevented form fulfilling his Contractual obligation, or under the law governing the Contract, the parties are released from further performance, then the sum payable by Amul Dairy to the Contractor in respect of the work executed shall be the same as that which would have been payable under clause 65 hereof if the Contract and been terminated under the provisions of clause 65 hereof.


67.0 Settlement of Disputes

67.1 If the Contactor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the Contract, or considers any drawings, record or ruling of the Engineer on any matter in connection with or arising out of the Contract or the carrying out of the work to be unacceptable, he shall promptly ask the Engineer in writing, for written instructions of decision. There upon the Engineer shall give his written instructions or decision within a period of thirty days of such request.

67.2 Upon the receipt of the written instructions or decisions the Contractor shall promptly proceed without delay to comply with such instructions or decisions.

67.3 If the Engineer fails to give his instructions or decisions in writing within a period of thirty days after being requested, or if the Contractor is dissatisfied with the instructions and decisions the contractor may appeal to Amul Dairy which shall afford an opportunity to the Contractor to be heard and to offer an evidence in support of his appeal. Amul Dairy shall give a decision within a period of thirty days after the Contractor has given the said evidence in support of his appeal.

67.4 If the Contractor is dissatisfied with this decision, the Contractor within a period of thirty days from the receipt of the decision shall indicate his intention to refer the dispute to Arbitration, failing which the said decision shall be final and conclusive.

68.0 Arbitration

68.1 All disputes or differences whatsoever which shall at any time arise between the parties hereto on the construction of this agreement or any clause herein contained or any matter in any way connected therewith or the rights, duties, obligations of the parties hereto shall within 3 months of the written notice of such difference (s) being given by one party to the other be finally referred to the adjudication of the Sole Arbitrator to be appointed by Amul Dairy. Amul Dairy shall then finalize a panel of three arbitrators and the intimation shall be sent to the Contractor to enable the Contractor to choose and confirm his acceptance to the appointment of one arbitrator from the panel. If the Contractor fails to communicate his selection of the name, within the stipulated period, Amul Dairy shall select one arbitrator from the list and appoint him as the sole arbitrator. If Amul Dairy fails to send such a list within thirty days, as stipulated, the Contractor shall send a similar list to Amul Dairy within fifteen days. Amul Dairy shall then select one arbitrator from the list and appoint him as the sole arbitrator within fifteen days. If Amul Dairy fails to do so the Contractor shall communicate to Amul Dairy the name of one officer from the panel who shall then be the Sole Arbitrator. The appointment of the Sole Arbitrator so made shall be final and conclusive.

68.2 If the Arbitrator so appointed is unable or unwilling to act or resigns his appointment or vacates his office due to any reason whatsoever another Sole Arbitrator shall be appointed as aforesaid.

68.3 The Arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered in the reference on the date he issues notices to both the parties fixing the date of the first hearing.

68.4 The Arbitrator from time to time, with the consent of the parties enlarges the time for making and publishing the award.

68.5 The venue of the Arbitration shall be Anand only and jurisdiction for any matter/dispute arising out of or concerning or connected with such Arbitration shall be of Anand court only as the case ay be.


68.6 The fees, if any, of the Arbitration shall, if required to be paid before the award is made and published, be paid at half be each of the parties. The costs of the reference and the award including the fees, if any, of the Arbitrator shall be in the discretion of the Arbitrator who may direct to and by whom and in what manner, such costs or any part thereof shall be paid any may fix and settle the amount of costs to be so paid.

68.7 The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on both the parties.

68.8 The Arbitration proceedings shall be governed by the Indian Arbitration act, 1940 and the rules there under or any statutory modification thereof for the time being in force. Performance under the contract, shall, if reasonably possible, continue during the Arbitration proceedings and the payments due to the contractor by Amul Dairy shall not be withheld, unless they are the subjects of the Arbitration proceedings.

69.0 Notices

69.1 All Certificates, notices or written orders to be given by Amul Dairy or by the Engineer to the Contractor under the terms of the Contract shall be served by sending by post to or delivering the same to the Contractor’s principal place of business, or such other address as the Contractor shall nominate for this purpose.

69.2 All notices to be given to Amul Dairy or to the Engineer under the terms of the Contract shall be served by sending by post or delivering the same to the respective addresses nominated for that purpose.

69.3 Either party may change a nominated address to another address in the country where the works are being executed by prior written notice to the other party and the Engineer may do so by prior written notice to both parties.

70.0 Default of Amul Dairy

70.1 In the event of Amul Dairy:-

a) Failing to pay to the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the Engineer within 60 days after the same shall have become due under the terms of the Contract, subject to any deduction that Amul Dairy is entitled to make under the Contract, or

b) Interfering with or obstruction or refusing any required approval to the issue of any such certificate, or

c) Giving to the Contractor a formal notice that for any unforeseen reasons, it is impossible Amul Dairy to meet its Contractual obligations

The Contractor shall be entitled to terminate his employment under the Contract after giving thirty days prior written notice to Amul Dairy , with a copy to the Engineer.

70.2 Upon the expiry of the fourteen days notice referred to in clause 70.1, the Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of clause 54.1 hereof, with all reasonable dispatch, remove from the site all constructional plant brought by him thereon.

70.3 In the event of such termination Amul Dairy shall be under the obligations to the Contractor in regard to payment as if the Contract had been terminated under the provisions of clause 65 hereof, but, in addition to the payments specified in clause 65.8 hereof, Amul Dairy shall pay


to the Contractor the amount of any loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of or in connection with or by consequence of such termination, as are deemed reasonable and fair.

71.0 Changes in Cost and Legislation

71.1 No price adjustment if the Contract period is less than and up to 12 months. Pursuant to clause 11.4 of Section I Instructions to Bidders. However due to unforeseen circumstances if the completion time is extended, the rates quoted shall remain unchanged for period of sixth months beyond the stipulated completion time. Beyond this period of eighteen months change in cost would be worked out as per mutually agreed upon formula.

72.0 Taxation

72.1 The prices bid by the Contractor shall include all taxes, duties including VAT or works Contract tax or turn over tax etc. but exclude service tax, that may be levied according to the laws and regulations on the constructional plant, material and supplies acquired for the purpose of the Contract and on the services performed under the Contract. Nothing in the contract shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to pay any tax that may be levied on profits made by him in respect of the Contract. Service tax shall be paid extra as actual.

72.2 The Contractor’s staff, personnel and labor will be liable to pay personnel income taxes in respect of such of their salaries and wages as are chargeable under the laws and regulations for the time being in force, and the Contractor thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws and regulations.

73.0 Bribery and collusion

73.1 Amul Dairy shall be entitled to terminate the contract and recover from the contractor the amount of any loss resulting from such termination if the contractor shall have offered or given to any person any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing, or for bearing to do any action in relation to obtaining, or in the execution of contract or any other contract with Amul Dairy , or if any of the like acts shall have been done by any person employed by the contractor or acting on his behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the contractor), or if the contractor shall have come in to any agreement with another contractor(s) whereby an agreed quotation or estimate shall be offered as a bid to Amul Dairy by one or more contractors.

73.2 In the event of such termination, the contractor shall:

a) proceed as provided in sub clause 65.7 hereof, and b) be paid by Amul Dairy as provided in sub clause 65.8 hereof, provided that any loss

referred herein shall first be deducted. 74.0 Termination of contract for Amul Dairy’s convenience 74.1 Amul Dairy shall be entitled to terminate this contract at any time for its own convenience after

giving 60 days prior notice to the contractor, with a copy to the Engineer. 74.2 In the event of such termination the contractor:

a) Shall proceed as provided in sub clause 65.7 here of, and b) Shall be paid by Amul Dairy as provided in sub clause 65.8 hereof.


42BSPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

40BTable of Clauses

1. Special conditions of contract

2. Taxes

3. Time of completion

4. Engineer’s Office Accommodation

5. Water for construction and other use

6. Power supply

7. Materials to be Issued by Amul Dairy

8. Basic Rates

9. Tower Crane


1.0 Special conditions of contract 1.1 The following special conditions of contract shall supplement the General conditions of contract,

given in section II, wherever there is a conflict the provision herein shall prevail over those in the General conditions of contract.

2.0 Taxes

2.1 The rates shall include all taxes. The bidder shall include in his rates all types of taxes including VAT, works tax as per the law of the central & the Government or the state, where the contract is to be performed. No claim on account of any type of tax shall be admissible. Service tax shall be paid extra as actual.

3.0 Time of Completion

3.1 The contractor shall execute the contract up to 10% increase in the value of the works within the specified completion period of the contractor and no extension of time shall be granted. In case the increase in the value exceeds 10% of the contract amount, proportionate extension of time shall be granted, for the entire amount of increase over the original contract value.

4.0 Engineer’s office Accommodation

4.1 The contractor shall at his own cost provide a temporary office accommodation of size 3M x 4M for the Engineer along with toilet facility and shall provide electrical connection to the same. The structure shall be removed after the completion of work, by the contractor, at his own cost.

5.0 Water for Construction and Other Use

5.1 Unless otherwise specified the contractor shall make his own arrangement for water for the work and nothing extra shall be paid for the same. If at all provided by client 0.5% of total value of work shall be deducted from each bill.

5.2 The water used by the contractor shall be fit for drinking as well as construction purposes to the

satisfaction of the engineer/Amul Dairy. 5.3 The contractor may be allowed to construct temporary tube wells / wells in the Project site for

getting water after he has got written consent of Amul Dairy /Engineer. The contractor shall be required to provide necessary arrangement. Roads and service lines adjacent to the tube wells/wells sunk. The contractor shall dismantle the tube well/well on completion of work and restore the ground to its original condition at his own cost if asked by site engineer.

5.4 In case Amul Dairy supplies water, it shall be on the following conditions:

1. The water shall be provided at on point in the site at the discretion of the Engineer. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for water connection and distribution pipe lines in the construction area. The charges for the water supply will be half percent of total cost of the work if supply by the client and the same will be deducted from the R.A. Bills.

2. Amul Dairy shall not guarantee the maintenance of uninterrupted water supply. It will be the

responsibility of the contractor to make alternative arrangements for water supply at his own cost in the event of any break down so that the progress of work is not affected for want of water. No claim or damage or refund of water charges shall be entertained on account of such break down.


6.0 Power (Electricity) Supply 6.1 Unless otherwise specified the contractor shall have to make his own arrangements for the power

supply at his cost. All the works shall be done as per IEA Rules. The temporary lines shall be removed by the contractor at his cost after the completion of the work or if there is any hindrance, to the other works due to the alignment of these lines, during the contractor period.

6.2 In case the power supply is provided by Amul Dairy, it shall be on the following conditions:-

1. The supply shall be made at one point in the site at the direction of the Engineer. The contractor shall make his own arrangement to carry and distribute the power wherever it is required within the site as per IEA rules. An energy meter shall be installed at site by contractor for reordering power consumption and the same shall be deducted from the running bill as per actual GEB Bill.

2. The temporary supply lines shall be removed and the site shall be cleared by the contractor

after the completion of the work at his own cost. 3. If at time any time during the period of contract, the energy meter is found defective than an

amount of 0.5% of total value of work done during that period will be deducted. 7.0 Materials to be issued by Amul Dairy 7.1 If the specification of the work provides for the use of any material of special description to be

supplied from Amul Dairy ’s stores or is required that the contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer, such materials and stores, and price to be charged therefore, as hereinafter mentioned being as practicable for the convenience of the contractor, but not so as in any way to control the meaning or the effect of the contract, the contractor shall bound to purchase and shall be supplied with such materials and stores as are from time to time required to be used by him for the purpose of the contract only. The sum due from the contractor for the value of materials supplied by Amul Dairy plus 5% of its value towards wastage shall be recovered from the interim bill on the basis of the actual consumption of the materials in the works covered and for which the interim bill has been prepared. After the completion of the works, the contractor shall account for full quantity of the material supplied to him as per relevant clauses herein.

7.2 The value of the materials as may be issued to the contractor by Amul Dairy shall be debited to

the contractor’s account at the rate shown in the schedule of material given in section VI of this bidding document and if they are not entered in the schedule, they will be debited at cost price, which for the purpose of the contract shall include the cost of carriage and all other expenses whatsoever such as normal storage, supervision charges which shall have been incurred in obtaining the same at Amul Dairy ’s stores. All materials so supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of Amul Dairy and shall not be removed on any account from the site of work unless specifically approved by the engineer and shall be at all times open for inspection to the Engineer. Any such serviceable material remaining unused at the time of the completion or termination of the contract shall be returned to Amul Dairy stores or at a place as directed by the engineer in perfectly good condition.

7.3 Conditions for issue of materials.

i) Materials specified as to be issued by Amul Dairy will be supplied to the contractor by Amul Dairy from his stores as given in the ‘Schedule of Material to be supplied by Amul Dairy section VI of this bidding document. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take delivery of the materials and arrange for its loading, transport and unloading at the


site of works at his own cost. The material shall be issued between the working hours and as per the rules of Amul Dairy as framed from time to time.

ii) The contractor shall bear all incidental charges for the storage and safe custody of the

materials at site after they have been issued to him.

iii) Materials as specified to be issued by Amul Dairy shall be issued in standard sizes and

quantities obtained from the manufacturers.

iv) The contractor shall construct suitable go-down at the site of works for storing the materials safely against damage by rain, dampness, fire, theft etc. He shall also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for the purpose.

v) It shall be the duty of the contractor to inspect material supplied to him at the time of

taking delivery and satisfy himself that they are in good condition. After the materials have been delivered by Amul Dairy , it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to keep them in good condition and if the materials are lost or damaged, at any time the value thereof shall be recovered from the contractor pursuant to clause 7.4 hereof and clause 5.0 of section VI.

vi) Amul Dairy shall not be liable for delay in supply or non-supply of any material which

Amul Dairy has undertaken to supply, where such failure or delay is due to natural calamities, act of enemies, transport and procurement difficulties and any circumstances beyond the control of Amul Dairy In no case, the contractor shall be entitled to claim any compensation or loss by him on this account.

vii) It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to arrange in time all materials required for

the works other than those supplied by Amul Dairy. If, however, in the opinion of the Engineer the execution of the works is likely to be delayed due to the contractor’s inability to make arrangements for supply of such materials which normally he has to arrange for the Engineer shall have the right at his own discretion to issue such material if available with Amul Dairy or procure such materials from the market or elsewhere and the contractor will be bound to take such materials at the rates decided by the Engineer.

This, however, shall not absolve the contractor from the responsibility of making arrangement for the supply of such materials in part or full, should such situation occur nor shall this constitute as reason for delay in the work.

viii) Unless specifically approved by the Engineer, none of the materials supplied to the

contractor shall be utilized by the contractor for manufacturing the item, which can be obtained as supplied from standard manufacturer in finished form.

ix) The contractor shall, if desired by the Engineer, be required to execute an indemnity

bond in the prescribed form, for safe custody and accounting all materials issued by Amul Dairy .

x) The contractor shall furnish to the Engineer sufficiently in advance the statement showing

his requirement of the quantities of the materials to be supplied by Amul Dairy and the time when the same will be required by him for the works, so as to enable the Engineer to make necessary arrangement for procurement and supply of the material.

xi) A day account of the materials issued by Amul Dairy shall be maintained by the

contractor indicating the daily receipt, consumption and balance in hand. This account shall be maintained in a manner prescribed by the Engineer along with all connected


paper viz. requisition, issues etc. and shall be always available for in the contractor’s office at site.

xii) The contractor should see that only the required quantities of the materials are issued. The contractor shall not be entitled to cartage and incidental charges for returning the surplus materials, if any, to the store wherefrom they were issued or to the place as directed by the engineer.

xiii) Materials/equipment supplied by Amul Dairy shall not be utilized for any other purpose

other than issued for.

xiv) Upon the completion of the works and the receipt of unutilized materials issued to the contractor by Amul Dairy pursuant to clause 7.3 herein. The contractor shall submit the reconciliation statement of materials received, utilized in the works and wastage thereon. The wastage of materials so determined shall be accounted for pursuant to clause 5.0 of section VI, and the value thereof shall be recovered from the contractor.

7.4 Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in any or all clauses of this contract where any

materials for the execution of the contract are procured with the assistance of Amul Dairy either by issue from Amul Dairy stock or purchase made under orders, or permits or licenses issued by the Govt., the contractor shall hold the said materials as trustee for Amul Dairy and use such materials economically and solely for the purpose of the contract and not dispose them off without the permission of Amul Dairy and return, if required by the Engineer, all surplus or unserviceable materials that may be left with him after the completion of the contract or at its termination for any reason whatsoever on his being paid or credited such price as Engineer shall determine having due regard to the condition of the materials. The price allowed to the contractor, however, shall not exceed the amount charged to him excluding the storage charges, if any, shall be decided by the Engineer. In the event of the breach of the aforesaid condition, the contractor shall, in terms of the licenses or permits and/or for criminal breach of trust, be liable to compensate Amul Dairy at double the item rate or at double the prevailing market rate if the material was issued free of charge or any higher rate in the event of those materials at that time having higher rate or not being available in the market, than any other rate to be determined by the Engineer.

8.0 BASIC RATES:

8.1 The following materials would be procured by the contractor cost for which, Amul Dairy intends to

negotiate prices and finalize the vendors. The order and payments for procurement of these materials shall be affected by the contractor. The contractor to quote his item rates considering the basic rates mentioned along with the following items. The contractor has to submit minimum three quotations for approval of Amul for purchase the basic rate material. Amul may negotiate further with other vendor also and insist contractor to procure that material at negotiated price. The entire procedure shall be fully transparent.

Table 1

11BS.N. 12BParticulars 13BUnit 14BBasic Rates* in Rs.

15B1 16BCement 17BPer 50 kg Bag 18B225

19B2 20BTMT Reinforcement-FE 500 D 21BPer Kg 22B45

23B3 24BStructural Steel all sections 25BPer Kg 26B50

27B4 28BGranite/Marble 29BPer Sqm 30B1250

31B5 32BV i t r i f i ed /G laz e /Ce ram ic t i l e s 33BPer Sqm 34B800

35B6 36B s t one fo r wa l l c l add ing 37BPer Sqm 38B900

*Rates are inclusive of taxes, duties and transportation.


8.2 In case of any variation (plus or minus) between the rates mentioned in the ‘Table 1’ “Basic Rates” and the rates announced by Amul Dairy from time to time, the contractor shall be entitled or liable for reimbursement or to pay as the case may for such variation at actual difference For CEMENT and STEEL such variation shall reimbursed to/recovered from the contractor at difference (between the rates mentioned in the Table 1 and the rate announced by Amul Dairy ) plus WCT & service Tax as applicable For ALL OTHER MATERIALS mentioned in Table 1 such variations shall be reimbursed to / recovered from the contractor at actual difference (between the difference towards wastage handling transpiration storage plant & tool, water & electricity and any incidental costs, Contractor’s overheads & profit plus the WCT & service tax as applicable. Nothing extra, over and above this shall be reimbursed to or recovered from the Contractor.

8.3 Payment to the contractor shall be made on actual quantity used / installed in the works. All the

wastages shall be to the contractor’s account and contractor shall be responsible to submit the reconciliation statement for materials.

8.4 On receipt of the detailed requisition from the contractor, Amul Dairy would the reasonable time

negotiate and fixed rates with the supplier for a period of time and intimate the vendor rates, time period and terns & conditions to the Contractor from time to time for procurement.

8.5 The rates would be for delivery of the material for site including loading at supplied works and

transportation to site .Unloading handling stocking safety & security at site would be to the contractor’ account.

8.6 All materials other than those listed in Table 1 “Basic Rates” shall also be obtained by the Contractor

at his own cost. No variation/ escalation shall be payable to the contractor on these materials on any account. All the material shall only be deemed as under contractor’s custody and shall remain the property of Amul Dairy at all times. Contractor shall not remove any material from site without prior written permission of Amul Dairy. Contractor shall not have any right or claim whatsoever on the material lying at site

8.8 In case the contractor fails/ refuses to procure and provide any material, Amul Dairy in the interest

of the work may resort to procure and provide such materials at the risk and cost of the contractor. Under such circumstances a penal recovery @ 15% of respective item rates shall be imposed on the contractor and recovered from his bills/ any outstanding payments.

8.9 The material shall be fully accounted for by the contractor. In accounting for materials, allowances as

indicated in the Table 1 against each item, will be made to cover all wastages and losses that may have been incurred in the process of handling, storing, cutting, fabrication, fixing and installing. The contractor shall submit statement of account and reconciliation of material lying in contractor’s stores along with each Running account bill and consolidated statement of reconciliation along with final bill.

8.10 The contractor shall at all times when requested, satisfy Amul Dairy by the production records or

books or submissions of returns that the materials are being used for the purpose for which they are procured and the contractor shall at all times keep the records updated to enable Amul Dairy to apply such checks as he may desire to impose. The contractor shall, at all times, permit Amul Dairy to insect his godown. The contractor shall not without prior written permission of Amul Dairy , utilize or dispose of the materials for any purpose other than intended in the contract.

8.11 Amul Dairy will not be responsible for any delay in the supply of material. 8.12 Special Notes for Basic Rates:

Amul Dairy shall make a theoretical assessment of the materials (Reinforcement steel & cement) consumed in the works. The difference in the quantity (plus or minus) between material actually consumed (material Procured – Balance at site) by the Contractor and the theoretical consumption,


if not within permissible limit of wastage shall be recovered from the contractor at the average procurement rates multiplied by a factor of 1.5 (one point five) (penalty Recovery).

The contractor shall at his cost make his own arrangements for handling, storage and within the site transportation to the point of work of all materials as required and instructed by Amul Dairy . No charge shall be paid to the contractor on this account.

Contractor shall give to Amul Dairy the detailed material requirement for procurement, however

Amul Dairy shall make his own judgment and negotiate for quantities of materials that may be more/ less than the contractor’s requisition incase quantities are more than the requisitioned quantities the contractor shall at his own make necessary arrangement for purchase & safe storage at site for same till the time material get consumed in the works.

CEMENT: An allowance of 2 (two) percent will be considered to cover wastage and loss, for reconciliation of

cement. The handling and storage facility for cement shall be so arranged that no cement shall be kept in

storage for more than 90 (ninety) days from the date of receipt of cement from the factory. If any cement is kept for more than 90 (ninety) days in the contractor’s storage it shall be tested at the contractor’s cost in an approved laboratory and until the result of such tests are found satisfactory shall not be used in any work .if it is found defective in any way it shall not be used.

Cement in bags shall be negotiated by Amul Dairy without weighing and as received from suppliers it is expected that the contractor will be conversant with the normal range of weight of cement bags that are received from authorized manufacturers. From his experience the contractor shall take into account the short –falls while quoting the rates in the bill of quantities because Amul Dairy will insist upon the weighing of cement for weigh-batched concrete nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

Empty cement bags shall be contractor’s property. REINFORCEMENT STEEL

Amul Dairy shall issue the Contractor the procurement indents and the contractor shall be responsible to receive and take under his custody the material at the vendor’s stock yard/designated source for safe transportation to site in this regard the cost of any supervisory/security manpower will be born by the contractor, the cost of transportation, loading and unloading, transit insurance, octroi or any other transit taxes will be born by Amul Dairy .

Reinforcing bars shall be in random sizes and lengths bent or in coils as available to Amul Dairy and the cost of all handling, cutting, uncoiling, straightening fabrication and placing in position at all heights and levels shall be bome by the contractor. Reinforcing bars will only be procured by actual weight by weighing the vehicle at Weigh Bridge (Dharam kanta) which may be verified by the contractor at the stock yard at the time of taking delivery. Measurement for payment shall be based on lengths and standard weight dia wise as per IS code. Rolling margins will not be considered for the purposes of payment to the contractor for fabrication and /or installation. For the purpose of reconciliation, rolling margins will be considered, which the contractor shall established jointly with Amul Dairy during the course of the works. The actual unit weight of the reinforcement bars shall be established by taking 5 random samples of 1 meter length for each batch. Contractor shall prepare the bar bending schedule bases on the structure drawings and get the same approved from Amul Dairy prior to cutting and laying the reinforcement bars for purpose of payment the measurements shall be recorded as per the approved bar bending schedule. Chairs, separators and spacers shall be measured for payment & reconciliation. Only the authorized laps in reinforcement steel shall be measured and considered for payment. Should it become necessary to substitute reinforcing bars where the diameters or sections shown on drawing are not available from the steel suppliers any substitutions shall be determined and


listed by the contractor who shall obtain Amul Dairy ‘s approval in writing to any such substitution prior to their being incorporated into the works. All reinforcement steel/Structural steel; scrap shall be the property of the contractor An allowance of plus / minus 3 (three) percent (1 percent for non recoverable and 2 percent for recoverable scrap) will be made to cover wastage any loss during reconciliation of reinforcing bars. However all scrap shall be properly accounted for and no scrap or cut pieces shall be removed from the site or otherwise disposed off without the prior inspection and permission in writing of Amul Dairy . All off cuts, cut pieces and scrap are deemed to be included within the above limit of wastage allowance. If reinforcement lengths not being commensurate with the required lengths, the contractor must, prior to the commencement of work provide the cutting schedule and splicing details for Amul Dairy approval.

9.0 Tower Crane :

Contractor has to install & operates at least one tower crane to accelerate & expedite the

construction of 50m high building without any extra cost.

PROPOSED CATTLE FEED FACTORY, KAPADWANJ.

PART B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CIVIL WORKS

No. Particulars

1 Applicable Standards - Civil Works

2 List of Approved Make - Civil Works

3 Cement Consumption

4 Material Specification - Civil Works

6 Item Specifications - Civil Works

5 Material & Item Specifications - Plumbing Works


APPLICABLE STANDARDS – CIVIL WORKS

1 Conversion factors IS:786

2 Method of measurement of building works IS:1200

3 Code of practice for measurement of civil engineering works IS:3385

4 Materials and workmanship for earthwork and excavation IS:1200 (PART I)

5 Safety code for blasting and related drilling operations IS:4081

6 Safety code for excavation work IS:3764

7 Moisture content in sand for filling IS:2720

8 Determination of moisture content IS:2720 (PART II)

9 Determination of moisture content & dry density relation using light compaction

IS: 2720 ( PART VIII)

10 Determination of dry density of soils in-place by the sand replacement method

IS:2720(PART XXVIII)

11 Determination of dry density of soils in-place by the core cutter method IS:2720 (PART XXIX)

12 Anti termite treatment IS:6313(PARTI TO III)

13 Construction water IS:456

14 Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical water used in industry )

IS:3025

15 Ordinary (33 grade)/low heat Portland cement IS:269

16 Ordinary Portland cement (43 grade) IS:8112

17 Ordinary Portland cement (53 grade) IS:12269

18 White Portland cement IS:8042-E

19 Portland pozzolana cement IS:1489

20 Rapid hardening Portland cement IS:8041, IS:269

21 Portland(blast furnace) slag cement IS:455

22 Hydrophobic cement IS:8043

23 High alumina cement IS:6452

24 Super sulphated cement IS:6909

25 Oil well cement IS:8229E

26 Standard for testing of cement IS:650


27 Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement IS:4031

28 Specification for standard sand for testing of cement IS:650

29 Coarse and fine aggregates for concrete IS:383, IS:515

30 Gradation of coarse aggregates IS:383(TABLEII)

31 Gradation of fine aggregates IS:383 (TABLE III)

32 All-in-aggregates IS:383 (TABLE IV)

33 Method of tests for aggregates for concrete IS:2386 (PART I TO VIII)

34 Methods of determination the maximum qty. of deleterious materials in aggregate

IS:2386 (PART II)

35 Limiting values of the maximum quantities of deleterious materials in aggregate

IS:383 (TABLE I)

36 Flakiness index of aggregates IS:2396 (PART I), IS:5640

37 Moisture content test for aggregates IS:2386 (PART III)

38 Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement.

IS:432 (PART I & II)

39 Specification for plain hard drawn steel wire fabric for cement concrete IS:1566

40 Specification for cold twisted steel bars for concrete reinforcement IS:1786

41 Specifications for hot rolled mild steel and medium tensile steel deformed bars

IS:1139, IS:1739

42 Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement IS:2502

43 Mild steel binding wire IS:280

44 Code of practice for welding of mild steel bars used for RCC IS:2751

45 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete IS:456

46 Code of practice for general construction of plain and RCC for dams IS:457

47 Testing of reinforced cement concrete IS:516

48 Method of tests for strength of concrete IS:516

49 Methods of sampling & analysis of concrete IS:1199

50 Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids IS:3370 (PART I TO IV)

51 Code of practice for composite construction IS:3935

52 Code of practice for construction of reinforced concrete shell roof IS:2204

53 Criteria for the design of RCC shell structures and folded plates IS:2210


54 Specification for batch type concrete mixers IS:1791

55 Specification for portable swing weigh batchers for concrete IS:2722

56 Specification for roller pan mixer IS:2438

57 Specification for concrete vibrators immersion type IS:2505

58 Specification for screed board concrete vibrators IS:2506

59 Specification for concrete vibrating tables IS:2514

60 Specification for pan vibrators IS:3366

61 Specification for form vibrators for concrete IS:4656

62 Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for consolidated concrete IS:3558

63 Air entraining agent ASTM:6260

64 Criteria for design and construction of precast concrete trusses IS:3201

65 Prestressed concrete IS:1343

66 Specification for high tensile steel bars used in code of practice for pre-stressed concrete

IS:2090

67 Specification for plain hard drawn steel wire for pre-stressed concrete IS:1785 (PART I)

68 Specification for plywood for concrete

69 Shuttering work IS:4990

70 Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding IS:4014 (PART I & II)

71 Specification for steel scaffolding IS:2750

72 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders IS:3696

73 Common burnt clay building bricks IS:1077

74 Classification of burnt clay bricks IS:3102

75 Burnt clay building bricks, heavy duty IS:2180

76 Burnt clay facing bricks IS:2691,IS:1077

77 Method of sampling and testing clay building bricks IS:3495 (PART I - IV)

78 Mortar for brick work IS:2250

79 Code of practice for brick work IS:2221

80 Masonry works IS:3466

81 Structural safety etc. Of building masonry walls IS:1905


82 Load bearing hollow concrete blocks IS:2185

83 Lime - cement - cinder hollow concrete blocks IS:5498

84 Lime - cement - cinder solid blocks IS:3115

85 Code of practice for construction of stone masonry IS:1597 (PART I)

86 Stone tests IS:1124

87 Code of practice for design and installation of joints in buildings IS:3414

88 Joint sealing compound IS:834

89 Pre-molded bituminous joint filler IS:1838

90 Timber door, window and ventilator frames IS:4021

91 Material & workmanship for wood work IS:883, IS:4021

92 Wooden flush door shutters (solid core type) IS:2202 (PART I)

93 Timber paneled and glazed shutters IS:1003 (PART I & II)

94 Method of tests for wooden flush doors, type tests IS:4020

95 Plywood & tests IS:303

96 General tests for wood work IS:1659

97 Red lead for wood knot IS:103

98 Oil type wood preservative IS:218

99 Particle board IS:3087

100 Transparent sheet glass for glazing & framing purposes IS:1761

101 Resin bonded fiber glass IS:3144

102 Putty for glazing IS:420

103 Steel door frames IS:4351

104 Steel window IS:1361

105 Steel doors IS:1038

106 Steel ventilators IS:1081

107 Rolling shutters IS:6248

108 Primer for steel doors, windows & ventilators IS:102

109 Aluminum alloy for door/window frames IS DSGN. HEA-WP OF IS:733


110 Sections IS:1948

111 Anodizing BS:1616

112 Hydraulic lime & storage IS:712

113 General tests for lime IS:6932 (PART I TO X)

114 Field tests for lime IS:1624

115 Lime mortar preparation IS:1625

116 Slacked lime IS:1639

117 Surkhi IS:1344

118 Code of practice for application of lime plaster finish IS:2394

119 Rough cast plaster IS:1661(CLAUSE-165)

120 Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds IS:2645

121 Water proofing asphalt/maxphalt IS:702

122 Bitumen saturated layer IS:1322

123 Bitumen felt IS:1322

124 Bitumen IS:702

125 Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete flooring tiles IS:1443

126 Material & workmanship for flooring IS:1197, IS:1344

127 Code of practice for laying in situ terrazzo floor finish IS:2114

128 Code of practice for laying in-situ cement concrete flooring IS:2571

129 Mosaic tiles IS:1237

130 Glazed earthenware tiles IS:777

131 Marble chips & marble mosaic terrazzo IS:2114

132 Plain cement tiles & tests IS:1237

133 Marble mosaic tiles IS:1237

134 Marble slab IS:1130

135 PVC flooring tiles & sheets IS:3461,IS:3462

136 Broken marble mosaic tiles IS:1257

137 Oxy-chloride IS:658

138 Magnesium chloride IS:657


139 C.I. grid tiles IS:210

140 Pigment for terrazzo flooring IS:459

141 Rivets IS:1148

142 Electrodes for welding IS:814

143 Code of practice for use of electric arc welding for general construction in steel

IS:813

144 Tests for welding works IS:1181

145 Welding works IS:816

146 Bolts and nuts IS:1367

147 Tests for bolts and nuts IS:1608

148 Structural steel sections & tests IS:226

149 Structural steel plates IS:2062

150 Defects in structural steel IS:229

151 Dimension & properties of steel section IS:808

152 Structural steel work IS:226, IS:4948

154 Expanded metal steel sheet IS:412

155 Mild steel wire gauze jali IS:280

156 Welding procedure & edge preparation IS:823

157 Washers IS:2016

158 Storage of welding wire & electrodes IS:816

159 Primer to structural surface for bolts IS:2074

160 Checkered plates IS:3502

161 Code of practice for painting of ferrous metal in building and allied finishes IS:1477 (PART I & II)

162 Distemper and dry colour IS:427

163 Code of practice for painting concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces IS:2395

164 Distemper and oil emulsion IS:428

165 Enamel paints IS:2933

170 Coat of zinc chromate IS:104

171 French spirit polish IS:348


172 GI sheets IS:227

173 Ac sheets IS:459

174 Ac sheet fixing IS:730

175 Mangalore pattern tiles IS:654

176 Fiber glass reinforced polyester IS:4154

177 Galvanized steel for barbed wire IS:278

178 Insulation of hot water pipes, tanks & heat exchanger BS:476

179 GI pipes & MS tubes IS:1239 (PART I)

180 Screw down bib cocks & stop cocks IS:781

181 Vitreous sanitary fixtures(general) IS:2556 (PART I)

182 Gun metal wheel, globe, check, gate & non return valves IS:778

183 Wash basin IS:2556 (PART IV), IS:771

184 European W.C. IS:2556, IS:771

185 Solid plastic seat & cover IS:2548

186 Orissa pan W.C. IS:2556 (PART III)

187 Squatting pans & traps IS:2556 (PART III)

188 Indian W.C. (wash down W.C.) IS:2556 (PART II), IS:771

189 Urinals IS:2556 (PART VI)

190 Half round channels IS:2556 (PART VII)

191 Specific requirements of siphonic wash down W.C. IS:2556 (PART VIII)

192 Ss sink/C.I./flushing tank brackets IS:775

193 C.I. siphonic flushing cistern IS:774

194 Lead pipes IS:404 (PART I)

195 Sand cast pipes & fittings IS:1729

196 C.I. spun soil pipes & fittings IS:3939

197 Gully trap IS:651

198 Glazed stone ware pipes & fittings IS:651

199 Ac pipe IS:1626,IS:1626 (PART I)

200 High pressure/crydon ball valve IS:1703


201 C.I. sluice valve IS:780

202 Capstan head IS:1795

203 Malleable iron fittings IS:1879 (PART I TO X)

204 C.I. pipes IS:1536, IS:1537

205 Molten (pig)lead IS:782

206 C.I. manhole frames & covers IS:1726

207 Concrete pipes IS:458

208 Threads for screwed pipes IS:554

209 Lead jointing IS:718

210 Carbon steel for pipes IS:9161

211 Low level ceramic cistern IS:774

212 Bowl pattern flat back urinals IS:2556 (PART IV)

213 Showers IS:2064

214 Heavy C.I. pipes IS:1729

215 Concrete mix design IS:10262

216 Code of practice for construction of floor and roof with joists and filler blocks

IS:6061 (PART I)

217 Code of practice for construction of light weight concrete block masonry IS:6042

218 Specification for load bearing light weight concrete blocks IS:3590

219 Code of practice for construction of hollow concrete block masonry IS:2572

220 Specification for concrete masonry units (hollow and solid concrete blocks) IS:2185 (PART I)

221 Chemical composition of ordinary Portland cement IS:4032

222 Sulphate resistant cement BS:4027 & ASTMC-150 TYPE II

223 Specifications for circular hollow sections IS:1161

224 Properties of rectangular & square hollow sections IS:4923

225 Cold formed welded & seamless carbon steel structural tubing ASTMA 500

226 Cold but not formed welded & seamless carbon steel structural tubing ASTMA 501

227 Hot formed welded & seamless high strength low alloy tubing ASTMA 618

228 Hot rolled structural steel hollow section BS:4848/


LIST OF APPROVED MAKE / MANUFACTURER - CIVIL WORK MATERIALS

1) Ordinary Portland cement Ultrtech/Ambuja/Sanghi/JK Laxmi/binani/Jaypee

2) White cement Birla/J.K. brand 3) Cold twisted Ribbed bars Tata/Sail/Vizag/ 4) Structural Rolled Steel sections-beams, channels, Tata/Vizag/Jindal/Sail brand tee, flats, angles, bars(round, square, hexagonal) 5) Structural Hollow steel sections (Square & Tata Rectangular) 6) Structural tubular sections Tata/Jindal 7) Coarse Aggregates 6mm to 40mm sizes Approved quarry from Sevalia/Vadagam 8) Stone Rubbles & Gravels Approved

quarry from Sevalia/Vadagam 9.1) Shuttering plywood Century /Green /Kitply/Anchor brand 9.2) Marine plywood Century/Green/Kitply/Conswood brand 9.3) Commercial plywood Century /Green /Duro brand 9.4) Decorative ply (Veneer) Century /Green/Durian/Conswood brand 9.5) MDF Century/Duratuff/Nuwood brand 9.6) Prelam particle board Century/Novapan/Bhutan brand 9.7) Laminate sheet Green /Century/Formica/Decolan brand 9.8) Bison Panel (cement bonded particle board) Euro/Bison/NCL Industries brand 10) Flush door Green doors/Kitplay/Anchor/ Sitapur brand/Century 11.1) Door and Window frames Cement pre-stress steel 11.2) Z - section steel window & Ventilators AGEW Steel Manufacture Pvt. Ltd. 11.3) MS & GI seamless flush door shutters NA Including door Frames 12) Locks Apex/Godrej /Vale/Armour brand 13) Float Glass Modi guard 14) Mirror Modi guard. 15) MS Rolling shutter NA


16) Precast terrazo tiles & skirting( Mosaic) NA

17) Polished Kotah stone slab grey Approved quarry of Ramganjmandi.

18) Bathroom tiles Swastik/Cera/Johnson/Somani brand 19) Flooring tiles Swastik/Bell/Johnson brand 20) Construction chemicals Dr.Fixit/M.C. Bauchemie/Roffee/ Fosroc/Pidilite brand 21) Joint Filler GE silicone, Cibatul, STP 22) Pre-coated steel roofing/ walling sheets NA . 23) Paints Berger/Asian/ICI/Narolac brand 24) Polish MRF, Asian, ICI 25) Water stop Fixopan 26) Hardware Apex/Flora/Micromess/Pluspoint/Ferrari 27) Adhesives Fevicol, Kitcol, Araldite, BAL 28) Sanitary ware Cera brand 29) Sanitary fittings Aquel brand 30) Pipes Supreme 31) Cover blocks Astra brand 32) RMC Ultra tech/Johnson brand 33) Bricks Red brick

Note: All the Materials/Makes listed above cost and availability has been checked and other than as specified above shall not be used unless prescribed and approved in writing by the architect.


CEMENT CONSUMPTION

Item Ration/ Grade Consumption

A. CEMENT CONCRETE

BBCC 01:06:12 2.3 Bags/m3.

01:05:10 2.6 Bags/m3.

01:04:08 3.4 Bags/m3.

PCC 01:06:12 2.3 Bags/m3.

01:05:10 2.6 Bags/m3.

01:04:08 3.4 Bags/m3.

RCC

01:03:06 4.3 Bags/m3.

01:02:04 6.4 Bags/m3.

01:1.5:03 8 Bags/m3.

01:01:02 12.2 Bags/m3.

01:02:05 5.4 Bags/m3.

01:2.5:05 5.1 Bags/m3.

B. MORTARS

Cement and Sand mortar

01:01 20.4 Bags/m3.

01:02 13.6 Bags/m3.

01:03 10.2 Bags/m3.

01:04 7.6 Bags/m3.

01:05 6.2 Bags/m3.

01:06 5 Bags/m3.


01:08 4 Bags/m3.

Gauged mortar

(Cement Lime and Sand mortar)

01:01:06 4.9 Bags/m3.

01:01:08 3.8 Bags/m3.

01:02:09 3.3 Bags/m3.

01:05:10 2.95 Bags/m3.

01:06:12 2.4 Bags/m3.

C. MASONRY WORK

Brickwork in Cement sand mortar Modular ( 19 x 9 x 9 )

01:03 2.55 Bags/m3.

01:04 1.9 Bags/m3.

01:05 1.56 Bags/m3.

01:06 1.27 Bags/m3.

01:08 0.95 Bags/m3.

Brickwork in Gauge Mortar

01:01:06 1.21 Bags/m3.

01:01:08 0.96 Bags/m3.

01:02:09 0.81 Bags/m3.

Stone masonry, Uncoursed

Random Rubble walling Conventional ( 23 x 11 x 7 )

01:03 2.95 Bags/m3.

01:04 2.29 Bags/m3.

01:06 1.51 Bags/m3.

01:08 1.18 Bags/m3.

Stone masonry in Gauged Mortar


01:01:06 1.48 Bags/m3.

Item Ratio/Grade Consumption

01:01:08 1.14 Bags/m3.

01:02:09 0.99 Bags/m3.

D. PLASTERING

12 mm. thick plaster in Cement mortar, on Brick masonry

01:02 0.24 Bags/m².

01:03 0.17 Bags/m².

01:04 0.14 Bags/m².

01:05 0.1 Bags/m².

01:06 0.09 Bags/m².

12 mm. thick plaster in Gauged mortar, on Brick masonry

01:01:08 0.07 Bags/m².

01:02:09 0.06 Bags/m².

12 mm. thick plaster in Cement mortar, on Stone masonry

01:02 0.31 Bags/m².

01:03 0.22 Bags/m².

01:04 0.17 Bags/m².

01:06 0.11 Bags/m².

12 mm. thick plaster in Gauged mortar, on Stone masonry

01:01:08 0.08 Bags/m².

01:02:09 0.07 Bags/m².

20 mm. thick plaster in Cement mortar, on Brick masonry

01:02 0.34 Bags/m².

01:03 0.24 Bags/m².

01:04 0.19 Bags/m².

01:05 0.13 Bags/m².


01:06 0.12 Bags/m².

20 mm. thick plaster in Gauged mortar, on Brick masonry

01:01:08 0.1 Bags/m².

01:02:09 0.08 Bags/m².

20 mm. thick plaster in Cement mortar, on Stone masonry

01:02 0.41 Bags/m².

01:03 0.29 Bags/m².

01:04 0.22 Bags/m².

01:06 0.14 Bags/m².

20 mm. thick plaster in Gauged mortar, on Stone masonry

01:01:08 0.11 Bags/m².

01:02:09 0.09 Bags/m².

20 mm. thick Sand Face plaster 0.2 Bags/m².

12 mm. thick Water Proof plaster in 1:4 Cement mortar 0.15 Bags/m².

Neat Cement finishing 0.044 Bags/m².

E. POINTING

Flush, Grooved or Struck in Cement Brick masonry

01:01 0.06 Bags/m².

01:02 0.05 Bags/m².

01:03 0.03 Bags/m².

01:04 0.028 Bags/m².

Flush, Grooved or Struck in Cement Random Stone masonry

01:02 0.01 Bags/m².

01:03 0.08 Bags/m².

01:04 0.06 Bags/m².

F. FLOORING

Precast Mosaic Tiles in cement mortar 0.2 Bags/m².


Precast Mosaic Tiles dado in cement mortar 0.23 Bags/m².

Green and Brown Kotah Stone in flooring, skirting & dado 0.3 Bags/m².

Item Ratio/ Grade Consumption

Green Kotah Stone in Risers and Treads 0.3 Bags/m².

Double Polished Kotah Stone 0.3 Bags/m².

Rough Kotah Stone 0.3 Bags/m².

Glazed Tiles 0.2 Bags/m².

Spartek Tiles 0.2 Bags/m².

China mosaic 0.22 Bags/m².

Marble Slab 0.25 Bags/m².

Granite Slab 0.25 Bags/m².

Jesalmer 0.25 Bags/m².

Red Mandana 0.35 Bags/m².

I.P.S, 40 mm. thick 0.35 Bags/m².

50 mm. thick 0.4 Bags/m².

Pinkish White Dholpur 0.15 Bags/m².

Red Dholpur 0.15 Bags/m².

Brick-on-edge 0.31 Bags/m².

Terrazzo 0.17 Bags/m².

G. STEEL WORK

Fixing Windows in C.C Blocks 15 x 10 x 10 cm. in C.C 01:03:06 0.03 Bags/m².

Fixing Holdfasts in C.C Blocks

15 x 15 x 30 cm. in C.C 01:03:06 3.3 Bags/100 nos.




H. MISCELLANEOUS

Filling Zaris with

C.M. 01:03 5 Bags/100 nos.

C.C 01:02:04 3.2 Bags/100 nos.

BBCC 1:5:10 Blocks, 30 x 30 x 50 cm. for Wire fencing 5.1 Bags/100 nos.

C.C Blocks for Flooring, 30 x 30 x 30 cm. 01:04:08 5 Bags/100 m².

I. ROADWORK

Precast Curbs of P.C.C 01:02:04 21.5 Bags/100 m.

J. SANITARY WORK

R.C.C Hume pipes jointed with Cement mortar 1:1

600 mm. dia. 6.4 Bags/100 m.

450 mm. dia. 4.8 Bags/100 m.

300 mm. dia. 2.2 Bags/100 m.

230 mm. dia. 1.8 Bags/100 m.

150 mm. dia. 1.2 Bags/100 m.

100 mm. dia. 1 Bags/100 m.

SW pipes jointed with Cement mortar 1:1

300 mm. dia. 12.94 Bags/100 m.

230 mm. dia. 9.74 Bags/100 m.

150 mm. dia. 6.56 Bags/100 m.

100 mm. dia. 4.34 Bags/100 m.

C.I Waste water line, concealed including filling the zari with 75 mm. dia. 8.6 Bags/100 m.

Cement mortar 1:4 and joints in Cement mortar 1:1 100 mm. dia. 10.88 Bags/100 m.


C.I Soil pipe/Rain water pipe, concealed, including filling the 100 mm. dia. 10.88 Bags/100 m.

Item Ratio/ Grade Consumption

zari with C.M. 1:4 and joints in Cement mortar 1:1 150 mm. dia. 14.66 Bags/100 m.

Fixing European type WC 0.1 Bag/no.

Fixing Orissa pan

Fixing Urinal/s. 0.2 Bag/no.

Fixing Wash Hand Basin 0.03 Bag/no.

Fixing S.S Sink 0.05 Bag/no.

Brick Masonry Chambern 300 x 300 x 610 mm. 1.7 Bag/no.

Half Round Channel 100 mm. 15.86 Bags/100 m.

Fixing 100 mm. dia. SW Gully Trap 0.5 Bag/no.

K. STORM WATER DRAINAGE & CULVERTS

R.C.C. pipe NP - 2

230 mm. dia. 1.8 Bags/100 m.

300 mm. dia. 2.4 Bags/100 m.

450 mm. dia. 5.4 Bags/100 m.

900 mm. dia. 9.8 Bags/100 m.

Storm water Gully Chamber 6 Bag/no.


MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS – CIVIL WORKS

N.B.: Only the related specifications pertaining to the tender are to be considered.

M-1 Water:

1.1 Water shall not be salty or brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clear and free from objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil and injurious alkalies salts, organic matter and other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar or concrete or cause efflorescence or attack the steel in RCC container for transport, storage and handling of water shall be clean. Water shall conform to the standards specified in IS : 456.

1.2 If required by the Engineer-in-charge and Architects it shall be tested by comparison with distilled water. Comparison shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundness, time of setting and mortar strength as specified in IS : 269. Any indication of unsounding change in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than 10 per cent in strength of mortar prepared with water sample when compared with the results obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause for rejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar, concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline. It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction or otherwise interfere with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or those which produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortar surfaces.

1.4 Hard and bitter water shall generally be found unsuitable for curing mortar or concrete.

1.5 Potable water shall be generally found suitable for curing mortar and concrete.

Testing Standards :

A. Chemical Analysis :-

Sampling : Test shall be carried out only once for one particular source.

Results :

a) TDS - 3000 mg/lit. e) Carbonic contents - 200 mg/lit.

b) Sulphates - 5000 mg/lit. f) Non-carbonic contents - 3000 mg/lit.

c) pH values - 6 to 8

d) Chlorides

P.P.C - 2000 mg/lit.

R.C.C - 1000 mg/lit.

M-2 Lime :

2.1 Lime shall be hydraulic lime as per IS : 712. Necessary test shall be carried out as per IS : 6932 (Parts I to X) .

2.2 The following fields tests for limes are to be carried out:

(1) A very rough idea can be formed about the type of lime by its visual examination i.e. fat lime bears pure white colour, lime in form of Porous lumps of dirty white colour indicates quick lime, and solid lumps are the unburnt lime stone.


(2) Acid test for determining the carbonate contents in lime. Excessive amount of impurities and rough determination of class of lime.

2.3 Storage shall comply with IS : 712. The slaked lime, if stored, shall be kept in a weather proof and damp-proof shed with impervious floor and sides to protect it against rain, moisture, weather and extraneous materials mixing with it. All lime that has been damaged in any way shall be rejected and all rejected materials shall be removed from site of work.

2.4 Field testing shall be done according to IS : 1624 to show the acceptability of materials.

M-3 Cement :

3.1 Cement shall be ordinary Portland slag cement, grade 33, as per IS : 269, grade 43, as per IS : 8112 and grade 53, as per IS : 12269 or Portland slag cement as per IS : 455.

Testing Standards :

A. Setting time :

Sampling :

(i) From a lot of 50 tones of cement, 2% of bags shall be picked out at random, from which one sample of 15 kg. shall be taken.

(ii) For a lot of 50 to 100 tones - 2 samples

(iii) For a lot of 100 to 200 tones - 3 samples

(iv) For a lot of 100 to 200 tones - 3 samples

(v) For a lot of 200 to 300 tones - 4 samples

(vi) For a lot of 300 to 500 tones - 5 samples

(vii) For a lot of 500 to 800 tones - 6 samples

(viii)For a lot of 800 to 1300 tones - 7 samples

Results :

(a) Initial setting time - not less than 30 minutes

(b) Final setting time - not more than 100 minutes

B. Fineness test by Sieving :

Sampling :

Using any 5 samples, made as above, one test is carried out, using IS sieve no. 90 microns.

Results :

90% or more should pass through the above mentioned IS sieve.

C. Fineness test by determination of specific surface :

Sampling :

Using any 5 samples, made as above, one test is carried out.


Results :

For O.P.C, the surface area shall be 225 cm2/gm. or more.

For P.P.C, the surface area shall be 3000 cm2/gm.

D. Consistency test :

Sampling :

Sampling shall be as in A.

Results :

Consistency in all samples shall be about 30%.

E. Compressive strength :

Sampling :


Results :

On 2nd day, compressive strength must be 160 Kg/cm2., for O.P.C

On 7th day, compressive strength must be 220 Kg/cm2., for O.P.C

On 28th day, compressive strength must be 310 Kg/cm2., for O.P.C

F. Chemical composition (IS : 4032):

Sampling :

Using any 5 samples, made as above, one test is carried out.

Results :

a. Magnesium oxide - less than 6%.

b. Sulphur as Sulphuric anhydride - less than 2.75%.

c. Loss on ignition - upto 5%.

The above is for ordinary Portland cement.

M-3A Rapid Hardening Cement (RHC) :

3A.1 Rapid hardening cement shall be from source like Gujarat High Tech, Ambuja, Birla or equivalent as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 8041. Test certificates showing that the cement complies to the specifications must be submitted to the Architect.

3A.2 It shall have strength in one day equal to that of OPC in 3 days. It shall be used for products like hume pipes, tiles, sleepers, poles, prestressed and precast concrete members. It shall also be used for foundations, bridges, culverts, causeways etc. where quick construction activity is


required however, prior permission of the Architect and Engineer-in-charge shall be taken before use.

3A.3 It shall capable of giving required workability, final strength and better surface finish.

M-3B Sulphate Resistant Cement (SRC) :

3B.1 Sulphate resistant cement shall be from source like Gujarat High Tech or equivalent as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to relevant IS code or BS-4027 & ASTM C-150 Type-II. Test certificates showing that the cement complies to the specifications must be submitted to the Architect.

3B.2 It shall be used for structures in or near sea water, where the soil conditions are aggressive, where repeated cycles of drying and wetting are occur, and also for structures which are exposed to Sulphate attack & salty weather like foundations, bridges, dams, tunnels, industrial drains, sewage pipes.

3B.3 It should possess low heat of hydration, more compressive strength at 3,7 and 28 days than OPC. It should be capable of withstanding attack of aggressive substances which damage concrete structure like Sulphates of Sodium, Magnesium, Calcium etc. It should have low co-efficient of expansion.

M-4 White Cement :

4.1 The white cement shall conform to IS : 8042-E

M-5 Coloured Cement :

5.1 Coloured cement shall be with white or grey Portland cement mixed with pigments as specified in the item of the work.

5.2 The pigments used for coloured cement shall be of approved quality and its quantity shall not exceed 10% of the cement used in the mix. The mixture of pigment and cement shall be properly ground to have a uniform colour and shade. The pigments shall have such properties as to provide for durability for colour under exposure to sunlight and weather.

5.3 The pigment shall have the property such that it is neither affected by the cement nor detrimental to it.

M-6 Sand :

6.1 Sand shall be medium/coarse natural sand, clean, well graded, hard, strong, durable and gritty. Sand particles should be free from injurious amounts of dust, clay, kankar nodules, soft or flaky particles of shale, alkali, salts, organic matter loam, mica or other deleterious substances and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge and Architects. The sand shall not contain more than 8% of silt as determined by field test and 3% by laboratory test , if necessary the sand shall be washed to make it clean. All sand to be used for plaster, brickwork , concrete shall be strictly sieved by 4.75 mm seive.

Testing Standards :

A. Silt Content :

Sampling :


Test shall be carried out for every 150 m3 of sand. The sample taken for testing shall weigh 10 Kg.

Results :

Permissible content shall be 3% in laboratory test & 8 % in field Test.

B. Fineness Modulus :

Sampling :


Results :

Fine sand : 2.2 to 2.6 shall be used as earth filling in plinth, zari, etc.

Medium sand : 2.6 to 2.9 shall be sued for Brickwork and plaster.

Coarse sand : 2.9 to 3.2 shall be used for concrete.

In general, the fineness modulus of sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shall not exceed 3.0. A sand having a fineness modulus more than 3.2 will be unsuitable for making satisfactory concrete.

C. The sieve analysis of sand shall be as under

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IS Sieve % By weight IS Sieve % By Weight

Designation Passive sieve Designation passive sieve

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.75 mm 100 600 Micron 30-100

2.36 mm 90-100 300 Micron 5-70

1.18 mm 70-100 150 Micron 0-50

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M-7 Stone Dust :

7.1 This shall be obtained from crushing hard black trap or equivalent. It shall not contain more than 8% of silt as determined by field test with measuring cylinder. The method of determining silt contents by fields test is given under:

7.2 A sample of stone dust to be tested shall be placed without drying in 200 mm. measuring cylinder. The quantity of the sample shall be such that it fills the cylinder upto 100 mm. mark. Then clean water shall be added upto 150 mm. mark. The mixture shall be stirred vigorously and the contents allowed to settle for 3 hours.

7.3 The height of silt visible as settled layer above the stone dust shall be expressed as percentage of the height of the stone dust below. The stone dust containing more than 8% silt shall be washed so as to bring the content within the allowable limit.

7.4 The fineness modulus of stone dust shall not be less than 1.80.


M-8 Stone Grit :

8.1 Grit shall consist of crushed or broken black trap stone and be hard, strong, dense, durable clean of proper gradation and free from skin or coating likely to prevent proper adhesion of mortar. Grit shall generally be cubical in shape and as far as possible flaky elongated pieces shall be avoided. It shall generally comply with the provisions of IS : 383 Unless special stone of particular quarries is mentioned, grit shall be obtained from the best black trap or equivalent hard stone as approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architects. The grit shall have no deleterious reaction with cement.

8.2 The grit shall conform to the following gradation as per sieve analysis:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IS Sieve % passing IS Sieve % Passing

Designation Through sieve Designation Through sieve

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.50 mm. 100% 4.75 mm. 0-20%

10.00 mm. 85-100% 2.36 mm. 0- 5%

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8.3 The crushing strength of grit will be such so as to allow the concrete in which it is used to build up the specified strength of concrete.

8.4 The necessary tests for grit shall be carried out as per the requirements of IS : 2386 (parts I to VIII) , as per instructions of the Engineer-in-charge and Architect. The necessity of test will be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect.

M-9 Cinder :

9.1 Cinder is well burnt furnace residue which has been fused or centered into lumps of varying sizes.

9.2 Cinder aggregates shall be well burnt furnace residue obtained from furnace using coal fuel only. It shall be sound clean and free from clay, dirt ash or other deleterious matter.

9.3 The average grading for cinder aggregates shall be as mentioned below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IS Sieve Designation % Passing IS Designation % Passing

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 mm. 100 4.75 mm. 70 10 mm. 86 2.36 mm. 52

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


M-10 Lime mortar :

10.1 Lime shall conform to M-2. Water shall conform to M-1. Sand shall conform to specification M-6.

10.2 Proportion of mix:

10.2.1 Mortar shall consist of such proportions of slaked lime and sand as may be specified in item. The slaked lime and sand shall be measured by volume.

10.3 Proportion of mortar:

10.3.1 Lime mortar shall be prepared by wet process as per IS : 1625. Power driven mill shall be used for preparation of lime mortar. The slaked lime shall be placed in the mill in an even layer and ground for 180 revolutions with a sufficient water. Water shall be added as required during grinding (care being taken not to add more water) that will bring the mixed material to a consistency of stiff paste. Thoroughly wetted sand shall then be added evenly and the mixture ground for another 180 revolutions.

10.4 Storage:

10.4.1 Mortar shall always be kept damp, protected from sun and rain till used up, covering it by tarpaulin or open sheds.

10.5 Use :

10.5.1 All mortar shall be used as soon as possible after grinding. It should be used on the day on which it prepared. But in no case, mortar made earlier than 36 hours shall be permitted for use.

M-11 Cement Mortar :

11.1 Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.

11.2 Proportion of Mix:

11.2.1 Cement and sand shall be mixed to specified proportion, sand being measured by measuring boxes. The proportion of cement will be by volume on the basis of 50Kg/Bag of cement being equal to 0.0342 m3. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed as directed.

11.3 Proportion of Mortar :

11.3.1 In hand mixed mortar. cement and sand in the specified proportions shall be thoroughly mixed dry on a clean impervious platform by turning over atleast 3 times or more till a homogeneous mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar or mortar shall flow out. While mixing, the water shall be gradually added and thoroughly mixed to form a stiff plastic mass of uniform colour so that each particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. The water cement ratio shall be adopted as directed.

11.3.2 The mortar so prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such quantity of mortar shall be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes.

M-12 Stone Coarse Aggregate For Nominal Mix Concrete :

12.1 Coarse aggregate shall be of machine crushed stone of black trap and be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean and free from skin and coating likely to proper adhesion of mortar.


12.2 The aggregate shall generally be cubical/round in shape. Unless special stones of particular quarries are mentioned aggregates shall be machine crushed from the black trap or equivalent black hard stone as approved. Aggregate shall have no deleterious reaction with cement. The size of the coarse aggregate for plain cement concrete and ordinary reinforced cement concrete shall generally be as per the table given below. However, in case of reinforced cement concrete, the maximum limit may be restricted to 6 mm. less than the minimum lateral clear distance between bars or 6 mm. less the cover, whichever is smaller.

TABLE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IS Sieve % passing for single size IS Sieve % passing for single size

Designation aggregates of Nominal Size Designation aggregates of Nominal size

40 mm 20 mm 16 mm 40 mm 20 mm 16mm

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

80 mm. - - - 12.5 mm. - - -

63 mm. 100 - - 10 mm. 0.5 0 - 20 0.30

40 mm. 100 100 - 4.75 mm. - 0 - 5 0.5

20 mm. 0-20 85-100 100 2.35 mm. - - -

16 mm. - - 85-100

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note : This percentage may be varied some what by the Engineer-in-charge when considered necessary for obtaining better destiny and strength of concrete.

12.3 The grading test shall be taken in the beginning and at the change of source of materials. The necessary tests indicated in IS : 383 and IS : 456 shall have to be carried out to ensure the acceptability. The aggregate shall be stored separately and handled in such a manner as to prevent the intermixing of different aggregates. If the aggregates are covered with dust they shall be washed with water to make them clean.

Testing Standards :

A. Flakiness Index :

Sampling :

For every 200 m3. of aggregates, one test shall be carried out.

Results :

The Flakiness index is taken as the total weight of the aggregates passing through the various thickness gauges, expressed as a percentage of the total weight of the sample taken.

Permissible is not more than 35% for aggregates used in concrete for wearing surfaces.


B. Impact value :

Sampling :

For every 100 m3. of aggregates, one test shall be carried out.

Results :

The impact value shall not be more than 45% by weight for aggregates used for concrete other than wearing surfaces.

For aggregates used for concrete to be used as wearing surface, the impact value shall not be more than 30%, by weight.

C. Abrasion Value :

Sampling :

Sampling shall be as in B.

Results :

The percentage of wear shall not be more than 35%.

M-13 Black Trap or Equivalent Hard Stone Coarse Aggregates for Design Mix Concrete :

13.1 Aggregate for Design Mix Concrete : Coarse aggregate shall be machine crushed stone of black trap or equivalent hard stone and hard, strong, dense, durable, clean and free from skin and coating likely to prevent proper adhesion of mortar.

13.2 The aggregates shall generally be cubical in shape. Unless special stones of particular quarried are mentioned, aggregates shall be machine crushed from the best black trap or equivalent hard stones as approved. Aggregates shall have no deleterious reaction with cement.

13.3 The necessary tests indicated in IS : 383 and IS : 456 shall have to be carried out to ensure the acceptability of the material.

13.4 If the aggregates are covered with dust, they shall be washed with water to make them clean.

M-14 Brick Bats Aggregates :

14.1 Brick bat aggregate shall be broken from well burnt or slightly over burnt and dense bricks. It shall be homogeneous in texture, roughly cubical in shape, clean and free from dirt or any other foreign material. The brick bats shall be less than 40 mm. size, unless otherwise specified in the item. The under-burnt or over-burnt brick bats and brick dust shall not be allowed.

14.2 The brick bats shall be hand measured by suitable boxes or as directed.

M-15 Bricks :

15.1 The bricks shall be of first quality hand or machine moulded and made from suitable soils and kiln burnt. They shall be free from cracks, flaws and modules of free lime. They shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be of uniform In colour. The bricks shall be moulded with a frog of size 100 mm. x 40 mm., and 10 mm. to 20 mm. deep on one of its flat sides. The bricks shall not break when thrown on the ground from a height of 1 m.

15.2 The size of modular bricks shall be 190 mm. x 90 mm. x 90 mm.


15.3 The size of the conventional bricks shall be (9"x4.5" x 3") 230 mm. x 110 mm. x 76.5 mm.

15.4 Only bricks of one standard size shall be used on a particular work site. The following tolerances shall be permitted in the conventional size adopted in a particular work site.

Length : + 1/8"(3.0 mm.). Width : + 1/6" (1.50 mm.). Height : + 1/6"(1.50 mm.).

15.5 The crushing strength of the bricks shall not be less than 50 Kg./cm2,. No unburned/over burnt bricks shall be used for any structure. The bricks should have dimensional stability as per IS standards. The average water absorption shall not be more than 20% by weight. Necessary tests for crushing strength and water absorption etc. shall be carried out as per IS : 3495 (Part I to IV) .

Testing Standards :

A. Efflorescence :

Sampling :

Test of 20 bricks is carried out from a stock of 20,000 bricks.

Results :

Moderate.

B. Water Absorption :

Sampling :

Test of 32 bricks is carried out from a stock of 35,000 bricks.

Results :

Absorption shall not be more than 20%.

C. Compressive Strength :

Sampling :

Test of 50 bricks is carried out from a stock of 1,00,000 ( 1 Lac) bricks.

Results :

On average the compressive strength shall not be less than 50 Kg/cm2. And every result shall not be less than 20% of the IS standards.

M-15A First Class Bricks for Exposed brickwork :

15A.1 First class bricks are those which strictly conform to the standard size of modular bricks, i.e. 19 cm. x 19 cm. x 9 cm. actual size, such that ten layers of brick laid in mortar shall form masonry of 1 m. height. Conventional bricks should have quality standard as per modular brick except size.

15A.2 These bricks are manufactured from good quality plastic earth, which is free from saline deposits. They are of good uniform colour. They are well burnt, giving a hard ringing sound when two bricks are struck together.


15A.3 They should have straight edges and even surfaces. They are free from cracks, chips, flaws and modules of lime.

15A.4 When immersed in water for an hour, they do not absorb water more than 1/6th of their weight. On drying, these bricks do not show any sign of efflorescence.

M-15A First Class Bricks for Exposed brickwork :

15A.1 First class bricks are those which strictly conform to the standard size of modular bricks, i.e. 19 cm. x 19 cm. x 9 cm. actual size, such that ten layers of brick laid in mortar shall form masonry of 1 m. height. Conventional bricks should have quality standard as per modular brick except size.

15A.2 These bricks are manufactured from good quality plastic earth, which is free from saline deposits. They are of good uniform colour. They are well burnt, giving a hard ringing sound when two bricks are struck together.

15A.3 They should have straight edges and even surfaces. They are free from cracks, chips, flaws and modules of lime.

15A.4 When immersed in water for an hour, they do not absorb water more than 1/6th of their weight. On drying, these bricks do not show any sign of efflorescence.

M-15B Calcium Silicate Bricks :

15B.1 The bricks shall be machine moulded and made from good quality and clean silicious sand, lime and flyash (maximum content upto 30% in raw material composition). They shall be free from cracks, flaws, clay, free lime. They shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be uniform in size, colour and shape.

15B.2 The size of bricks shall be 228 mm. x 110 mm.x 72 mm. or as approved by the Architect. The compressive strength of bricks shall be minimum 150 kg/m2. and the bricks shall have very high strength to weight ratio. The bricks shall have very good resistant capacity to atmospheric conditions, optimum building properties in relation to heat insulation, sound insulation, absorption of water and fire protection.

15B.3 Calcium silicate products shall conform to the appropriate IS standards and there shall be no change required in civil application techniques while using such products in the place of traditional clay bricks.

M-16 Stone :

16.1 The stone shall be of specified variety such as Granite/Trap Stone/Quartz or any other type of good hard stones.

The stones shall be obtained only from the approved quarry and shall be hard, sound, durable and free from defects like cavities, cracks, sand holes, flaws, injurious veins, patches of loose or soft materials etc. and weathered portions and other structural defects or imperfections tending to affect their soundness and strength. The stone with round surface shall not be used. The percentage of water absorption shall not be more than 5% of dry weight, when tested in accordance with IS : 1124. The minimum crushing strength of the stone shall be 200 Kg/cm2. unless otherwise specified.

16.2 The samples of the stone to be used shall be got approved before the work is started.


16.3 The Khanki facing stone shall be dressed by chisel as specified in the item for Khanki facing in required shape and size. The face of stone shall be so dressed that the bushing on the exposed face shall not project by more than 40 mm. from the general wall surface and on face to be plastered it shall not project by more than 19 mm. nor shall it have depressions more than 10 mm. from the average wall surface.

M-17 Laterite Stone :

17.1 Laterite stone shall be obtained from the approved quarry. It shall be uniform in texture, sound, durable and free from soft patches. It shall have a minimum crushing strength of 100 Kg./cm2. in its dry condition. It shall not absorb water more than 20% of its own weight, when immersed for 24 hours in water. After quarrying, the stone shall be allowed to weather for some time before using in work.

17.2 The stone shall be dressed into regular rectangular blocks so that all faces are free from waviness and unevenness, edges true and square.

17.3 Those type of stones in which white clay occurs should not be used.

17.4 Special corner stone shall be provided where so directed.

M-18 Mild Steel Bars :

18.1 Mild steel bars reinforcement for RCC work shall conform to IS : 432 (Part-II) and shall be of tested quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of IS : 456.

18.2 All the reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, paint, grease, mill scale or loose or thick rust, at the time of placing.

18.3 For the purpose of payment, the bar shall be measured correct upto 10 mm. length and weight payable worked out at the rate specified below :

1. 6 mm. 0.22 Kg/m. 8. 20 mm. 2.47 Kg/m.

2. 8 mm. 0.39 Kg/m. 9. 22 mm. 2.98 Kg/m.

3. 10 mm. 0.62 Kg/m. 10. 25 mm. 3.85 Kg/m.

4. 12 mm. 0.89 Kg/m. 11. 28 mm. 4.83 Kg/m.

5. 14 mm. 1.21 Kg/m. 12. 32 mm 6.31 Kg/m.

6. 16 mm. 1.58 Kg/m. 13. 36 mm. 7.99 Kg/m.

7. 18 mm. 2.00 Kg/m. 14. 40 mm 9.86 Kg/m.

18.4 Procurement of Steel should be from authorised/approved rolling mills and test certificates should be submitted with each lot.

Testing standards :

Sampling :

For every 40 tonnes of steel, atleast one test shall be done.

Results :


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thickness Ultimate Tensile strength Chilled state % Elongation

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 - 20 mm. 42 Kg/cm2. 26 Kg/cm2. 23

20 - 40 mm. 42 Kg/cm2. 24 Kg/cm2. 23

40 mm. & more 42 Kg/cm2. 24 Kg/cm2. 23

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M-19 A High Yield Strength Steel Deforms Bars :

19.A.1 High yield strength steel deformed bars be either cold twisted or hot rolled shall conform to IS : 1739 and IS : 1139 respectively.

19.A.2 Other provision and requirements shall conform to M-18 for Mild steel bars.

M-19 B Thermo-mechanically Treated Bars (TMT)

19.B.1 TMT bars shall conform to IS: 1786

19.B.1 Procurement of Steel should be from authorized dealer and test certificates should be submitted with each lot.

M-19 C Corrosion Resisting Steel (CRS)

19.C.1 CRS bars shall conform to IS: 1786

19.C.1 Procurement of Steel should be from authorized dealer and test certificates should be submitted with each lot.

M-20 High Tensile Steel Wire :

20.1 The high tensile wires for the use in prestressed concrete work shall conform to IS : 2090.

20.2 The tensile strength of the high tensile steel bars shall be as specified in the item. In absence of the given strength, the minimum strength shall be taken as per para 6.1 of IS : 1785. Testing shall be done as per IS requirements.

20.3 The high tensile steel shall be free from loose mill scale, rust oil, grease, or any other harmful matter. Cleaning of steel bars may be carried out by immersion in solvent solution, wire brushing or passing through a pressure box containing carborundum.

20.4 The high tensile wire shall be obtained from manufactures in coil having diameter not less than 350 time the diameter of wire itself, so that wire springs back straight on being uncoiled.


Testing standards :

Sampling :

For every 40 tonnes of steel, atleast one test shall be done.

Results :

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thickness Ultimate Tensile strength Chilled state % Elongation

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For all sizes 49.5 Kg/cm2. 42.5 Kg/cm2. 14.5

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M-21 Mild Steel Binding Wire :

21.1 The mild steel wire shall be of 1.63 mm. or 1.22 mm. (16 or 18 gauge) diameter and shall conform to IS : 280.

21.2 The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcements bars. It shall be free from rust, oil paint, grease, loose mill scale or any other undesirable coating which may prevent adhesion of cement mortar.

M-22 Structural Steel :

22.1 All structural steel shall conform to IS : 226. The steel shall be well and cleanly rolled to the dimensions and weight specified by the IS, subject to the permissible tolerances as per IS : 1852. The finished materials shall be reasonably free from cracks, surface flaws, laminations, rough and imperfect edges and all other harmful defects mentioned in IS : 229 and shall have a smooth finish. The material shall be free from loose mill scale, rust pits or other defects affecting the strength and durability. River bars shall conform to IS : 1148. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding rejecting any steel section on account of any of the above defects shall be final and binding to the Contractor.

22.2 Structural steel shall conform to the following requirements. The mechanical and chemical properties shall be as below :

MECHANICAL COMPOSITION OF STEEL

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Steel Class of NominalTensile Yield stress %

designation steel thickness strength min. Kgf/mm2 elongation

product in mm. in Kgf/mm2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ST-42 W & Plates, Below 6 mm. Bend test only shall be

required.

ST-42 S flats,

bars. upto 20 & 42 to 54 26.0 23

Vc

Over 20 upto 42 to 54 24.0 23

Vc 40

Below 10 Bend test only shall be

required

10 upto 20

& Vc 42 to 54 28.0 23

Over 20 42 to 54 24.0 23

ST-42 O Plates, Below 6 Bend test only shall be

sections, required.

flats,Over 6 42 to 54 28.0 23

Below 10 Bend test only shall be

required

10 & above 42 to 54 28.0 23

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF STEEL

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Steel designation Maximum percentage

-----------------------------------------------------

Carbon Sulphur Phosphorous

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ST-42 W 0.23 0.06 0.06

ST-42 S 0.25/0.28 0.06 0.06

ST-42 O 0.07 0.07

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


22.3 The following variety of steel shall be used for structural purposes :

ST-42 S : It shall be used for all types of structure (riveted or bolted), including those subjected to dynamic loading and where fatigue, wide fluctuations of stresses, reversal of stresses and great restraint are involved. It shall be suitable for welded structures, provided that the thickness of the material does not exceed 20 mm.

22.4 When the steel is supplied by the Contractor, test certificate of the manufacture shall be obtained according to IS : 226 and other relevant Indian Standards.

M-23 Galvanised Iron Sheets :

23.1 The galvanised iron sheets shall be from Tata or equivalent of approved zinc coating class , as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall be plain or corrugated, of gauge as specified in item. The GI sheets shall conform to IS : 277. The sheets shall be undamaged in carriage and handling either by rubbing off of zinc coating or otherwise, they shall have clean and bright surface and shall be free from dents, holes, rust or white powdery deposit.

23.2 The width of GI sheet shall be as directed, as per site condition.

M-23.A GI Valleys gutter ridges :

23.A.1 The GI ridge and hips shall be of plain galvanised sheets, class-3, of the thickness, as specified in item. These shall be 600 mm. in width and properly bent up to the shape without damage to the sheets, in process of bending.

23.A.2 Valleys, gutters and flashing shall also be of galvanised sheet, of thickness, as specified in item. Valleys shall be 900 mm. wide overall and flashing shall be 380 mm. wide overall. They shall be bent to the required shape without damage to the sheet in the process of bending.

M-24 Asbestos Cement Sheets :

24.1 Asbestos cement sheets plain, corrugated or semi corrugated and curved shall be from Everest or equivalent, as approved by the Architect or Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 459. The thickness of the sheet shall be as specified in the item. The sheet shall be free from all defects such as cracks, holes, deformation, chipped edge or otherwise damaged.

24.2 It shall manufactured by reinforcing Asbestos in cement, in such a manner that every fibre is covered with fine particles of cement to ensure maximum strength. It shall be alkali resistance and anti corrosive. It should not break during transportation, handling, laying etc. and should be non- destructible, non-inflammable and non-organic. It shall have high tensile strength and high slenderness ratio.

24.3 The minimum nominal thickness of sheets shall be 6 mm., having covering efficiency of about 90% and weight 1518 kg/cm2. The sheet shall be free from all defects such as cracks, holes, deformation, chipped edge or otherwise damaged. The permissible bending stress shall be 130 kg/cm2.

24.4 The accessories shall be same thickness that of AC sheets. They shall be suitable for all the types of sheets and locations. They also shall be from approved manufacturer and shall be free from any defects. The fixing of AC sheets and accessories shall conform to IS : 730.


24.5 Ridges & Hips :

24.5.1 Ridges and hips shall be of same thickness as that of AC sheets. The different types of ridges shall be suitable for its corresponding type of sheets and locations.

24.5.2 Other accessories to be used in roof such as flashing piece, caves, filler pieces, valley gutters, north light and ventilator curves, barge boards etc. shall be from standard manufacture and shall be suitable for the different types of sheets and location.

M-25 Mangalore Pattern Roof Tiles :

25.1 The mangalore pattern tiles shall conform to IS : 654 for Class AA or Class A type, as specified in the item. Samples of the tiles to be provided shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge and Architect. Necessary tests shall be carried out as directed.

M-26 Shuttering :

M-26A Timber/Wooden planking :

26A.1 The shuttering shall be either of wooden planking of 30 mm. minimum thickness with or without steel lining or steel plates stiffened by steel angles. The shuttering shall be supported on battens and beams and props of vertical ballies properly cross braced together, so as to make the centering rigid. In place of ballie props, brick pillar of adequate section built in mud mortar may be used.

26A.2 The form work shall be sufficiently strong and shall have camber, so that it assumes correct shape after deposition of the concrete and shall be able to resist forces caused by vibration, live load of men working over it and other incidental loads associated with it. The shuttering shall have smooth and even surface and its joints shall not permit leakage of cement grout.

26A.3 If at any stage of work, during or after placing concrete in the structure, the form work sags or bulges out beyond the required shape of the structure, the concrete shall be removed and work redone with fresh concrete and adequately rigid form work. The complete form work shall be got inspected by and got approved from the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, before the reinforcement bars are placed in position.

26A.4 The props shall consist of ballies having 100 mm. minimum diameter, measured at mid length and 80 mm. at thin end and shall be placed as per design requirement. These shall rest squarely on wooden sole plate 40 mm. thick and minimum bearing area of 0.10 m2. laid on sufficiently hard base.

26A.5 Double wedges shall further be provided between the sole plate and the wooden props so as to facilitate tightening and easing of shuttering without jerking the concrete.

26A.6 The timber used in shuttering shall not be so dry as to absorb water from concrete and swell or bulge nor so green or wet as to shrink after erection. The timber shall be properly sawn and planned on the sides and surface coming in contact with concrete. Wooden form work with metal sheet lining or steel plates stiffened by steel angles shall be permitted.

26A.7 As far as possible, clamps shall be used to hold the forms together and use of nails and spikes shall be avoided.


26A.8 The surface of timber shuttering that would come on contact with concrete shall be well wetted and coated with soap solution before the concreting is done. Alternatively coat of raw linseed oil or oil of approved manufacture may be applied in place of soap solution. In case of steel shuttering, either soap solution or raw linseed oil shall be applied after thoroughly cleaning the surface. Under no circumstances, black or burnt oil shall be permitted.

26A.9 The shuttering for beams and slabs shall have camber of 4 mm. per meter (1 in 250) or as directed by Engineer-in-charge and Architect, so as to offset the subsequent deflection. For cantilevers, the camber at free end shall be 1/50 of the project length or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect.

M-26B Concrete Shuttering Plywood :

26B.1 It shall be made from strong and selected hard-woods. It shall be bonded with high quality Phenol Formaldehyde synthetic resin adhesive, hot pressed and then shall be further treated with a permanent type of preservative by vacuum-cum-pressure impregnation.

26B.2 Due to the bonding with Phenol Formaldehyde, it shall be moisture and weather proof. The use of selected hard-woods render hard and wear-resistant faces and thereby it shall be reusable several times. It shall be highly resistant to rot, termites and other wood inhabiting insects. Due to complete penetration of the preservative, it shall be exceedingly durable.

26B.3 It shall have high impact strength and therefore shall be used successfully in place of timber planks and steel sheets. It shall protect the concrete from rapid temperature changes and shall provide optimum conditions for setting of the concrete. As it shall possess remarkable design flexibility, it shall be ideal for curved formwork.

26B.4 Besides it shall be used as centering, shuttering and formwork of concrete columns, beams, slabs, walls, tanks, bridges, fly-overs, silos etc. It shall also be used for structural applications like external walling, roofing, flooring, curtain walls, work-site offices, in cabins of trucks, rail coaches etc.

M-26C Steel Sheeting and Steel Plates :

26C.1 Steel sheeting and steel plates should be free from clinks, twists, offsets, warps, etc. Their surface should be neat, clean and smooth. Before placing concrete, steel forms shall be thoroughly cleaned off of all rust, dust and loose materials. Colourless oil or grease of approved quality shall be applied before placing steel.

26C.2 The size of angles used for framing and bracing of steel plates should be sufficient to withstand the weight of concrete without forming clinks, twists, offsets, warps, etc. in the steel plates. Also, the gauge of steel sheeting used should not be higher than 14 G.

26C.3 Minimum two bracing angles should be provided along with angle framing while making the steel plates. It should be riveted or welded to suit the requirement of finish concrete surface. Minimum two rivets should be provided at all Four Corners and at junction of angle framing and bracing.

26C.4 If the plates are to be welded, steel sheet and angle framing/bracing should be welded from sides and at back. Welding on sides should be buffed to make the sides smooth. Also, intermittent welding should be done to keep steel sheet and angle framing/bracing in one plane.


M-27 Expansion Joints-Premoulded Filler :

27.1 The item provides for expansion joints in RCC frame structure, for internal joints as well as exposed joints, with the use of premoulded bituminous joint filler.

27.2 Premoulded bituminous joint filler, i.e. preformed strip of expansion joint filler shall not get deformed or broken by twisting, bending or other handling pressures, when exposed to atmospheric condition. Pieces of joint filler that have been damaged shall be rejected.

27.3 Thickness of the pre-moulded joint filler shall be 25 mm., unless otherwise specified.

27.4 Premoulded bituminous joint filler shall conform to BE : 1838.

M-28 Expansion Joints-Copper Strips & Hold fasts :

28.1 The item provided for expansion joints in RCC frame structure, for internal joint as well as for exposed joints, with the use of necessary copper strip and holdfasts.

28.2 Copper sheet shall be 1.25 mm. thick and 1.25 mm. wide and shall be of `U' shape, in the middle. Copper strip shall have holdfast of 3 mm. diameter copper rod, fixed to the plate, soldered on the strip at intervals of about 30 cm. or as shown in the drawing or as directed. The width of each flange (horizontal side) of the copper plate, to be embedded in concrete work shall be 25 mm. Depth of `U' to be provided in the expansion joint, in copper plate shall of 25 mm.

M-30 Wooden Flush Door Shutters (Solid Core) :

30.1 The solid core type (water proof/ Commercial) flush door shutters shall be of decorative face or non-decorative face type, as specified in the drawing. The size and thickness of the shutter shall be as specified in drawings or as directed. The timber species for core shall be used as per IS: 2202-(Part-I). The timber shall be free from decay and insect attack. Knots and knot holes less than half the width of cross-section of the members in which they occur, may be permitted. Pitch pockets, pitch streaks and harmless pin holes shall be permissible except in the exposed edges of the core members. The commercial plywood, cross-bands shall conform to IS : 303. And waterproof plywood shall confirm to IS 710.

30.2 The solid core shall be of wood laminate, prepared from battens of well seasoned and treated good quality wood, having straight grains. The battens shall be of uniform size of about 2.5 cm. width. These shall be properly glued and machine pressed together, with grains of each piece reversed from that of the adjoining one. The longitudinal joints of the battens shall be staggered and no piece shall be less than 50 cm. in length. Edges of the core shall be lipped internally with 1st class teak wood battens of 4 cm.(1-1/2") minimum width, glued and machine pressed along with the core.

30.3 The core surface shall then have two or three veneers firmly glued on each face. The first veneer (called cross hand) shall be laid with its grains at right angles to those of the core and the second and the third veneers with their grains parallel to those of the core.

30.4 The face panel of the shutters shall be formed by gluing, by the hot press process on both faces of the core with either plywood or cross-bands and face veneers. The lipping, reveting, opening of glazing, venation etc. shall be provided if specified in the drawing.

30.5 All edges of the door shutters shall be square. The shutters shall be free from twist or warp in its plane. Both faces of the shutters shall be sand papered to make smooth even texture.


30.6 The shutters shall be tested for -

(1) End immersion test : The test shall be carried out as per IS : 2202 (part-I). There shall be no delamination at the end of the test.

(2) Knife test : The face panel when tested in accordance with IS : 1659 shall pass the test.

(3) Glue Adhesion test : The flush door shall be tested for glue adhesive test in accordance with IS :2202 (Part-I) . The shutters shall be considered to have passed the test if no delamination occurs in the glue lines in the plywood and if no single delamination more than 80 mm. in length & more than 3 mm. in depth has occurred in the assembly glue lines between the plywood face and the style and rail. Delamination at the corner shall be measured continuously around the corner. Delamination at the knots, knot holes and other permissible wood defects shall not be considered in assessing the sample.

30.7 The tolerance in size of solid core type flush door shall be as under :

In Normal thickness +1.2 mm. In Normal height +3 mm.

30.8 The thickness of the shutters shall be uniform throughout, with a permissible variation of not more than 0.8 mm. when measured at any two points,

M-31 Aluminium Doors, Windows, Ventilators :

31.1 Aluminium alloy used in the manufacture of extruded window sections shall conform to IS designation HEA-WP of IS : 733 and also to IS designation WVG-WP of IS : 1285. The section shall be as specified in the drawing and design. The fabrication shall be done as directed.

31.2 The hinges shall be cast or extruded Aluminium hinge of same type as in window but of larger size.

31.3 The hinges shall normally be of 50 mm., openable/projecting type. Non-projecting type of hinges may also be used, if directed. The handles of the door shall be of specified design. A suitable locks for the door, operable either from outside or inside shall be provided. In double shutter door, the first closing shutter shall have concealed aluminium alloy tower bolt at top and bottom.

M-32 Rolling Shutters:

32.1 The rolling shutters shall conform to IS: 6248. Rolling shutters shall be supplied of specified type, with accessories. The size of the rolling shutters shall be as specified in the drawings. The shutters shall be constructed with interlocking lath sections formed from cold rolled steel strips not less than 0.9 mm.. thick and 80 mm. wide, for shutters upto 3.5 m. width and not less than 1.25 mm. thick and 80 mm. wide, for shutters 3.5 m. in width and above, unless otherwise specified.

32.2 Guide channels shall be of mild steel, deep channel section and roll pressed or built-up (fabricated), with jointless construction. The thickness of the sheet used shall not be less than 3.15 mm.

32.3 Hood covers shall be made of MS sheets, not less than 0.90 mm. thick. For shutters having width of 3.5 m. and above, the thickness of MS sheet for the hood cover shall be not less than 1.25 mm.

32.4 The spring shall be of best quality and shall be manufactured from tested high tensile spring steel wire or strip of adequate strength to balance the shutters in all positions. The spring pipe


shaft etc. shall be supported on strong MS or malleable CI brackets. The brackets shall be fixed on or under the lintel as specified with rawlplugs and screws bolts, etc.

32.5 The rolling shutters shall be of self rolling upto 8 m2. clear area, without ball bearing and upto 12 m2. clear area, with ball bearing. If the rolling shutters are of large area, then gear operated type shutters shall be used.

32.6 The locking arrangement shall be provided at the bottom of shutter at both ends. The shutters shall be opened from outside.

32.7 The shutters shall be completed with door suspension shafts, locking arrangements, pulling hooks, handles and other accessories.

M-33 Collapsible Steel Gate :

33.1 The collapsible steel gate shall be in one or two leaves and size as per approved drawings or as specified. The gate shall be fabricated from best quality mild steel channels, flats etc. and either steel pulleys or ball bearings shall be provided in every double channel, unless otherwise specified. The particulars of collapsible gate shall be as under:

(a) Pickets: These shall be of 20 mm. MS channels of heavy section, unless otherwise shown on drawings. The distance, center to center of pickets shall be 12 cm. with an opening of 10 cm.

(b) Pivoted MS flats shall be 20 mm. x 6 mm.

(c) Top and bottom guides shall be from tee or flat iron of approved size.

(d) The fittings like stoppers, fixing hold fasts, locking cleats, brass handles and cast iron rollers shall be of approved design and size.

M-34 Welded Steel Wire Fabric :

34.1 Welded steel wire fabric for general purpose shall be manufactured from cold drawn steel wire "as drawn" or galvanised steel conforming to IS : 226 with longitudinal and transverse wire securely connected at every intersection by a process of electrical resistance welding and conforming to IS : 4948. It shall be fabricated and finished in workmanlike manner and shall be free from injurious defects and shall be dust proof. The type of mesh shall be oblong or square, as directed. The mesh sizes and sizes of wire for square as well as oblong, welded steel wire fabric shall be as directed. The steel wire fabric in panels shall be in one whole piece, in each panel, as far as stock sizes permit.

M-35 Expanded Metal Sheets:

35.1 The expanded metal sheets shall be free from flaws, joints, broken strands, laminations and other harmful surface defects. Expanded metal steel sheet shall conform to IS : 412 except that blank sheets need not be with guaranteed mechanical properties. The size of the diamond mesh of expanded metal and dimensions of strands (width and thickness) shall be as specified. The tolerance on nominal weight of expanded metal sheets shall be of + 10%.

35.2 Expanded metal in panels shall be in one whole piece, in each panel, as far as stock sizes permit. The expanded metal sheets shall be coated with suitable protective coating to prevent corrosion.


M-36 Mild Steel Wire (Wire Gauze Jali) :

36.1 Mild steel wire may be galvanised, as indicated. All finished steel wire shall be well sawn to the dimensions, and the size of the wire shall be as specified in item. The wire shall be sound, free from splits, surface flaw, rough, jagged and imperfect edges and other harmful surface defects and shall conform to IS : 280.

M-37 Plywood:

37.1 The plywood for general purpose shall conform IS : 303.

Plywood is made by cementing together thin boards or sheets of wood into panels. There are always an odd number of layers, 3,5,7,9 ply etc. The plies are placed so that grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain in the adjacent layer.

37.2 The chief advantages of plywood over a single board of the same thickness is that, plywood offers more uniform strength, along its length and width and also offers greater resistance to cracking and splitting with change in moisture content.

37.3 Usually synthetic resins are used for gluing, phenolic resins are usually cured in a hot press which compresses and simultaneously heats the plies between hot plates, which maintain a temperature of 900C to 1400C and a pressure of 11 to 14 Kg/cm2., on the wood. The time of heating may be anything from 2 to 60 minutes depending upon the thickness.

37.4 When water glues are used the wood absorbs so much water that the finished plywood must be dried carefully. When synthetic resins are used as adhesive, the finished plywood must be exposed to an atmosphere of controlled humidity until the proper amount of moisture has been absorbed.

37.5 According to IS: 303, the plywood for general purpose shall be of the grades namely BWR, WWR and CWR, depending upon the adhesives used for bonding the veneers, and it will be further classified into six types namely AA, AB, AC, BB, BC and CC based on the quality of the two faces, each face being of three kinds namely, A,B and C. After pressing, the finished plywood should be reconditioned to a moisture content not less than 8% and not more than 16%.

37.6 Thickness of plywood boards:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Board Thickness Board Thickness Board Thickness Board Thickness

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 ply 3 mm. 5 ply 5 mm. 7 ply 9 mm. 9 ply 16 mm.

4 mm. 6 mm. 13 mm. 19 mm.

5 mm. 8 mm. 16 mm. 11 ply 19 mm.

6 mm. 9 mm. 9 ply 13 mm. 22 mm.

25 mm.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Types of plywood:

M-37A Water Proof (Weather Proof) Plywood:

37A.1 The plywood shall be from Kitply, Wonder Wood, Anchor Board or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 710 and to the relevant Defence and Navy specifications.

37A.2 Plywood shall be made from veneers of hard wood timbers and bonded with high quality BWP type Phenol Formaldehyde Synthetic Resin Adhesive and hot pressed at high temperature and pressure, and further treated with a fixed type of preservative by vacuum-cum-pressure impregnation, to produce thin boards or sheets of wood panels. There are always an odd number of layers. The plies shall be placed, so that, grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain in the adjacent layer.

37A.3 Plywood shall be waterproof, weather proof, boilproof, and highly durable even against strenuous vulnerable uses. It shall resist the attack of termites, cockroaches, wood burrowers, fungus, mould, rot, decay and other wood destroying insects and marine organisms.

37A.4 The tensile strength of the plywood shall be minimum 600 kg/cm2. and bending strength above 400 kg/cm2. The swelling of plywood in water should be almost negligible. Specific gravity of plywood should be 0.7 to 0.75, having screw and nail holding strength normal to face, atleast 250 kg. and 60 kg., respectively.

37A.5 The moisture content shall be less than 10% and the plywood shall have high fire resistance and shall be free from any cracks, wraps, split etc., and shall have uniform strength all over the panel surface. It shall be used for marine structures, leather tanning tables, wall panelling, and underlayment for kitchen and other furniture, subjected to heat and moisture.

M-37B Commercial Ply:

37B.1 The plywood shall be from Mafatlal Plywood Industries Ltd. or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS 303.

37B.2 Plywood shall be made from hard wood timbers, finished with selected species of timber, suitable for veneers and bonded with strictly controlled and evenly spread adhesives.

37B.3 It shall be smooth and strong and shall be free from warping, cupping and twisting.

M-38 Glass:

38.1 All glass shall be of the best quality, free from specks, bubbles, smokes, veins, air holes, blisters, and other defects. The kind of glass to be used shall be as mentioned in the item or specification or in the special provisions or as shown in detailed drawings. Thickness of the glass panels shall be uniform. The specifications for different kinds of glass shall be as under:

38.2 Sheet Glass :

38.2.1 In absence of any specified thickness or weight in the item or detailed specifications of the item of work, sheet glass shall be weighing 7.5 Kg/m2. for panes upto 600 mm. x 600 mm.

38.2.2 For panes larger than 600 mm. x 600 mm and upto 800 mm. x 800 mm., the glass weighing not less than 8.75 Kg/m2. shall be used. For bigger panes upto 900 mm. x 900 mm., glass weighing not less than 11.25 Kg/m2. shall be used.


38.2.3 Sheet glass shall be patent flattened glass of best quality and for glazing and framing purposes shall conform to IS : 1761. Sheet glass of the specified colours shall be used, if so shown on the detailed drawings or so specified for important buildings and for panes with any dimensions over 900 mm., plate glass of specified thickness shall be used.

38.3 Plate Glass :

38.3.1 When plate glass is specified, it shall be `Polished patent plate glass' of best quality. It shall have both the surface ground flat and parallel and polished to obtain clear undisturbed vision and reflection. The plate glass shall be of thickness mentioned in the item or as shown in the detailed drawing or as specified. In absence of any specified thickness, the thickness of plate glass to be supplied shall be 6 mm. and a tolerance of 0.20 mm. shall be admissible.

38.4 Obscured Glass :

38.4.1 This type of glass transmits light so that vision is partially or almost completely obscured. Glass shall be plain rolled, figure, ribbed or fluted, or frosted, as may be specified or as required. The thickness and type of glass shall be as per details on drawings or as specified or as directed.

38.5 Wired Glass :

38.5.1 Glass shall be with wire netting embedded in a sheet of plate glass. Electrically welded 13 mm. Georgian square mesh shall be used. Thickness of glass shall not be less than 6 mm. Wired glass shall be of the type and thickness as specified.

38.6 Double Glazed units :

38.6.1 Double glazed unit shall comprise of two glasses, of appropriate thickness and absolutely machine-cleaned on both sides, with an air gap of 12 mm .in-between. The space between the two glasses is kept totally dry, avoiding any condensation by sealing the space with elastomeric sealant. Thus in all, it is an insulating glass unit of around 20mm. thickness.

38.6.2 It shall be suitably used for any kind of Doors and Windows, in all areas of work and residences. It shall be absolutely and clearly transparent, giving the following advantages :

1) Total light penetration, but with dust and heat insulation.

2) Noise insulation.

3) 25% saving in electricity due to heat insulation.

4) Crystal clear transparency.

M-39 Acrylic Sheets :

39.1 Acrylic sheets shall be of thickness as specified in the item and of specified shape and size, as the case may be. Panels may flat or curved. It should be light in weight. It shall be colourless or coloured or opaque, as specified in the item. Colourless sheet shall be as transparent as the finest optical glass. Its light transmission rate shall be about 95%. Transparency shall not be affected for the sheets of larger thickness. It shall be extremely resistant to sunlight, weather and low temperatures.

39.2 It shall not show any significant yellowing or change in physical properties or loss of light transmission over a longer period of use. The sheet shall be impact resistant also, sheets should be of such quality that they can be cut, bent and jointed, as desired. Solution for the joints shall be used as per the requirement of manufacturer.


M-40 Particle Board :

40.1 The particle board used for face panels shall of best quality free from any defects. The particle boards shall be made with phenolmaldehyde adhesive. The particle boards shall conform to IS : 3087 "Specifications for wood particle board for general purpose". The size and the thickness shall be as indicated.

40.2 Particle board shall be made completely from Teakwood and shall be bonded with BWP type Phenol Formaldehyde synthetic resin to give a flat, strong and homogenised panel.

40.3 It shall be durable and shall have smooth surface so as to take any type of surface treatment, like polishing, painting, laminating or veneers. It shall be fire resistant, weather resistant, termite and insect resistant. It shall be dimensionally stable, structurally strong and acoustically superior.

40.3 It shall be available in all standard sizes as that of the plywood.

40.4 Particle board may also be available in veneered form.

M-41 Expanded Polystyrene or Framed Styroper Slabs :

41.1 The expanded polystyrene ceiling boards and tiles shall be of approved make and shall be of sizes, thickness, finish and colour, as indicated. They shall be of high density and suitable for use as insulating material. The insulating material shall be like slab of Thermocole etc.

M-42 Resin Bonded Fibre Glass :

42.1 The resin bonded fibre glass tiles or rolls shall be of approved make and shall be of sizes, thickness and finish, as indicated.

42.2 For test of mineral wool thermal insulation blanket, IS : 3144 shall be followed.

42.3 Insulation wool blanket shall be with the following coverings on one or both sides, as indicated.

(1) Bituminised hessain Kraft paper suitable for use in position where moisture has to be excluded.

(2) Hessian cloth or Kraft paper, for keeping out dust.

(3) GI wire netting, suitable for surfaces to be plastered over.

M-43 Fixtures and Fastenings :

43.1 General :

43.1.1 The fixtures and fastenings, that is butt, hinges, tee and strap hinges, sliding door bolts, tower bolts, door latch, bath-room latch, handles, door stoppers, casement window fasteners, casement stays and ventilators catch shall be made of the metal, as specified in the item or its specification.

43.1.2 They shall be of iron, brass, aluminium, chromium plated iron, chromium plated brass, copper oxidised iron, copper oxidised brass or anodised Aluminium, as specified.

43.1.3 The fixtures shall be heavy types. The fixtures and fastenings shall be smooth finished and shall be such as will ensure ease of operations.


43.1.4 The samples of fixtures and fastenings shall be got approved by Engineer-in-charge and Architect, as regards its quality and shape before fixing them in position.

43.1.5 Brass and anodised aluminium fixtures and fastenings shall be bright finished.

43.2 Holdfasts :

43.2.1 Holdfasts shall be made from mild steel flat 30 cm. length and one of the holdfasts shall be bent at right angle and two nos. of 6 mm. diameter holes, shall be made in it for fixing it to the frame with screws. At the other end, the holdfast shall be forked and bent at right angles in opposite directions.

43.3 Butt hinges :

43.3.1 Railway standard heavy type butt hinges shall be used when so specified.

43.3.2 Tee and strap hinges shall be manufactured from MS Sheet.

43.4 Siding door bolts (Aldrops) :

43.4.1 The aldrops as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved.

43.5 Tower bolts (Barrel type) :

43.5.1 Tower bolts as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved.

43.6 Door Latch :

43.6.1 The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of latch.

43.7 Bathroom Latch :

43.7.1 Bathroom latch shall be similar to tower bolt.

43.8 Handle :

43.8.1 The size of the handles shall be determined by the inside grip length of the handles. Handles shall have a base plate of length 50 mm. more than the size of the handle.

43.9 Door Stoppers :

43.9.1 Door stoppers shall be either floor door stopper type or door catch types. Floor stopper shall be of overall size as specified and shall have a rubber cushion.

43.10 Door Catch :

43.10.1 Door catch shall be fixed at a height of about 900 mm. from the floor level such that one part of the catch is fitted on the inside of the shutter and the other part is fixed in the wall with necessary wooden plug arrangements for appropriate fixing. The catch shall be fixed 20 mm. inside the face for the door for easy operation of catch.

43.11 Wooden Door Stop with Hinges :

43.11.1 Wooden door stop of size 100 mm. x 60 mm. x 40 mm. shall be fixed on the door frame with a hinge of 75 mm. size and at a height of 900 mm. from the floor level. The wooden door stop shall be provided with 3 coats of oil paint.

43.12 Casement Window Fastener :


43.12.1 Casement window fastener for single leaf window shutter shall be left or right handed as directed.

43.13 Casement Stays (Straight Peg Stay) :

43.13.1 The stays shall be made from a channel section having three holes at appropriate position so that the window can be opened either fully or partially, as required. Size of the stay shall be 250 mm. to 300 mm., as directed.

43.14 Ventilator Catch :

43.14.1 The pattern and shape of the catch shall be as approved.

43.15 Pivot :

43.15.1 The base and socket plate shall be made from minimum 3 mm. thick plate, and projected pivot shall not be less than 12 mm. in diameter and 12 mm. in length and shall be firmly riveted to the base plate, in case of iron pivot and in single piece base plate, in the case of brass pivot.

M-44 Paints:

M-44A Oil Paints:

44A.1 Oil paints shall be of the specified colour and shade and as approved. The ready mixed paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shade or tint is not available white ready mixed paint with approved stainer shall be allowed. In such a case, the Contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall be uniform.

44A.2 All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements:

(i) Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shall easily be redispersed with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous state. The paint shall show no curdling, levering, caking or colour separation and shall be free from lumps and skins.

(ii) The paint as received shall brush easily, possess good levelling properties and show no running or sagging tendencies.

(iii) The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed container.

(iv) The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness grit, unevenness and other imperfections.

44A.3 Ready mixed paint shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers and generally according to their instructions and without any admixtures, whatsoever.

M-44B Enamel Paints :

44B.1 The enamel paint shall satisfy all general requirements in specification of oil paints. Enamel paint shall conform to IS : 2933. It shall be from Nerolac, Berger, Asian Paints or equivalent. It shall offer variety of finishes like Glossy, Semi-glossy, Pearl lustre and Matt.

44B.2 It shall be applied either by brush, roll or spray. It shall have a covering capacity of 13 to 18 m2. per coat, depending on the surface to be painted. It shall be used both on metal and wood surfaces.


44B.3 It shall have a viscosity of application of 60 to 65 seconds, if brush or rollers are used and 30 to 40 seconds, if spraying is done. It shall have flash point at above 30 0 C. The drying time shall however vary with the ambient temperature and humidity.

M-44F Acrylic Emulsion :

44F.1 It shall be from Nerolac, Asian Paints, ICI, Berger or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS Codes.

44F.2 It shall be used on both interiors and exteriors, on all different types of plaster, wooden surfaces, stone, brickwork, asbestos cement sheets, hard and soft boards, etc. It shall render rich smooth finish and shall provide a tough film that forms a suitable protection against all elements.

44F.3 It shall be water thinnable. It shall require no primer. On a well prepared surface, it shall be applied, after one coat of cement primer, in case it is an interior surface and waterproof cement coating, in case it is an exterior surface. On a new but highly absorbent surface, a thin coat of the same shall be applied by adding two parts of water by volume to two parts of Acrylic Emulsion by volume. On previously painted surfaces, one coat of the same shall be applied by thinning four parts of the emulsion with one or two parts of water. It shall be applied by brush, roller or spray. It shall have a covering capacity of 25-30 m2/lit., depending on the surface and shade used. It can be washed to remove the day-to-day dirt, after the surface has been painted, minimum for a month.

M-44G Water Bound Distemper :

44G.1 It shall be from Berger, Nerolac, ICI, Asian Paints or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS Codes.

44G.2 It shall be available in dry powder form and shall be prepared by adding preferably warm water, in the manner and proportion, as described by the manufacturer. It shall be applied by the conventional distemper brush to all plastered walls, ceilings and woodwork. It shall generally not require any primer, but if found necessary, a size coat made by an experienced painter from glue, soap, warm water and distemper powder shall be applied. It shall offer a covering capacity of 13-16 m2 per Kg. depending on the surface and shade used.

M-44H Cement Paints :

44H.1 It shall be from Berger, ICI, Asian Paints or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS Codes.

44H.2 It shall be manufactured from selected range of raw materials and a special cement, so the it shall be suitable for both indoors and outdoors. It shall be suitably used on concrete renderings, cement/sand renderings, cement/lime/sand renderings, asbestos sheets, fibre boards, brickwork, etc. It shall offer matt finish. It shall require no primer and shall be water thinnable. It shall offer a covering capacity of 6-8 m2 per Kg., depending on the surface and shade used. It shall preferably not be applied under direct sunlight to avoid patchy effect.

M-45 French Polish:

45.1 The French polish of required tint and shade shall be prepared with the below mentioned ingredients and other necessary materials.

(i) Denatured spirit of approved quality (ii) Chandras (iii) Pigment.

45.2 The French polish so prepared shall conform to IS : 348.


M-46 Marble Chips for Marble Mosaic Terrazzo :

46.1 The marble chips shall be of approved quality and shades. It shall be hard, sound dense and homogenous in texture with crystalline and coarse grains. It shall be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks, decay and weathering.

46.2 The size of various colours of marble chips ranging from the smallest upto 20 mm. shall be used where the thickness of top wearing layer is 6 mm. size. The marble chips of approved quality and colours only as per grading as decided by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect shall be used for marble mosaic tiles or works.

46.3 The marble chips shall be machines crushed. They shall be free from foreign matter, dust etc., except as above, the chips shall conform to IS : 2114.

M-47 Flooring Tiles :

M-47A Plain Cement Tiles :

47A.1 The plain cement tiles shall be of general purpose type. For these tiles, no pigments are used, in their manufacture. Cement used in the manufacture of the tiles shall be as per IS

47A.2 The tiles shall be manufactured from a mixture of cement and natural aggregates, using pressure process. During the manufacture, the tiles shall be subjected to a pressure of not less than 140 Kg/cm2. The proportion of cement to aggregate, in the backing of the tiles shall be not less than 1:3, by weight. The wearing face, though the tiles are of plain cement, shall be provided with stone chips of 1 to 2 mm. size. The proportion of cement to aggregate, in the wearing layer of the tiles shall be three parts of cement to one part chips, by weight. The minimum thickness of wearing layer shall be 3 mm. The colour and texture of the wearing layer shall be uniform throughout its face and thickness. On removal from mould, the tiles shall be kept in moist condition, continuously atleast for 7 days and subsequently, if necessary, for such long period, as would ensure their conformity to requirements of IS : 1237, regarding strength, resistance to wear and water absorption.

47A.3 The wearing face of the tiles shall be plane, free from projections, depressions and cracks and shall be reasonably parallel to the backing of the tile. All angles shall be right angles and all edges shall be sharp and true.

47A.4 The tiles shall generally be square in shape, with a size of 30 cm. x 30 cm. The thickness of the tiles shall be 25 mm.

47A.5 Tolerance of length and breadth shall be + 1 mm. Tolerance of thickness shall be + 5 mm.

47A.6 The tiles shall satisfy the test as regards transverse strength, resistance to wear and water absorption as per IS : 1237.

Testing Standards :

A. Water Absorption :

Sampling :

6 tiles out of every 3000 tiles are taken for testing.

Results :

Absorption permissible, shall be at the most 10%.

B. Transverse strength test :


Sampling :


Results :

When wet :- 80 Kg/cm2.

When dry :- 120 Kg/cm2.

C. Abrasion test :

Sampling :


Results :

Average abrasion shall not be more than 3.5 mm.

M-47B Plain Coloured Tiles :

47B.1 These tiles shall have the same specifications as plain cement tiles, as in 47A above except that they shall have a plain wearing surface, wherein pigments are used. They shall conform to IS : 1237.

47B.2 The pigments used for colouring cement shall not exceed 10% by weight of cement used in the mix. The pigments, synthetic or otherwise, used for colouring tiles shall have permanent colour and shall not contain materials detrimental to concrete.

47B.3 The colour of the tiles shall be specified in the item or as directed.

M-47C Marble Mosaic Tiles :

47C.1 These tiles have the same specifications as plain cement tiles except for the requirements stated below:

47C.2 The marble mosaic tiles shall conform to IS : 1237. The wearing face of the tiles shall be mechanically ground and filled. The wearing face of tiles shall be free from projections, depressions and cracks and shall be reasonably parallel to the backing of the tiles. All angles shall be right angles and all edges shall be sharp and true.

47C.3 Chips used in the tiles shall be of the smallest size upto 20 mm. size. The minimum thickness of the wearing layer of tiles shall be 6 mm. For pattern of chips required on the wearing face, a few samples with or without their full size photographs, as directed shall be presented to the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, for approval.

47C.4 Any particular sample, if found suitable shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, or he may ask for a few more samples to be presented. The samples shall have to be made by the Contractor till a suitable sample is finally approved for use in the work. The Contractor shall ensure that the tiles supplied for the work shall be in conformity with the approved sample only, in terms of its dimensions, thickness of the backing layer and wearing surface, materials, ingredients, colour shade, chips distribution, etc. required.

47C.5 The tiles shall be prepared from cement conforming to IS or coloured Portland cement, generally depending upon the colour of tiles to be used or as directed.


M-47D Chequered Tiles :

47D.1 Chequered tiles shall be plain cement tiles or marble mosaic tiles. The former shall have the same specification as per 47A above, and the latter as per marble mosaic tiles as per 47C, except as mentioned below:

47D.2 The tiles shall be of nominal size of 250 mm. x 250 mm. or as specified. The center to center distance of chequer, shall not be less than 25 mm. and not more than 50 mm. The overall thickness of the tile shall be 22 mm.

47D.3 The grooves in the chequers shall be uniform and straight. The depth of the grooves shall not be less than 3 mm. The chequered tiles shall be plain, coloured or mosaic, as specified. The thickness of the upper layer measured from the top of the chequers shall not be less than 6 mm. The tiles shall be given the first grinding, with machine, before delivery to site.

47D.4 Tiles shall conform to IS : 1237.

M-47E Chequered Tiles for Stair Cases :

47E.1 The requirements of these tiles shall be the same as chequered tiles, as per 47D above, except in the following respects:

(1) The length of a tile including note, shall be 330 mm.

(2) The minimum thickness shall be 28 mm.

(3) The nosing shall also have the same wearing layer as that at the top.

(4) The nosing edge shall be rounded.

(5) The front portion of the tile, for a minimum length of 75 mm. from and including the nosing, shall have grooves running parallel to the nosing and at center not exceeding 25 mm. Beyond that the tiles shall have normal chequer pattern.

M-48 Rough Kotah Stone :

48.1 The kotah stones shall be hard, even, sound and regular in shape and generally be uniform in colour. The colour of the stone shall generally be green. Brown coloured stones shall not be allowed for use. The stones shall be without any soft veins, cracks or flaws.

48.2 The size of the stones to be used for flooring shall be of size 600 mm. x 600 mm. and or size 600 mm. x 450 mm., as directed. However, smaller sizes will be allowed to be used to the extent of maintaining required pattern. Thickness shall be, as specified.

48.3 Tolerance of -30 mm., on accounts of chisel dressing of edges shall be permitted for length as well as breadth. Tolerance in thickness shall be +3 mm.

48.4 The edges of the stones shall be truly chiselled and table rubbed with coarse sand before paving. All angles and edges of the stones of shall be true, square and free from chipping and the surface shall be true and plain.

48.5 When machine cut edges are specified, the exposed edges and the edges at joints shall be machine cut. The thickness of the exposed machine cut edges shall be uniform.

M-49 Polished Kotah Stone :

49.1 Polished kotah stone shall have the same specification as Rough kotah stone, except as mentioned below:


49.2 The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stone shall be single polished or double polished, depending upon its use. Single polished kotah stone shall have single face of the stone polished whereas, double polished kotah stone shall have both the faces polished. The stones for paving shall generally be single polished. The stones to be used for dado, skirting, sink, veneering, sills, steps, etc., where machine polishing after the stones are fixed in situ, is not possible, shall be polished more than once for the desired finish, before fixing.

49.3 When brought at site, the colour of the stone shall be fairly uniform. It shall be ensured that the stones to be used in a particular work, shall not differ much in shade or tint, from the approved sample.

M-50 Dholpur Stone :

50.1 Dholpur sand stone shall be of best quality, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The stone slab shall be without any veins, cracks and flaws. The stone slab shall be even, sound and durable, regular in shape and of uniform colour.

50.2 The size of the slab shall be as specified in the item or detailed drawing or as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of the stone shall be as specified in the item of work, with the permissible tolerance of + 2 mm.

50.3 The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stone shall be rough, single polished or double polished, depending upon its use and as specified in the item or detailed drawing. The stones for paving shall generally be single polished. The stones to be used for sills, steps, brackets, coping, facias, bands, pillars, fabricated railings, jali work etc., where machine polishing after the stones are fixed in situ, is not possible, shall be double polished or polished more than once, as required.

50.4 All angles and edges of the stone slab shall be fine chiselled or polished, as specified in the item of work and all the four edges shall be machine cut. All angles and edges of the face of the stone slab shall be true and plane.

50.5 The sample of stone shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, for a particular work. It shall be ensured that the stones to be used in a particular work shall not differ much in shade or tint, from the approved sample. No white, black or any other colour spots shall be there. Cheetah or tiger skinned stones shall not be allowed under any case.

M-50A Cobbler Stones (Interlock Pavers) :

50A.1 Cobbler stones shall be of best quality, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge and shall be obtained from reliable source. The make will be approved by the Architect and the source of supply shall not be changed without prior approval of the Architect. The stone shall be without any veins, cracks and flaws. The cobbler stones shall be even, sound, durable and regular in shape and of uniform colour.

50A.2 The size of the cobbler stone shall be as specified in the items or detailed drawing or as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of the stone shall be as specified in the item of work, with permissible tolerance of + 2 mm.

50A.3 The stone shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site the stone shall be single polished or double polished, depending upon its use and as specified in the item or detailed drawing. The cobbler stones to be used for walkways, roadways, parking, floors, docks, roofs, public squares etc., where machine polishing after the fixing of stones, is not possible, the stones to be fixed shall be double polished or polished more than once, as required. All angles and edges of the cobbler stone shall be true and plane.


M-51 Marble Slab :

51.1 Marble slab shall be white or of any other available colour and of best quality, as approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect.

51.2 Slabs shall be hard, close, uniform and homogeneous in texture. They shall have even crystalline grain and shall be free from defects and cracks. The surface shall be machine polished to an even and perfect plane surface and edges machine cut, true and square. The rear face shall be rough to provide key for the mortar.

51.3 Marble slabs with natural veins, if selected, shall have to be laid as per the pattern given by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect. Size of the slab shall be minimum 450 mm. x 450 mm. and preferably 600 mm. x 600 mm. However, smaller sizes will be allowed to be used to the extent of maintaining required pattern.

51.4 The slab shall not be thinner than the specified thickness, at its thinnest part. A few specimen of the finished slab to be used, shall be deposited by the Contractor in the office, for reference.

51.5 Except as above, the marble slabs shall conform to IS : 1130.

M-51A Blended Marble tile/slab :

51A.1 It shall of the best quality like Carara, Marbella or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

51A.2 It shall be predominantly a marble tile/slab, composed of 80% to 95% of finest grains of quality selected marble aggregates, bonded together with 4% to 8% special resins, alongwith palette of colourants. It shall therefore offer a wide range of colour compared to natural marble. It shall be manufactured so, that its design goes right through the tile, insuring lasting designs.

51A.3 It shall be available in pre-cut, pre-polished, chamfered and grooved upto sizes of 600 mm. x 600 mm. Sizes upto 2400 mm. x 1200 mm. shall also be supplied. It shall have indispensable mechanical strength,

Test Dry Wet

Compressive strength 1340 1317

in Kg/cm2.

Flexural strength 308 453

in Kg/cm2.

Modulus of Rupture 462 453

in Kg/cm2.

It shall offer flexibility, high wear resistance, impact resistance and on testing shall be 1.5 kgcm/cm., hardness on the Moh's scale shall be 3 to 4, abrasive wear index shall be 22 and total water absorption shall be around 0.13%. It shall not be easily affected by the freeze and thawing cycling.

51A.4 It shall be non-porous and shall be used in all types of weather. It shall be used for internal and external surfaces. It shall be easily cut with a normal hand cutting machine, if required and shall be laid in the same manner as natural marble stone or with latexbased glues.


M-52 Granite Stone :

52.1 Granite shall be of approved colour and quality. It shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, prior to procurement. The stone shall be hard, even, sound and regular in shape and generally uniform in colour. It shall be without any soft veins, cracks or flaws.

52.2 The thickness of the stone shall be as specified in the item.

52.3 All exposed faces shall be double polished to render truly smooth and even reflecting surface. The exposed edges and corners shall be rounded off, as directed. The exposed edges shall be machine cut and shall have uniform thickness.

M-53 PVC / Vinyl Flooring :

53.1 PVC sheets/tiles for PVC/ Vinyl floor covering shall be of the best quality like Wonderfloor, Indag or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall be of homogeneous flexible type, conforming to IS : 3462. The PVC covering shall neither develop any toxic effect while put to use nor shall give off any disagreeable odour.

53.2 Thickness of flexible type covering tiles shall be as specified in the description of the item. The flexible type shall be backed with hessain or other woven fabric. It shall be available in form of tiles, size upto 600 mm. x 600 mm. or rolls of 1.5 m. width, continuous length of 20 m. The thickness shall be approx. 1.5 to 2 mm. The dimensional stability shall be 0.3%. The following tolerance shall be applicable on the nominal dimensions of the rolls or tiles :

(a) Thickness : + 0.15 mm.

(b) Length or Width :

1.300 mm. Square tiles, + 0.20 mm.

3.900 mm. Square tiles, + 0.60 mm

2.600 mm. Square tiles, + 0.40 mm

4 Sheets and roll, + 0.10 %

53.3 It shall offer colour fastness to daylight as per the relevant IS : 3462. Allowance for curling shall be 0.6 mm. It shall be flexible and shall not break, crack or show any signs of failure.

53.4 It shall offer above average resistance to mild and diluted acids, alkalies, soaps and detergents. It shall have high abrasion resistance. At normal temperature, it shall develop an indent of 0.15 mm., after one minute and 0.20 mm., after ten minutes. It shall offer insulation resistance as per the IS : 2259. It shall have a sound reduction factor of 3db for 2 mm. thickness and 2db for 1.5 mm. thickness. It shall have self extinguishing property and water absorption at room temperature for 24 hrs. shall be 0.1%.

53.5 It shall be available in various designs and shall be recommended for floors and walls, in homes, institutions, commercial establishments, clinics and hospitals.

53.6 Adhesive :

53.6.1 The adhesive for PVC flooring shall be of the type and make recommended by the manufacture of PVC sheets/tiles.


M-54 Facing Tiles :

54.1 The facing tiles (burnt clay facing bricks) shall be free from cracks and nodules and of free lime. They shall be thoroughly burnt and shall have plane rectangular faces with parallel sides and sharp straight right angle faces. The texture of the finished surface that will be exposed when in place shall conform to an approved sample consisting not less than four stretcher bricks each representing the texture desired. The facing tiles shall have a pleasing appearance, sufficient resistance to penetration by rain and greater durability than common bricks. The tiles shall conform to IS : 2691.

54.2 The standard size of facing brick tiles shall be 19 cm. x 9 cm. x 4 cm. The facing brick tiles shall be provided with frog which shall conform to IS : 1077-1976.

54.3 The permissible tolerance in dimensions specified above shall be as follows :

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Size Tolerances for

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1st Class Brick 2nd Class Brick

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19 cm. + 6 mm. + 10 mm.

9 cm. + 3 mm. + 7 mm.

4 cm. + 1.5 mm + 2 mm.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

54.4 The tolerance for distortion or warpage of face or edges of individual brick from a plane surface and from a straight line, respectively, shall be as follows :

Facing dimensions Permissible tolerance

Max. below 19 cm. Max. 2.5 mm.

- do - above 19 cm. Max. 3.0 mm.

54.5 The average compressive strength obtained as a sample of five tiles when tested in accordance with the procedure laid in IS : 1077 shall not be less than 175 kg/cm2. The average compressive strength of any individual bricks shall be not less than 160 Kg/cm2.

54.6 The average water absorption for five bricks tiles shall not exceed 12% of average weight of brick before testing. The absorption for each individual bricks shall not exceed 25%.

54.7 The brick tiles when tested in accordance with IS : 1077, the rate of efflorescence shall not be more than `Slightly effloresced'.

M-55 White Glazed Tiles :

55.1 The tiles shall be of best quality, as approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architects. They shall be flat and true to shape. They shall be free from cracks, crazing spots, chipped edges and corners. The glazing shall be of uniform shade.


55.2 The tiles shall be nominal size of 150 mm. x 150 mm., unless otherwise specified. The maximum variation from the stated sizes, other than the thickness of tile shall be + 1.5 mm. The thickness of tile shall be 6 mm. Except for the above, the tiles shall conform to IS : 777.

M-55A Coloured Glaze Tiles :

55A.1 They shall be similar to white glazed tiles mentioned above, in all respects, except that they shall be available in variety of colours and shades, from Johnson & Johnson or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

M-56 Ceramic Tiles :

56.1 Ceramic tiles shall be of 1st quality such as Romano, Regency, Spartek, Stiles or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. They shall adequately meet the relevant IS

56.2 They shall be light weight, with thickness varying between 6 to 8 mm., depending on the manufacturer. Therefore, they require thinner floor bedding compared to mosaic/stone flooring. On laying, they require no further polishing making the floor ready to live in and use. They shall be suitably used for residences, offices, hotels, hospitals, auditoriums, restaurants, canteens, commercial complex and such other public places. They shall be extremely strong, breaking strength of the tile being 350 Kg/cm2. and flexural strength of 350 Kg/cm2. They shall offer good resistance to abrasion, i.e. can withstand upto 5000 grindings. They shall be scratch resistance, their hardness on the Moh's scale shall be 6.8 to 7. They shall be resistant to all acids and alkalies except hydrofluoric acid. In addition, they shall be bacteria free and fire proof, as they are fired at @ 11600C. They shall have very high acoustic damping factor and their specific gravity shall be 0.12, making them good insulators. Their resistance to thermal shocks shall be upto 10 cycles and their co-efficient of linear thermal expansion shall be 9 from ambient temperature to 1000C.

56.3 They shall be available in various sizes, 8"x4", 8"x8", 8"x12", 12"x12" and 12"x16". They shall have a size tolerance of + 0.4% to 0.75%, in length and width and + 5% in thickness. Allowable warpage shall be + 0.5%. Allowable squareness wedging shall be + 0.4 to 0.5%. The allowable straightness of edges shall be + 0.5% and allowable flatness shall be + 0.4 to 0.5%. Their water absorption rate shall be less than 5%.

56.4 Ceramic tile for Industrial purposes, shall have a hardness of 8.6 on the Moh's scale and shall be non-skid, hard wearing, long lasting and acid and alkali resistant. They shall adequately meet the IS : 4457.

M-57 Vitrified Floor Tiles :

57.1 Vitrified floor tiles shall be of best quality like Granamite or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. They shall conform to the relevant IS Codes.

57.2 They shall be monolithic and available in smooth, mirror-polished and anti-skid finishes, in sizes 12"x12", 8"x8" and 8"x4". They shall have a size tolerance of + 0.5%, in length and width and + 5% in thickness. Allowable warpage shall be + 0.2%. Allowable squareness wedging shall be + 0.5%. Their water absorption rate shall be less than 0.5%. They shall offer hard-working and hard-wearing floors for homes, public buildings, apartments and airports. The tiles shall be of ASTM or DIN standards.

57.3 They shall be extremely strong, breaking strength of the tile being 1600 Kg/cm2., flexural strength, 200 Kg/cm2. and bonding strength of 2500 Kg/cm2. They shall offer good resistance to abrasion, i.e. greater than 100. They shall be scratch resistance, their hardness on the Moh's scale shall be min. 7. They shall be able to resist thermal shock upto 10 cycles. They shall have a bond strength of 2500 Kg/cm2. and shall have a density of greater than 2.2 gm/cc. They shall have 0.60 co-efficient of friction for polished/unpolished surfaces.


M-58 Red Mandana Stone :

58.1 Red mandana stone shall be of best quality, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The stone shall be without any veins, cracks and flaws. The stone shall be even, sound and durable, regular in shape and of uniform colour.

58.2 The size of the stone shall be as specified in the item or detailed drawing or as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of the stone shall be as specified in the item of work, with the permissible tolerance of + 2 mm.

58.3 The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stone shall be rough, single polished or double polished, depending upon its use and as specified in the item or detailed drawing. The stones for paving shall generally be single polished.

58.4 All angles and edges of the stone shall be fine chiselled or polished, as specified in the item of work and all the four edges shall be machine cut. All angles and edges of the face of the stone shall be true and plane.

58.5 The sample of stone shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect. It shall be ensured that the stones to be used shall not differ much in shade or tint, from the approved sample.

M-59 Jesalmer Stone :

59.1 Jesalmer stone shall be of best quality, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The stone shall be without any veins, cracks and flaws. The stone shall be even, sound and durable, regular in shape and of uniform colour.

59.2 The size of the shall be as specified in the item or detailed drawing or as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of the stone shall be as specified in the item of work, with the permissible tolerance of + 2 mm.

59.3 The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stone shall be rough, single polished or double polished, depending upon its use and as specified in the item or detailed drawing. The stones for paving shall generally be single polished.

59.4 All angles and edges of the stone shall be fine chiselled or polished, as specified in the item of work and all the four edges shall be machine cut. All angles and edges of the face of the stone shall be true and plane.

59.5 The sample of stone shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect, for a particular work. It shall be ensured that the stones to be used in a particular work shall not differ much in shade or tint, from the approved sample. No white, black or any other colour spots shall be there. Cheetah or tiger skinned stones shall not be allowed under any case.

M-62 Rubber Floorings :

62.1 It shall be of the best quality such as Flora or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS specifications.

62.2 It shall be available in 6 different colours with special colours supplied on minimum order and in square and round pattern. It shall have a thickness of 2.5 mm., 3 mm., 3.5 mm. and 4 mm. and sizes of 600 mm. x 600 mm. It shall be able to withstand the heaviest traffic and shall have exceptional abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, flame resistance and cigarette burn resistance. It shall have good load bearing capacity, sound deadening characteristics and anti-slip surface. It shall be easy to clean and maintain.


62.3 It shall be successfully used in Hospitals, Airports, Computer rooms, Hotels and Restaurants, Laboratories, Office and Shopping complexes, Lifts, Buses, Cinema halls and Residences.

M-63 Admixtures for Tile/Stone Cladding:

M-63A Waterproof Adhesive:

63A.1 Waterproof adhesive, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like Feb Roffe or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code. It shall be in powdered state, complying with BS : 5980 Type 2, class AA and BS : 5385 Part 1. It shall comprise of selected Portland cements, graded sand and synthetic additives.

63A.2 It is useful for permanent adhesion of ceramic tiles, stone and marble cladding to surfaces that may be subjected to extreme weather conditions. It shall provide good tensile adhesion and shear adhesive strength, after application, in thick/thin layer beneath the tile/stone cladding. Its application and coverage shall be as specified by the manufacturer.

M-63B Rainbow Tile Mate :

63B.1 Rainbow tile mate, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like Feb Roffe or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

63B.2 It shall be a special high grade compound, formulated with organic additives and special blend of high grade cement filling compound. It shall be available in various colours to match all types of glazed/ceramic tile. The organic colouring pigment, added in the compound shall not fade over the period of time.

63B.3 There shall be close adhesion of particle in the compound which imparts water-resistant qualities to the compound and allows to render the joints permanently water-tight, i.e. no seepage and no cracking of joints. It shall have strong bonding property so that the joint in the tiling shall never wear out.

M-64 Selected Earth :

64.1 The selected earth shall be that obtained from excavated material or shall have to brought from outside, as indicated in the item. If item does not indicate anything, the selected earth shall have to be brought from outside.

64.2 The selected earth shall be good yellow soil and shall be got approved from the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. In no case, Black cotton soil or similar expansive and shrinkable soil shall be used. It shall be clean and free from all rubbish and perishable materials, stones, or brick bats. The clods shall be broken to a size of 50 mm. or less. Contractor shall make his own arrangement, at his own cost, for land for borrowing selected earth. The staking of the material shall be done as directed by Architect and Engineer-in-charge, in such a way as not to interfere with any constructional activities and in proper stacks.

64.3 When excavated material is to be used, only selected stuff got approved from the Architect and Engineer-in-charge shall be used. It shall be stacked separately and shall comply with all requirements of selected earth mentioned above.

M-65 Barbed Wire :

65.1 The barbed wire shall be of galvanised steel and it shall generally conform to IS : 278. The barbed wire shall be of type-I, whose nominal diameter for line wire, shall be 2.5 mm. and for


point wire, shall be 2.24 mm. The nominal distance between two barbs shall be 75 mm., unless otherwise specified in the item. The barbed wire shall be formed by twisting together two line wires, one of them containing the barbs. The size of line and point wires and barbs spacing shall be as specified above. The permissible deviation from the nominal diameter of the line wire and point wire shall not exceed + 0.08 mm.

65.2 The barbs shall carry four points and shall be formed by twisting two point wires, each two turns, lightly round one line wire, making altogether four complete turns. The barbs shall be so finished that the four points are set and locked at right angle to each other. The barbs shall have a length of not less than 13 mm. and not more than 18 mm. The points shall be sharp and cut at an angle not greater than 350 of the axis of the wire, forming the barbs.

65.3 The line and point wires shall be of circular section, free from scale and other defects and shall be uniformly galvanised. The line wire shall be in continuous length and shall not contend any weld other than those in the rod before it is drawn. The distance between two successive splices shall not less than 15 m.

65.4 The length per 100 Kg. of barbed wire, IS type-I, shall be as under :

Nominal 1000 m.

Minimum 934 m.

Maximum 1066 m.

M-66 PVC Waterstops :

66.1 The PVC waterstop shall be of approved make, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

66.2 It shall have optimum resilience, high elasticity & stretch strength ,immune to corrosion, excellent weather resistance. They shall be manufactured to safeguard against hydrostatic pressure, water seepage, expansion or contraction of joints and to take care of any deflection or displacement arising due to change in temperature or settlement of foundation to eliminate danger of cracks.

66.3 They shall be effective in tropical climate having high mechanical strength, good ageing, longer life, shall be unaffected by acids, alkalies, metal salts and other chemicals. It shall not be hazardous and shall have fire retardant properties. It shall absorb less water than rubber, shall work as water tight seal but shall allow safe passage of seepage water and shall withstand high hydrostatic pressure. It shall be easily welded and can be installed easily, having high tensile strength and shall be capable of bearing heavy shocks arising due to turbines, earthquakes, floods etc.

66.4 It shall withstand a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 30 m. high column of water.

66.5 The selection criteria of waterstop depends upon the hydrostatic pressure, however the following points should be kept in mind :

1) Where substantial expansion/contraction of joints takes place, Dumb Bell type shall be used. 2) Where a firm grip in concrete is desired, Serrated types should be used.

3) The overall width of the waterstop should not be greater than the thickness of concrete.

4) The distance from the face of the concrete to the waterstop must not be less than half the width of the waterstop.


5) The width of the waterstop must be atleast 6 times the largest aggregate used for satisfactory compaction.

66.6 The prior approval of selected size and type of waterstop shall be taken from the Architect and Engineer-in-charge, before use.

M-67 Admixtures for Mass Concrete and Mortar:

M-67A Joint Sealant:

67A.1 The sealant shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO, MC-BAUCHEMIE, PIDILITE, HMP or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67A.2 It shall be a two component polysulphide rubber joint sealant, based on a low molecular weight polymer. It should not contain chlorides or other corrosive substances.

67A.3 It shall be used for sealing joints in water retaining structures, roofs, external walls, cladding, floors, partitions, ceilings etc. It shall have excellent property to adhere most of building materials like Aluminium, Stainless Steel, Glass, Concrete, Marble, Stone, Brick, Masonry block, Plaster, Ceramic and quarry tiles, Timber etc. The modulus of elasticity of the sealant shall be less than 0.16 MPa, +10% at 100% elongation. The shore "A" hardness of the sealant shall be 22+3 @ 25OC. The operating temperature range for the sealant shall be -25OC to 800C. The permanent dynamic movement capability of the sealant shall be +25%. The tensile strength of the sealant shall not be less than 0.4 MPa. The optimum width/depth ratio shall be 2:1. The Sp.gr. of the sealant shall be 1.6 kg/lit. The sealant should be capable to resist attack of water, sunlight, oxidation, corrosive fumes, oils, petrol, diluted acids and alkalies, salt spray, aliphatic and aromatic solvents and shall not contain tar or bituminous ingredients.

67A.4 It shall posses the properties like 550% elongation at break, non-toxicity when fully cured, no staining and shrinkage less than 1%. The trafficable strength shall be achieved within 24 hours and full at 7 days (at 25OC & 250% RH). It shall possess excellent coverage capacity and more strength at low dry temperatures.

M-67B Abrasion Resistant Industrial Flooring Aggregate :

67B.1 The flooring aggregate, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67B.2 The flooring aggregate shall be a factory processed and specially graded non-oxidising, non-magnetic and chemically inert metallic flooring aggregate, free from oil and grease.

67B.3 It shall be used as a surface hardener to concrete floors. It is recommended for Factory floors, Warehouses, Hangers, Car parks and such other areas, subjected to heavy vehicular traffic. It shall also be used on open and continuously wet surfaces. The flooring aggregate shall build in wear resistance and shall produce high abrasion resistant floor surface. It shall impart extreme surface density and shall offer resistance to oil and water penetration. It shall provide a non-rusting floor surface which is easy to maintain.

67B.4 It shall be used with cement in the ratio, as per the manufacturer's instructions and spread evenly on the surface to be treated, at the rate depending on the type of floor. The flooring aggregate shall be spread when the surface of the concrete floor is still fresh, i.e. as soon as the surface water has evaporated and then trawled, in stages, to bring about an uniform and smooth finish.


M-67C Concrete Hardener and Dustproofer :

67C.1 The Concrete hardener and dustproofer, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67C.2 It shall have a specific gravity of 1.18 and shall be applied on concrete floors, at the rate of atleast 25 lit.s per 100 m2. per coat. A total of three coats shall be applied for permanently hardened concrete floor, with increased abrasion resistance, increased surface density, increased resistance to chemical attack and to eliminate dust accumulation. Drying time of 4-6 hours for each coat shall be allowed before the floor is put to use or is applied with another coat of the product. Precautions shall be taken while using the product, to avoid contact with eyes and open wounds and to work in good ventilation. After application, the affected parts shall be washed copiously. It shall not be stored for a period of more than 2 months before use.

M-67D Water Repellent Coating:

67D.1 The Water repellent coating shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67D.2 Water repellent coatings for exterior exposed surfaces shall be acrylic resin based, having a Flash point of approx. 400C and specific gravity of 0.95.

67D.3 It shall be suitably used for concrete, brick, stone and plastered surfaces preventing moisture penetration and thus any damage to the interiors. It shall be quick acting, long lasting, invisible i.e. colourless so as to maintain the original colour of the surface treated. It shall impart sealing characteristics so that the treated surface becomes stain and dust free. The coating itself shall not darken or turn yellow with age.

M-67E Accelerating, Water Reducing Admixture and Plasticizer:

67E.1 The Accelerating, Water reducing admixture and plasticizer, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67E.2 It shall be in liquid state with a specific gravity of 1.30 and complying with ASTM C-494 Type E, IS : 9103 & IS : 2645. It shall accelerate the setting and hardening of the concrete mix, thereby achieving higher early age strength. It shall reduce the water content of the concrete without affecting its workability. It is useful for pre-cast/pre-stressed works, structural concrete works, floors, roads, runways, paving etc. It shall be used at the rate instructed by the manufacturer, with cement, depending on the amount of acceleration of hardening required. It should be compatible to all types of cement.

M-67F Retarding, Water Reducing Admixture and Plasticiser :

67F.1 The Retarding, water reducing admixture and plasticiser, shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like CICO, Feb Roffe or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67F.2 It shall be in liquid state with a specific gravity of 1.22 and complying with ASTM C-494 Type B & D, IS : 9103, CRD-C87 Type B & D, BS 5075 Part 1. It shall be added to the concrete mix during the mixing process, at the same time as the water or the aggregates. No extension of normal mixing time is necessary. It shall extend the period of time as to placing the concrete and compacting, i.e. delay the initial and final setting time. It shall help to spread the heat of


hydration over a longer period of time. It shall give a highly workable concrete with a low W/C ratio. It shall be used at the rate instructed by the manufacturer, with cement, depending on the amount of acceleration of hardening required. It should be compatible to all types of cement.

M-67G Water & Weather Proof Compound :

67G.1 The water & weather proof integral cement admixture shall be of best quality and from manufacturer like Feb Roffe's Roff Hyseal, Roff hyproof, Algiproof or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The prior approval for the source shall be taken from the Architect. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

67G.2 It shall be used as an excellent cement admixture in all types of concrete/plaster mortars, pointing mortars, masonry works, guniting works and pressure grouting works. It shall improve resistance of concrete surfaces to weathering and chemical attack. It shall be non-toxic so as to use for waterproofing water tanks, reservoirs, bio-gas tank, leaking ceiling, basements, tunnels, lift wells etc.

67G.3 It shall be mixed to concrete or plaster mortar, while mixing. First, water is added and then the admixture, at the rate instructed by the manufacturer. For use of the admixture, precaution shall be taken to use clean materials for preparation of mortar.

M-67F Plaster Admixture :

67F.1 An admixture which gives the plaster workability, durability and quality at an economical rate shall be of best quality from manufacturer like Feb Roffe (product name - Roff plaster master) or equivalent, as approved by the Architect or Engineer-in-charge. It shall comply to the relevant IS Codes.

67F.2 It shall keep the plastering mortar plastic for a longer time, giving higher strength on prolonged curing. It shall provide cohesiveness, workability and eliminate efflorescence. It shall reduce shrinkage, cracking and crazing to the minimum.

M-68 Asbestos Septic Tank :

68.1 It shall be from Everest or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall be of required size as shown in detailed drawing or as per specified in the item. It shall be of single piece in width and length but if required to match the specified size in depth, not more than four compartments shall be allowed (which includes top and bottom pieces and extension pieces). It shall be made from finest raw materials.

68.2 It shall be free from any joints in side walls, bottom piece, top cover and baffle walls. It shall be of two compartments separated by a baffle wall in a horizontal section. No leakage should be there from joints between pieces, depth wise. The side walls shall be capable of withstanding the earth pressure and the top cover shall be designed to carry the traffic load and surface covering load.

68.3 It shall be air tight and designed to disintegrate the sewage by bacterial action in absence of oxygen gas. It shall contain two inlets (one for regular connection and other for alternative connection) and one outlet. The inlet shall be of 100 mm. dia. and the outlet shall be of 75 mm. dia. All such connection shall be leakproof. Rejected materials shall not be used.

M-69 Asbestos Cement Building Boards:

69.1 Asbestos Cement boards shall be from Everest or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall be made from blend of high quality asbestos mineral fibre and cement. It shall conform to IS : 2098, amended 1981.


69.2 It shall be light weight, easily workable using ordinary carpentry tools and it shall be strong enough, so as not to be broken or chipped during handling. It shall be durable, flexible, free from rot, rust and shall be termite proof, impervious to weather. It shall not sag, wrap, swell or crack and also satisfy the fireproof requirements. The thermal conductivity value `k' shall be @ 0.214 kcal/hr.m0C. It shall have adequate properties of acoustics, having absorption co-efficient between 0.01 to 0.14 and noise resistance co-efficient @ 0.03.

69.3 It shall be easily jointed using open or butt joint. Its surface shall be easily painted. It shall be of uniform thickness, as specified in detailed drawings or as approved by the Architect.

M-70 Expanded Polystyrene :

70.1 The Expanded Polystyrene shall be from Thermocole, Cooline or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

70.2 It shall be processed from styropor expandable polystyrene beads. It shall have lower thermal conductivity, excellent shock absorption, better mechanical strength and high resistance to the moisture. It shall possess good acoustic properties, snow white appearance, and lightness. It shall easily be cut to any shape, size and can be fixed by any mechanical means or adhesives. It shall be painted easily.

70.3 It shall have high, dynamic load bearing capacity, excellent resistance to water vapour. The density of Polystyrene shall be 20-25 kg/m3., having thermal conductivity value 0.025 Kcal/hr mOC. The service temperature range shall be -150OC to +80OC. When soaked in water for 7 days, it shall not absorb water more than 2% by volume. The co-efficient of resistance to water vapour diffusion shall be 40 to 100.

70.4 The compressive strength at 10% deformation and cross breaking strength shall not be less than 1.0 kg/cm2. and 1.6 kg/cm2., respectively. It shall have resistance to soaps, bleaching agents, dilute acids, alkalies, silicone oil, fresh & sea water, alcohol, liquid paraffin, petroleum jelly etc.

M-71 Phenotherm :

71.1 Phenotherm shall be from Bakelite Hylam or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to BS : 4370 and BS : 3927, wherever applicable.

71.2 It shall have superior fire resistance and thermal conductivity. There shall be no deterioration of K value on ageing, no emission of toxic fumes in an event of fire. It shall have good adhesion to facings and there shall be no shrinkage. It shall conform to the highest fire rating, Class `I' for surface spread of flame, Class `P' for ignitability and Class `O' for building regulations.

71.3 It shall not be flammable and shall retain its shape, during and after fire. It shall generate negligible smoke, so the obscuration shall remain less than 5% and shall emit non-toxic fumes during fire. It shall have K value less than 0.016 Kcal/hr mOC and the working range of temperature shall be -196OC to +130OC. It shall easily be used on LSHS, fuel oil, low pressure steam and hot water lines for containers.

71.4 It shall have the closed cell content not less than 90% to result in very low water absorption, very low water vapour transmission and reduce condensation. It shall be unaffected by most aromatic and aliphatic solvents. It shall be odourless, non-colour absorbent. It shall not attract rodents/insects, resist fungal and bacterial growth, most organic solvents and chemicals. It shall be anti-corrosive, non-abrasive and hydrophobic. It shall possess good acoustical properties and electrical insulation. The density of the Phenotherm shall be 40-50 kg/m3.


M-72 Ex-foliated Vermiculite :

72.1 The Vermiculite shall be from Bharat Heat Insulating & Refractory Industries or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

72.2 It shall be hydrated laminar natural mineral having, Aluminium-Iron, Magnesium Silicates as content and shall consist of thin flat flakes, containing innumerable microscopic voids and layers. It shall have physical properties like chemical inertness, light weight, fire and rot proofness, porosity, non-abrasive nature, flakiness etc.

72.3 It shall have sintering temperature and melting point about 2300OF and 2400OF, respectively. The specific heat and specific gravity of minerals shall be 0.2 and 2.6, respectively. The mineral should possess pH value of 7.0 and cation exchange rate 90 to 100 milli equivalent per 100 grams. The thermal conductivity K shall be 0.43-0.45 Btu.

72.4 The mineral should be incombustible and capable to withstand temperature upto 1100OC to give effective insulation. It shall be insoluble and inert to organic solvents having cold crushing strength atleast 250 Psi. The air contraction at maximum service temperature shall be less than 1%.

M-73 Cement Concrete Hollow Blocks :

73.1 Hollow concrete blocks shall be of size such that they can be bonded with brick masonry, if necessary. The blocks are generally referred by their nominal sizes which include the block and an allowance for joints. The nominal sizes are

a) 39 x 30 x 19 cm.

b) 39 x 20 x 19 cm.

c) 39 x 10 x 19 cm.

The block shall have one or more large holes or cavities which either pass through the block or do not effectively pass through (in case of closed cavity) and shall have the total solid material between 50 to 75% of the total volume of the block, calculated from the overall dimensions. In case of solid blocks, the solid material shall not be less than 75% of the total volume of the block.

73.2 The shell thickness of the blocks shall be not less than 65 mm., in any part, however based on the strength requirements, the thickness can be varied between 20 mm. to 50 mm., as follows :

Nominal block face Shell thickness Web thickness

width. minimum. minimum.

100 or less 25 25

Over 100 to 150 25 25

Over 150 to 200 30 25

Over 200 35 30

All the above dimensions are in mm.


73.3 The volume of concrete shall not be less than half the gross volume of the block. The total width of the cavities shall not be less than 2/3rd of the overall thickness of the block. The maximum variation in the length of the blocks shall not be more than + 5 mm. and maximum variation in height and width shall not be more than + 3 mm.

73.3 Hollow blocks are manufactured by special machines. Casting is done in a single operation. Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted in the moulds with blunt end steel rods or vibrators or by using vibrating tables. Ordinary concrete mix 1:2:4 of very low water/cement ratio is used and shall be mixed as described in the section no. 2.00 of plain and reinforced concrete. Additives or admixtures shall be used such as a) Accelerating, water-reducing and air-entraining admixtures, b) Water-proofing agents, etc. High compressive strength and very dry consistency enables to remove the blocks for curing, immediately after casting. In case of manual compaction, the mixture shall be placed into the mould, in layers of about 50 to 75 mm. and each layer is thoroughly tamped until the whole mould is filled up and struck off level with a trowel. In case of mechanical compaction, the mould shall be filled up to overflow, vibrated or mechanically tamped and struck off level. Steel wire may be embedded in each block while casting. Rapid hardening cement may be used. After demoulding, the blocks shall be protected untill they are sufficiently hardened to permit handling without damage. The blocks shall be thoroughly cured for atleast 14 days and shall be dried out for a period of 4 weeks, before placing. They shall be stacked with voids horizontal to facilitate thorough passage of air. The blocks shall be allowed to complete their initial shrinkage before placing. Water absorption shall not be more than 10% by mass.

73.4 Hollow blocks have better thermal properties than solid blocks. Further hollow blocks made from light weight concrete have still better insulation against heat. They shall conform to the following three grades:

Grade A - They shall be used as load bearing units and shall have a min. block density of 1500 Kg/m3. They shall possess min. average compressive strength of 35, 45, 55 and 70 Kg/cm2. respectively, for its sub-category, at 28 days.

Grade B - They shall be used as load bearing units and shall have block density less than 1500 Kg/m3. but not less than 1000 Kg/m3. They shall possess min. average compressive strength of 20, 30 and 50 Kg/cm2. respectively, for its sub-category, at 28 days.

Grade C - They shall be used as non-load bearing units and shall have block density less than 1500 Kg/m3. but not less than 1000 Kg/m3. They shall possess min. average compressive strength of 15 Kg/cm2. at 28 days.

Grade D - Solid Concrete Blocks - They shall be used as load bearing units and shall have block density not less than 1800 Kg/m3. They shall possess min. average compressive strength of 40 and 50 Kg/cm2. respectively, for its sub-category, at 28 days.

73.5 They shall have a variety of surface textures ranging from very fine close texture to a coarse open texture, by proper selection, grading and proportioning of the aggregates. Further the texture shall be developed by treating the surface while the units are still green. Colour shall be rendered by adding non-fading mineral pigments.

73.6 Well made units shall not require plaster, in case of unimportant buildings. Two or three coats of cement paint shall be sufficient to render the masonry resistant to rain water. However, if plaster is intended, the unit shall have a sufficiently rough surface to afford good key to the plaster. Water-proofing admixtures shall be used in the plaster.

M-74 Silicone paint :

74.1 It shall be of the best quality, like Hydroseal - Siliconate Epoxy or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS Codes.


74.2 It shall be prepared by mixing Silicone and Epoxy. It shall be applied on dry as well as damp surfaces. It shall be non-toxic and odourless, so shall be suitable for drinking water structures also. It shall render the surface impervious to water and shall prevent water penetration. It itself shall penetrate into the structure and shall form a strong film on the pores of the structure surface, making the surface water-tight, non-toxic and erosion free.

74.3 It shall be water thinnable. Before use, the hardener of the Siliconate Epoxy shall be mixed with resin and thinned with water, in the proportions described by the manufacturer. It shall be applied with a suitable spray gun with a fine nozzle. An overlap of 25 to 30 cm. shall be preferred. It shall be semitransparent but on drying it shall become transparent.

M-75 Curved Corrugated Asbestos Cement Sheets :

75.1 It shall be of the best quality such as Everest or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS specifications.

75.2 It shall be available in nominal thickness of 6 mm. with an overall width of 1050 mm. and laid width of 876 mm. It shall be available in standard lengths of 2743 mm. and 3048 mm. It shall have a nominal radius of 2743 mm.

75.3 It shall provide an arch roofing system of which the semi-circular arch shall be the most stable. It shall provide a self-supporting roof construction and shall be used for wide varieties of structures for agricultural, industrial and domestic uses, garages and for temporary site offices and for storage of implements. It shall be easily erected without any need of expertise and as temporary sheds without any foundation requirements.

M-76 Red Mud Plastic (RMP) Sheet :

76.1 RMP sheet shall be of Regal, Elephant, Rita or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

76.2 It shall not be hazardous to health. It shall have minimum thickness of 1.0 mm. and minimum tensile strength of 400 kg/cm2. It shall have high impact strength and it shall not be easily breakable.

76.3 The roofing sheets shall withstand the effects of sun, wind, rain, snow, large temperature variations without any loss of smoothness and lustre. It shall be smoothly & attractively finished and opaque in nature. It should be extremely flexible, so as to be bent at any angle without cracking, stretching or becoming soft.

76.4 It shall be durable, free from any cracks and vermite & termite proof. It shall be very light in weight, @ 2.5 kg/m2. It shall be easily handled and installed. It shall not break during cutting or drilling.

76.5 The roofing sheet shall have good thermal insulation and shall be resistant to heat, acid and alkali. It shall be of uniform colour, as approved by the Architect.

M-77 Polyethylene Sheets :

77.1 Polyethylene sheet shall be from Profeel, Ramplast or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

77.2 It shall be produced by using a continuous, smooth chemical process, at constant pressure and temperature. The Polyethylene sheets should be light weight, soft, smooth and flexible, which can be easily handled and laid. It shall be 100% water proof, acid proof, alkali proof, fire resistant and fully opaque.


77.3 It shall be resistant to fungus, moth, toxic gases and agents having affinity to water. It shall have excellent bonding strength and thermal conductivity shall be 0.023 kcal/m hrOC. It shall conform to IS : 5913 and IS : 3792, wherever applicable. It shall prevent corrosion, chemical action, leakage, seepage, pollution.

M-78 Aluminium Corrugated Building Sheets :

78.1 It shall be of the best quality and from reputed manufacturer like Indal or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 1254, in all respects. The aluminium alloys used in the manufacture of the sheets shall conform to IS : 737.

78.2 The sheets shall be light in weight, having a density of about 2.70 gms/cm3. Due to the formation of a thin transparent hard film of inert aluminium oxide, on the surface of the sheet, it shall possess high corrosion resistance. The sheets shall be non-fragile and shall be exceptionally durable. As aluminium reflects a high proportion of the radiant heat, the sheets provide excellent insulation when used for cladding/roofing. The sheets shall be non-combustible, non-flammable and non-sparking. As aluminium is elastic, the sheets shall offer high resistance to denting and shall be shatter-proof. Co-efficient of linear expansion of aluminium is 0.000024 per oC and therefore the lateral expansion of the sheets shall be readily accommodated in the corrugations. The sheets shall offer no health hazard and shall be totally hygienic.

78.3 It shall be available in trapezoidal and rounded corrugations and shall be extensively used for various Industrial buildings, Warehouses, Aircraft hangers, Power plants, Storage sheds, Bunk houses etc. It shall be innovatively used as interior partitions, wall panels, flase ceiling etc.

M-79 Fibreglass Translucent Roofing :

79.1 It shall be of the best quality such as Glass poll or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in- charge. It shall conform to BSS : 4154.

79.2 It shall be a combination of glass fibre mat and polyester resin, suitably modified to resist ultraviolet degradation. It shall disperse light rays, allowing uniform diffused light penetration. It shall absorb the heat rays and so helps to save electricity. It shall be available in (1) Clear grade - where light transmission shall be 87% to 90%. and (2) Natural white/green/blue/yellow/red - where light transmission shall be 60% to 70%. It shall be available in lengths of 1.5 m. to 3 m. The width shall be equivalent to that of asbestos/galvanised and aluminium corrugated sheets. It shall have a thickness of 1.2 mm., with a tolerance of + 0.2 mm.

79.3 It shall have a coefficient of linear expansion of .000012 per oC. Its heat distortation temperature shall be approximately 75�C. It shall have thermal conductivity of 0.22 Kcal/mhOC. It shall have an impact strength of 14.5 Ft, hardness of 40 - 50 Barcol and Brinell 26. It shall have a tensile strength of 600 - 800 Kg/cm2. and compressive strength of 1200 - 1400 Kg/cm2. On soaking for 24 hrs., at 25OC, its water absorption shall be 0.24%. It shall have effective resistance to most chemicals except strong acids.

79.4 It shall be suitably used for industrial and residential roof coverings, where light transmission is desired. It shall also be used to cover swimming pools, gardens and terraces, if desired. It shall be normally self cleaning type but when used in industrial areas, it shall be cleaned with water and soap.

M-80 Poly-carbonate Sheet :

80.1 Polycarbonate sheets for versatile glazing shall of the best quality such as Lexan or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall meet all the requirements of BS :


6262. For impact performance, it shall meet the BS : 6206 requirements and for anti-bandit requirements, it shall conform to BS : 5544.

80.2 It shall be as transparent as glass, but shall have half its weight. It shall be tough and yet flexible. It shall have strong impact strength and shall offer thermal and sound insulation. It shall resist the effects of weather, shall be unbreakable and shall provide protection against forced intrusion. It shall be used for roof glazing, door and window glazing as well as privacy glazing, on many different types of buildings. As light weight, it shall be feasible to use it on wider spans. It promotes natural light and shall impart an impression of spaciousness.

80.3 It shall have tensile strength greater than 70 N/mm2. Its flexural modulus shall be 2500 N/mm2. and flexural yield strength shall be 100 N/mm2. It shall have an impact strength (falling dart) greater than 200 Nm. It shall have an indentation hardness - H358 10 of 98 N/mm2. and H358 60 of 93 N/mm2. Its coefficient of linear expansion shall be 0.00067 per oC and thermal conductivity shall be 0.21 W/m.K. It shall have a specific gravity of 1.2 gm/cc. and water absorption @ 24 hrs. 23OC shall be 10 mg. Its elongation at break shall be greater than 100%. It shall have a higher coefficient of thermal expansion. It shall allow light transmission of between 82% and 90%, depending on the thickness of the sheet. It shall not transmit UV radiation upto 385 Nm. It shall resist the effect of chemicals. It shall have self-extinguishing, low flame spread characteristics and low fire propagation indices.

M-81 Bullet Resistant Laminate :

81.1 It shall be of the best quality such as Lexgard or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

81.2 It shall be polycarbonate sheet, laminated together using a patented general electric interlayer film with a mar-resistant finish. It shall be bullet-resistant, shall not spall, splinter or crack and shall have a long lasting glazing for surface appearance. It shall be 60% less in weight compared to bullet-proof glass. It shall have a K-value of 3.06 W/m2 K for thermal insulation and allow light transmission of 63%, when 33 mm. thick.

81.3 It shall be suitably used in Banks, Police stations, Cash counter etc., wherever there is a risk of deliberate attack.

M-84 Gypboard :

84.1 It shall be of the best quality from India Gypsum or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

84.2 It shall be formed by enclosing and bonding together a core of set gypsum plaster by two sheets of heavy paper. It shall offer high standard of safety, thermal efficiency and aesthetics. It shall be light in weight, shall offer good fire resistance and shall render faster construction. It shall be suitably used in areas subjected to continuously damp or wet conditions, except bathrooms, where gypboard partitions shall be properly protected by tiles or other impervious materials. It shall be a non-resonant material, rendering sound insulation. It shall be strong, durable and dimensionally stable. It shall offer a smooth surface which can be painted, tiled or wall papered. It shall block the passage of heat and shall retard the spread of fire. It shall hide upto 60 db of sound, when erected in the proper manner.

M-85 Ceiling Tiles :

85.1 It shall be of the best quality, such as Gypboard, Sitatex or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall adequately follow the IS : 3129.

85.2 They shall be made either from gypboard or from sugarcane fibres, as specified in the item.


85.3 They shall be resistant to fire, termites, fungus, woodboring, insects and other wood deteriorators. They shall be resistant to delamination due to moisture and cyclic changes in weather and humidity. They shall have high structural strength, good thermal insulation properties, thermal conductivity at mean temperature shall be 4.2 K.cal/cm./m2./hr./OC and good fire retardant properties. It shall have a density of 288 Kg/m3. + 10% and shall weigh 3.71 Kg/m2. Whenever, P.F resin shall be used in bonding, good weather and boiling-water proof properties shall be rendered under ISS and BSS specifications. They shall favourably absorb sound, rendering good acoustic properties.

85.4 They shall be available in ready-to-fix, ready-cut standard sizes of 610 mm. x 610 mm. x 12 mm., in various design and plain tiles shall be available in sizes, 2440 mm. x 1220 mm. x 12 mm., 1220 mm. x 1220 mm. x 12 mm., 1220 mm. x 610 mm. x 12 mm. and 610 mm. x 610 mm. x 12 mm. They shall be suitably used in residences, public places, bank buildings, studios, showrooms, computer centres, telecommunication buildings etc.

M-88 Sliding Door Tracks/Channel :

88.1 It shall be from Agend, Coburn System or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

88.2 It shall be made with highest quality precision engineering to give the ultimate in smooth, frictionless action and to move the doors silently, at the touch of a finger. It shall carry a load upto 100 lbs., to ensure life time trouble free operation from all components. It shall be in three classifications :

Straight sliding :

When a clear wall space equivalent to the area of one leaf should be available to the right of the opening either inside or outside the opening.

Sliding and Folding, end hung :

Where clearance is restricted, such arrangement is recommended. It shall provide maximum possible free space when folded to the open position.

Sliding and Folding, center hung :

It shall be provided where there is restriction of space. It shall provide smooth running action and unobtrusiveness of fittings. It shall enable the leaves to fit closely between the jambs of the opening.

88.3 All these sliding gears are top hanging with bottom guides. All movements shall be on ball bearing so that friction is reduced to minimum.

Track : It shall be made from sturdy steel with protective zinc coating. The shape of the track shall ensure true, smooth running and prevents door from jumping off. It shall be adjusted horizontally to compensate for minor irregularities in floor level.

Roller Hangers : It shall be made from 16 gauge zinc plated steel, housing containing tough Nylon rollers with exclusive differential movement. No lubrication shall be required. The hanger platter fitted to the top of the doors shall have lateral adjustment feature, to compensate for minor irregularities in surface by positioning the door at slightly varying distances from wall.

End Stops : It shall be made from sturdy zinc plated steel angle, shaped to ensure positive stopping action and prevent door in conjunction with rubber buffers or hangers.

Floor guide : It shall be manufactured from tough nylon, shaped, to allow smooth movement of grooved doors or non-grooved doors.


M-89 Sand Stone Grills/Baluster :

89.1 It shall be from Dilpasand Shilp or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

89.2 It shall be made from best quality Bansipahadpur/Sandstone, having uniform colour (no other colour spot shall be allowed) and texture. The sand stone shall be even, sound, durable and free from any veins, cracks and flaws. The thickness of the stone used shall be as specified in item of work, with the permissible tolerance of 2 mm.

89.3 The grills/Baluster shall be produced by fine chiselling. All edges, faces and angles of fine hand chiselled grills, columns, baluster shall be machine polished, as specified in item.

M-90 Anti-Corrosive Paints :

M-90A Ferroshield :

90A.1 It shall be from STP Limited or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

90A.2 It shall be a high build bituminous emulsion, specially formulated for protection against corrosion. It shall form a dry film, 2 mm. thick, which shall not crack at low temperatures nor crocodile at very high temperatures. It shall also be used as waterproofing material on flat, sloped and steeped roofs. It shall be applied by brush and by heavy duty airless spraying.

M-90B Tankmastic :

90B.1 It shall be from STP Limited or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 158-1982 and IS : 9862.

90.2.2 It shall be special bituminous paint, which shall have no harmful reaction on drinking water. It shall be used to protect the inside of water tanks and pipe connections, against corrosion. It shall be applicable on steel, wood, concrete, iron etc. It shall have a covering capacity of 12 m2/lit..

M-90C Pipekote :

90C.1 It shall be from STP Limited or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to IS : 158.

90C.2 It shall be a heavy duty bituminous paint, which shall not impart any odour or taste to water, carried in the steel water pipelines, tanks and pen-stocks. It shall be applied on the inside surface of the water pipeline, tanks and pen-stocks. It shall be resistant to mild acids, alkalis and shall withstand heat upto 150OC. It shall render a heavy body protective film. If zinc-rich, epoxy primer shall be used, better results of pipekote shall be obtained.

M-90D Silvershield :

90D.1 It shall be from STP Limited or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

90D.2 It shall be a bituminous aluminium-finish paint formulated for application over anti-corrosive paints. It shall have a covering capacity of 10 m2/lit..

M-90E Shalimastic HD :

90E.1 It shall be from STP Limited or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall comply with the US Dept. of interior bureau of reclamation specification CA-50.


90E.2 It shall be a viscous, heavy-duty, anti-corrosive waterproof coal tar paint. It shall offer resistance to acids and alkalis. It shall be used for protection of all types of iron and steel structures.

M-91 Powder Paints:

91.1 Powder paints shall of superior quality such as Hawcoplast of Hardcastle & Waud Mfg. Co. Ltd. or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS specifications.

91.2 It shall be available in the following types :

Epoxy :

It shall be tough and resistant to chemicals. However, it shall have poor exterior durability.

Epoxy polyester :

It shall provide a decorative finish and shall have better overbake resistance.

Polyester - TGIC :

It shall provide exterior durability but it shall form a slightly thicker film.

Polyurethane :

It shall provide exterior durability and shall form a thin film coating.

M-92 MDF (Medium Density Fibre) Wood :

92.1 The MDF wood shall be from Nuwud or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge and shall conform to IS : 12406.

92.2 MDF wood shall be manufactured from wood fibres and synthetic resin binder to produce homogenous sheet material, having minimum density about 600 to 900 kg/m3. It shall have moisture content less than 8% and water absorption less than 12% at 24 hours soaking. It shall have modulus of rupture and tensile strength atleast 50 N/mm2. and 0.8 N/mm2., respectively.

92.3 The screw withdrawal strength shall be minimum 3000 N. for face and 1800 N. for edge. It should be highly resistant against termite, insects and it should possess good heat and sound insulation. It should be easily workable for moulding, carpentry, routing etc. It should be free from any cracks, wraps, splits etc. and should possess uniform strength in all direction.

M-93 Polyurethene Foam Insulation:

93.1 Polyurethane foam shall be from SDC, FGP, Excilite, VCM or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to the relevant IS Code.

93.2 It shall have high strength to weight ratio alongwith excellent thermal insulation and acoustic absorption. It shall be based on the exothermic, catalytic reaction of polyisocynates with polyol molecules containing hydroxyl groups in the presence of blowing agent. It shall be perfectly homogenous and having uniform characteristics like perfect adhesion to metal surfaces, higher insulation capacity, maximum resistance and lightness. It shall be perfect non-hygroscopic, completely water proof having dimensional stability, optimum thermal insulation, fire retardancy.

93.3 It shall be of low foam density, not more than 40 Kg/m3. The thermal conductivity shall be 0.02 Kcal/m hr�C. The compressive strength shall not be less than 2.5 Kg/cm2. and 1.2 Kg/cm2., in direction parallel to rise and perpendicular to rise respectively. The close cell content of the


foam shall be 90 to 95% and it shall be workable within the temperature range of -150OC to +80OC. The water vapour permeability shall be 2.0 perms/in.

M-94 Fiberglas Reinforced Plastics (FRP):

94.1 Fiberglas Reinforced Plastic shall be from CEAT or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to relevant IS Code.

94.2 It shall be either unidirectional reinforced or sheet moulded or filament wound epoxy to match the purpose of work and item of tender. It shall have versatile chemical inertness, electrical resistance and mechanical strength, ease of processibility, repeatability and predictability. It shall have desirable characteristics like light weight, high strength, stiffness, toughness, thermal insulation properties, superior weather resistance, complete elasticity, fatigue, creep, resistance to corrosion, rot, swelling, insects, fungus etc.

94.4 There shall be no yield point beyond which buckling or denting of the FRP occurs, to reduce the possibility of irritating damages for minor stresses or impacts. The density, flexural strength and flexural modules shall not be less than 1.5 mg/m3., 1000 MPa and 40x103 MPa, respectively. It shall have minimum tensile strength, tensile modulus and compressive strength of 1000 MPa, 40x103 MPa and 250 MPa, respectively. The FRP shall have thermal conductivity about 0.2 w/mOC. Thermal coefficient of expansion shall be less than 10x10-6 per OK.

94.5 The minimum glass content shall be 60%. The weight index for stiffness and tensile strength at yield shall not be less than 0.6 and 0.9 respectively. No damage should be there while testing at impact energy of 8 joules. The level of translucency should be greater than 80% of diffused transmission that of direct light. It shall provide superior aesthetic value with incorporated colour. It shall be good fire retardant, durable and impermeable to water.


ITEM SPECIFICATION – CIVIL

EARTH WORK

1.1.0 Excavation for foundation at depth as per item no. (1.1.1 to 1.1.3), including sorting out and stacking of useful materials, disposing of the excavated stuff up to 100 m. lead in any type of soil (excluding hard rocks), including refilling as per item no. 1.2.1 the trenches etc. complete, as directed. The rate shall be inclusive of dewatering if required.

1.0 General :

1.1 Any soil which generally yields to the application of pickaxes and shovels, phawaras, rakes or any such ordinary excavating implement or organic soil, gravel, silt, sand turf loam, clay, peat etc. falls under this category. For materials and workmanship for earthwork and excavation, relevant specifications of IS 1200 (Part I) and IS: 3764 shall be followed.

2.0 Clearing the Site :

2.1 The site on which the structure is to be built shall be cleared and all obstructions, loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kind, bush, wood and all type trees shall be removed, as directed. The materials so obtained shall be the property of the Client and shall be conveyed and stacked as directed, within 100-m. lead. The roots of the trees coming in the sides of the trenches shall be cut and coated with hot asphalt.

2.2 All types of trees, woods etc. which requires prior permission of Govt./Forest Authority, before cutting shall be cut after obtaining such permission from them. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain such permission from the respective authorities.

2.3 The rate of site clearance is deemed to be included in the rate of earthwork, for which no extra will be paid.

3.0 Setting out :

3.1 After cleaning the site, the centerlines will be given by the Consultant and Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the work. Contractor shall supply labours, materials, etc. required for setting out the reference marks and bench marks and shall maintain them as long as required and directed.

4.0 Excavation :

4.1 The excavation in the foundation shall be carried out in true line and level and shall have the width and depth, as shown in the drawings or as directed. The Contractor shall do the necessary shoring and strutting or shall provide necessary slopes to a safe angle or steps, as required or directed, at his own cost. No extra payment shall be made for such precautionary measures, taken. The bottom of the excavated area shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversely, as directed, by removing excess soil and watering, as required. No earth filling will be allowed for bringing it to level, if by mistake or any other reason, excavation is made deeper or wider than shown on the drawings or as directed. The extra depth or width shall be made up with concrete of the same proportion, as specified for the foundation concrete, at the cost of the Contractor. The excavation depth as per item no 1.1.1 to 1.1.6 shall be measured under this item.

4.2 The Contractor shall at his own expense and without extra charge make provision of supporting all utility services, lighting the trenches, separating and stacking serviceable materials neatly, shoring, timbering, strutting, bailing out water either sub-soil or rainwater, including pumping at any stage of the work. Trenches shall be kept free of water while masonry or concrete works are


in progress and till the Consultant and Engineer-in-charge considers it necessary, i.e. till the concrete is sufficiently set.

4.3 The rates for excavation items shall include for clearing of site, surface dressing, making layout of building, fixing permanent grid points with MS angle iron posts and embedding them in C.C. 1:2:4, placed sufficiently away from the building lines, establishing bench marks etc. complete.

5.0 Disposal of the Excavated Stuff : 5.1 The excavated stuff of the selected type shall be used in filling the trenches and plinth or leveling

the ground in layers, including ramming and watering etc. complete. 5.2 The Contractor shall remove the balance of the excavated quantity from the site of work, to a

place, as directed, within a lead up to 100 m. and for all lift.

6.0 Mode of Measurement and Payment : 6.1 The measurement of excavation in trenches for foundation shall be made according to the

sections of trenches shown on the drawing or as per sections given by the Consultant and Engineer-in-charge. No payment shall be made for surplus excavation made in excess of above requirements or due to stepping and sloping back as found necessary, on account of conditions of soil and requirements of safety.

6.2 The rate shall include for clearing the site, surface dressing, making layout of the building, fixing permanent grid points with MS iron posts, embedded in C.C. 1:2:4, placed sufficiently away from the building and establishing bench marks etc.

6.3 The rates shall include for necessary shoring, timbering and strutting for protection of sides of the excavated trenches and pits, pumping out rain or surface water at any stage of construction so as to keep the trenches/pits dry, to the satisfaction of the Consultant /Engineer-in-charge.

6.4 The rate shall include leveling and ramming the bottoms of excavations to receive concrete, etc. including trimming to slope wherever necessary etc. complete.

6.5 In filling and refilling, clods bigger than 50 mm. shall not be allowed. Only consolidated measurements of filling shall be paid. Consolidation to be done by mechanical compactor as per item no. 1.2.0.

6.6 The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.

1.1.1 Excavation for foundation up to 1.5 m. depth, including sorting out and stacking of useful materials, disposing of the excavated stuff up to 100 m. lead in any type of soil (excluding hard rocks), including refilling as per item no. 1.2.1 the trenches etc. complete, as directed.

The relevant specifications of item no. 1.1.0 shall be followed except that the depth of excavation will be up to 2.5 m. The excavation work up to 2.50 m shall be measured and paid under this item.

1.1.2 Excavation for foundation for a depth of 1.5 to 3.0 m., including sorting out and stacking of useful materials, disposing of the excavated stuff up to 100 m. lead, in any type of soil (excluding hard rocks) including refilling the trenches as per item no. 1.2.1 etc. complete, as directed.

The relevant specifications of item no. 1.1.0 shall be followed except that the depth of excavation will be from 2.5 to 5.0 m. The excavation work from 2.5 m. to 5.0 m. shall be measured and paid under this item.

1.1.3 Excavation for foundation for a depth of 3.0 to 4.5 m., including sorting out and stacking of useful materials, disposing of the excavated stuff up to 100 m. lead, in any type of soil (excluding hard rocks) including refilling the trenches as per item no. 1.2.1 etc. complete, as directed.


The relevant specifications of item no. 1.1.0 shall be followed except that the depth of excavation will be from 5.0 to 7.5 m. The excavation work from 5.0 m. to 7.50 m. shall be measured and paid under this item.

1.2.1 Filling with available excavated earth (excluding rock), in plinth & general development in layers not exceeding 15 cm. in depth, including consolidating each deposited layer by mechanical compactor and watering etc. complete as directed.

1.0 Workmanship :

1.1 The earth to be used for filling shall be free from salts, organic or other foreign matter. All clods of earth shall be broken to a size not bigger than 50 mm.

1.2 As soon as the work in foundation has been completed and measured, the sides of foundation shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar dropping etc. and filled with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm. Each layer shall be adequately watered, rammed well and consolidated before the succeeding layer is laid. The earth shall be rammed with mechanical rammer of different capacity as per site condition.

1.3 The plinth shall be similarly filled with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm. adequately watered and consolidated by ramming with iron rammers. When filling reaches finished level, the surface shall be flooded with water for atleast 24 hours and allowed to dry and then rammed and consolidated.

1.4 The finished level of filling shall be kept to shape and gradient, intended to receive any floor finish.

1.5 In case of large heavy duty flooring like factory flooring, the consolidation may be done by power rollers, where so specified or as directed. The extent of consolidation required shall also be as specified or as directed.

1.6 The excavated stuff of the selected type only shall be allowed to be used for filling the trenches and plinths. Under no circumstances, black cotton soil shall be used for filling the plinths.

2.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment :

2.1 The payment shall be made for filling in plinth and sides of foundations. No deductions shall be made for shrinkage or voids, if considered as instructed above. Only consolidated measurements shall be paid.

2.2 The rate includes the cost of mechanical compaction by compactors.


1.3.1 Filling, in foundations and plinths & general development with murrum or selected soil obtained from outside (Contractor's earth) in layers of 15 cm. thickness, including watering, ramming well and consolidating etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Materials :

1.1 Murrum or selected earth brought from outside shall be clean, of good binding quality and of approved quality obtained from approved pots/quarries of disintegrated rocks which contain silicones materials and natural mixture of clay of calcareous origin. The size of murrum shall not be more than 20 mm. and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge, before use. It shall conform to M-64.

2.0 Workmanship :


2.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 1.2.1 shall be followed except that the murrum or selected

soil shall be filled in foundations and plinths in 15 cm. layers, including consolidating, ramming well, watering, dressing etc., complete.


3.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 1.2.1 shall be followed.

3.2 The rate includes cost of collecting and carting murrum or selected earth of approved quality with all lead, lift and labour required for filling in foundations and plinth.

3.3 The rate shall be for n unit of one m3.

1.4.1 Filling, in foundation and plinth (under floors), with good quality sand, obtained from outside, including watering, ramming well, consolidating and dressing etc. complete, as directed.

1 Materials: Sand shall conform to M-6

2 Workmanship :

2.1 The relevant specification of item no.1.2.1 shall be followed except that sand shall be filled in foundations and in plinth, under floors, including watering, ramming well, consolidating and dressing etc., complete.

3 Mode of Measurements and Payment :

3.1. The relevant specification of item no. 1.2.1 shall be followed.

3.2. The rate includes cost of collecting, carting good quality sand, with all lead, lift and labour for filling the same in foundations and in plinth, mechanical compaction.

3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.

1.5.0 Providing and laying rubble soling in a compact manner, in plinth and for plinth protection, using suitable cut size stones 150 to 230 mm, as per the thk. of soling, covering and leveling the surface with a layer of murrum after filling the voids with smaller size of stone/metals or stone chips, including watering, ramming well and consolidating each layer.

1.0 Materials :

1.1 Stone and stone chips shall conform to M-16 and Murrum brought from outside shall be clean, of good binding quality, and of approved quality obtained from approved pots/quarries of disintegrated rocks which contain silicones materials and natural mixture of clay of calcareous origin. The size of murrum shall not be more than 20 mm. and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to M-64.

2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1.2.1 shall be followed except that first layer of stone, of average size 150 to 230 mm. shall be laid in plinth and for plinth protection. Thereafter, the voids between the stones laid in the first layer shall be filled by hand packing the stones of smaller size or stone chips of the same stones, as directed. The voids shall be filled with smaller sized of stones. The layers then shall be rammed well and consolidated.


2.2 The surface of the stone layer then shall be covered and leveled with a layer of murrum. This shall

then be watered and well consolidated using power driven rammers or rollers, as directed. The consolidated thickness of the above layers, totally, should be average 15/23/30 cm. thick.


3.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1.2.1 shall be followed.

3.2 The rate includes the cost of collecting, carting stones and murrum, with all leads, lifts and labour for laying, hand packing and consolidating the same in plinth.

3.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one m2

1.5.2 Do- as above for 230 thk rubble soling

The relevant specifications of item no. 1.6.0 shall be followed except that the thickness of rubble soling will be from 230 thk.

1.6.1 Disposing of the surplus excavated earth and/or debris etc. including loading at site, transporting & disposal, unloading, spreading and dressing etc. complete, as directed beyond the initial lead of 100 m. to 500 m.

1.0 Workmanship :

1.1 The surplus excavated earth shall be disposed off as and when directed by the Engineer-in-charge and the Consultant within 500 m. lead. The site to which the excavated earth should be disposed off shall be specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The disposal of the stuff includes loading the earth in vehicle, conveyance to the specified site, unloading and spreading the same. The Contractor should contact the Engineer-in-charge before disposing the material, i.e. when the trucks are being loaded for disposal. Every time the truck is loaded, the Engineer-in-charge shall check whether it is loaded properly to the pre-decided level and then note its number in the register used to keep the record of the trips made by the same truck.


2.1 The work shall be measured as 75% of the quantity, in m3, loaded in a single truck. The total no. of trucks shall be taken from the register and the quantity shall thus be calculated. The total measurement shall be in m3.

2.2 The rate includes for spreading, dressing etc. complete, at the specified site and shall be for a unit of one m3.

1.7.1 Carrying out pre anti termite treatment with anti termite chemicals like aldrin, heptachlor, chlorophyriphos 20 EC in three parts i.e. at foundation level, at plinth level and at periphery of the building as per IS : 6313 (Part I - III)-1981, 1st revision, as directed.

1.0 Materials :

The chemicals used for the soil treatment shall be only one of the following, with concentration shown against each, in aqueous emulsion.

Chemical Concentration: 1. Aldrin or Termex or equivalent 0.50% (by weight)

2. Heptachlor 0.50% ( " " )

3. Chlordane 1.00% ( " " )


2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 The chemical barrier shall be complete and continuous under whole of the structure to be protected.

2.2 The bottom and the sides of foundation up to a height of 30 cm. from the bottom of excavation made for masonry foundation and for basement, and also for plinth level before floor concrete shall be treated with the chemical emulsion at the rate of 5.0 liters/m2 20 EC of the surface area. Periphery treatment before plinth protection at the rate of 7.5 lit chemical emulsion 20 EC per meter length as per IS code or PCI standards.

2.3 The chemical treatment shall be carried out when the surface is quite dry. Chemical treatment shall not be carried out when it is raining or when the soil is wet with rain water or sub soil water.

2.4 Once formed, treated soil barriers shall be not disturbed. If disturbed, immediate steps shall be taken to restore the continuity and compactness of the barrier system.

2.5 The treatment against termite infection shall remain effective for a period not less than 10 years, from date of issue of the final certificate of completion of work. If at any time during this period, any defects in treatment are revealed or any evidence of infection in any part of the building or structure is noticed, the Contractor shall rectify the concerned defects within 15 days on receipt of notice from Engineer-in-charge. On Contractor's failure to do so, the Engineer-in-charge may get the same rectified through any other agency at the Contractor's risk and cost, and the decision of Consultant or Engineer-in-charge as to the cost payable by the Contractor for the same shall be final and binding to the Contractor.

2.6 A guarantee bond on Twenty Rupee stamp paper shall be given by the Contractor to the Client, in the manner form described below :

2.7 Reconciliation of chemicals brought on site and treated area shall be submitted on completion of job.

FORM OF GUARANTEE BOND

"I/We ......................(Contractor) hereby guarantee that work will remain unaffected and will not be in any way damaged by termite or any other germs of similar types, for a period of 10 years after completion of the work of anti-termite, as per the terms and conditions of the contract and the Contractor hereby indemnifies and agrees to save the Client from any loss and or damage that might be caused on account of termite and or other similar type of germs and hereby guarantees to make good any loss or damages suffered by the Client and further guarantees to redo the affected work without claiming any extra cost."

2.8 This guarantee shall remain force for the period of 10 years, from the completion of the work under the contract and it shall remain binding to the Contractor for period of 10 years.

2.9 The deposit at the rate of 50% of the cost of this item from the running and final bills shall be recovered and retained for the first one year after virtual completion of the work.


3.1 The plan area shall be measured and paid. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening for pipes, etc., up to 0.1 m2. The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials required for the operation involved for satisfactory completion of this item.



1.8.0 Supplying the following : -

1.8.1 JCb excavator including operator and all consumable

1.8.2 Tractor trip including all labour for loading /unloading, spreading, driver & all Consumable.


PCC AND RCC WORK

2.1.0 Providing and laying CC (cement Concrete) and curing etc. complete, excluding the cost of formwork in foundations and plinth.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Sand to M-6. Cement to M-3. Stone aggregate 40 mm. nominal size to M-12.

1.0 Workmanship :

1.0 General: Before commencing concreting, the bed of foundation / trenches / Plinth shall be cleared off of all loose materials, leveled, watered and rammed, as directed.

2.0 Proportion of mix: The proportion of cement, sand and coarse aggregate shall be as per proportion and shall be so measured by volume.

3.0 Mixing: The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer at the site of work. Hand mixing, may however be allowed for smaller quantity of work, if approved by the consultant and Engineer-in-charge. When hand mixing is permitted by the Architect and Engineer in-charge, in case of break down of machinery and in the interest of the work, it shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care shall be taken to ensure that the mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. However in such cases, 10% more cement than otherwise required, shall have to be used without any extra cost. The mixing in mechanical mixer shall be done for a period 1.5 to 2 minutes. The quantity of water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the purpose.

4.0 Transporting & placing the concrete

1.4 The concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the final position within 15 minutes by the method, as directed and shall be placed into its final position, compacted and finished within 30 minutes of mixing with water i.e. before the setting commences.

1.5 The concrete shall be laid in layers of not exceeding 20 cm in thickness.

5.0 Compacting: The concrete shall be rammed with heavy iron rammers and rapidly to get the required compaction and to allow all the interstices to be filled with mortar.

6.0 Curing: After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet, if required by ponding, for a period of not less than 7 days from the date of placement.


4.0 The concrete shall be measured for its length, breadth and depth, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.


2.1.2 Providing and laying CC 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm. nominal size) and curing etc. complete, in foundations and plinth.

1.0 Materials: As per item no. 2.1.0.

2.0 Workmanship: Relevant specifications of item no. 2.1.0 shall be followed except that CC shall be mixed in the proportion of 1:4:8 instead of 1:3:6 by volume.


3.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment : Relevant specifications of item no. 2.1.0 shall be followed

2.2.0 Providing and laying machine mixed and machine vibrated controlled CC grade for RCC work as per the drawing, at all floors, heights, locations and shapes & sizes for all structures, footing, slabs, beams, columns, lintels, coping, arches, sloping-curved roof, staircase, landing, Machine Foundation ,Cable Trench etc, and curing, etc. complete. The item shall exclude the cost of formwork & reinforcement.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement to M-3. Sand to M-6. Grit to M-8. Coarse aggregate M-13.

2.0 General :

2.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 2.1.0 of ordinary concrete shall be followed except that the concrete mix shall be designed from preliminary tests the proportioning of cement and aggregates shall be done by weight and necessary precautions shall be taken in the production to ensure that the required work cube strength is attained and maintained. The controlled concrete shall be in grades of M-200, M-250, M-300, M-350 & M-400, with prefix controlled added to it. The letter "M" refers to mix and numbers specify 28 days works cube compressive strength of 150 mm. cubes of the mix expressed in Kg/cm2.

2.2 The proportion of cement, sand and coarse aggregates shall be determined by weight. The weight batch machine shall be used for maintaining proper control over the proportion of aggregates as per mix design. The strength requirements of different grades of concrete shall be as under : --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Grade of Compressive strength of 15 cm. cubes in Kg/cm2.

Concrete 28 days conducted in accordance with IS : 516-1959.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Preliminary test Work test min.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M-20 260 200

M-25 320 250

M-30 380 300

M-35 440 350

M-40 500 400

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified in above table be the criteria for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.

2.3 Where the strength of a concrete mix as indicated by tests, lies in between the strength of any two grades specified in the above table, such concrete shall be classified in for all purposes as concrete belonging to the lower of the two grades between which its strength lies.

2.4 To secure good exposed and normal concrete surface necessary care in formwork and concrete shall be taken. For any sub-standard results of exposed and normal surface concrete form-work and steel shall be treated as one item even though they are two separate items in bills of quantities.


2.5 The Contractor shall take necessary care to avoid sand streaks, air holes, honey combining etc., on finished concrete surface.

3.0 Workmanship :

3.1 The proportions for ingredients chosen shall be such that concrete has adequate workability for conditions prevailing on the work in question and can be properly compacted with means available except where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer-in-charge that the supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality can be maintained till the completion of work. Grading of aggregate shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate, in different sizes and blending them in the right proportions as required. Aggregate of different sizes shall be stocked in separate stock piles. The required quantity of material shall be stock piled several hours, preferably a day before use. The grading of coarse and find aggregate shall be checked as frequently as possible, the frequency for a given job being determined by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge to ensure that the suppliers are maintaining the uniform grading, as approved for samples used in the preliminary tests.

3.2 In proportioning concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall be determined by weight. Where the weight of cement is determined by accepting the maker's weight per bag a reasonable number of bags shall be weighed separately, to check the net weight, where cement is weighed from bulk stocks at site and not by bags. It shall be weighed separately from the aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in clean and serviceable condition. Their accuracy shall be periodically checked and calibrated in standard laboratory.

3.3 It is most important to keep the specified water cement ratio constant and at its correct value. To this end, moisture content in both fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge, according to the weather conditions. The amount of mixing water shall then be adjusted to compensate for variations in the moisture content. For the determination of moisture content in the aggregates, IS : 2386 (Part III) shall be referred to. Suitable adjustments shall also be made in the weights of aggregates due to variation in their moisture content.

3.4 The minimum cement content for the various mixes shall be as under. Cement shall be Ordinary Portland Cement only.

MIX MINIMUM CEMENT/Cum. MIX MINIMUM EMENT/Cum.

M-7.5 170 Kg. M-25 360 Kg.

M-10 210 Kg. M-30 420 Kg.

M-20 325 Kg. M-35 460 Kg.

3.5 All RCC works shall be carried out as per the detailed drawings and direction of Architects and Engineer-in-charge.


4.1 The relevant specifications item no. 2.1.0 shall be followed except that the controlled concrete RCC work for work as specified in item shall be measured under this item. The rate excludes cost of formwork and reinforcement and is for any cross sectional area of the members specified in the item. Minimum cement content 325 kg/m3



2.2.1 Do-as-above for CC M-20

1.0 Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 shall be followed except that the grading of concrete shall be controlled concrete M-20 grade, for the work as specified in item. Minimum content :- 1) cement -260 kg/m3. 2) Fly ash 65 kg/m3.

2.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment:

2.1 The relevant specifications of item no.2.2.0 shall be followed and rate excludes the cost of formwork and is for any cross sectional area of the members, at any floor, height, level and in any position.



1.0 Materials and Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 shall be followed except that the grading of concrete shall be controlled concrete M-25 grades for the works as specified in the item. Minimum content :- 1) cement -290 kg/m3. 2) Fly ash 70 kg/m3.


2.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.


1.0 Materials and Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 shall be followed except that the grading of concrete shall be controlled concrete M-25 grades for the works as specified in the item. Minimum content :- 1) cement -340 kg/m3. 2) Fly ash 80 kg/m3.


2.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.

2.2.4 CC M-20 :- Do as above but with ready mix concrete (RMC)



2.3.0 Extra for providing and mixing chemical additives & admixtures, as approved by the Consultant & Engineer-in-charge, as per the specifications stipulated by the manufacturer. (The make and its technical specifications must be specified herein.)

1.0 Materials: The additives and admixture materials shall be as per the manufacturer's standards. They shall conform to M-67.


2.0 Workmanship: The additives and admixtures used for different purpose shall be as specified by manufacturer.

1.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: The rate shall be for a unit of one Kg.

2.3.1 Concrete adhesives for old & new concrete joint.

2.3.2 Concrete Water proofing additives

2.3.3 Concrete Plasticizer

2.3.4 Concrete Rapid hardening additives.

2.3.5 Concrete Curing compound.

2.3.6 Non shrink grouting

2.3.7 None shrink grouting material for pocket of foundation bolts & under base plate.

1.0 Materials: The additives and admixture materials shall be as per the manufacturer's standards. They shall conform to M-67.

2.0 Workmanship: The additives and admixtures used for different purpose shall be as specified by manufacturer.

1.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.

2.4.0 Charges for making holes in RCC beam/slab with diamond core cutter.

1.0 Workmanship: The work shall be carried out in true line and level and shall have the dia, as shown in the drawings or as directed. The Contractor shall at his own expense and without extra charge make provision of supporting all utility services. If there is any damage to the adjoining property, injury to workers etc. due to the negligence of the Contractor, he will be responsible and liable to all the consequences, including compensation.


2.1 The rate shall be for a unit of rmt

2.4.1 100 mm dia

2.4.2 101.0 mm dia to 200mm dia

2.4.3 201 mm to 300 mm dia


2.5.0 Drilling And fixing reinforcement dowel of following diameter by using chemical grout of HILTI-HY 150or equivalent. Fixing shall be carried out though authorized applicator of the company, and as per supplier specification.

1.0 Workmanship & Mode of Measurements and Payment: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.5.0 shall be followed except that the Chemical used for grout purpose shall be as specified by manufacturer. The rate shall be for a unit of per no.

2.5.1 8mm dia

2.5.2 10mm dia

2.5.3 12mm dia

2.5.4 16mm dia

2.5.5 20mm dia

2.6.0 Providing and fixing in expansion joints, Capcell HD 100, of specified thick Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler) of the best quality, including cutting to required size and shape, at all levels as per suppliers specifications, etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The work shall be carried out in good workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of sqm.

2.6.1 Do-as-above for 25 mm thk Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler)

1.0 The relevant specification of item no 2.6.0 shall be followed except that the 25 mm thk supreme or equivalent (Polyethylene foam filler) shall be used. The rate shall be for a unit of sqm.

2.6.2 Do-as-above for 50 mm thk Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler)

1.0 The relevant specification of item no 2.6.0 shall be followed except that the 50 mm thk supreme or equivalent (Polyethylene foam filler) shall be used. The rate shall be for a unit of sqm.

2.7.0 Providing ,Laying & filling the expansion joints of specified size with polysulphide sealant

as per supplier's specifications including cleaning, scraping the joints, filling with necessary back up PU rod of supreme or equivalent, repairing the broken edges with polymer mortar(PLASTER) /epoxy mortar(RCC)& abro tap to line level complete as directed.

1.0 The relevant specification are as per item no 2.6.0 the shall be for a unit of rmt

2.7.1 Do-as-above for 10 x 25 mm with polysulphide sealant.

1.0 The relevant specification are as per item no 2.6.0 the shall be for a unit of rmt

2.7.2 Do-as-above for 15 x 50 mm with polysulphide sealant.

1.0 The relevant specification are as per item no 2.6.0 the shall be for a unit of rmt.


CENTERING & FORMWORK

3.1.0 Providing formwork of ordinary timber planking, shuttering plywood and/or steel plates so as to give rough finish, including centering, shuttering, strutting and propping, etc. complete, at (0 to 6, 6 to 12, 12 to 18,18 to 24 & 24 to 32m height) and removal of the same for in-situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work, in foundations, footings, bases of columns, retaining walls, columns, beams, flat slab, stair, lintel, chajjas, Machine Foundation water retaining structure etc. and mass concrete.

1.0 Materials:

1.1 The shuttering to be provided shall be of ordinary timber planks shall conform to M- 26A. Shuttering plywood shall conform to M-26B.

1.2 The dimensions of scantling and battens shall conform to the design. The strength of the wood shall not be less than that assumed in the design

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions as shown on the drawings and shall be so constructed so as to remain sufficiently rigid and water-tight, during the placement and compaction of the concrete. Adequate arrangement shall be made by the Contractor to safe guard against any settlement of the form work during the course of concreting and after concreting. The formwork of shuttering, centering, scaffolding, bracing, etc. shall be as per the design. False staging should be erected with Acro-props or H frames only.

2.2 Cleaning & Treatment of Forms : All rubbish, particularly chipping, shaving and saw dust shall be removed from the interior of the form before the concrete is placed and the form work in contact with concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated. The surface shall be coated with soap solution, applied before concreting is done. Soap solution for the oil or from oil of approved manufacture may be applied, incase steel shuttering is used. Care shall be taken that the coating is not applied on the construction joints surface and steel reinforcement bars.

2.3 Stripping Time: In normal circumstances and where ordinary Portland cement is used, form work may be struck after expiry of the following periods:

(a) Sides of walls columns and vertical faces of beams 24 to 48 hours.

(b) Beam soffits (Props left under) 7 days.

(c) Removal of props for slabs - (i) Slabs spanning upto 4.5 m. 7 days.

(ii) Slabs spanning over 4.5 m. 14 days.

(d) Removal of props to beams and Arches - (i) Spanning upto 6 m. 14 days.

(ii) Spanning over 6 m. 21 Days.

2.4 Procedure while removing the form work : All form work shall be removed without such shocks or vibrations as would damage the reinforced concrete surface. Before the soffit form work and struts are removed, the soffits and the concrete surface shall be exposed where necessary, in order to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened.

2.5 Centering : 2.5.1 The centering to be provided shall be got approved. It shall be sufficiently strong to ensure

absolute safety of the form work and concrete work before, during and after pouring concrete till it achieved full strength. Watch should be kept to see that behavior of centering and form work


is satisfactory during concreting. Erection should also be such that it would allow removal of forms in proper sequence without damaging either the concrete or the forms to be removed.

2.5.2 The props of centering shall be provided on firm foundation or base of sufficient strength to carry the loads, without any settlement.

2.5.3 The centering and form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-charge, before concreting. But this will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for strength, adequacy and safety of form work and centering. If there is a failure of form work or centering, the Contractor shall be responsible for the damages to the work, injury to life and damage to property.

2.6 Scaffolding:

2.6.1 All scaffolding, hoisting arrangements and ladders, etc. required for facilitating of concreting shall be provided and removed on completion work by Contractor, at his own expense. The scaffolding, hoisting arrangement, ladders etc. shall be strong enough to withstand all live, dead and impact loads expected to act and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. However, Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of the scaffolding, hoisting arrangement, ladders, work and workmen, etc.

2.6.2 The scaffolding, hoisting arrangements and ladders shall allow easy approach to the work spot and afford easy inspection.

2.7 Reuse: Before re-use, all forms shall be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge and their suitability shall be ascertained. If, any of the forms are found to be unsuitable, they shall be immediately removed from the site. The forms ascertained for re-use, shall be scarred, cleaned, and joints gone over and repaired, wherever required. The inside surface shall be retreated to prevent adhesion to concrete.


3.1 Form work shall be measured as an area in m2. of shuttering in contact with concrete except in the case of inclined members and portion of curved pro-files, in which case, only area of underside shall be measured for payment.

3.2 Form work to secondary beams shall be measured upto the sides of main beams but no deduction shall be made from the form work of the main beam at the inner section point. No deduction shall be made from the form work of a column at inner section of beams.

3.3 The rate is applicable to all conditions of working and height upto 6.0 m.. The rate shall include the cost of materials, its transportation at site and labour for various operations involved such as :

(a) Splayed edges, notching, allowance for overlaps and passing at angles, battens centering, shuttering, strutting, propping, bolting, nailing, wedging, easing, striking and removal.

(b) Filleting to form stop chamfered edges or splayed external angles not exceeding 20 mm. width to beams, columns and the like.

(c) Temporary opening in the forms for pouring concrete.

(d) Scarring, removal of rubbish, dressing with oil to prevent adhesion of concrete with shuttering,

(e) Raking or circular cutting.


(f) Making necessary grooves, gissis, Architectural cut-outs, pockets and drip moulds.

The rate is for the completed item.

3.4 The rate shall be for an unit of one m2.

3.1.1 Do-as- above but height of propping and centering below supporting floor to celling not exceeding 6.0m

The relevant specifications of item no. 3.1.0 shall be followed.

3.1.2 Extra over item no 3.1.1 for further additional height of propping and centering by steel H frames only where the height of propping and centering exceeds 6.0 m. between supporting floor to ceiling, including temporary masonry work/stone pillars for supporting as required. (Height more than 6.0 m. and up to 12.0 m.)

1.0 Material and Workmanship: The relevant specification of item no. 3.1.0 shall be followed except that the height of propping and centering between supporting floor to ceiling exceeds 6.0 m. upto 12.0 m.


2.1 The payment shall be made for the false staging work. This will be paid only if there is no slab/platform in between and extra staging is necessary. Extra over and above the payment made for form work of slab in relevant items. The work of false staging shall be measured is m2. The relevant specification of item no. 3.1.0 shall be followed. The rate includes the cost of providing stone or masonry temporary pillars for supporting, as required without any extra cost.



The relevant specification of item no. 3.1.0 shall be followed except that the height of propping and centering between supporting floor to ceiling exceeds 12.0 m. up to 18.0 m.






REINFORCEMENT

4.1.1 Supplying and fixing in position TMT FE - 415 grade steel reinforcement for RCC structures as per design including transporting steel to the work site, handling, cutting, bending and binding with wires, welding if necessary etc. for all floors/levels complete as directed by Engineer. Measurement will be made on the length basis and converted into weight by using standard IS co-efficient (rolling margin's and wastage will not be paid). The rate shall be inclusive of PVC cover or Chairs, spacers, separators and binding wire-1 mm thick.

1.0 Materials: TMT Bar shall conform to M-19B. Mild steel binding wires to M-21.

2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 The work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcement to the shape and dimensions, as shown on the drawings or as directed.

2.2 Steel shall be clean and free from rust and loose mill scale, at the time of fixing in position and subsequent concreting.

2.3 Reinforcing steel shall conform accurately to the dimensions given in the relevant drawings. Bars shall be bent cold to specified shape and dimensions or as directed using a proper bar bender, operated by hand or power to attain proper radius of bends. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. Bars bent during transportation or handling shall be straightened before being used on the work. They shall not be heated to facilitate bending. The radius of the bend shall not be less than twice the diameter of the round bar and the length of straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shall be at least 4 times the diameter of the round bar. In case of bars which are not round and incase of deformed bars, the diameter shall be taken as the diameter of circle having an equivalent effective area.

2.4 All the reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position shown on the drawings and shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealed binding wire not less than 1 mm. in size and by using stay blocks or metal chair spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires or other approved devices at sufficiently close intervals. Bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports nor displaced during concreting or any other operations of the work. All devices used for positioning shall be of non-corrodible material. Wooden and metal supports shall not extend to the surface of concrete, except where shown on drawing. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid concrete as the work progresses for adjusting bar spacing shall not allowed. Pieces of broken stone or brick and wooden blocks shall not be used. Layers of bars shall be separated by spacer bars, Pre cast mortar blocks or other approved devices. Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clean condition until completely embedded in concrete. Special care shall be exercised to prevent any displacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed. To prevent reinforcement from corrosion, concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on drawing. All the bars projecting from concrete and to which other bars are to be spliced and which are likely to be exposed for a period exceeding 10 days shall be protected by a thick coat of neat cement grout.

2.5 Bars crossing each other where required shall be secured by binding wires (annealed) of size not less than 1 mm., in such manner than they do not slip over each other at the time of fixing and concreting.

2.6 As far as possible, bars of full length shall be used. In case this is not possible, overlapping of bars shall be done as directed. Where directed, where practicable, overlapping bars shall not touch each other, but be kept apart by 25 mm. or 1.25 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, whichever is greater by concrete between them. Where not feasible, overlapping bars shall be bound with annealed wires not less than 1 mm. thick, twisted tight. The overlaps shall be staggered for different bars and located at points along the span where neither shear nor bending movement is maximum.


2.7 Whenever indicated on the drawings or desired by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge, bars shall be joined by couplings which shall have a cross section sufficient to transmit the full stresses of bars. The ends of the bars that are joined by coupling shall be upset for sufficient length so that the effective cross sectional the base of threads is not less than normal cross section of the bar. Threads shall be standard threads. Steel coupling shall conform to IS : 226.

2.8 When permitted or specified on the drawings, joints of reinforcement bars shall be butt-welded so as to transmit their full stresses. Welded joints shall preferably be located at points when steel will not be subject to more than 75 % of the maximum permissible stresses and welds so staggered that any one section not more than 20 % of the rods are welded. Only electric are welding using a process which excludes air from the molten metal and conforms to any or all other special provisions for the work shall be accepted. Suitable means shall be provided for holding bars securely in position during welding. It shall be ensured that no voids are left in welding and when welding is done in 2 or 3 stages, previous surface shall be cleaned properly. Ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, grease paint and other foreign matter before welding. Only competent welders shall be employed on the work. The M.S electrodes used for welding shall conform to IS: 814. Welded pieces of reinforcement shall be tested. Specimen shall be taken from the actual site and their number and frequency of test shall be as directed.


3.1 Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately for different diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resorted to in place of lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length of overlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight of reinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per M-18. Length shall include hooks at the ends. The wastage and annealed steel wire for binding shall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be needed to be included in the rate for reinforcement.

3.2 The rate for reinforcement includes cost of mild steel binding wires and its carting. Cutting, bending, placing, binding and fixing in position as shown on the drawings and as directed. It shall also include all devices like chairs, pins etc. for keeping reinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method and all wastage, covers and spacer bars.

3.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one Kg.


MASONARY WORK

5.1.1 Brick work using common burnt clay conventional building bricks, having crushing strength not less than 50 Kg/cm2., in foundations and plinth, in CM 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand), including curing, scaffolding, etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement to M-3. Sand to M-6. Brick to M-15. Cement mortar to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Proportion: The proportion of the CM shall be 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand), by volume.

2.2 Soaking of bricks: The bricks required for masonry shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water for about 4 hours before use or as directed. The cessation of bubbles, when the bricks are wetted with water is an indication of thorough wetting of bricks.

2.3 Laying:

2.3.1 Bricks shall be laid in English bond unless directed otherwise. Half or cut bricks shall not be used except when necessary to complete the bond; closer and in such case it shall be cut to required size and used near the ends of walls.

2.3.2 A layer of mortar shall be spread on full width for suitable length of the lower course. Each brick shall first be properly bedded and set home by gently tapping with the handle of the trowel or wooden mallet. Its inside face shall be flushed with mortar before the next brick is laid and pressed against it. On completion of the course, the vertical joints shall be fully filled from the top, with mortar.

2.3.3 The walls shall be taken up truly in plumb. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints in alternate courses shall generally be in one vertical plane. The thickness of brick course shall be kept uniform.

2.3.4 The bricks shall be laid with the frog facing upwards. A set of tools comprising of wooden straight edges, manson's spirit level, square half meter rub, pins, string and plumb shall be kept on the site of work for frequent checking during the progress of work.

2.3.5 Both the faces of walls, having thickness greater than 23 cm. shall be kept in proper plumb. All the connected brick work shall be kept not more than 1 m. over the rest of the work. Where this is not possible, the work shall be raked back according to bond (and not left toothed) at an angle not steeper than 45O.

2.3.6 All the fixtures, pipe outlets of water, holdfasts of doors and windows, etc. which are required to be built in the wall shall be embedded in CM, as per the drawings or as directed.

2.4 Joints:

2.4.1 Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are quite flush with mortar. Thickness of joints shall not exceed 12 mm. The face joints shall be raked out as directed by taking tools daily, during the progress of work, when the mortar is still green so as to provide key for plaster or pointing to be done, subsequently.

2.4.2 The face of bricks shall be cleaned everyday on which the brick work is laid and all mortar dropping shall be removed.


2.4.3 At the end of day's work or on holidays the top of unfinished masonry shall be kept wet. If the mortar becomes dry, white or powdery, for want of curing, work shall be pulled down and re-built at Contractor's expense.

2.5 Curing : Fresh work shall be protected from rain suitably. Masonry work shall be kept moist on all the faces for minimum period of 7 days. The top of masonry work shall be kept well wetted at the end of the day's work.

2.6 Preparation of foundation bed : If the foundation is to be laid directly on the excavated bed, the bed shall be levelled, cleared off of all loose materials, cleaned and wetted before starting masonry work. If masonry is to be laid on concrete footing, the top of concrete shall be roughened, cleaned and moistened. The Contractor shall obtain approval of the Engineer-in-charge for the foundation bed, before foundation masonry is started. When pucca flooring is to be provided flush with the top of the plinth, the inside of the plinth wall shall be lowered down having an offset of the same thickness of the flooring with respect to the outside plinth wall top or as directed.


3.1 The measurement of this item shall taken for the brick masonry fully completed in foundation upto plinth. The limiting dimensions not exceeding those shown on the drawings or as directed shall be final. Battered, tapered and curved portions shall be measured net.

3.2 No deduction shall be made from the quantity of brick work, nor any extra payment shall be made for embedding in masonry or making holes in respect of following items :

(1) End of joists beams, posts, girders, rafters, purlins, trusses, corbel, steps etc. where cross sectional area does not exceed 500 cm2.

(2) Architectural openings in walls, parapet and compound walls, not exceeding 1.0 m2. area.

(3) Wall plates and bed plates, bearing of slabs, chhajjas and the like whose thickness does not exceed 10 cm. and the bearing does not extend to the full thickness of wall.

(4) Drainage holes, recesses for cement concrete blocks to embed hold fasts for doors, windows etc., forming too things, grooves etc. and providing cramps for holding stone lining.

(5) Iron fixtures, pipes upto 300 mm. dia.; holdfasts and doors and windows built into masonry and sanitary and water supply pipes, etc., for concealed electrical wiring and any other fixtures or inserts.

(6) Forming chases of section not exceeding 350 cm2. in masonry.

3.3 Apertures for fire places shall not be deducted nor shall extra labour required to make splaying of jambs, throating and making arches over the aperture be paid for separately. The rate shall include for work of any shape e.g. pillars of any size and shape, curved or tapered walls, drip courses, projections, parapets, load bearing walls, sills, ottas, steps, tank walls, platforms and counter walls, ducts, channels and architectural moldings like corbelling, pattas, etc.



5.2.1 Brick work using common burnt clay conventional building bricks, having crushing strength not less than 50 Kg/cm², in super structure above plinth, for all floor levels, at any height and level, in any position, in C.M. 1:6, including curing, scaffolding, etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Materials: Brick shall conform to M-15. Cement mortar to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 5.1.1 shall be followed except that the masonry work shall be carried out above plinth level upto floor levels i.e. for height as specified in the special conditions & brick masonry work shall be carried out with conventional bricks using CM in proportion 1:6.

2.2 The frames of doors, windows, cupboards, etc. shall be housed into the brick work at the correct location and level, as directed. The heavy steel doors, windows frames, etc. shall be built in with brick work, but for ordinary steel doors and windows, required opening for frames, hold-fasts, etc. shall be left in the wall and frames shall be embedded later on in order to avoid damage to the frames.

2.3 Necessary scaffolding shall be provided by the Contractor. The supports of the scaffolding shall be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal pieces over which the scaffolding planks shall be fixed. Normally simple scaffolding only shall be allowed. In this case horizontal pieces of the scaffolding shall rest in the holes, made in the header coarse only. Minimum number of holes shall be left in brick work for supporting horizontal member of the scaffolding.

2.4 The Contractor is responsible for providing and maintaining sufficiently strong scaffolding so as to withstand all loads likely to come upon it.

2.5 For the face of brick work, where plastering is to be done, joints shall be racked out to a depth not less than the thickness of the joints. The face of brick work shall be cleaned off of mortar dropping and other foreign matters at the end of day's work.


3.1 The masonry work above plinth level to floor levels shall be measured and paid under this item.

3.2 Brick work in parapet shall be measured in the corresponding masonry item.

3.3 No deduction shall be made from quantity of brick work, nor extra payment shall be made for embedding in masonry or making holes in respect of following items:

(1) Ends of joists, beams, posts, rafters, purlins trusses corbel, step etc. where cross sectional area does not exceed 500 cm2.

(2) Architectural openings in walls, parapet and compound walls, not exceeding 1000 cm2. area.

(3) Wall plate, sand bed plates, bearing of slab, chhajjas and like whose thickness does not exceed 10 cm. and the bearing does not extend the full thickness of wall.

(4) Drainage holes, recesses for cement concrete blocks to embed hold fasts for doors, windows, etc., forming too things, grooves etc. and providing cramps for holding stone lining.

(5) Iron fixture, pipes upto 300 mm. dia hold fasts of doors, and windows built into masonry and sanitary and water supply pipes etc., for concealed electrical wiring and any other fixtures or inserts.


(6) Forming chases of section not exceeding 350 cm2. In masonry.

(7) Apertures for fire places shall not be deducted nor shall extra labour required to make spraying of Jambs, throating and making trenches over the aperture be paid for separately. The rate shall include for work of any shape e.g. pillars, curved or tapered walls, drip courses, projections, parapets, load walls, sills, ottas, steps, tank walls, platform and counter walls, ducts, channels and architectural mouldings like corbelling, pattas, etc.


5.3.1 Half brick, 4½" thick masonry in common burnt clay conventional building bricks, having crushing strength not less than 50 Kg/cm², for all floors, at any height and level, in any position, in C.M. 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand), including curing, scaffolding, etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Materials: Bricks shall conform to M-15. Water to M-1. Cement to M-3. Sand to M-6. Cement mortar to M11.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Relevant specifications of bricks, wetting and laying of brick, joints, curing, etc. shall conform to item no. 5.1.1 except that the brick work of half bricks, 115 mm. thick shall be carried out, in foundation and plinth.

2.2 Cement mortar used in masonry work shall be in proportion of 1 part of cement and 4 parts of sand, by volume.

2.3 All bricks shall be laid stretcher wise, breaking joints with those in the upper and lower courses. The wall shall be taken truly plumb. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. The bricks shall be laid with frogs upwards. A set of mason's tools shall be maintained on work site as required for frequent checking.

2.4 The joints in course where reinforcement is placed shall allow sufficient mortar cover to the reinforcement.


3.1 The half brick masonry work in foundation and plinth shall be measured under this item, the limiting dimensions shall not exceed those shown in the plan or as directed. Any work done extra over the specified dimensions shall not be measured and paid for.

3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of m2.

2.5.6 Charges for making holes in brick work with drilling machine.

1.0 Workmanship & Mode of Measurements and Payment: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.5.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of per no.

2.5.7 100 mm dia

2.5.8 101 to 200 mm dia

2.5.9 201 to 300 mm dia


DOORS WINDOWS & ROLLING SHUTTER

6.1.0 Providing and fixing Steel Doors, Windows and Ventilators of approved manufacturer and of required ssize, as per approvsed drawing, design and direction.

1.0 Materials: Hot rolled steel sections for the fabrication of steel doors, windows and ventilators shall conform to IS: 7452, which are suitable for, single glazing.Pressed steel door frames for steel flush doors shall be out of 1.25mm thick mild steel sheets of profiles as per IS : 4351.Transparent sheet glass shall conform to the requirements of IS : 2835. Wired and figured glass shall be as per IS : 5437.Builder’s hardware of fittings and fixtures shall be of the best quality from the approved manufacturers.

2.0 Workmanship: All steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be of the type as specified in the respective items of work and of sizes as indicated in the Drawings prepared by the Contractor.Steel doors, windows and ventilators shall conform to the requirements as stipulated in IS : 1038. Steel windows shall conform to IS : 1361, if so specified.

2.1.1 Doors, windows and ventilators shall be of an approved manufacture. Fabrication of the unit shall be with rolled section, cut to correct lengths and metered. Corners shall be welded to form a solid fused welded joint conforming to the requirements of IS : 1038. Tolerance in overall dimensions shall be within ±1.5mm. The frames and shutters shall be free from wrap or buckle and shall be square and truly plain. All welds shall be dressed flush on exposed and contact surfaces. Punching of holes, slots and other provisions to install fittings and fixtures later shall be made at the correct locations as per the requirements. Samples of the units shall be got approved by engineer before further manufacture/purchase by the Contractor.

2.1.2 Type and details of shutters, hinges, glazing bar requirement, couplings, locking arrangement, fittings and fixtures shall be as described in the respective items of work and / or as shown in the Drawings for single or composite units.

2.1.3 For windows with fly proof mesh as per the item of work prepared by the Contractor, rotor operator arrangement, for the operation of the glazed shutters from the inside shall be provided

2.1.4 Pressed steel door frames shall be provided with fixing lugs at each jamb, hinges, lock-strike plate, mortar guards, angle threshold, shock-absorbers of rubber or similar material as per the requirements of IS : 4351. Pressed steel doorframes shall be fixed as `built-in’ as the masonry work proceeds. After placing it plumb at the specified location, masonry walls shall be built up solid on either side and each course grouted with mortar to ensure solid contact with the doorframe, without leaving any voids. Temporary struts across the width shall be fixed, during erection to prevent bow/sag of the frame.

2.1.5 Door shutters of flush welded construction shall be 45mm thick, fabricated with two outer skills of 1.25mm thick steel sheets, 1mm thick steel sheet stiffeners and steel channels on all four edges. Double shutters shall have meeting stile edge beveled or rebated. Provision of glazed viewing panel, louvers shall be made as per the items of works and/or Drawings prepared by the Contractor. Shutters shall be suitably reinforced for lock and other surface hardware and to prevent sagging/twisting. Single sheet steel door shutters shall be fabricated out of 1.25mm thick steel sheets, mild steel angles and stiffeners as per the Drawings.

2.1.6 Doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed into the prepared openings. They shall not be ‘built-in’ as the masonry work proceeds, to avoid distortion and damage of the units. The dimensions of the masonry opening shall have 10mm clearance around the overall dimensions of the frame for this purpose. Any support of scaffolding members on the frames/glazing bars is prohibited.


2.1.7 Glazing of the units shall be either with flat transparent glass or wired / figured glass of the thickness as specified in the items of works prepared by the Contractor. All glass panels shall have properly squared corner and straight edges. Glazing shall be provided on the outside of the frames.

2.1.8 Fixing of the glazing shall be either with spring glazing clips and putty conforming to IS:419 or with metal beads. Pre-formed PVC or rubber gaskets shall be provided for fixing the beads with the concealed screws. The type of fixing the glazing shall be as indicated in the items of work and/or in Drawings prepared by the Contractor.

2.1.9 Steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be provided with finish of either painting as specified or shall be hot dip galvanized with thickness of the zinc coating as stipulated all as described in the respective items of works.

2.1.10 The material of the Builders hardware of fittings and fixtures of chromium plated steel, cast brass, brass copper oxidized or anodized aluminum shall be as specified in the items. The number, size and type of fittings and fixtures shall be as in the Drawings /items of works.

2.1.11 Installation of the units with fixing lugs, screws, mastic caulking compound at the specified locations shall generally conform to the requirements of IS:1081. Necessary holes etc required for fixing shall be made by the Contractor and made good after installation. Workmanship expected is of a high order for efficient and smooth operation of the units.

3.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: The item shall be measured and paid in m2. No hidden measurements shall be measured and paid. Only actual visible measurement shall be measured and wastage shall not be permitted.

6.1.1 Providing and fixing 38 mm. solid core flush type door with heavy Z section frame complete of approved manufacturer and of required size, as per approved drawing, design and direction. The rate shall also include 4 nos. of heavy M.S. oxidized parliamentary or butt hinges, necessary fixtures and fittings of heavy quality., as directed and as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge, including 3 coats of painting.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.1.0 shall be followed.

2.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: The item shall be measured and paid in m2.

6.2.0 Providing and fixing aluminum Doors, Windows and Ventilators with approved 50

micron pure polyester powder coating of uniform shade and finish as mentioned in drawings /approved the rate shall also include for required pre-treatment to sections such as cleaning, buffing, chromating etc. complete as per approval of architect /consultant .The rates quoted shall be inclusive of manufacture supply and installation at site, and inclusive of all the necessary accessories siliconised rubber gaskets, loacks, transport, lobour charges, insurance, storage and safe custody ,etc complete. The rates shall also be inclusive of providing and applying neutral grade sealant of approved make weather or structural with ordinary gun or compressed air operated gun as per the requirement and making the joints around aluminium doors, windows curtain wall glazing ,ventilators etc. watertight as directed by the architect and site engineer. Kg based aluminium items specified in the BOQ will be paid only measuring the weight of the aluminium sections. However the rates shall be inclusive of all the items specified in the item description .

1.0 Preamble: Providing and applying approved 25 micron color anodized sections /50 micron pure polyester powder coating of uniform shade and finish as mentioned in drawings


/approved. the rate shall also include for required pre-treatment to sections such as cleaning, buffing, chromating etc. complete as per approval of architect /consultant .The Tenderer has to submit their powder coating / anodizing /process by which they wish to perform the work. Arrangement for the equipments to measure the thickness of anodized / power coating sections to be made by the contractor. The contractor shall have to give a guarantee bond, for powder coating / amnodizing, on appropriate stamp paper for a period of 10 years .In this period he shall attend to and rectify all complaints without casing any inconvenience to the owner /client .The form of guarantee bond shall be as prescribed below:

‘’I/We………… (contractor) hereby guarantee that work shall remain unaffected and shall not be in any way damaged by atmospheric conditions, For a period of 10 years after the completion of work of powder coating /anodizing the aluminum doors as per the terms and conditions of the contract and guarantees to redo the affected work without claming any extra cost.’

1.1 In case of alteration items of M.S windows standard “Z” sections, M.S. rolled or fabricated sections to any shape including bending as per requirement are to be used matching to the respective aluminium sections. The windows shall be painted with minimum two coats of spray enamel paint (of approved make and shade) over zinc chromate yellow oxide and with steel putty etc. Complete as per design, direction and approved sample.

1.2 The windows and doors are to be fixed with the external finished surface (either stone cladding /external plaster ) and hence all the necessary EPDM rubber or wood packings /rough ground, fastners of fisher / hilti, polyurethane backer road of the minimum 10mm size. Neutral grade silicon weather sealant minimum 10 x 6 mm (between the frame and wall or other surface all around) shall be provided within the rate quoted so as to make the junctions fully water tight /air tight as per the drawings.

1.3 Approved make selected clear glass (clear /frosted) / wired glass of specified thickness (5 to 12mm) as mentioned in the drawings shall be used in doors. Wired glass /frosted glass louvers shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings after grinding the edges.

1.4 Necessary hardware like locking arrangement with pin cylinder locks, mortised locks, SS baby latch (occupied /vacant) SS push /pull or mortised handle, heavy quality hinges /pivot, concealed tower bolts ,etc of approved make & design (by architect) as per the drawings and as per SOQ . floor springs and door closer shall be measured and paid as per mentioned in BOQ/SOQ.

1.5 All gaskets used shall be 100% EPDM/ siliconised rubbers gaskets of approved colour for long life guarantee.

1.6 Necessary operating devise (as per design ) for operation of louvers of windows, ventilators, sky lights ,including necessary, rods shall be provided without any, extra cost.

1.7 The rates quoted shall be inclusive of manufacture supply and installation at site, and inclusive of all the necessary accessories EPDM rubber strips/siliconised rubber strip, loacks, road, excise, taxes, VAT, transport, lobour charges, insurance, storage and safe custody ,etc complete.

1.8 The rates shall also be inclusive of providing and applying neutral grade sealant of approved make weather or structural with ordinary gun or compressed air operated gun as per the requirement and making the joints around aluminium doors, windows curtain wall glazing etc. watertight. On the external periphery of the building at the junction of two different materials as directed by the architect and site engineer.


The contractor shall have to give a guarantee bond, for water tightness, on appropriate stamp paper for a period of 10 years in this period he shall attend to and rectify all complaints without causing any inconvenience to the owners/client. The form of guarantee bond shall be as prescribed below:

‘’I”/ We ………… (contractor) hereby guarantee that work shall remain unaffected and shall not be in any way damaged by atmospheric conditions for conditions, for a period of 10 years after the completion of the work of applying sealant and making the joints around aluminium doors watertight on the external periphery of the building at the junction of two different materials as per the terms and conditions of the contrite and guarantees to redo the affected work without claiming any extra cost.”

1.9 Necessary provision for rain water disposal shall be done in the bottom guides /frames as directed and approved by architect.

1.10 Offer must be in accordance with detailed drawings with dimensions of aluminium sections in frames and shutters and shutters as shown in drawing. It shall be accompanied by the detailed drawings if any deviation is proposed.

1.11 The quantities are provisional and may vary to any extent .no claim will be entertained on this account for any reason.

All the door shutters shall have double action hydraulic floor springs of approved make with minimum one year guarantee. The floor springs shall be of least possible thickness. The contractor shall have to give a guarantee bond, for the hydraulic floor springs, on appropriate stamp paper for a period of 1 year. In this period he shall attend to and rectify all complaints without causing any inconvenience to the owners/client .The form of guarantee bond shall be us prescribed below:

“I/We…………..(contractor) hereby ,guarantee that the floor springs shall remain unaffected and shall not be in any way damaged by normal usage, pulls and pushes, for a period of 1 year after the completion of the work of supplying & fixing the hydraulic floor springs to aluminum doors as per terms and conditions of the contract and guarantees to redo the affected work without claiming any claiming any extra cost”

1.12 Details /arrangements for after sales /maintenance services shall be furnished.

1.13 Work shall be carried out in co –operation and in coordination with all other agencies working at site.

1.14 The civil work as required for fixing of floor springs, hold fast or other works required for the erection and completion of doors/windows etc. shall be done by the contractor without any extra cost.

1.15 Any damage if caused to the existing work done by other agencies shall be reinstated by the contractor to its original condition without any extra cost.

1.16 During the course of work the contractor shall pay due care to avoid any stains on the powder coating work and if required, the contractors shall provide shall provide necessary protective arrangement as directed by the architects for which no extra payments shall be made. After the installation is completed, if required by the architects, the aluminium work shall be washed with mild solution of non alkali soap and water.

1.17 The contractor shall be responsible for the windows/doors/curtain wall glazing/grills etc. being set straight, in plumb level and for their satisfactory operations after the fixing is completed.


1.18 Wherever required and as directed strengthening of members shall be down by providing steel/M.S concealed members without extra cost.

1.19 The door shutters may have hydraulic door closer of approved make with minimum one year guarantee as and where shown in drawings and as directed.

The contractor shall have to give a guarantee bond, for the hydraulic door closer, on appropriate stamp paper for a period of 1 year. In this period he shall attend to and rectify all complaints without causing any inconvenience to the owners /client. The form of guarantee bond shall be as prescribed below:

“I”/We………….. (contractor) hereby guarantee that the hydraulic door closers shall remain unaffected and shall not be in any way damaged by normal usage, pulls and pushes, for a period of 1 year after the completion of the work of supplying & fixing the hydraulic door closers to aluminum doors as per terms and conditions of the contract and guarantees to redo the affected work without claiming any extra cost’”

2.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: Kg based aluminum items specified in the BOQ will be paid only measuring the weight of the aluminum sections. However the rates shall be inclusive of all the items specified in the item description.

6.2.1 Providing and fixing aluminum partly glazed partly solid Doors with all necessary fixtures and fittings of heavy quality & locking arrangement with locks etc and with door closer of approved manufacturer and of required size.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.2.0 shall be followed. The item shall be measured and paid in kg.

6.2.2 Providing and fixing aluminum fully glazed clear glass Windows with all necessary fixtures and fittings of approved manufacturer and of required size.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.2.0 shall be followed. The item shall be measured and paid in kg

6.2.3 Providing and fixing aluminum Ventilators with fixed glass louvers of approved manufacturer and of required size.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.2.0 shall be followed. The item shall be measured and paid in kg

6.2.4 Providing and fixing 5mm thk clear glass in aluminum doors, windows & ventilation..

1.0 Materials & workmanship: Glass shall be of best quality. The item shall be measured and paid in one m2

6.2.5 Providing and fixing 12 mm th pre-laminated particle board shall be used for solid portion for item no. 6.2.1

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.2.0 shall be followed. The item shall be measured and paid in one m2

6.3.0 Providing and fixing interlocking rolling shutters with push pull arrangement of approved make made of 80mm. wide M.S. Laths 18 gauge interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with bracket plates guide channels 10 gauge and out side locking with push-pull operation including the cost of Hood cover of 16 gauge and spring etc. complete. Guide rail shall be fixed to the wall with the help of continuous angle of


25x25x4 mm and anchor fasteners including 2 coat of zinc chromate yellow oxide primer and 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make etc. as directed..(Measurements considered for payments shall be clear size of opening plus guide channels on both the sides for width and 450mm on top for drum height).

1.0 Materials & workmanship: Rolling shutter shall conform to M-32; Enamel paint shall conform to M-44.Rolling shutters shall be of an approved manufacture, conforming to the requirements specified in IS: 6248.

1.1 The type of rolling shutter shall be self coiling type (manual) for clear areas up to 12 sq.m, gear operated type (mechanical) for clear areas up to 35 sq.m and electrically operated type for areas up to 50 sq.m. Mechanical type of rolling shutters shall be suitable for operation from both inside and outside with the crank handle or chain gear operating mechanism duly considering the size of wall/column. Electrical type of rolling shutter shall also be provided with a facility for emergency mechanical operation.

1.2 Rolling shutters shall be supplied duly considering the type, specified clear width/height of the opening and the location of fixing as indicated in the Drawings prepared by the Contractor.

1.3 Shutters shall be built up of interlocking laths 75 mm width between rolling centers formed from cold rolled steel strips. The thickness of the steel strip shall not be less than 0.90 mm for shutters up to 3.50m width and not less than 1.20 mm for shutters above 3.50 m width. Each lath section shall be continuous single piece without any welded joint.

1.4 The guide channels out of mild steel sheets of thickness not less than 3.15 mm shall be of either rolled, pressed or built up construction. The channel shall be of size as stipulated in IS:6248 for various clear widths of the shutters.

1.5 Hood covers shall be of mild steel sheets not less than 0.90 mm thick and of approved shape.

1.6 Rolling shutters shall be provided with a central hasp and staple safety device in addition to one pair of lever locks and sliding locks at the ends.

1.7 All component parts of the steel rolling shutter (excepting springs and insides of guide channels) shall be provided with one coat of zinc chrome primer conformity to IS: 2074 at the shop before supply. These surfaces shall be given an additional coat of primer after erection at the site along with the number of coats and type of finish paint as specified in the respective items of works prepared by the Contractor.

1.8 In case of galvanized rolling shutter, the lath sections, guides, lock plate, bracket plates, suspension shaft and the hood cover shall be hot dip galvanized with a zinc coating containing not less than 97.5 percent pure zinc. The weight of the zinc coating shall be at least 610gms/sq.m.

1.9 Guide channels shall be installed truly plumb at the specified location. Bracket plate shall be rigidly fixed with necessary bolts and holdfasts. Workmanship of erection shall ensure strength and rigidity of rolling shutter for trouble free and smooth operation.

2.0 Mode of measurement and payment:

2.1 Measurement considered for payment shall be clear size of opening, between the jambs plus guide channels on both the sides for width and 450mm on top for drum height shall be added to the height of the opening, the clear distance between the sill and the soffit of the opening.

2.2 The rate shall include for all materials, its transportation at site, labour etc. involved in the operation described as above. It shall include for a primer coat and 2 coats of enamel paint.


2.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. m.

6.3.1 Shutter shall be and pull and push type.

1.0 Materials & workmanship: The relevant specific of item no. 6.3.0 shall be followed.

6.3.2 With mechanical device with a pair of handles.

1.0 The relevant specifications of item no. 6.3.0 shall be followed except that the shutter shall be operated with a mechanical device with a pair of handles.

6.3.3 Shutter shall be partly grilled and partly paneled, and pull and push type.

1.0 The relevant specifications of item no. 6.3.0 shall be followed except that the shutter shall be partly grilled and partly panelled, operated with pull and push type arrangement.

6.3.4 Shutter shall be partly grilled and partly paneled, mechanically operated with a pair of handles.

1.0 The relevant specifications of item no. 6.3.0 shall be followed except that the shutter shall be partly grilled and partly panelled, operated with a mechanical device with a pair of handles.


PLASTERING & POINTING WORK

7.1.1 20 mm. thick Sand face cement plaster on any surface like RCC, Masonry etc. up to any height above ground level consisting of 12 mm. thick backing coat of C.M. 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) and 8 mm. thick finishing coat using Gutka, in C.M. 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand), etc. complete.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Scaffolding: Wooden ballies, bamboo, planks, trestles and other Steel scaffolding shall be sound. These shall be properly examined before erection and use. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster, which shall be independent of the walls.

2.2 Preparation of back ground:

2.2.1 The surface shall be cleaned of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae, efflorescence and other foreign matter by water or by brushing. Smooth surface shall be roughened by wire brushing if it is not hard and by dense hacking if it is concrete. In case of concrete surface, if a chemical retarder or shuttering oil has been applied to the form work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles shall be cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the retarder is left on the surface. Trimming of projections on brick/concrete surface wherever necessary shall be carried out to get an even surface.

2.2.2 Raking of joints in case of masonry wherever necessary shall be allowed to dry out for sufficient period before carrying out the plaster work.

2.2.3 Scaffolding for carrying out plastering work shall be double scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports so that the scaffolding is independent of the walls.

2.3 Preparation of Surface :

2.3.1 All putlog holes in brickwork and junction between concrete and brickwork shall be properly filled in advance. Joints in brick work shall be raked about 12 mm. and concrete surface shall be hacked to provide grip to the plaster. Projecting burrs of mortars formed due to gaps at joints in shuttering shall be removed. The surface shall be scrubbed clean with wire brush/coir brush to remove dirt, dust etc., and the surface thoroughly washed with clean water to remove efflorescence, grease and oil etc., and shall be kept wet for a minimum of two hours before application of plaster. The work shall be carried out in two coats. The backing coat (base coat) shall be in CM 1:4 and The thickness of the back coat shall be 12 mm. average. Before the first coat hardens its surface shall be beaten up by edges of wooden tapers and close dents shall be made on the surface. The subsequent coat shall be applied after this coat has been allowed to set for 3 to 5 days depending upon the weather conditions. The surface shall not be allowed to dry during this period.

2.3.2 The second coat shall be completed to average 8 mm. thickness in CM 1:2 as described above. The surface shall then be tapered to uniform grained texture by using Gutka only, as specified. The sample of sand face shall be got approved before the work is started. The whole work shall be carried out uniformly as per the sample approved.

2.3.3 Curing: The curing shall be started overnight after finishing of the plaster work. The plaster shall be kept wet for a period of 7 days. During this period, it shall be protected from all damages.

2.3.4 For external plaster, the plastering operation shall be started from the top floor and carried downwards. For internal plaster, the plastering operations may be started wherever the building frame and cladding work are ready and the temporary supporting ceiling resting on the wall of


the floor have been removed. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before starting plaster to walls.

2.4 Applications of Plaster :

2.4.1 The plaster about 15 cm. x 15 cm., shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not more than 2 m. intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of these gauges shall be truly in plane of the finished plastered surface. The mortar shall then be applied in uniform surface slightly more than the specified thickness, then brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges with small upwards and sideways movements at a time. Finally, the surface shall be finished off true with a trowel or wooden float according to the texture, smooth or sandy granular, as may be required. Excessive Trowelling or over working the float shall be avoided. All corners, arises, angles and junctions etc. shall be carried out with proper templates to the size required.

2.4.2 Cement mortar shall be used within half an hour after addition of water. Any mortar or plaster which is partially set shall be rejected and removed from the site.

2.4.3 In suspending the work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left out, clean to line both horizontally and vertically. While recommencing the plaster, the edges of the old work shall be scrapped clean and wetted with cement putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas to enable the two to properly join together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day on the body of the wall and shall not be nearer than 15 cm. to any corners or arises. Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on.

2.4.4 Each coat shall be kept damp continuously till the next coat is applied or for a minimum period of 7 days. Moistening shall commence as soon as plaster is hardened sufficiently. Soaking of walls shall be avoided and only as much water as can be readily absorbed shall be used, excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of building in hot air or dry weather shall be prevented by hanging mats or gunny bags on the outside of the plaster and by keeping them wet.

3.0 Mode of Measurements & Payment:

3.1 The rates shall include for work at any height, position, and floor and for all necessary scaffolding, etc. as may be required. The rates shall also include for hacking and/or bush hammering to form key for plaster and for spatter dash treatment, as specified, as and where necessary.

The rates shall also include for all work in narrow width, arises, rounded angles, chamfered external angles, drip moulds, grooves and for making good after all trades.

The rate shall also include for groove with cement finish upto 12 mm. x 6 mm. to be formed in plaster at junction of slab and beam and slab and brick without any extra charge. The rate shall also include for similar grooves in plaster at the junction of masonry and wood or steel door/window/ventilator frame or at bottom of beam/lintels as drip moulds without extra charge.

3.2 All plastering shall be measured in m2., unless otherwise specified. Length, breadth or height shall be measured correct to a centimeter.

3.3 Thickness of the plaster shall be exclusive of the thickness of the key i.e. grooved or open joints in brick work, stone work, etc. or space between laths.

3.4 The measurement of wall plastering shall be taken between the walls or partitions (dimensions before plastering being taken) for length and from the top of floor or skirting to ceiling for height. Depth of cover of cornices if any shall be deducted.


3.6 Soffits of stairs shall be measured as plastering on ceilings. Flowing/folding soffits shall be measured separately.

3.7 For jambs, soffits, sills, etc., openings exceeding 0.5 sqm and not exceeding 3.0 sqm, area deductions and additions shall be made in the following manner: -

(a) No deductions shall be made for end joints, beams, posts, etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5 sqm. each and no addition shall be made for reels, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these opening for finish to plaster around ends of joints, beams, posts, etc.

(b) Deduction for openings exceeds 0.5 sqm. but not exceeding 3.0 sqm. each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings.

(i) When both faces of any wall are plastered with same plaster, deduction shall be made for one face only.

(ii) When two faces of any wall are plastered with different types of plasters or if one faces is plastered and the other pointed, deductions shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frame for door, windows, etc. on which width of reveals is less than that on the other side but no deductions shall be made on the other side. Where width of reveals on both faces of all are equal, deductions of 50% of area of opening on each face shall be made from area of plaster and/or pointing as the case may be.

3.8 For openings having door frames equal to projection beyond the thickness of wall, full deduction for opening shall be made from each plastered face of the wall.

3.9 In case of openings having area above 3.0 m2. each, deduction shall be made for the opening but jambs, soffits, and sills shall be measured additionally.


7.2.1 Providing & laying 20 mm. thick cement plaster in two coats. First base coat in C.M. 1:4 with rough finishing and second coat in C.M. 1:2 in cement mala finish (finished with steel trowel) including scaffolding, curing, making grooves, forming pattas and drip mould, etc. complete, as directed. Rate shall be inclusive of the chicken mesh to be provided at the junction of brick and RCC works.

1.0 Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item No. 7.1.1 shall be followed except that the thickness of the plaster shall be average 20 mm. and shall be carried out as specified in the item. The base coat shall be carried in CM 1:4 having average 12 mm. thickness. Before the plastered surface hardens roughing shall be done to receive the second coat. Second coat shall be applied only after minimum curing of 72 hours. The second coat shall be carried out in CM 1:2 having average 8 mm thickness. The surface shall be finished smooth with steel trowel (Mala finish).


2.1 The relevant specifications of item No. 7.1.1 shall be followed.


7.3.1 Providing & laying 12 to 15 mm. thick cement plaster in single coat, in C.M. 1:3 with cement mala finish (finished with steel trowel) including scaffolding, curing, making grooves, forming pattas and drip mould, etc. complete as directed. Rate shall be inclusive of the chicken mesh to be provided at the junction of brick and RCC works.


Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 7.1.1 shall be followed same except that the proportion of mortar shall be CM 1:3 instead of CM 1:4 and thickness shall be 12 to 15 mm. instead of 20 mm.

2.2 Mode of Measurements & Payment:


2.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one m2

7.5.0 Providing cement vata of specified size, quarter round in PCC (1:1.5:3) with 6 mm down size grit with neat cement finishing, watering, etc. complete. Item of making coving shall be considered in this item only. Coving shall be at floor between floor to wall junction, at ceiling between ceiling and walls and at wall corners between wall to wall. Rate shall be inclusive of the for all heights and final finish of the coving shall be equivalent to the adjacent plaster finish surface.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship: The work of cement vata of specified size shall be carried out at junctions of parapets and terraces as directed. The vata shall be finished in quarter round shape. The work shall be carried out in the best workman-like manner. The internal portion of rain water pipe shall be rounded off properly during constructing the vata. The work shall be cured for 7 days.

3.0 Mode of Measurement and Payment :

3.1 The work shall be measured for finished item in rmt.

3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one rmt.

7.5.1 Cement vata of 10 cm. x 10 cm. size.

1.0 Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item No. 7.5.0 shall be followed except that the Size of cement vata shall be 10 cm X 10 cm.



2.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one rmt..

7.5.2 Cement vata of 15 cm. x 15 cm. size.

1.0 Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item No. 7.5.0 shall be followed except that the Size of cement vata shall be 15 cm X 15 cm.





WATER PROFFING WORK

8.1.1 Providing and laying cement water proofing of average 125mm thick for terrace slabs using cement slurry & waterproofing chemical after cleaning, arranging brick bats in cement mortar 1:5,according to the slope, adding suitable chemical for water-tightness and again after 3 days ponding with water and testing same, providing on top cement mortar 1:3 including addition of waterproofing compound and finishing the top with neat cement @ 2.75 kg/m2 and as per direction and instructions, complete at all levels and floors, including furnishing a guarantee bond for 10 years. The work should be carried out through an approved specialized agency like India Water Proofing Co. or equivalent. (Wall to wall measurement will be considered only including vata up to 300mm height)

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6. Stone grit shall conform to M-8. Brickbats shall conform to M-14. Approved waterproofing compound shall be added in cement mortar as per manufacturer's specification and shall conform to M-67. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Unless otherwise specified proprietary waterproofing treatment shall be executed through M/s. India Waterproofing Co. or approved equivalent, who should give a guarantee of 10 years on stamp paper to the employer directly and the tender rate shall be inclusive of the same.

A guarantee bond on appropriately stamp paper shall be given by the contractor to the client in the manner form prescribed below:

FORM OF GUARANTEE BOND

"I/We ......................(Contractor) hereby guarantee that work will remain unaffected and will not be in any way damaged by water or any other form of humid condition, for a period of 10 years after completion of the work of water-proofing as per the terms and conditions of the contract and the Contractor hereby indemnifies and agrees to save the Client from any loss and or damage that might be caused on account of water and or other similar form of humid conditions and hereby guarantees to make good any loss or damage suffered by the Client and further guarantees to redo the affected work without claiming any extra cost."

2.2 This guarantee shall remain in force for a period of 10 years from the completion of the work under the contract and it shall remain binding to the Contractor for period of 10 years.

2.3 While tendering the contractors should clearly stipulate the type of treatment proposed to be provided by them and the name and particulars of firm through whom they propose to carry out the treatment.

2.4 The surface to be treated shall have a minimum slope of 1 in 120. The grading shall be carried out prior to the application of water proofing treatment by cement mortar. The brickbats of varying size as per requirement shall be arranged in proper gradient using cement mortar 1:5 according to the desired slope. Suitable waterproofing chemical shall be added to make the CM water tight and then cement mortar 1:3 shall again be provided on top of the brickbats, including the waterproofing compound which shall be added in the CM and finishing on top with neat cement @ 2.75 kg/m2. The top surface shall be finished rough surface as per the direction so as to receive the next finishing item.

2.5 The testing shall be done by ponding for atleast 72 hours.

2.6 Well defined cracks other than hair cracks in the treated structure shall be cut to `V' section, cleaned and then filled up flush with cement sand slurry or with bitumen conforming to IS : 702-1961.


2.7 The surface under treatment, part of parapet (incase of balcony or terrace) and gutters, drain mouths etc. over which the water proofing treatment is to be applied, shall be cleaned of all foreign matter such as fungus, moss and dust by wire brushing and dusting.

2.8 Drain outlet shall be suitably placed with respect to the surface gradient to ensure rapid drainage and prevention of local accumulation of water on the treated surface. Masonry drain mouth, shall be widened sufficiently and rounded with cement mortar.

2.9 For cast iron drain outlets, a groove shall be cut all around to touch the treatment.

2.10 When a pipe passes through a roof on which water proofing treatment is to be laid, a cement concrete angle fillet shall be built round it and the water proofing treatment shall be taken over the fillet.

2.11 In case of parapet wall over 450 mm. in height, for tucking in the water proofing treatment, a horizontal groove 75 mm. wide and 65 mm. deep at minimum height of 300 mm. above terrace level shall be left in the vertical face at the time of construction, the horizontal face of the groove shall be shaped with cement mortar 1:4.

2.12 In case of low parapet where the height does not exceed 450 mm. no groove shall be provided and the water proofing treatment shall be carried right over the top.

2.13 In case of existing R.C.C. and stone wall cutting the chase for tacking in the water proofing treatment is not recommended.

2.14 At the junction between the roof and vertical face of the parapet wall, a fillet 75 mm. in radius shall be constructed.

2.15 At the drain mouths the fillet shall be suitably cut back and rounded off for each application of water proofing treatment and easy flow of water.

2.16 Outlet at every low dividing wall about less than 300 mm. in height shall be rounded smooth and corners rounded off for easy application of water proofing treatment.


3.1 The rate shall include providing water proof cement concrete terracing of adequate thickness to give desired slope for drainage of rain water from terraces.

3.2 The measurements for this item shall be taken as under:

(a) Water proofing of roof shall be measured in m2. Plan area of treated surface shall be measured correct to a centimeter.

(b) Measurement shall be taken for the plan area of roofing/terrace. Flashing treatment including flashing over the parapet wall up to 300 m from terrace. Low dividing walls and expansion joints and at the pipe projections etc. Overlapping and tucking into flashing grooves shall not be measured extra.

(e) In measurements, no deduction shall be made for either openings or recess for chimney stacks, roof lights etc. having areas upto 0.4 m2. Deduction shall be made in measurements for full opening but nothing extra shall be paid for extra labour and materials in forming such openings.

3.3 The rate includes cost of all materials and labour required to carry the works as per the above specifications. The rate also includes cleaning of surface and treating the cracks shall not be paid separately. Cutting of horizontal grooves in parapet walls for tucking in water proofing treatment shall not be measured or paid separately.


3.4 Measurements shall be based on the drawings or as executed on site, the lesser of the two shall be given. No extra payment shall be made for rounding and vata at the junction of slab & parapet. A deposit at the rate of 50% of the cost of this item from the running and final bills shall be recovered and retained for the first one year after completion of the work and 10% of the same shall be retained for the balance of the guarantee period and shall be refunded only after the completion of the guarantee period.

3.5 This item shall be measured and paid in m2.

8.4.1 Providing & laying broken white china mosaic flooring for plain and curved surfaces, comprising of 20 to 25 mm. size broken pieces of glazed tiles (one or more colours, as directed), laid over cement mortar 1:6 bedding including applying cement slurry at the rate of 2.75 kg per sq.m. , on plain or sloped surfaces. and filling joints with white cement. The flooring shall be tampered to bring the mortar cream up to the surface, including rounding of the junctions and extending them upto 15 cm. along the parapet wall. The rate shall include bands, if different colour is used, any pattern or design as per drawing and direction, curing, cleaning with water and oxalic acid, etc. complete. (Wall to wall measurement will be considered only including vata upto 150mm height)



8.6.0 Providing and laying specified dia rain water down take PVC pipe with bends & joints etc. complete.

1.0 Materials:

The specified dia PVC pipe shall be of the best quality of approved make or equivalent as approved by the consultants & also bends reducer. Tees, Elbow as per requirements.

2.0 Workmanship:

All pipes shall be laid as per proper slope, level and gradient specified on the drawing.

PVC pipes shall be of the specified diameter and in full length including socket ends of the pipes unless shorter lengths are required at junctions with fitting.

2.1 Fixing: The pipes and fittings shall be fixed in vertical alignment, unless otherwise specified and shall be secured to the walls at joints with brackets/clamps. They shall be of MS or Aluminum, bent to the required shape and size to fit tightly on the pipe when tightened with MS bar, nut, bolt and washer. The brackets/clamps shall be fixed to the walls and kept about 25mm clear off the finished face of the wall so as to facilitate cleaning and painting of the pipes. Joints shall be with good workmanship & in proper manner.

2.3 Painting: PVC pipes shall be painted with two coats of bitumen paint covered with polyethylene tape and a

final coat of bitumen paint.

3.0 Mode of Measurement and Payment:

The length of pipe shall be measured including all fittings along its length in running meters, correct to a centimetre. No allowance shall be made for the portion of pipe length entered in the sockets of the adjacent pipe or fittings. The rate shall be inclusive of all materials, labour, tools and plant etc., required for satisfactory completion, testing and commissioning of this item. The rate shall be for a unit of one running meter.


8.6.1 100 mm dia & Pressure of 4 kg/m2

1.0 Material, Workmanship & Mode of measurement & payment: The relevant specification of item no. 8.5.0 shall be followed except that the dia pipe shall be 100 mm & pressure of 4 kg/m2.

8.6.2 160 mm dia & Pressure of 6 kg/m2

1.0 Material, Workmanship & Mode of measurement & payment: The relevant specification of item no. 8.5.0 shall be followed except that the dia pipe shall be 160 mm & pressure of 6 kg/m2.


FLOORING WORK

9.1.1 Providing and laying cement concrete smooth finish floor 125mm. thick with M20 concrete-Min Cement content 325 kg/cum including giving a floating coat of 1:1 cement mortar, with nominal temperature steel etc. complete as specified by the Architect/Engineer-in-charge. The rate shall be exclusive of reinforcement steel the same shall be paid in relevant tender items. The suitable size of panel should be approximately 5.0 x 6.0 m or as directed by Engineer. The Construction joints to be formed at every 5m distance by grooving with mechanical saw within 48 hrs. Groove/sawed joints shall be made of 6mm width and 25 mm depth min (1/3 rd depth of the pavement) as shown in the drawing and shall be filled with silicone sealant/Elastomeric Sealant/Epoxy Sealant. The sawing operation should be carried out as soon as concrete is ready to accept the saw cut without trowelling etc as directed by Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The construction joint is formed by square edge and painted with bitumen. The rate shall be inclusive of labour, grooves, sealant and machinery cost.

4.0 Materials and workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 2.1.0, 4.1.1 shall be followed.


1.0 The rate shall be including of labour, grooves, sealant and machinery cost.

The rate shall be for a unit of one m2

9.3.1 Providing & laying in position, ceramic tiles of approved make & colour, of first quality of any size as per design, set in cement slurry over a minimum 12 mm. thick cement mortar 1:4 bedding and laid to proper slope and level. Joints shall be filled with self matching colour (white cement plus pigment). Curing & cleaning with mild oxalic acid etc. complete to be done for flooring, dado or channel work, as directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. Ceramic tiles shall conform to M-56 and shall be of the make as specified in the item. The ceramic tiles shall be of first quality and make as specified in the item. The ceramic tiles shall be of Regency or Bell make. The pigment used for mixing with white cement for pointing shall be of Rainbow Tile Mate from `Roffe' or equivalent, conforming to M-63

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Bedding:

2.1.1 The sub-grade shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding shall then be laid evenly over the surface, as described above, tamped and corrected to desired level and allowed to harden enough to offer a rigid cushion to tiles and to enable the mason to place wooden planks across and squat on it.

2.1.2 The white/coloured tiles shall then be laid on the cement mortar bedding of 12 mm. thickness, in CM 1:4. The mortar shall have sufficient plasticity for laying and there shall be no hard lumps that would interfere with the evenness of the bedding. The base shall be cleaned and well wetted, before laying. The mortar shall then be spread in thickness not less than 10 mm. at any place and average 12 mm. thick. The proportion of the cement mortar shall be as specified in the item.


2.2 Fixing tiles:

2.2.1 The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for atleast two hours. Neat grey cement grout at 3.3 Kg./Cement/m2. of honey-like consistency shall be spread over the mortar bedding as directed. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat cement slurry. The tiles shall then be well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till they are properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. The joints between the tiles shall be as thin as possible in straight line or as per pattern.

2.2.2 The tiles shall not have staggered joints. The joints shall be true to center line both ways. The Nahni trap coming in the flooring shall be so positioned that its grating shall replace only one tile as far as possible. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed, they shall be cut (Sawn) to the required size and the edges rubbed smooth to ensure straight and true joints. After the tiles are laid, the joints shall be cleaned of grey cement grout with a wire brush to a depth of about 5 mm. and then grouted with white cement with or without pigment to match the shade of the topping of tiles. The same cement slurry shall then be spread over the whole surface in a thin coat to protect the surface from abrasive damage and to fill up pin holes that may exist on the surface. White cement with or without matching pigment shall be used for pointing the joints. After fixing the tile finally in an even plane the flooring shall be kept wet and allowed to cure undisturbed for 7 days.

2.2.3 While laying, any chiselling which may be required for making the skirting or dado flush with the plaster and/or other finishes shall be done. Necessary grooves of required size in cm., between plaster and/or other finishes, dado or skirting (if required) shall be provided. Forming machine-cut/rounded edges, gutters, sills, platforms, channels, curbing, etc. if any, if required shall be provided as per the drawing and design.

2.2.4 In places where full tiles cannot be fixed, the tiles shall be cut to the size and smoothened at the edges to give straight and true joints.

2.2.5 All necessary slopes, gradients and levels shall be truly maintained as required and directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

2.3 Cleaning:

2.3.1 The surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleared off before it sets. Once the floor has set, it shall be carefully washed and cleaned by dilute acid and dried. Proper precautions and measures shall be taken to ensure that the tiles are not damaged in any way till the completion of the construction.

2.3.2 If any tile is disturbed or damaged it shall be refitted or replaced, properly jointed and polished.


3.1 The work done shall be measured in m2. for the visible area of work done in floor and dado. The length and width of the flooring shall be measured between the faces of skirting or dado or plastered face of walls as the case may be. The paving under dado or skirting shall not be measured. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in the floor of area upto 0.1 m2. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floors at different levels in the same room. The dado will be measured from the finish floor level to the top of tile fixed.

3.2 The rate shall include the cost of all materials (inclusive of all taxes, levies, and delivery at site), labour & sundry involved in all the operations, at all floors, at any height and level, as described above. It shall also include for breakage and wastage. Floating materials and margin of profit


shall also be included. All material samples shall be got approved by the Architect/Engineer-in-charge before placing orders.

3.3 No extra shall be paid for any small quantities like narrow widths, mitred & returned ends, rounds & cutting, fixing and making good upto & around pipes, fittings and fixtures etc.

3.4 The rate shall include for fixing the flooring in composite pattern as per the drawings, using different materials and sizes. The measurements of the different materials shall be taken category-wise separately and paid accordingly.

3.5 The basic rate if at all provided or agreed upon includes cost of material, all taxes, levies & cost of delivery at site.


9.4.1 Providing & laying 25 mm. thick green polished kotah of approved quality, selected and sorted for uniform colour, in floor, otta, sill, skirting, dado etc., in required sizes up to 60 cm. and as per design with normal pattern (square, rectangular) as per drawings, including cement mortar 1:6 bedding of required thickness, joints & pointing as specified, three or more coats of polishing (with oxalic acid) up to mirror finish surfaces with different grades of Emery, curing, daily moping with water & kerosene as directed for at least 15 days or up to the satisfaction of the Architect & Engineer-in-charge, with selected brown kotah to form bands etc. complete. (NO WAXING WILL BE PERMITTED).

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform M-1. Lime mortar shall conform to M-10. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. Polished kotah shall conform to M-49 and shall be of reasonably uniform colour. The size of the kotah shall be upto 60 cm. only. Waxing shall not be permitted.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Each slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel, dressed at all the edges. the work shall be carried out in normal pattern (square or rectangular), with or without bands of selected brown kotah stone etc. as per drawing and as directed by the Architect. The sides thus dressed shall have full contact if laid along a straight edge. The sides shall be table rubbed with coarse sand, before paving. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be truly square and free form chipping and shall give a plane surface. The thickness of the slab shall be 25 mm. (average) as specified in the item but not less than 20 mm. at any place of the slab.

2.2 Bedding for the kotah slab flooring shall be of cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse sand) of average thickness 20 mm. as given in the description of the item. Sub grade shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. Mortar of the specified mix and thickness shall be then be spread on an area sufficient to receive one kotah slab. The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It shall be laid on top pressed, tapped gently to bring it in level with the other slabs. It shall then be lifted and laid aside. Top surface of the mortar shall then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows or depressions. The mortar shall then be allowed to harden a bit. Over this surface, cement slurry of honey-like consistency shall be applied. The slab shall then be gently placed in position and tapped with wooden mallet till it is properly padded in level with and close to the adjoining slab. The joint shall be as fine as possible. The slabs fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 10 mm. under the plaster, skirting or dado. The junction between the wall and floor shall be finished neatly. The finished surface shall be true to levels and slopes, as directed.

2.3 While laying, any chiselling which may be required for making the skirting or dado flush with the plaster and/or other finishes shall be done. Necessary grooves of required size in cm., between plaster and/or other finishes, dado or skirting (if required) shall be provided. Forming machine-


cut/rounded edges, gutters, sills, platforms, channels, curbing, etc. if any, if required, shall be provided as per the drawing and design.

2.4 In places where full tiles cannot be fixed, the tiles shall be cut to the size and smoothened at edge to give straight and true joints.

2.5 All necessary slopes, gradients and levels shall be truly maintained as required and directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

2.6 The floor shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days, so that bedding and joints set properly.

2.7 Polishing shall be normally commenced after 14 days of laying the slab. First polishing shall be done with carborundum of 60 - 120 grade grit fitted in the heavy machine and then second polishing shall be done with carborundum of 220 to 350 grade grit fitted in the heavy machine. Water shall be properly used during polishing. The flooring shall then be washed clean with water and oxalic acid. As directed by the Architect and as specified in the item, no waxing will be permitted.

2.8 If any tile is disturbed or damaged it shall be refitted or replaced, properly jointed and polished.

2.8 The holes required for Nahni traps, pipes any other fittings shall be made without any extra cost.


3.1 Kotah slab flooring shall be measured in m2. for visible area of work done.

3.2 No deductions shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in the floor area upto 0.1 m2. Nothing extra shall be paid for use of cut tiles or for laying the floors at different levels in the same room or court yard. Kotah slabs laid in floor boarders and bands etc. shall be measured in the same item and nothing extra shall be payable on account of these or similar bands formed of half or multiples of half size standard tiles/or other uncut tiles.

3.3 The treads of stairs and steps paved with tiles without nosing shall also be measured under this item.

3.4 The rate shall include the cost of all materials (inclusive of all taxes, levies, and delivery at site), labour & sundry involved in all the operations, at all floors, at any height and level, as described above. It shall also include for breakage and wastage. Floating materials and margin of profit shall also be included. All material samples shall be got approved by the Architect/Engineer-in-charge before placing orders.



3.7 The basic rate, if at all provided or agreed upon includes cost of material, all taxes, levies & cost of delivery at site.

3.8 The risers of steps, skirting or dado shall be measured in m2. Length shall be measured along the finished faces of risers, skirting or dado. Height shall be measured from finished level of treads or floor to top. Lining of pillars shall be measured under this item.



9.5.1 Providing & fixing green double polished kotah of 25 mm. thick of uniform size and colour for platforms, staircases, sinks, shelves, morry etc. in floor, dado or facia etc. up to 1.0 m. long, including necessary machine-cut edges (uniform thickness) rounded edges, necessary cement mortar bedding in C.M. 1:2 of required thickness. Cement joints and pointing as specified with polishing (with oxalic acid), curing, daily mopping with water and kerosene as directed for at least 15 days or up to the satisfaction of the Architect & Engineer-in-charge etc. complete.

1.0 Materials & Workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 9.4.1 shall be followed except that the thickness of kotah shall be 25 mm. and the kotah shall be double polished. The size of the kotah shall be upto 1.0 m. only. Waxing shall not be permitted. The polishing shall be done manually instead of machine polishing and bedding shall be in CM 1:2.

2.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment: The relevant specifications of item no. 9.4.1 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m2.

9.6.1 Providing and laying 63 mm. thick I.P.S (Indian Patent) 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded aggregate 20 mm. nominal size), laid in one layer finished with trowel finish with using 1:1 cement mortar for filling the minor holes etc. complete.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6. Aggregate 20 mm. nominal size shall conform to M-12. Cement concrete 1:2:4 proportion measured by volume shall conform to relevant specification of ordinary grade 1:2:4 concrete.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Preparation of Surface: Before the operation for laying the topping is started, the surface of the base concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, loose particles, caked mortar droppings and laitance, if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush. Where the concrete has hardened so much that roughening of surface by wire brush is not possible, the surface shall be roughened by chipping or hacking at close intervals. The surface shall then be cleaned with water and kept wet for 12 hours and surplus water shall be removed by mopping before the topping is laid.

2.2 Laying:

2.2.1 The screed strips shall be fixed over the base concrete dividing it into suitable panels. Before placing the concrete for topping, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly brushed into the prepared surface of the base concrete just ahead of the finish. Concrete of specified proportion and thickness shall be laid in alternate panels to required level and slope and thoroughly tamped and cement concrete 1:2:4 shall conform to relevant specifications of section 2.00.

2.2.2. The cement concrete flooring of 63 mm. thick (Average) is to be laid as per the site condition. The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer at the work. Hand mixed may however be allowed for smaller quantities of work and in case of failure of machines or as permitted by the Architect. It shall carried be out on a water tight platform and care shall be taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. However, in such cases 10% more cement than otherwise required shall have to be used without any extra cost. The mechanical mixing shall be done for a period of 1.5 to 2 minutes. The quantity of water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the purpose. Flooring of specified thickness shall be laid in accordance with approved pattern or as directed. Finishing operation shall start shortly after the cessation of beating and shall be spread over a period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be left for some time till moisture disappears from it. Fresh quantity of cement shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry and spread over the surface while the concrete is still green. Use of dry cement or cement and sand mixture sprinkled on this surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive moisture shall not be permitted. The cement slurry shall then


be properly pressed twice by means of iron floats, once, when the slurry is applied and the second time when cement starts setting and is to be finished smooth. The surface shall be marked with string or B.R.C. fabric jali to make the surface non-slippery as and when directed. The junction of floors with wall plaster, dado or skirting shall be rounded off where so required upto 25 mm. radius. Flooring in lavatories and bath rooms shall be laid after fixing of water closet and squatting pans and floor traps which shall be plugged while laying the floors and opened after the floors are completed. Any damage, done to water supply or sanitary fittings during execution of work shall be made good.

2.2.3 After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet, if required by ponding, for a period of not less than 7 days from the date of placement.

2.2.4 The form work shall be provided if necessary as directed by Architect. Concreting shall be done as per alternate bay method with necessary centering either by mastic or cement mortar as directed.

2.3 Finishing the Surface: After the concrete has been fully compacted it shall be finished by trowelling or floating with neat cement rendering. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and the surface shall be trowelled three times at intervals so as to produce an uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear and tear, depends largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The time interval allowed between successive trowelling is very important. Immediately after placing cement rendering, only just sufficient trowelling shall be done to give a level surface. Excessive trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to bring a layer in cement to the surface. Sometime, after the first trowelling, the duration depending upon the temperature and atmospheric conditions and the rate of setting of the cement used, the surface shall be retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and to scrape off any excess water in concrete or any laitance. No dry cement shall be used directly on the surface to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface.

If directed by the Architect & Engineer-in-charge, approved mineral pigment shall be added to the rendering to give desired colour and shade to the flooring at no extra cost.

When 1:2:4 mix is specified the topping shall be rendered with 1:1:2, (1 part cement mortar with a suitable mineral pigment (if directed), 1 part sand and 2 parts grit - 6 mm. and down size), instead of cement only. If specified in the schedule of quantities, the flooring shall be machine polished as per Architect & Engineer- in-charge's instructions.

Wherever the patent flooring is used as a finishing on roof, the joints shall be filled with an approved bitumastic filler in a workman-like manner.

Ironite Topping: Instead of finishing the top with rendering coat of 1:1 cement mortar, the top shall be finished with ironite topping. Unless, otherwise specified, one part of ironite and four parts of ordinary cement by weight shall be mixed dry thoroughly. This dry mixture shall be mixed with grit 6 mm. (1/4") and down size or as otherwise directed in the ratio of 1:2 by volume and well turned over. Just enough water shall be added to this dry mix and mixed thoroughly well and laid to uniform thickness of 12 mm. and compacted. After the initial set has started the surface shall be finished as directed.


3.1 The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. No deduction shall be made or extra paid for any opening upto 0.1 m2. in area, in the floor, nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the same room or the courtyard.



9.8.1 Providing and laying interlocking paver blocks of high density 60 mm thick M-40 grade for footpath, parking areas, service lanes and other areas as mentioned in the drawing. The metalling and sand bedding shall be done as per the drawing and it shall be paid in relevant item. The work of the paving blocks shall be executed in line and level. It should be laid in such a way that the no cutting of the paver block to be necessary. Paver blocks shall be compacted and shall be re-laid if necessary.

1.0 Material: The compressive strength of the interlocking paver block shall be minimum 400 kg/sq.cm. and water absorption should be less than 6% by weight. Abrasion resistance should be less than 2 (maximum permissible value 3 mm ) Same shall be manufactured by automatic press and compaction must include vibration and pressing force not less than 200 tones. The blocks should be steam cured.

2.0 Base on which the paver blocks to be laid shall be levelled and well compacted with mechanical compactor. Special care of consolidation shall be taken to assure a permanent laying. The depth of the base shall be as per the design and drawing. Base shall be leveled properly. It shall be done with long and strong skreed board. Pipes or skreeding bar may also be used. A frame of steel section shall be made to maintain the base. The skreed shall not be warped or twisted.

2.1 The pavers shall be placed in the pattern as per drawing and detail close together. The space between the pavers should be minimum and consistent. The overall pattern shall be uniform. If require, then the stone shall be cut with a splitter chiesel or masonry saw as require.

2.2 The pavers should then be tamped down and leveled with a vibrating plate compactor. This will bring the pavers to their true grade as well a level the stones. Sand will be forced into spaces to make stones firm and free of movement. Dry fine sand shall be sweeped above the paver block.

3.0 Mode of payment: Rate shall be inclusive of all types of material including handling charges, all types if lead and lift, all types of labour charges, all types of taxes, duties, octroi etc. and transportation charges. It shall be inclsuve of wastage and over heads and profits.The unit of measurement shall be sq.meter.

9.9.1 Providing & fixing white polished marble of 12 mm. thick of uniform size and colour for window sill, sides and top, as per design ,with recess, to recive aluminum window , including necessary machine-cut edges (uniform thickness) rounded edges, necessary cement mortar bedding in C.M. 1:2 of required thickness. Cement joints and pointing as specified with polishing (with oxalic acid), curing, up to the satisfaction of the Architect & Engineer-in-charge etc. complete.

1.0 The relevant specification of item no. 9.4.1 shall be followed except that the 12mm thk white polished marble to be used instead of green polished kotah.

9.10.1 Providing & laying in position, vitrified tiles of approved make & colour, of first quality of any size as per design, set in cement slurry over a minimum 12 mm. thick cement mortar 1:4 bedding and laid to proper slope and level. Joints shall be filled with self matching colour (white cement plus pigment). Curing & cleaning with mild oxalic acid etc. complete to be done for flooring, dado or channel work, as directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.


1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. The vitrified tiles shall be of first quality and make as specified in the item. The Vitrified tiles shall be of, Regency or Bell make. The pigment used for mixing with white cement for pointing shall be of Rainbow Tile Mate from `Roffe' or equivalent, conforming to M-63

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Bedding:

2.1.1 The sub-grade shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding shall then be laid evenly over the surface, as described above, tamped and corrected to desired level and allowed to harden enough to offer a rigid cushion to tiles and to enable the mason to place wooden planks across and squat on it.

2.1.2 The white/coloured tiles shall then be laid on the cement mortar bedding of 12 mm. thickness, in CM 1:4. The mortar shall have sufficient plasticity for laying and there shall be no hard lumps that would interfere with the evenness of the bedding. The base shall be cleaned and well wetted, before laying. The mortar shall then be spread in thickness not less than 10 mm. at any place and average 12 mm. thick. The proportion of the cement mortar shall be as specified in the item.

2.2 Fixing tiles:

2.2.1 The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least two hours. Neat grey cement grout at 3.3 Kg./Cement/m2. of honey-like consistency shall be spread over the mortar bedding as directed. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat cement slurry. The tiles shall then be well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till they are properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. The joints between the tiles shall be as thin as possible in straight line or as per pattern.

2.2.2 The tiles shall not have staggered joints. The joints shall be true to center line both ways. The Nahni trap coming in the flooring shall be so positioned that its grating shall replace only one tile as far as possible. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed, they shall be cut (Sawn) to the required size and the edges rubbed smooth to ensure straight and true joints. After the tiles are laid, the joints shall be cleaned of grey cement grout with a wire brush to a depth of about 5 mm. and then grouted with white cement with or without pigment to match the shade of the topping of tiles. The same cement slurry shall then be spread over the whole surface in a thin coat to protect the surface from abrasive damage and to fill up pin holes that may exist on the surface. White cement with or without matching pigment shall be used for pointing the joints. After fixing the tile finally in an even plane the flooring shall be kept wet and allowed to cure undisturbed for 7 days.

2.2.3 While laying, any chiselling which may be required for making the skirting or dado flush with the plaster and/or other finishes shall be done. Necessary grooves of required size in cm., between plaster and/or other finishes, dado or skirting (if required) shall be provided. Forming machine-cut/rounded edges, gutters, sills, platforms, channels, curbing, etc. if any, if required shall be provided as per the drawing and design.

2.2.4 In places where full tiles cannot be fixed, the tiles shall be cut to the size and smoothened at the edges to give straight and true joints.

2.2.5 All necessary slopes, gradients and levels shall be truly maintained as required and directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.


2.3 Cleaning:

2.3.1 The surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleared off before it sets. Once the floor has set, it shall be carefully washed and cleaned by dilute acid and dried. Proper precautions and measures shall be taken to ensure that the tiles are not damaged in any way till the completion of the construction.

2.3.2 If any tile is disturbed or damaged it shall be refitted or replaced, properly jointed and polished.


3.1 The work done shall be measured in m2. for the visible area of work done in floor and dado. The length and width of the flooring shall be measured between the faces of skirting or dado or plastered face of walls as the case may be. The paving under dado or skirting shall not be measured. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in the floor of area upto 0.1 m2. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floors at different levels in the same room. The dado will be measured from the finish floor level to the top of tile fixed.

3.2 The rate shall include the cost of all materials (inclusive of all taxes, levies, and delivery at site), labour & sundry involved in all the operations, at all floors, at any height and level, as described above. It shall also include for breakage and wastage. Floating materials and margin of profit shall also be included. All material samples shall be got approved by the Architect/Engineer-in-charge before placing orders.



3.5 The basic rate if at all provided or agreed upon includes cost of material, all taxes, levies & cost of delivery at site.


9.11.0 Providing & laying in position acid - alkali resistance ceramic “ Endura” or Equivalent tiles of approved colour, size and thickness of first quality as per design, set in cement slurry over a minimum 12 mm. thick cement mortar 1:4 bedding and laid to proper slope and level. Joint of 4mm wide x depth same as tile’s thickness shall be filled with CNSL resin based mortar as per manufacturer’s specification, including curing and cleaning with mild oxalic acid etc. complete, as shown and specified etc. complete, as directed by Architects and Engineer-in-charge.

The workmanship and material shall be as per manufacturer.The relevant specification of item no. 9.4.1 shall be followed except that the acid - alkali resistance ceramic to be used instead of green polished kotah.The rate shall be for a unit of one m2

9.11.1 Do-as-above but tile 15mm thk

9.11.2 Do-as-above but tile 15mm thk


9.12.1 Providing and laying 2mm thk Vinyl flooring using Wonderfloor vinyl flooring, Armstrong vinyl floor tiles or equivalent, as approved by the Architect, in desired pattern and design, in required shade and finish, over 63 mm thk IPS,with proper rubber based adhesive solution, such as Dunlop S-758 or equivalent. The rate includes making seamless joints and cleaning the flooring etc. complete, as directed.

1.0 Material : Vinyl flooring/floor tiles shall conform to M-53. The adhesive solution shall be rubber based, such as Dunlop S-758 or equivalent.

2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 The sub-grade shall be even, hard, cleaned and well dried, before the commencement of laying, so as to provide good adhesion. Incase the sub grade is not properly leveled or even, a 63 mm thk IPS shall be provided for the tiles. The bedding mortar shall be as per item no 9.6.1

2.2 A coat of approved base binding agent, a rubber based adhesive solution of thickness as specified by the Manufacturer, shall then be spread evenly over the bedding/sub grade. The tiles/roll shall be then fixed to the floor, in the pattern and colour arrangement indicated in the Architect's drawing or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. The joints shall be jointed with the same adhesive solution. After allowing it to become sufficiently dry, the tiles/roll shall be pressed down with even pressure until it adheres well to the bed material. During application of pressure, if the adhesive solution rises from the joints, it shall be removed. Thermo welding with vinyl chord or cold sealant welding ensures seamless waterproof surface. The flooring shall be laid in accordance with approved manufacturer's directions.

2.3 The floor shall be cleaned with the tile finish wax and polished with muslin cloth, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The flooring shall be inspected after 30 days for any adjustments, repairs or replacement.


3.1 The clear visible area of work done, flooring, skirting and dado, shall be measured and paid. The rate shall include all materials, labour, tools and equipments required for satisfactory completion of the item.


9.13.1 Providing and fixing in position, 25 to 38 mm. thick acid and alkali resisting Red Mandana stone of approved size and shape, for flooring, skirting and dado, including two coats of acid and alkali preventive primer, fixing on average 37 mm. thick cement mortar bedding 1:3 (1 part of cement and 3 part of coarse sand) with acid proof powder, keeping the joints 6 mm. to 10 mm. wide all around and filling the same with epoxy resin and hardener, including hand/machine polishing, wax polishing etc. complete, as directed.

The relevant specification of item no. 9.4.1 shall be followed same except that Red mandana stone shall be used instead of kotah as specified in the item. Approved quality of acid and alkali preventing primer shall be applied uniformly in two coats over the slab or concrete surface on which the flooring is to be laid. Acid-alkali proof powder shall be mixed with cement as per the manufacturer's specifications, to prepare the cement mortar for bedding. The cement-powder mix and sand shall be mixed in the proportion of 1:3 and the mortar shall be prepared. The stones of desired size shall be laid on the mortar bed of thickness 37 mm. for flooring and 15-20 mm. for dado/skirting, in proper line and level with joints of even thickness of 6 to 10 mm., all around.


The joints shall then be raked to 12 to 19 mm. deep and filled with epoxy based resin. The resin shall be mixed with quick drier and acid-alkali proof powder. The stones shall be either hand polished or machine polished and cleaned with oxalic acid and then wax polished.

9.14.1 Providing and laying light coloured first quality Ceramic/glazed tiles in dado on 10mm. thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) fixed in 1:1 cement mortar behind the tiles, pointing in white cement and jointed with white cement &pigment with residues as per drawing &approved by Engineer -In charge or Architect complete.

1.0 Materials : The vitrified floor tiles shall conform to M-57. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.

2.0 Workmanship: The relevant specification of item no. 9.3.1 shall be followed. The joints shall be filled with Roffe/unitiles or equivalent grouting materials, conforming to M-67 etc. complete.

3.0 Mode of Measurements and Payment : The relevant specification of item no. 9.3.1 shall be followed.


IRON & STEEL WORK

10.1.0 Providing, erecting and fixing in position structural steel sections confirming to IS:806:1968 and IS:1161:1979 for the work of sheds, canopy, space frame, industrial buildings including necessary RHS & SHS of TATA, rolled joists, channels, angles and angle cleats, gusset plates, chequred plate, position hips and jack lifters, purlins,etc. including cutting and welding the members as per detailed drawing and design. The rate shall include sand blasting of the steel sections, plates,2 coat of zinc chromate yellow oxide primer and 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make over all the surfaces of the steel sections.( Only standard measurements will be paid for). Shop drawings for the connection details shall be prepared for the approval of the architect. Gusset plates, Corner plates, joining plates etc. will be profiled and the rate of the profile cutting shall be including in the rate quoted.

1.0 Materials: The structural steel work shall conform to M-22. Zinc cromate yellow oxide/red oxide primer to IS:102-1962. Enamel paint to M-44.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 The steel sections, as specified or required, shall be straightened and cut square, to the correct lengths, as per drawings and design, measured with a steel tape. The sections shall be cold straightened and the finished goods shall be free from bending, twisting and other such defects. The cut ends, exposed to view shall be finished smooth. No two pieces shall be welded or otherwise jointed, to make up the required length or member, except as indicated in the drawing or as directed. All straightening and shaping, to form the specified shape and size shall be done by application of pressure and not by hammering. Any bending or cutting shall be carried out in such a manner, as not to impair the strength of the metal. All operations shall be done in cold state, unless otherwise directed/permitted.

2.2 Steel riveted or bolted, in built-up sections, frame work:

2.2.1 The steel structure as shown in the drawings or as per direction of the Architect and Engineer-in-charge shall be laid out on a level platform to full scale or in parts. A steel tape shall be used for measurements to ensure maximum accuracy.

2.2.2 The rate shall include all means of hoisting to places with scaffolding and equipments, etc., cutting chases, etc. in walls and floors of R.C.C., neat finishing, concreting, etc.

2.2.3 Wooden templates 12 mm. to 19 mm. thick or metal sheet template shall be made to correspond to each connecting gusset plate/member and rivet holes shall be accurately marked on them and drilled. The templates shall be laid on the steel members, and holes of the steel members shall also be marked for drilling. The base of steel columns and the position of the anchor bolts shall be carefully set out.

2.2.4 All stiffeners shall be formed by pressure and where practicable, the metal shall not be cut and welded in making these. In major works or where so specified, shop drawings giving complete details and information for the fabrication of the component parts of the structure, including location, type, size, length and details of rivets, bolts, or weld shall be prepared in advance of the actual fabrication. The drawings shall indicate the shop and field rivets and bolts. The steel members shall be distinctly marked or stenciled with paint with the identification mark, as given in the shop drawings.


2.2.5 Great accuracy shall be observed in fabrication of various members, so that these can be assembled without being unduly packed, strained or forced into position and when built-up, shall be true and free from twists, links, buckles or open joints. Before making holes in individual members for fabrication, the steel work intended to be riveted or bolted together, shall be assembled or clamped properly and tightly, so as to ensure close abutting or lapping of surfaces of the different members, with proper jigs and fixtures. All contact surfaces shall be cleaned and given a coat of primer. All stiffeners shall bear tightly, both at top and bottom, without being drawn or caulked. The abutting joints shall be cut or dressed true and straight, in the required manner, as per the details and fitted close together, properly and tightly.

2.2.6 Web splice plates and fillers under stiffeners, shall be cut within 3 mm. to fit properly, or flange angles, web plates of girders shall have their ends flush with the top of angles forming the flanges, unless otherwise required. The web plates when spliced shall have clearance of, not more than 6 mm.

2.2.7 The erection clearance for cleared ends of members connecting steel to steel shall preferably be not greater than 1.5 mm. The erection clearance at the ends of beams without web cleats shall not be more than 3 mm. at each end but where for a practical reason greater clearance is necessary, suitably designed seating shall be provided.

2.2.8 Pins and rollers shall be accurately turned to gauge. These shall be straight and smooth and free from flaws. The roller bearing shall be provided with adequate arrangement for holding the girders or trusses resting on it. In columns caps and bases, the ends of shafts together with the attached gusset angles, channels etc., after riveting together shall accurately be mechanised so that the parts butt connected against each other over the entire surface of contact, connecting angles or channels shall be fabricated and placed in position with greater accuracy so that they are not unduly reduced in thickness by machining.

2.2.9 The ends of bearing stiffeners shall be mechanised or ground to fit tightly, both at the top and bottom. All holes shall generally be drilled to the required size and at required position. Sub punching shall be permitted, provided it is done 3 mm. or less in diameter and reamered thereafter to the required size. The holes for rivets and bolts shall be larger than the nominal diameter of rivets or black bolts, as allowable by IS : 800.

2.2.10 Holes shall have their axis perpendicular to the surface bored through. The drilling or reaming shall be free from burrs and the holes shall be clean and accurate, to the diameter specified in the drawings. No enlargement of the holes by filling, man drilling or oxyacetylene flame shall be allowed. Maximum deviation for spacing of two holes shall be + 1 mm. Holes for counter sunk bolts shall be made in such a manner, that their heads fit flush with the surface after fixing. Hole reaming shall be allowed only if the number of faulty holes do not exceed 15% of the total number of holes for one joint.

2.2.11 The fabrication work shall be completed in workshop as far it is practicable to do so. Site joints shall be done with rivets and fitted bolts or black bolts, as shown in the drawings or as directed. Generally the following principles shall govern the use of rivets, turned and fitted bolts, and black bolts.

(i) Rivets and turned and fitted bolts shall be used where the connection required is of such a nature, that slip under load has to be avoided.

(ii) Black bolts may be used very sparingly where a force is carried through a connection without impact, vibration or reversal of stresses.

2.2.12 Assembly : The parts assembled for riveting shall be in close contact with each other and the bearing stiffeners shall bear tightly, both at top and bottom, without being drawn or caulked. The abutting joints shall be cut or dressed true and straight and fitted close together. Members to be riveted shall be properly pinned or bolted and rigidly held together while riveting. Hole for rivets


and black bolts shall be of nominal diameter plus 1.5 mm., for rivets of nominal diameter less than 25 mm. and 2.0 mm., for rivets of nominal diameter exceeding 25 mm., unless specified otherwise. Drifting of holes shall not be permitted except to draw the parts together and the drifting tools so used shall have maximum diameter not exceeding the nominal diameter of rivets or bolts. Drifting done during assembling shall not distort the metal or enlarge the holes.

2.2.13 Riveting :

2.2.13.1 Rivets shall be used where the connection is such that slip under load has to be avoided.

2.2.13.2 Members to be riveted shall have all their parts firmly drawn and held together before and during riveting and special care shall be taken in this respect for all single riveted connections. For multiple riveted connections, a service bolt shall be provided in every third or fourth hole.

2.2.13.3 The shanks of rivets shall project beyond the plate surface sufficiently so as to fill the hole thoroughly and form the required head after riveting.

2.2.13.4 The riveting shall be done by hydraulic or pneumatic process. However, where such facilities are not available, hand riveting may be done, if permitted by Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The rivet shall be heated red hot, care being taken to control the temperature of heating so as not to burn the steel. Rivets of diameter less than 10 mm. may be fitted cold. Rivets shall be heat finish with heads full and of equal size. All loose, burnt or badly formed rivets with concentric or different heads shall be cut out and replaced. The heads of rivets shall be central to shanks and shall grip the assembled members firmly. In cutting out rivets, care shall be taken so as not to injure the rivets and the assembled members. Caulking or reoccupying shall not be permitted.

2.2.13.5 For testing rivets, hammer weighing approximately 0.25 Kg. shall be used. Both heads of the rivets shall be tapped, slack rivets will give a hollow sound and a jar.

2.2.13.6 All rivet heads shall be painted with red lead paint, within a week of their fixing.

2.2.14 While bolting, all bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal and of equal size, unless specified otherwise. The screwed threads shall conform to IS : 1363-1960 and the threaded surface shall not be tapered.

2.2.15 The nominal length of the bolt shall be the distance from the underside of the head to the farthest end of the shank. The nominal diameter shall be the diameter at the shank above the screwed threads. Bolts, nuts, washers shall be thoroughly cleaned and dipped in double boiled linseed oil, before use. The bolts shall be of such length so as to project atleast 2 clear threads beyond the nuts when fixed in positions and these shall fit in the holes without any shakes. The nut shall be fit in the threaded ends of bolts properly, i.e by tightening them so as to transfer the required tension. Where turned and fitted bolts are required to be used in place of rivets, they shall be provided with washers not less than 6 mm. thick so that the nut when tightened shall not bear on the unthreaded body of the bolt. Tapered washers shall be provided for all heads and nuts bearing on levelled surfaces. The threaded portion of the bolts shall not be within the thickness of the parts bolted together, it shall project through the nut atleast by 2 thread. The faces of the bolt heads and nuts abutting against steel members shall be machine finished. Where there is a risk of the nut being removed or becoming loose due to vibrations or reversal of stresses, these shall be secured from slackening by the use of lock nuts and spring washers of cross-cutting, as directed.

2.2.16 Bolts, nuts and washers shall be thoroughly cleaned and dipped in double boiled linseed oil before use. The whole steel work shall be painted with a coat of priming coat of red lead oxide and 3 coats of synthetic enamel paint as per relevant specifications of painting. However, the application shall be such that the first coat of paint shall be much lighter than the final coat, the second coat shall be slightly lighter than the final coat and the final coat shall be exactly of the


shade specified. This differentiation is done to demarcate the no. of application of painting coats.

3.0 Steel Work Welded:-

3.1 Workmanship:-

3.1.1 The relevant specifications of item No. 2.2 shall be followed except that the steel work shall be done by welding. Straightening, shaping to form, cutting and assembling shall be as per item no. 2.2 as far as applicable except that the words `riveted or bolted' shall be read as `welded' and holes shall be made for the bolts used for temporary fastening as shown in drawings. The definition of various terminologies in welding process shall be as follows:

3.1.1.1 Run: The metal deposited during one passage of the electrode or blow pipe, in making of a joint

3.1.1.2 Bead : A single run of weld metal deposited on a surface.

3.1.1.3 Weld : An union between two pieces of metal at faces rendered plastic or liquid by heat or by pressure or both. Filler metal may be used to effect the union.

3.1.1.4 Weld metal : All metal melted and/or made plastic in making a weld.

3.1.1.5 Butt weld : A weld in which the weld metal lies substantially within the extension of the planes of the surfaces of the parts joined or within the extension of the planes of the smaller of the 2 parts, of different size. The edges of the metal pieces shall be bevelled or chiselled to the required shape at the throat, for which no extra payment shall be made.

3.1.1.6 Crater : A depression left in the weld metal where the arc was broken or the flame was removed.

3.1.1.7 End crater : A crater at the end of a weld or at the end of a joint.

3.1.1.8 Fillet weld : A weld of approximately triangular cross-section joining two surfaces, approximately at right angles to each other in a lap joint, tee joint or corner joint. It shall be of two types 1) Continuous 2) Intermittent.

3.1.1.9 Fusion welding : Any welding process in which the weld is made between metals in a state of fusion without hammering or pressure.

3.1.1.10 Fusion Penetration :

3.1.1.10.1 In fusion welding, the depth to which the parent metal has been fused.

3.1.1.10.2 In spot, seam or projecting welding, the distance from the interface to the edge of the weld nugget, measured in each case on a cross-section through the center of the weld and normal to the surface.

3.1.1.10.3 Non-fusion welding: A term applied to the deposition by Oxy-Acetylene process, of filler metal on parent metal, without fusion of the latter.

3.1.1.10.4 Oxy-Acetylene pressure welding: Pressure welding in which an Oxy-Acetylene flame is used to make plastic the surface, to be united. No filler metal is used.

3.1.1.10.5 Throat: In a resistance welding machine, the distance from the center line of the electrodes or platens to the nearest point of interference for flat work or sheets. In case of seam-welding


machine with an universal head, the throat depth is measured with the machine arranged for transverse welding.

3.1.1.10.6 Throat thickness : The minimum thickness of weld metal in a fusion weld measured as under : a) For a fillet weld or A, V, U, J or a bevel butt weld: Along a line passing through the roof.

b) For a close square-butt-weld: In the plane of the abutting faces.

c) For an open square-butt-weld: At the center of the original gap in a plane parallel to the fusion faces.

3.2 Welding shall generally be done by electric process. The electric arc welding is usually adopted and is economical. In absence of electricity, generators shall be used. Gas welding shall be restored to using oxyacetylene flame with specific prior approval. Gas welding shall not be permitted for structural steel work as it requires heating of the members along with the welding rod and temperature stresses are likely to be developed in the welded members. Precautions shall be taken to avoid distortion of the members due to temperature stresses.

3.3 The work shall be done as shown in the shop drawings which should clearly indicate various details of the joints to be welded, shop and site welded as well as type of electrodes to be used. Symbol for welding on plans and shop drawing shall be according to IS : 813-1961. As far as possible, every effort shall be made to limit the welding that must be done after erection so that, improper welding that is likely to be done due to heights and difficult position on scaffolding etc., after erection, is avoided. The maximum diameters of electrodes for welding any work shall be as under, unless otherwise specified.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average thickness of Maximum dia. of electrode

plate or section. to be used.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less than 5 mm. 3 mm.

5 mm. upto but not

including 8 mm. 4 mm.

8 mm. upto but not


10 mm. upto but not


16 mm. upto but not


25 mm. and over 9 mm.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The welding work shall conform to IS : 816-1969.


3.4 Preparation of surface: Surfaces which are to be welded together shall be free from loose mill scale, rust, paint, grease or other foreign matter. A coating of boiled linseed oil shall be permitted.

3.5 Assembly for welding: Before welding is commenced, the plates shall be first brought together and firmly clamped or spot welded, at specified distance. The temporary connection has to be strong enough to hold the plates accurately in place without displacement.

3.6 Precautions: The operations connected with welding and cutting equipment shall conform to safety requirement given in IS : 818-1968.

3.7 Welding process : The following points shall be borne in mind during the process of welding : (a) Welds shall be made in flat position wherever practicable.

(b) Arc length, voltage and amperage shall be suited to the thickness of material, type of groove and other circumstances of the work.

(c) The sequence of welding shall be such that where possible, the members which offer the greatest resistance to compression are welded first.

(d) Freedom of movement of one member of the joint shall be allowed wherever possible. Wherever joints shall be welded allowance shall be made for the movement of one component to the order of 1.5 mm.

(e) The electrode manipulation during welding shall be such as to ensure that (1) The base metal is in fused stage when the filler metal makes contact with it. (2) The filler metal does not overflow upon any unfused base metal. (3) The base metal is not under-cut along the weld edges. (4) and that the metal floats, the slag, the oxides and the gas that bubbles to the surface behind the advancing pool.

3.8 Each time the arc is started, the electrode shall be moved in such a way that the fusion of the base metal at the starting point is assured. At the completion of a run the movement of electrode shall be adjusted or the electrode size changed.

3.9 After every interruption of the arc except at the completion of a run, the arc shall be restarted ahead of previous deposit and then moved back to fill the crater or such alternative technique shall be used as will ensure complete filling of the crater or complete fusion between the new and old deposits and the base metal at the point of junction and result in continuous weld. Before the welding operation is completed, all traces of slag shall be removed from the deposit, by chipping if necessary and the deposit and the adjoining base metal shall be wire brushed and cleaned at all points. The requirements shall apply not to successive layers, but also to successive beads and to the overlapping area wherever a junction is made on starting a new electrode.

3.10 The weld shall be free from cracks, discontinuity and other defects like under size, over size, under-cutting etc. All the defective welds which shall be considered harmful to the strength shall cut out and re-welded.

3.11 Finished welds and adjacent part shall be protected with clean boiled linseed oil and after all slag has been removed from the welds and adjacent parts, painting shall be done after the same is approved.

2.12 All the members shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, cakes, dust etc. and given a priming coat of red lead paint before fixing them in position.


2.13 Grinding to the finished level is to be done, if directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. All expose weld shall be ground smooth. Welds which have not been ground shall be scrubbed with a 10% solution of Hydrochloric acid which shall be washed of with water before painting unless alkali resistant paint is used.

2.14 For erection the relevant specifications of item no. 2.2 shall be adopted except that while erecting a welding structure, adequate means shall be employed for temporary fastening the members together and bracing the framework until the joints are welded. Such means shall consist of bolts, tack welding or other positive devices imparting sufficient strength and stiffness to resist all temporary loads and lateral forces including wind.


4.1 (a) All work shall be measured on the basis of finished dimensions, as fixed on site and measured net unless specified otherwise.

(b) The weight of steel sections, steel strips in finished works shall be calculated from standard weight on the same basis on which steel is supplied to the Contractor by the Client or those given in relevant IS Codes, if steel is arranged by the contractor.

(c) The weight of steel plates and strips shall be taken from relevant IS Codes, based on 7.85 kg/m² for every mm. sheet thickness, if steel is supplied by the Contractor, otherwise, the weight shall be calculated on the basis on which steel is supplied to the Contractor by the Client.

(d) Unless otherwise specified weight of cleats, brackets, packing pieces, bolts, nuts, washers, distance pieces, separators, diaphragm gusset (taking over all square dimension) fish plates etc. shall be added to the weight of respective items.

(e) In riveted work, allowance shall be made for weight of rivet heads. No deductions shall be made for rivet or bolt holes excluding holes for anchor or holding down bolts.

(f) For forged steel and steel castings, weight shall be calculated on the basis of 7850 kg/m3.

(g) Unless otherwise specified an addition of 2.5% of the weight of structure shall be made for shop and site rivet heads in riveted steel structure.

(h) Dimensions other than cross sections and thickness of plates shall be measured to nearest 0.001 m.

(i) Mill tolerance shall be ignored when weight is determined by calculation.

4.2 The rate includes cost of all material, labour, erection, hoisting, scaffolding, safety measures and sundry required for proper completion of the item of work, at all heights. This shall also include conveyance and delivery, handling, loading, unloading and storing etc. required for completion the item described above including necessary wastage involved.

4.3 The weight of welding material shall not be added in the weight of members for payment and nothing extra shall be paid for making and filling the temporary fastening of members during erection before welding.

4.4 The rate shall be for a unit of one kg.

4.5 Only standard sectional weight will be considered and welding will not be considered in weight.


10.1.1 Rolled M.S.sections and M.S. Plates :YST 250 grade (I -beams,Channel,Angle,M.S.plate)to be used for the fabrication of columns, beams,truss,rafter,tie box,tie,bracing etc.

1.0 The relevant specifications of item No10.1.0 shall be followed.

10.1.2 Pipes, squares, and rectangle hollow sections : Yst - 310 grade. (TATA BOX SECTIONS)

1.0 The relevant specifications of item No10.1.0 shall be followed.

10.2.1 Providing and Fixing 0.85 meter high MS steel railing in "B" class round sections/RHS/SHS sections with vertical supports & pin connections with RCC with anchor fasteners as per drawing including one coat of metal primer & two coats of ready mix enamel paint, at all levels, complete as per the direction of Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

1.0 Materials: MS steel rail shall be of approved colour and make as specified in the item.

2.0 Workmanship, Mode of Measurements and Payment:

2.1 The railing shall be fixed as per the design, drawing with necessary hardware. Work shall be carried out with best workmanship and specification as per item no. 10.1.0.

2.2 The item shall be measured and paid in rmt. No hidden measurements shall be measured and paid. Only actual visible measurement shall be measured and wastage shall not be permitted

10.3.1 Providing, fabricating and fixing M.S. insert plates with lugs as per design of required sizes as per approved drawing, design and direction. Rate shall include the necessary arrangements in the shuttering works. Item includes the one coat of yellow oxide and three coats of enamel paint on outer surface etc. complete.

1.0 Materials, Workmanship &, Mode of Measurements and Payment: Work shall be carried out with best workmanship and specification as per item no. 10.1.0.

1.1 The item shall be measured and paid in kg.

10.4.1 Providing, fabricating and fixing foundation bolts of required sizes as per approved drawing, design and direction. Rate shall be inclusive of making pockets in RCC for foundation bolts, providing sleeve for foundation, making template for the same and grouting the sleeve with general concrete. If grouting with special chemical shall be done then it shall be supply (Considered in relevant item). Foundation bolts includes the necessary washers, nuts etc. including keeping the threads of the foundation bolts covered with grease and kerosene and plastic sheets etc. complete.

1.0 Materials, Workmanship &, Mode of Measurements and Payment: Work shall be carried out with best workmanship and specification as per item no. 10.1.0.

1.1 The item shall be measured and paid in kg.


PAINTING & POLISHING WORK

11.2.1 Providing & applying Distempering (3 coats) with oil bound washable distemper of approved manufacturer like Asian, Berger, Nerolac or equivalent and of required shade, on any surface to give an even shade, including a priming coat with alkali resistant primer and applying two coats of putty after thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar dropping and other foreign matter and also including preparing the surface even and sand papered smooth etc., after applying of putty, complete, as directed..

1.0 Materials:

1.1 Oil bound washable distemper and cement primer if on plastered surfaces and woodorite, if on wood surfaces, shall be of approved brand and manufacture. The distemper shall be of required colour and shade and the same shall conform to IS : 428-1969. Paint shall conform to M-44.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Scaffolding:

Where scaffolding is required, it shall be erected in such a way that as far as possible, no part of scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be distempered. A properly secured strong and well tied suspended platform (Zoola) may be used for distempering. Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied at top and bottom to prevent scratches to the walls and floors. For distempering to ceiling, proper stage scaffolding shall be erected where necessary and the floor area shall be covered with plastic so that the flooring is not spoilt.

2.2 Preparation of surface:

2.2.1 The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, mortar dropping and other foreign matter before white wash is to be applied.

2.2.2 The surface spoiled by smoke soot shall be scrapped with steel wire brushes or steel scrapers or shall be rubbed with over burnt surkhi or brick bats. The surface shall be then broomed to remove all dust and dirt and shall be washed with clean water.

2.2.3 Oil or grease spots shall be removed by suitable chemical. Smooth surfaces shall be rubbed with wire brushes.

2.2.4 All unsound portion of the surface plaster shall be removed to full depth of plaster in rectangular patches and plastered again after raking the masonry joints properly. Such portions shall be wetted and allowed to dry. Any crevices, at any level shall be cleaned and filled with the plaster mortar and cured as above. They shall then be given one coat of white wash.

2.2.5 All unnecessary nails shall be removed; the holes, cracks, patches etc. shall be made good with material similar in composition to the surface to be prepared.

2.2.1 The undecorated surface to be distempered shall be thoroughly brushed from dust, dirt, grease, mortar dropping and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth. New plaster surface shall be allowed to dry for atleast 2 months before applications of distemper or one coat of white wash with white cement shall be done prior to painting with distemper.

2.2.2 All unnecessary nails, hooks etc. shall be removed. Pitting in plaster shall be made good with plaster again and papered with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of distemper shall be applied over the patches. The surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the regular coat of distemper is applied. The surface affected by moulds, moss, fungi, algae lichens, efflorescence etc. shall be treated in accordance with IS : 2395 (Part-1)-1966. Before applying distemper, any unevenness shall be made good by applying putty made out of plaster


of paris mixed with water, on entire surface, including filling up the undulation and then sand papering the same after it has dried.

2.3 Priming coat :

2.3.1 A priming coat of cement primer of approved manufacture shall be applied over the papered surface in case of new work or undecorated surface. If the distemper priming is done after the plastered wall surface dries completely, the distemper primer shall be avoided.

2.3.2 Application of primer and putty shall be done as under:

The primer shall be applied with a brush on the clean, dry and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes shall be given first and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards. This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. A coat of putty (lapi) shall be applied to the entire surface. Putty shall be used of readymade or brought of the company like Asian as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and Architect. The second coat of primer and putty shall then be applied and it shall thereafter be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours before oil bound distemper or paint is applied.

2.3.3 Oil bound distemper is not recommended to be applied within six months of the completion of wall plaster.

2.4. Preparation of oil bound distemper:

2.4.1 The distemper shall be diluted with mineral turpentine oil or any other prescribed thinner in a manner recommended by the manufacturer only. Sufficient quantity of distemper required for a day's work shall be prepared.

2.5 Application of Distemper coat :

2.5.1 On any surfaces, after the primer coat has dried for atleast 48 hours, the surface shall be lightly sand papered to make it smooth for receiving the distemper, taking care not to rub out the priming coat. All loose particles shall be dusted off after rubbing. Minimum two coats of distemper shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes followed immediately by vertical strokes which together shall constitute one coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after a time interval of at least 24 hours between 2 consecutive coats to allow proper drying of the preceding coat. The finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks, distemper drops etc.

2.5.2 Sufficient quantity of distemper shall be mixed to finish one room at a time. The application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and no work shall be started in any room which cannot be completed on the same day.

2.5.3 15 cm. double bristled distemper brush shall be used. After a day's work, brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap solution and hung down to dry. Old brushes which are dirty and caked with distemper shall not be used on the work.

2.6 Protective measure:

2.6.1 The surface of doors, windows, ventilators, floors, articles of furniture etc. and such other part of the buildings which are not to be distempered shall be protected from being splashed upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of distemper splashes, if any.


3.1 Priming coat of distemper primer, scraping of surface spoiled by smoke soot, removal of oil and grease spots, treatment for infection of efflorescence, mould, moss, fungi, algae and lichen and patch repairs to plaster shall be included in this item for which nothing extra shall be paid.


3.2 All the work shall be measured net in this item as in place subject to the following limits unless otherwise stated hereinafter:

(a) Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 m.

(b) Area in individual items shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 m2.

All work shall be measured in m2. No deductions shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc. and openings, not exceeding 0.5 m2. each and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills etc. of these openings nor for finish around ends of joints, beams posts etc.

3.3 Deductions of opening exceeding 0.5 m2. but not exceeding 3.0 m2. each shall be made as follows and net addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits etc. of these openings :

(a) When both the faces of walls are provided with same finish, deductions shall be made for one face only.

(b) When each face of is provided with different finish, deduction shall be made for that side of frame for doors, windows etc. on which width of reveal is less than that of the other side but no deduction shall be made on the other side. Where the width of reveals on the both the faces of wall are equal, deduction of 50% of area of opening on each face shall be made from area of finish.

(c) When only one face of wall is treated and the other face is not treated, full deductions shall be made if the width of the reveal on treated side is less than that on untreated side but if the width of the reveal is equal or more than that on untreated side neither deductions nor additions to be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills etc.

3.4 In case of opening of area exceeding 3.0 m2. each, deduction shall be made for openings but jambs, sills and soffits shall be measured.

3.5 No deductions shall be made for attachments such as casings, conduits, pipes, electric wiring and the like.

3.6 Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and not girth. The quantities measured shall be increased by the following percentage and the resultant shall be included with the general areas:

(a) Corrugated steel sheets 14%

(b) Corrugated A.C. Sheets 20%

(c) Semi corrugated A.C. Sheets 10%

(d) Nainital pattern roof (Plain sheeting with rolls) 10%

(e) Nainital pattern roof (with corrugated sheets) 25%

3.7 Cornices and other wall features, when they are picked out in a different finish/colour shall be girthed and included in the general area.

3.8 Item includes removing nails, making good holes, cracks, patches with materials similar in composition of distemper.

3.9 The rate includes cost of all materials, labours, scaffolding, protective measures etc. involved in all the operations described above, carried out at all floor heights, in any position, at all levels. This shall also include conveyance, delivery, handling, unloading, storing work etc.



11.3.1 Providing & applying three coats of Glossy or Matt/luster enamel paint of desired shade, of approved make, shade, brand and manufacture, on any surfaces, at all heights, to give an even shade, including thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papering smooth. The paint shall be applied after applying a coat of primer and metal putty.

1.0 Materials: Glossy, Flat, Pearl Luster and Matt enamel paint shall conform to IS: 1932-1964 and M-44B.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 General

2.1.1 The materials required for work of painting work shall be obtained directly from approved manufacturers or approved dealer and brought to the site in maker's drums, cage etc. with seal unbroken.

2.1.2 All materials not in actual use shall be kept properly protected, lid of containers shall be kept closed and surface of paint in open or partially open containers covered with a thin layer of turpentine to prevent formation of skin. The materials which have become stale or flat due to improper and long storage shall not be used. The paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its container before pouring into small containers. While applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in smaller container. No left over paint shall be put back into stock tins when not in use. The paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its container before pouring into small containers.

2.1.3 If for any reasons, thinning is necessary, the brand of thinner recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.

2.1.4 The surface to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. All rust, dirt and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. No painting on exterior or other exposed parts of the work shall be carried out in wet, damp or otherwise unfavorable weather and all the surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before painting work is started.

2.1.5 For Glossy, Flat, Pearl luster and Matt finish, painting of same specification shall be followed except that the type of paint shall be changed as per the direction of Architect and Engineer- in-charge, to give the desired finish.

2.2 Application:

2.2.1 Brushing operation are to be adjusted to the spreading capacity advised by the manufacturer of particular paint. The paint shall be applied evenly and smoothly by means of crossing and laying off. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint, brushing the surface hard for the first time over and then brushing alternately in opposite directions two or three times and then finally brushing lightly in direction at right angles to the same. In this process, no brush marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off will constitute one coat.

2.2.2 Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with very fine grade of sand paper and loose particles brushed off before next coat is applied. Each coat shall vary slightly in shade and shall be got approved from Architect & Engineer-in-charge before next coat is started.


2.2.3 Each coat shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper of fine pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is applied. No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels angles of mouldings etc. shall be left on the work.

2.2.4 Special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets, overlaps etc.

2.2.5 Approved best quality brushes shall be used.


3.1 The new steel and other metal surface shall be measured under this item.

3.2 All the work shall be measured net, in the decimal system as executed, subject to the following limits unless otherwise stated herein after:

(a) Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 m.

(b) Areas shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 m2.

3.3 No deductions shall be made for openings not exceeding 0.5 m2 each and no addition shall be made for painting to beading, mouldings, edges, jambs, soffit etc. of such opening.

3.4 In case of fabricated structural steel and iron work, primer coat of oil paint shall be included with fabrication. In case of trusses, if measured in m2, compound girders, stanchions, lattices, girder and similar work, actual area shall be measured in m2 and no extra shall be paid for painting on bolts, heads, nuts, washers etc. No addition shall be made to the weight calculated for the purpose of measurements of steel and iron works for paint applied on shop or at site.

3.5 The different surfaces shall be grouped into one general item, areas of uneven surface being converted into equivalent plain areas in accordance with the relevant I.S. code for payment.

3.6 The rate shall include the cost of all materials, labour, scaffolding, protective measures etc but is excluding priming coat. required for the above specified operation, at all floors, at any height, in any position. Scrapping of surface, washing etc. of surfaces spoiled by smoke, soot, removal of oil and grease spots, treatment for infection with efflorescence, moulds, moss, fungi, algae and lichen shall not be paid extra. This shall also include conveyance, delivery, handling, unloading, storing work etc.

3.6 The rate shall be for an unit of one m2..

11.4.1 Providing and applying, 100% Acrylic paint of approved shade, on any surface (3 coats) to give an approved brand or manufacture (Apex or equivalent) and of required even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all dirt and remaining all loose powdered materials.

1.0 Materials :

1.1 The water shall conform to M-1. Cement water proofing paint shall conform to IS : 5410-1969, M-44.8.(H) and shall be of approved shade.

2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 Scaffolding : The relevant specifications of item No. 11.1.1 shall be followed.

2.2 Preparation of surface :


The relevant specifications of item no. 11.1.1 shall be followed except that the work white wash, colour wash shall be substituted with water proofing cement paint. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before cement water proofing paint is applied.

2.3 Preparation of paint : Portland cement paint shall be prepared by adding paint powder to water and stirring to obtain a thick paste, which shall then be diluted to a brushable consistency. Generally, equal volumes of paint powder and water make a satisfactory paint. In all cases, the manufacture's instructions shall be followed. The paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up within an hour of mixing as otherwise the mixture will set and thicken, affecting flowing and finish. The lids of cement paint drums shall be kept tightly shut when not in use.

2.4 Application of Paint :

2.4.1 No painting shall be done when the paint is likely to be exposed to a temperature of below 70C within 48 hours after application.

2.4.2 When weather conditions are such as to cause damage, the work shall be carried out in shadow as far as possible. This helps the proper hardening of the paint film by keeping the surface moist for a longer period.

2.4.3 To maintain the uniform mixture and to prevent segregation, the paint shall be stirred frequently in the bucket.

2.4.4 For undecorated surfaces, the surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of water proof cement paint. Not less than 24 hours shall be allowed between two consecutive coats. Next coat shall not be started until the proceeding coat has become sufficiently hard to resist marking by the brush being used. In hot dry weather, the preceding coat shall be slightly moistened before applying the subsequent coat.

2.4.5 The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade, without patches, brush marks, paint drops etc.

2.4.6 The cement paint shall be applied with a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre bristles. The paint shall be brushed in uniform thickness and shall be free from excessively heavy brush marks. The lumps shall be well brushed out.

2.4.7 Water proof cement paint shall not be applied on surfaces already treated with white wash, colour wash, distemper dry or oil bound varnishes, paint etc. It shall not be applied on gypsum, wood and metal surfaces.

2.5 Curing: Painted surfaces shall be sprinkled with water two or three times a day. This shall be done between coats and for at least two days following the final coat. The curing shall be started as soon as the paint has hardened so as not to be damaged by the sprinkling of water say about 12 hours after the application.

2.6 Protection measures shall be taken as per item No. 11.2.1, Para 2.6.





ROOFING WORK

12.1.1 Supply of Bare Zincalume/Galvalume Roofing or cladding sheets made out of 0.5 mm , 550 MPA yield stress and having coating grade AZ-150 confirming to ACTM 1397. the sheet. The sheet shall be fixed with SDST screw confirming to grade-1 to be fixed on the crest of the rib the screw shall be have integral EPDM washer for cladding sheets. SDST screw shall be fixed in the valley near the rib. Each rich / valley shall be fixed with SDST screw every purlin. The overlaps in the length shall be applied with one raw of silicon sealant (exterior grade-glass to metal grade) lining. The accessories like ridge shall be fixed with SDST screws and gap between ridges and shall be close with turn bend of the ridge. The sheet below ridge shall be turn up to avoid leakage. There should be anti capillary flute on side overlapping end and each sheet shall have male & female ribs for overlapping

1.0 Materials: Bare Zincalume Sheets shall conform to M-95.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Spacing of the purlins shall be provided such that one purlin rests at the ridge and one at the caves. The other purlins for 0.5 mm. thick B.G. sheet shall not exceed a center to center distance of 1.4 to 1.6 m. The purlin shall coincide with the centre line of the end lap. The ridge purlins shall be placed in such a way that the ridges can be fixed properly. The portion overhanging the wall support shall not be more than one fourth of the spacing of purlins.

2.2 The top surface of the purlins shall be painted before the sheets are fixed over them. Embedded portions of purlins shall be finished with two coats of coal-tar.

2.3 Laying of Sheets:

2.3.1 The sheets shall be laid over the purlins, to a true plane with the line of corrugations truly parallel or normal to the sides of area to be covered. The sheets shall not generally be built into the gables and parapets. They shall be bent up along their side edges close to the wall and the junction shall be protected by suitable flushing or by projecting drip course.

2.3.2. The laps at the end shall be provided, 200 mm. minimum, The side lap shall be provided between two ridges of corrugations, at each side.

2.3.3 The sheets shall be cut to the dimensions and to the shape of the roof, either along their lengths or their width and in slant across the line of corrugations, at hips and valleys. The sheets shall be cut carefully with a straight edge and chisel, to give a straight finish. The sheets shall be laid such that the laps are turned away, from the usual direction of local heavy rain.

2.4 Fixing of Sheets:

2.4.1 Sheets shall be fixed to the purlins or other roof members such as hips and valleys, rafters, etc., with SDST (Self drilling & tapping screws) of approx. 400 to 600mmdistance. The vertical lap is stitched with specially designed aluminum roofing rivets with EPDM washers at 500 to 600 distances approx. Rain direction is to be checked & the sheeting is to be fixed from bottom to top, in the opposite direction of rain. The position of sheet should be such that the anticapillary grooves end corrugation is overlapped by the other sheets first plain corrugation

2.4.2 Holes for all bolts shall be drilled and not punched in the ridges of the corrugations from the under side, while the sheets are on the ground. The holes in the sheets shall be at least 50 mm. from the edge. Sheets drilled wrongly shall be rejected. The holes in the washers shall be


of the exact diameter of hook, bolts or the seam bolts. The nuts shall be tightened from above to give a leak-proof roof.

2.4.3 The roof when complete shall be true to lines and slopes and shall be leak-proof.


3.1 The measurements of the sheets, both at their ends and along the side edges shall be measured. The overlaps of the sheets over the valley piece and their under lap under the ridge, hip and flashing piece shall be included in the measurements.

3.2 No deductions in measurements shall be made for openings like chimney stacks, sky-light, etc., having area upto 0.40 m2. nor extra be paid for extra labour in cutting and for wastage, etc., in forming such openings.

3.3 The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all operations described above. The rate also includes the cost of provision, erection and removal of the scaffolding, benching, ladders, templates and tools required for the proper erection and completion of the work. The rate excludes the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses.


12.2.1 Providing and fixing 0.50 mm thick Bare Zincalume matching accessories like corner piece, flashing, ridge etc. with SDST bolts etc. complete.

1.0 Materials: Bare Zincalume matching accessories shall conform to M-95.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Fixing Accessories:

2.1.1 The sheets shall be secured to the purlins and other roof members by means of 8 mm. dia. galvanized iron bolts `J' type hook bolts, in case of angles, iron purlins and `L' type bolts, incase of R.S. joists, pre cast concrete or timber purlins, and nuts, bearing on the galvanized iron washers and bitumen washers. The grip of `J' or `L' bolts on the side of purlins shall not be less than 25 mm. Each galvanized iron `J' or `L' hook bolts shall have a bitumen washer and galvanized iron washer placed over the sheets before the nuts are screwed down from above. On each purlin there shall be one hook bolt, on the crown adjacent to the side lap, on either side. Bitumen washer shall be of approved quality. The G.I. flat washer shall be 25 mm. in diameter and 1.60 mm. thick and bitumen washer shall be 35 mm. in dia and 1 mm. thick with a hole to suit the required size of fixing accessory. Each nut shall be screwed lightly at first. After a dozen or more sheets are laid, the nuts shall be tightened to ensure a leak-proof joint and the nuts shall be tightened only to an extent so as to prevent damage to the sheets. The length of the `J' bolts or crank bolts shall be 75 mm. more then the depth of purlins for single sheets fixing and 90 mm. more, where two sheets overlap or where ridges or other accessories are to be fixed. The minimum length of coach screw for timber purlins shall be 110 mm.




12.3.1 Providing and fixing Polycarbonate sheets 3 mm thick embossed of profile equivalent to roof sheets/ or as a part of trapezoidal sheets with SDST bolts or as recommended by the manufacturer of polycarbonate sheets, of approved make and design as per Architect's instructions. (Structural fabrication shall be as per drawing and design and shall be measured and paid under relevant item of work)

1.0 Materials: Polycarbonate sheets for roof glazing shall conform to M-80.

2.0 Workmanship: The sheet shall be fixed as per the manufacturer's instructions using silicone sealant and dry rubber profiles or setting blocks, as instructed.


3.1 The rate shall be for a unit of one no.

12.4.1 Providing, fixing & commissioning Turbo Ventilator of size 600mm of Aluminum Finish of Mbient Turbo make or equivalent or equivalent in line level and plumb on top of roof/ slab, over the cut outs provided in roof slab etc. complete as per the suppliers specifications and instructions of Architect/Engineer-in-charge.

1.0 Materials: Aluminum turbo ventilator of 600 mm dia made of 42 nos spinning vanes & of double ring.

2.0 Workmanship: The turbo ventilator shall be fixed as per the manufacturer's instructions using silicone sealant and dry rubber profiles or setting blocks, as instructed.


3.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 12.1.1 shall be followed.

3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one no.

12.6.1 Providing, fabrication & fixing 1.25mm Metal Deck Sheet with end closed & with support of Structural steel.(Structural fabrication shall be as per drawing and design and shall be measured and paid under relevant item of work.)

1.0 Material & workmanship: The relevant specifications of item no. 12.1.1 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of rmt


PILLING WORK

13.1.0 Providing and laying cast-in-situ Under reamed with single bulb pile, with M-25 grade controlled cement concrete, having a depth up to 5.0 m. from original ground level of specified dia etc. complete, as directed. The item shall exclude the cost of reinforcement.

1.0 Materials : Water shall conform to M-1. Cement to M-3. Sand to M-6. Grit to M-8. Coarse aggregate to M-13.

2.0 Workmanship :

2.1 General : Under-reamed piles shall be provided when black cotton soil is encountered. Construction equipment for the piles shall be of standard make and shall conform to the C.B.R.I. standards.

2.2 For concreting with controlled cement concrete mix, the relevant specifications of Section - 2.00, Detailed specification for plain & reinforced cement concrete, shall be followed. The cement concrete shall be machine mixed and vibrated.

2.3 Pile Work :

2.3.1 Under-reamed piles shall be bored and cast-in-situ by enlarging the bore at regular spacing, by suitable method, as per the detailed drawing and design of the pile foundation. The dia. of under-reamed bulb shall be 2.5 times the dia. of the pile.

2.3.2 After setting out the pile grid, by marking the pile position, using pegs, boring guide shall be fixed on each location in turn. The boring guide shall be fixed to the ground with four spikes, keeping the pile position peg in center. Initially some soil shall be removed from the collar by digging with a cutting tool. Then the guide shall be hammered and its lower frame shall be leveled and desired angular adjustment shall be made. Both the sets of flap of the guide shall rest on extension rod of the Auger, keeping it in required position. Fixing shall be done carefully and shall be checked from time to time during the initial stage of boring.

2.3.3 For starting the bore, flaps of the boring guide shall be opened and the Auger shall be introduced, pressed down and rotated making a bore hole. A straight vertical bore hole of specified dia. shall be drilled to the required depth. As the Auger goes down the upper flaps of the guide and thereafter the lower flaps shall be closed. For easy rotation, the length of the handle shall be increased by joining extension pieces. If the soil is dry and stiff, it shall be first loosened by a cutting tool and shall be removed with the Auger. In dry weather, the top soil shall be watered overnight. If the soil is not self supportive in nature, a casing pipe of suitable length and dia. shall be placed in position, before fixing the boring guide. The casing pipe shall be withdrawn after concreting. Care shall be taken to keep the top 1 m. length of the bore hole truly vertical. Drilling mud also shall be sprayed round the walls of the bore hole, when the soil is non-supportive or water percolation into the bore is high and water is for substantial length of bore hole. The rotation of the Auger shall be slow and with constant downward pressure. For smooth and consistent operation, the Auger shall be taken out when it is just full. Incase the Auger is stuck up, it shall be given a few anti-clockwise turns and pulled out.

2.3.4 Then, the under-reaming tool, attached with a bucket, at its lower end, shall be lowered vertically down with the help of the boring guide. The process of cutting the soil with the help of opened out blades shall be done and the bucket, when filled with soil, shall be pulled out and emptied. The process shall be repeated till the required size of under-reamed bulb is obtained. Boring guide shall then be removed. The depth of each bore shall be checked and approved by the Engineer-in-charge, before inserting the under-reaming tool.


2.3.5 If there shall be any obstruction, it shall be broken down with a cutting tool or a heavy crow bar. If it cannot be broken and removed, the bore size shall have to be increased. A suitable tong shall be used for removing the obstruction. If this also fails, the bore shall have to be abandoned and position of the pile shall be changed, as per the revised design.

2.3.6 For single under-reamed piles, the bore shall be taken down to the full depth by the Auger and the base shall be enlarged by the under-reaming tool. In double and multi-reamed piles, boring shall be done first to the required depth for first under-reaming and then extended further for the second under-ream and the process shall be repeated, for multi-reamed piles.

2.3.7 For boring deeper than 3.5 m. and also for bore holes larger than 37.5 cm. dia., portable tripod hoist with manually or mechanically operated winch shall be used.

2.3.8 Boring in Unstable strata :

2.3.8.1 In strata below the water table, water shall be encountered in the bore holes. When the water is confined to a smaller depth at the bottom of the bore hole, stabilization shall not be required and just before concreting the water shall be bailed out and the bore shall be concreted quickly. However, if the water percolation is high and water is for substantial depth of the bore hole, concreting shall be done by termie method, described below.

2.3.8.2 In cohesionless sandy strata below water table or very loose deposits even above the water table, the bore holes have a tendency to cave in. In such situations, stabilization of bore holes shall be necessary with the help of drilling mud. When the incidence of caving in is only moderate, to overcome it, drilling mud is poured from top while advancing the bore hole. The level of pouring of the drilling mud shall be the level below which the caving occurs. For boring, the tools used for dry strata shall also be used alongwith the drilling mud. As in dry bore holes, after completing the under-reaming, the Auger shall be lowered to ensure the correct depth and if any loose material is found, it shall be removed. Any muck still remaining at the bottom of the bore hole, shall be removed by further circulating the drilling mud through the steel pipe, in the form of jet which ejects out the slurry. For this purpose the top of the pipe shall be connected with a delivery pipe of manually or mechanically operated reciprocating piston pumps. During the curse of this operation the pipe shall be moved down, thus finally filling the bore hole with drilling mud. The washing of the holes shall be done just before concreting and it may be continued for 10-15 minutes.

2.3.8.3 When the incidence of caving in, is excessive and/or greater depths of boring are required, the stabilization of the bore hole shall need continuous circulation of drilling mud. In such cases, modified Auger and under-reamer shall be used. The mud slurry shall be pushed up by manually or mechanically operated reciprocating piston pumps, through a swivel which permits the rotation of tools and which has a hollow rod. After a few turns of the tool, it shall be pulled up a little and pressed down few times. The slurry flowing out of the hole shall be led to a settling tank which in turn shall be joined to the tank from which it shall be pumped again. It shall be occasionally checked for its consistency and any loss shall be made good by adding more bentonite to the tank.

2.3.8.4 As the cut soil is washed up, the coarser material settles down which shall be collected in the Auger bucket. When the bucket is sufficiently full, the rate of boring slows down, pumping shall be stopped and the Auger shall be removed from the bore. On emptying the bucket, the operations shall be repeated till the desired depth of boring is achieved.

2.3.8.5 The under-reaming tool shall next be lowered down and drilling mud shall be pumped in. The tool shall be pressed down and slowly rotated. After a few turns, the pressure on the tool is released but the rotation shall be continued so as to facilitate the washing out of the cut soil. The other operations shall be repeated till the completion of under-reaming. The formation of the under-reamed bulb to the full size shall be indicated by the tool, in the same manner as in normal soils. On completion of the bulb, the Auger shall be lowered and pumping of drilling mud


shall be continued to clear any muck and the correct depth shall be ensured. The final cleaning by circulation of drilling mud shall always precede immediately before concreting by termie.

2.3.8.6 The bore hole full of drilling mud shall not be left unconcreted for more than 24 hours, depending on the stability of the bore hole. The concreting of the same, shall be done as soon as possible.

2.3.9 In the final, measured and checked bulb, a concreting funnel shall be placed on top of the bore hole. Concrete of specified mix, mixed as per the relevant specifications and as described, shall then be placed in the hole, so that a layer of 10 cm. shall be deposited at the bottom. The reinforcement cage shall then be lowered and positioned centrally with extreme care and held in position. Further concreting shall fill the bore hole to the top. Concrete shall be properly and sufficiently compacted. While compacting, care shall be taken so as not to damage the sides of the bore hole. For dry bore holes, the slump shall be 10 to 15 cm. and for concreting by termie a slump of 15 to 20 cm. shall be required. Water cement ratio shall not be greater than 0.45. If required, approved admixtures shall be used to increase the workability of the concrete. For termie concrete, 10% extra cement shall be used (For M-150 grade concrete, not less than 350 Kg/m3. of cement and for other concrete grades, as directed). Piles which are in aggressive surroundings shall have richer mix with appropriate type of cement, as mentioned below :

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Concentration Concentration Qty. of Sulphate Qty. of Ordinary

of SO3 of Sulphate portland portland

in ppm. cement cement

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

More than 1% 2500 400 Kg/m3. ---

0.5 to 1.0% 1200 to 1500 350 Kg/m3. 400 Kg/m3.

Less than 0.5% Less than 1200 350 Kg/m3. 400 Kg/m3.

Less than 0.2% Less than 300 --- 350 Kg/m3.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The above cement quantities are with the assumption that termie concrete shall be used.

2.3.10 For placing concrete in bore holes full of drilling mud or subsoil water, a termie pipe shall be used, whose internal diameter shall normally be 15 cm. The termie pipe shall be lowered in the bore hole full of drilling mud with its valve closed. A tripod winch shall be used for handling the termie. The valve shall not permit any leakage of drilling mud. The termie shall be filled with concrete and the bottom valve shall be opened. This shall permit the concrete to pour out and displace the mud upward in process. As the pouring of the concrete continues, the termie shall be lifted up gradually by means of a rope passing over a pulley, attached to the tripod. The bottom opening of the termie shall always remain in concrete. Care shall be taken that the drilling mud is displaced upwards and not mixed with the concrete. In the final stages, the quantity of concrete in termie shall be enough so that on withdrawal from the bore hole some concrete spills over the ground. Clear cover to the reinforcement shall be given by providing cover blocks of PVC or concrete.

2.3.11 The work shall be carried out as per the procedure and details given in IS : 2911-(Part 3)-1973 and C.B.R.I digest no. 56. Great care shall be taken in case of single pile or group piles under a


column. The angular deviation shall not exceed 2% for vertical piles and 4% for batter piles. Group piles shall not deviate more than 75 mm. or one quarter of the stem diameter, whichever is less, from their designed position, at the working level. In case of single pile, deviation shall not be more than 50 mm. or one quarter of the stem diameter, whichever is less. The permissible deviation, in the overall length of the pile and position of bulbs on the stem shall be upto + 10 cm. Also, the shift of the pile shall not be more than 3 mm., in position.

2.3.12 The load test of two piles, at random place, shall be carried out by the Contractor to check the safe load plus 25% load. These tests shall be carried out as per I.S. specifications. The Contractor shall carry out these tests at no extra cost.

2.3.13 In case the Contractor desires to get the pile work done through a Sub-Contractor, he shall submit the names and get an approved from the same, for the Sub-Contractor.


3.1 The piles shall be measured per number. Reinforcement shall be paid separately as per section 2.00 for Plain and Reinforced cement concrete work. The bore holes of different diameters shall be measured separately from the ground level and shall be paid in rmt. The length shall be measured accurately upto the accuracy of a cm. The rate shall include preparation of one bulb for various diameters of the bore holes.

3.2 The rate shall include excavation of the bore hole including bulbs, cost of labours, materials, tools and equipments required, for all necessary operation for making a pile. The rate of preparation of bulbs shall be for all levels. The rate shall include cleaning of drilling mud after concreting of piles.

3.3 For multi-reamed piles each extra bulb, prepared at all levels other than the first bulb, shall be measured and paid accordingly.


13.1.1 Do- as –above for 300 mm. dia.

1.0 All relevant specification shall be as per item no 13.1.0. the rate shall be for a unit for rmt. The pile diameter shall be 300 mm.

13.1.2 Do- as –above for 400 mm. dia.

1.0 All relevant specification shall be as per item no 13.1.0. the rate shall be for a unit for rmt. The pile diameter shall be 400 mm.


GENERAL DEVELOPMENT & ROAD WORK

14.1.1 Box cutting the road surface, to proper slope and camber, for making a base for road work, including rolling, removing the excavated stuff and depositing on road side etc. complete, as directed, upto 100 m. lead.

1.0 Workmanship:

1.1 The land width required for road way, gutter side slope and catch water gutter shall be cleared off all trees, having a girth of 30 cm. and less. The loose stones, vegetation, bushes, stumps and other objectionable materials shall also be removed. The roots of the trees and stumps shall be removed upto 30 cm. below the grade formation. All the materials cleared will be the property of the Client. Useful material shall be arranged in convenient stacks, along the road boundary or as directed, at places within 50 m. lead and handed over to the Client, in convenient sections. Unsuitable materials shall be burnt or otherwise disposed off by the Contractor, at his own cost without causing any nuisance, inconvenience or damage to the work, property or the people in the neighborhood. If the material is disposed off outside the road length, necessary permission of private land owner shall be taken by the Contractor and royalty etc. if any, shall be paid by him, without claiming any compensation. All the material shall be disposed off in neat manner.

1.2 After clearing the site, the alignment of the road shall be properly set out, true to lines, curves, grades and sections shown on the plan or as directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall provide all labours and materials such as lime, string, pegs, nails, bamboos, stones, mortar, concrete etc. required for setting out, establishing bench mark and giving profiles. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining bench mark's profile, alignments and other stacks and marks, as long as they are required for the work, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. If the Contractor defaults in this respect even after the direction of the Engineer-in-charge, within the specified time, they may be restored by the Engineer-in-charge, at the cost of the Contractor. Levels and the sections of the ground shall be taken and recorded in the presence of the Contractor or his authorised representative before the excavation is started, so as to serve as the basis of measurement. The Contractor or his representative shall sign the field book in token of his acceptance of the levels, etc. If there is any disagreement, the Contractor shall inform it in writing to the officer concerned, with specific representation before starting further work. Once the work is started, no cognisance of any complain shall be taken. Merely not signing shall not be deemed as a disagreement.

1.3 Profile of sections including the road side gutters to be excavated, shall be line marked at the interval of 10 m. to 15 m. or as directed by the Architect & Engineer-in-charge, to conform the curved or straight alignments, sections, grade and side slopes. The center line shall clearly be marked and profile of embankment shall be set-up with the line marked on each side. The roadway section shall first be excavated with vertical side for each lift and the side slope for that lift shall be excavated in steps. The steps shall be smoothened to the required slope, when the excavation reaches the road formation. Contractor shall on no account excavate beyond the slope or below the specified grade unless so directed by the Architect & Engineer-in-charge. If the excavation is done below the specified level or outside the specified sections, it shall not be paid for and the Contractor shall be required to fill up at his own cost such extra excavation in the road portion, with approved materials of the embankment grade in layers, watered and fully compacted, so as to obtain the maximum density laid down for the embankment. The Contractor may require to keep the measurement, ridges and dead man to be left, at specified intervals or places and kept intact, till ordered by the Engineer-in-charge to remove, for the purpose of checking the measurements. The excavation shall be finished neatly, smoothly and evenly to the correct lines, curves, grades, sections and side slopes as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The sub-grade if loose, shall be scarified, watered and compacted to the same density as that of embankment. The section, side slopes and catch water gutter shall be maintained by the Contractor at his own cost in such a way that the


formation of the gutter will be well drained by providing necessary diversion, etc. Necessary passages shall be provided for leading away seepage, springs, surface flow or rain water safely without damaging the work. If any damage occurs due to default of the Contractor in this respect, he shall make good the damage at his own cost. If it is necessary in the excavation of the work to interrupt existing surface drain, sewer or under drainage, temporary arrangements shall be provided till such time as and when necessary or as directed. The Contractor, at his own cost shall make the interrupted drainage and sewer etc. unless separately specified in the tender. Any damage to the existing work or work in hand caused as a result of his operations or negligence, shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Road side gutters shall be excavated to the specified sections and shall be measured along with the main cutting in m3.

1.4 Care shall be taken to see that excavation is carried out in a safe manner so that, there will not be any risk to the work or workman, by landslides or falling material, boulders and collapsing sides, etc.

1.5 If a landslide occurs in the cutting, it shall be removed as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If the finished slopes, slides into the roadway before final acceptance of the work, such slide shall be removed by the Contractor and shall be paid extra for, at the contract rate for the class of excavation involved, provided the slides are not due to any negligence of the Contractor. The classification of the material in slides shall conform to its condition, at the time of removal and payment shall be made accordingly regardless of its prior condition.

1.6 If there is a traffic nearby or if there are villages or towns in the neighbourhood barricades, the traffic signals shall be provided for day as well as night for the duration of the work, in such a way to prevent accidents. Warning signals shall be displayed on both sides, 7.0 m. away from the point of danger, giving sufficient warning. Necessary signalers shall be stationed at each end to regulate traffic wherever necessary or as directed. Measure shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect to the adjoining structures or properties. If there is any damage to the adjoining property, injury to workers, the public, animals, etc. due to the negligence of the Contractor, he will be responsible and liable to all the consequences, including compensation.

1.7 All the excavated materials shall be the property of the Client. When the useful excavated materials is to be reused in the embankment, within a lead of 200 m., it shall be directly deposited in the required location, in specified layers. No handling or conveyance charges shall be paid, if material is temporarily deposited elsewhere and subsequently conveyed to the site of deposition. The sequence of the operation shall be arranged properly. Material required for the item other than the bank shall be arranged in neat stacks at convenient places without interfering with the drainage, in any way. If no area of land is available on site and the excavated useful stuff is to be stacked temporarily before being reused under the same agreement, the Contractor shall make his own arrangement for stacking of these materials temporarily on private land by paying rents, etc., without claiming any compensation. Surplus materials not required for reuse may be used of his own, to uniformly widened the embankment, to flatten the slope and to fill lower places in the road land, if so permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. Materials not required for the reuse, whatsoever, may be disposed off by the Contractor, at his own cost in manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.8 If the Contractor does not wish to utilize the quantity of cutting within the specified lead for any reason, then he may do the embankment work with the earth brought from the other sources. But in that case, the full or the part of acceptable quantity of stuff for which payment is made or to be made will be deducted from net quantity of the earth work in embankment arrived at within chainage measured as above.

1.9 The contract rate shall be for an unit of one m3. Excavation shall be measured in its original position by taking cross section before the work starts and after its completion. The quantity shall be worked out by the average area method. When the classification of the strata changes, the Contractor shall bring this to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge, who will then verify and if necessary, take levels for the changed strata for the purpose of the measurement.


14.2.1 Filling, in foundations and plinths & general development with murrum or selected soil obtained from outside (Contractor's earth) in layers of 15 cm. thickness, including watering, ramming well and consolidating etc. complete, as directed.

The relevant specifications of item no. 1.3.1 of civil section - 1.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m3

14.3.1 Providing and laying rubble soling in a compact manner, under RCC road , using suitable cut size stones as per the thickness,covering and leveling the surface with required camber with a layer of murrum/filling sand after filling the voids with smaller sized stones or stone chips, including watering, ramming well and consolidating each layer by roller, as directed

1.0 Materials:

1.1 Using suitable cut size rubble stones shall be collected by the Contractor to the site of work. Stacking shall be done in systematic way so as to allow easy inspection and in such a place as will not cause any loss. The metal shall be collected from approved quarry situated place near to the site as approved by the Architects and Engineer-in-charge.

1.2 Murrum or selected earth brought from outside shall be clean, of good binding quality, and of approved quality obtained from approved pots/quarries of disintegrated rocks which contain silicones materials and natural mixture of clay of calcareous origin. The size of murrum shall not be more than 20 mm. and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge before use.

1.3 The control on quality of material shall be exercised by the Engineer by carrying out the required tests at the frequencies as per IS norms from time to time as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.4 The sample of the metal collected shall be got tested at Govt. recognized laboratory or as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The cost of the same shall be born by the Contractor.

1.5 Materials for the purpose shall be of approved quality. Any material which is found of inferior quality shall be rejected and the Contractor shall remove such rejected material from the site at his own cost immediately. The material shall be collected from quarries approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.6 The material shall be got approved by Engineer-in-charge prior to collection on site. It shall be free from all rubbish, dust and any organic materials as well as clods of black cotton soil. Material shall not be allowed to be collected within the road boundary.

2.0 Workmanship:

2.1 Regular stacks shall be done by the Contractor on a fairly level ground. Stacking of the metal shall be done in a manner as directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

2.2 Stacking of material as per requirement shall be carried out. The metal stack shall be checked by the Engineer-in-charge before spreading. The collection shall always commence at one end of the road and carried out continuously towards the other end unless the Architect and Engineer-in-charge shall direct otherwise.

2.3 It shall be spread evenly on the prepared surface in required grade and camber by using camber broads etc. so as to ensure that the surface is in true camber and grade. At least two camber boards shall be in use on site. The surface shall be checked at every 50 ft. by means of templates, while the correctness of the camber in between shall be tested by strings and


corrected as required. Between the straight lengths and the curves and the meeting points of the convex and concave portions of reverse curves the change in camber of the road and super elevation shall be made very gradually as directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

2.4 Metal shall not be spread without permission of the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. Metal should be spread under careful supervision and by trained collies only. Contractor shall see that uniform spreading as per collection of metal is done. The Contractor shall spread the metal fully from the stacks without keeping any balance unless directed by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge to keep some stacks in balance for making unevenness or depressions good during rolling work.

2.3 To ensure that the materials are spread to the required thickness, the road surface shall be marked out on to the length over which the contents of heaps are to be spread. The bounds of earth or murrum (one on either side) shall be made along the outer edge of metalling simultaneously with spreading of metal. These bounds shall be laid with a distance equal to the width of the road to be metalled and shall be enough to prevent the loose metal from spreading out during consolidation and to retain water used for consolidation as well.

2.4 The spreading of metal shall proceed only 200 m. (maximum) advance of the rolling operations. At the time of rolling, all surface irregularities hollows, depressions, humps, shall be set right. The spreading of metal in required layer shall be done by the Contractor.

2.5 Immediately after the spreading of the stone rolling shall be started with three wheeled power roller 8 to 12 ton capacity or tandem roller or equivalent vibrator roller. The weight of the roller shall depend upon the type of the aggregate and as indicated by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge.

2.6 Except on super elevated portions where the rolling shall proceed from inner edge to outer, rolling shall begin from the edges gradually progressing towards the center. First the edge/s shall be compacted with roller running forward and backward. The roller shall then move inward parallel to the center line of the road, in successive passes uniformly lapping preceding tracks by at least one half way width.

2.7 Rolling shall continue until the aggregate is thoroughly keyed and the creeping of the aggregate ahead of the roller is no longer visible. During rolling slight sprinkling of water may be done. If necessary, rolling shall not be done. When the sub-grade is soft or yielding or when it causes a wave like motion in the sub-grade or sub-base course.

2.8 The roller surface shall be checked transversely and longitudinally with templates and any irregularities corrected by loosening the surface, adding or removing necessary amounts of aggregate and rerolling until the entire surface conforms to desired camber and grade. In no case shall be use of screening be permitted to make up depressions.

2.9 The blindage material where it is required to be used shall be applied, successfully in two or more thin layers at a slow and uniform rate. After each application, the surface shall be continuously sprinkled with water, the resulting slurry shall be swept in with hand brooms or mechanical brooms to fill the voids properly and rolled, during which water shall be applied to the wheels of the rollers if necessary to wash down the binding materials sticking to them. These operations shall continue until the resulting slurry after filling of voids, forms a wave ahead of the wheels of the moving roller.

3.0 Mode of Measurement and Payment:

3.1 Payment shall be made on m3 basis without deduction for voids.


3.2 The rate includes digging the murrum, supplying, conveying with all lead and lift on the road side and stacking the same in regular stacks and making side shoulders. Material shall be collected in required quantity only at any stage of work.

3.2 The contract unit rate for collecting, carting and spreading shall include:

1. Obtaining metal and murrum from approved quarry.

2. Transporting at site.

3. Storing, stacking, protecting and spreading.

4. Keeping record of supply and use.

5. Rolling the metalled surface with 8 to 10 ton capacity power driven roller.

6. Testing the samples in the approved laboratory.

14.4.1 Providing and laying controlled 125mm thk C.C. M-25 and curing complete, excluding the cost of formwork & reinforcement, for R.C.C. work of roads and general development with broom finish.

The relevant specifications of item no. 2.2.0 of civil section - 2.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m3.

14.5.1 Providing the vacuum dewatering method for the RCC with broom finish or with power driven towel finish surface of the concrete.

The relevant specifications of item no. 9.2.1 of civil section - 9.0 shall be followed. The rate shall be for a unit of one m2

14.6.1 Providing and laying bituminous base road joint sealing compound specially rubberized to withstand against cracking as per IS-1834, Grade – A, Density 1020 kg./cum and working temperature 1750C to 185 0C. This shall be ready to use material. Overheated material shall not be used. Surface on which compound to be applied shall be completely dry. It shall be overfilled and trimmed to level. Size of the groove shall be 15 mm W x 20 mm D.

The rate shall be for a unit of one rmt

14.7.1 Providing and fixing, chain link fencing of 50 x 50 x 10 g G.I. chain link, 1.83 m. wide fabric with vertical post of M.S. angle 50 mm. x 50 mm. x 6 mm. at 2.5 m. C/C., with G.I. tension wire at top and bottom, 8 g and with necessary U�clips, etc. complete. The rate shall be inclusive of necessary fixing arrangement to M.S. post by M.S. flat 30 x 5 mm, nut and bolt. The rate shall include 3 coats of enamel paint as approved by Architect and Engineer-in-charge. The M.S. post shall be fixed in the cement concrete coping above the 9" or 14" brick wall.

1.0 Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6. Bricks bats aggregate shall conform to M-14. Oil paint shall conform to M-44. G.I. wire shall be of best quality.

2.0 Workmanship:


2.1 The pits of the size 0.5 m. x 0.5 m. x 0.5 m. shall first be made either in brick work or excavated, true to line and level, to receive the post at 2.5 m. C/C. The relevant specifications of item 1.01 shall be followed for excavation work.

2.2 The pits shall be filled with a layer of 0.15 m. thick lean concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 Sand : 10 graded brick bat aggregates, 40 mm. nominal size). The M.S. angle 40 mm. x 40 mm. x 6 mm. shall be then placed over the concrete in true line and plumb. The remaining portion of block shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:2:4 and rammed properly so as to form total 0.5 m. x 0.5 m. x 0.5 m. concrete block. The concrete shall be cured for 7 days to allow it to set.

2.3 The chain link shall be stretched and fixed as per drawing. The bottom row shall be 150 mm. above ground. The chain link shall be stretched between adjacent posts from top wire of one post to the bottom wire of the next post. The wires shall be fixed to the posts by means of staples.

2.4 The M.S. angle posts shall be painted with 3 coats of oil paint of approved tint and shade over a coat of primer.


3.1 The work shall be measured for the finished work from center to center of the posts. The items of excavation and 1:4:8 C.C shall be measured according to relevant items and the detailed specifications for the same.

3.2 The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials (its taxes, levies, transportation etc.) involved in the operations described above.

3.3 The rate shall be for an unit of one rmt. Excavation and C.C 1:5:10 shall be paid extra under the head of the relevant items and as per respective unit.


MATERIALS & ITEMS SPECIFICATIONS – PLUMBING WORKS

1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

The detailed specifications given hereinafter are for the items of works described in the schedule of quantities attached herein, and shall be guidance for proper execution of work to the required standards. It may also be noted that the specifications are of generalized nature and these shall be read in conjunction with the description of item in schedule of quantities and drawings. The work also includes all minor details of construction which are obviously and fairly intended and which may not have been referred to in these documents but are essential for the entire completion in accordance with standard Engineering practice.

Unless specifically otherwise mentioned, all the applicable codes and standards published by the Indian Standard Institution and all other standards which may be published by them before the date of receipt of tenders, shall govern in all respects of design, workmanship, quality and properties of materials and methods of testing, method of measurements etc. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specification occurs in the documents relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued there to or revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders. In case there is no I.S.I. specification for the particular work, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions in all respects, and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge. The work shall be carried out in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements of relevant bye-laws of the Municipal Committee/ Municipal Corporation/ Development Authority/ Improvement Trust etc. under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and, unless otherwise mentioned, nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Samples of various materials, fittings etc. proposed to be incorporated in the work shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer-in-charge before order for bulk supply is placed. The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding collection and stacking of materials in any place. No excavated earth or building materials shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services, compound walls etc. are to be constructed. The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition all works executed till the completion of the entire work allotted to him. Where phased delivery is contemplated, this provision shall apply to each phase. The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standard specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test. The contractor shall clear the site thoroughly of all debris, surplus excavated materials and rubbish etc. left out of his work and dress the site around the building to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge before the work is considered as complete. The Chief Engineer, DCSE, DAE, shall be the sole deciding authority as to the meaning; interpretations and implications for various provisions of the specifications and his decision in writing shall be final and binding on all concerned. In case any difference or discrepancy between the specifications and the description in the schedule of quantities, the schedule of quantities shall take precedence. In case of any difference or discrepancy between specifications and drawing, the specifications shall take precedence. In case any difference or discrepancy between the specifications for civil works and specification for Public Health Engineering works, specifications for civil works shall take precedence.


1.1.1. APPROVAL

The materials for P.H. Engineering works which are to be supplied by the contractor shall conform to the relevant IS specifications and on the latest approved list of Mumbai Municipal Corporation/ Local bodies if any, and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to installation of fixture and the approved samples shall be maintained at site till the completion of work. The approved makes of main items are, however specified in the list of approved makes of materials here in before.

1.1.2. PRECAUTIONS While carrying out pipe line work in case the contractor encounters any interference with other services such as cables, conduits etc, he shall take sufficient precautions in order to prevent any damage to them. If any damage occurs, it shall be rectified to its original condition at his own cost to the satisfaction of the officers concerned with such services.

The contractor shall ensure that all inserts, pipe lines embedded in structural members or sleeves are placed in position in co-ordination with civil work. All public health engineering services shall be handed over to Engineer-in-charge complete in all respects on completion of the work. Incomplete work will not be taken over. Any loss or damage to these services due to any reasons by anybody whatsoever before handing over will be at contractor’s risk and cost. Any damage to any structural/finishing work done during the testing or rectification shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost and risk.

1.1.3. COST TO BE COVERED

The rates quoted by the tendered under this contract shall cover the cost of all the following elements.

1.1.4. MISCELLANEOUS WORK The contractor carrying out the construction work shall take effective measures to carefully open out all existing channels, culverts, bridges, pipelines, conduits, water courses, sewer, drains, electrical cables, transmission lines and their supports and all works buried or otherwise where such services have to be interfered with the purpose of the construction of the works. He shall provide and arrange all necessary temporary supports and diversions if necessary across/under/even through along sides of the trenches and all other parts of construction work for all such channels, culverts, bridges, pipe lines, conduits.

1.1.5. CLEARANCE FOR ROADS AND FOOT PATHS The contractor shall arrange to carry out all works with least interference practicable with public footpath and vehicular traffic and with existing waste water or storm water drainage arrangements and provide all necessary road barriers, fences, notices, lights, gangways, access crossings, diversions for traffic, temporary drains, dewatering channels, chutes pumping or water lifting arrangements and all other facilities for the proper execution of the works to the approval and satisfaction in all respects of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any work carried out by the contractor in this connection shall be deemed as temporary works incidental to the construction work.

1.1.6. LOCATION The rates quoted by the tendered under this contract shall be applicable for the work at all floor and locations.

1.1.7. DEWATERING


The rates quoted by the tendered under this contract shall include bailing or pumping out all the water which may accumulate during the progress of the work either through seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

1.1.8. WATER SUPPLY MAIN The cost includes for transport charges and testing charges prescribed by the municipal Corporation. Water mains thus laid shall be tested to a pressure as specified in the schedule and specifications. Contractor has to get the pipe line laid hydraulically tested by the Municipal Authorities. Contractor has to bear the Municipal hydraulic testing charges.

1.1.9. FORMALITIES WITH STATUTORY BODIES The work shall be carried out in a manner complying in all respects with requirement of relevant bye-laws of the Municipal Committee/ Municipal Corporation/ Development Authority/ Improvement Trust under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge and, unless otherwise mentioned, nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The contractor has to satisfy all the requirement of fire brigade, drainage and hydraulic engineering department of Municipal Corporation. Note: In case a separate item is included in the schedule of quantities, contractor shall engage a licensed P.H. Engineer/ licensed plumber and obtain all the above certificates from Municipal Corporation. The Department shall authorize the contractor to deal with BMC on behalf of the Department.


1.2. LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS

The following IS codes shall be referred in execution of PH Engineering works.

IS CODE SUBJECT

27 - 1992 Specifications for Pig Lead

269- 1989 Specifications for 33 grade Ordinary Portland Cement

407- 1981 Brass tubes for General purposes

456- 2000 Code of practice for Plain & Reinforced concrete.

458- 2003 Specifications for Concrete Pipes.

554- 1999 Dimensions for pipe thread where pressure tight joints are required.

636- 1988 Fire fighting hose ,rubber lined or fabric reinforced rubber lined woven –jacketed

638- 1979 Sheet rubber jointing & rubber insertion jointing

651- 1992 Specifications for Salt glazed stoneware pipes & fittings.

771 (Pt. I &VII) Glazed Fire Clay Sanitary Appliances.

771- 1979 (Pt. I) General requirements

771- 1985 (Pt. II) Specific requirements of kitchen & laboratory sinks

771- 1979 (Pt. III/ Sec 1) Specific requirements of urinals ( section 1- Slab urinals)

771- 1985 (Pt. III/ Sec2) Specific requirements of urinals ( section 2- Stall urinals)

771- 1979 (Pt. IV) Specific requirements of postmortem slabs.

771- 1979 (Pt. V) Specific requirements of shower trays

771- 1979 (Pt. VI) Specific requirements of bed pan sinks

771- 1981 (Pt. VII) Specific requirements of slop sinks

774- 1984 Flushing cistern for water closet and urinals.

775- 1970 Cast iron brackets and supports for wash basin and sink.

778- 1984 Specifications for copper alloy gate & Globe check valves for water works

779- 1994 Water meters (domestic type)

781- 1984 Specifications for cast copper alloy screw down bib taps & stop cocks for water services

782- 1978 Specification for Caulking lead.

783- 1985 Code of practice for laying concrete pipes.

784- 2001 Pre-stressed concrete pipes.


884- 1985 Fire aid hose reel for firefighting (for fixed installation)

901 - 1988 Specification for couplings, double males & double female, instantaneous pattern for Fire Fighting

902 - 1992 Specification for suction hose couplings for Fire Fighting purposes.

903 - 1993 Couplings for fire hose delivery, branch pipe, nozzles specification

904 - 1983 Specification for 2 way and 3 way suction collecting heads for Fire

Fighting purposes.

905 - 1980 Specification for delivery breechings, dividing and collecting instant tenuous pattern for Fire Fighting

906 - 1988 Specification for revolving branch pipe for Fire Fighting

907 - 1984 Specification for suction strainer, cylindrical type for Fire Fighting purposes.

908- 1975 Fire Hydrants, Stand post type

909- 1992 Specifications for underground fire hydrants, sluice valve type

940 - 1989 Portable Fire Extinguisher, water Type (Gas Cartridge) - Specification

941- 1985 Specification for Blower and Exhauster for Fire Fighting.

1172- 1993 Code of basic requirements for water supply, drainage and sanitation

1200-1979 (Pt. 16) Method of measurements for Laying of water and sewer lines including appurtenant items.

1200-1981 (Pt. 19) Method of measurements for Water supply, plumbing and drains.

1230 Specifications for CI Rain Water pipes

1239- 2004 (Pt I) Specifications for Mild steel tubes

1239- 1992 ( Pt. II) Specifications for Mild steel Tubular & other wrought steel pipe fittings

1300- 1994 Phenol molding material specification

1536- 2001 Specifications for Centrifugally cast iron (spun) pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

1537- 1976 Specifications for Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

1538- 1993 Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

1700- 1973 Drinking fountains

1701- 1960 Combination valve , mixing valves

1703- 2000 Ball valve (horizontal plunger type) including floats for water supply.

1711- 1984 Self closing taps.

1726- 1991 Cast iron manhole covers and Frames.

1729- 2002 Cast /ductile iron drainage pipes & fittings for over ground NP pipeline S/S series.


1742- 1983 Code of practice for building drainage

1795- 1982 Pillar taps for water supply purposes

1879 Malleable Cast Iron Pipe Fittings

1978- 1982 Specification for line pipe (M S Seamless )

1979- 1985 Specification for high test line pipe

2065- 1983 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.

2097 - 1983 Specification for foam making branch pipe.

2104- 1981 Water meter boxes (domestic type)

2171 – 1999 Specification for portable fire extinguisher, dry powder (Cartridge Type)

2190- 1992 Code of practice for selection ,installation & maintenance of portable first-aid fire extinguishers

2267- 1995 Polystyrene molding and extension materials – specification

2326- 1987 Automatic flushing cistern for urinals

2373 Specification for Water Meter (Bulk type)

2379- 1990 Color code for identification of pipe lines.

2401- 1973 Code of practice for selection, installation & maintenance of domestic water meters

2470 (Pt. I to II) Code of practice for installation of septic tanks

2470- 1985 (Pt. I) Design criteria & construction

2470- 1985 (Pt. II) Secondary Treatment & disposal of septic tank effluent

2527- 1984 Code of practice for fixing rain water gutters and down pipes for roof drainage.

2546 - 1974 Specification for galvanized Mild Steel Fire bucket.

2548- 1996(Pt. I) Plastic water closet seats and covers.

2548- 1996(Pt. II) Plastic water closet seats and covers.

2556 (Pt. 1 to XV) Specification for Vitreous (Vitreous China) sanitary appliances.

2556- 1994 (Pt.1) General requirements

2556- 1994 (Pt.2) Specific requirements of wash down water-closets

2556- 2004 (Pt.3) Specific requirements of squatting pans

2556- 2004 (Pt. 4) Specific requirements of wash basins

2556- 1994 (Pt.5) Specific requirements of laboratory sinks

2556- 1995(Pt.6) Specific requirements of urinals & partition plate

2556- 1995 (Pt.7) Specific requirements of accessories for sanitary appliances


2556- 1995 (Pt.8) Specific requirements of pedestal close coupled & wash down and siphon water closets

2556- 2004 (Pt.9) Specific requirements of pedestal type bidets

2643- 1999 Type Threads where pressure tight joints are not mase on the threads dimension, tolerances and designation

2692- 1989 Specification for Ferrules for water services.

2800- 1991 (Pt. I) Construction of tube well

2800- 1979 (Pt. II) Testing of tube well

2871- 1983 Specification for Branch pipe, universal, for firefighting purposes

2878 - 2004 Fire Extinguisher, Carbon Dioxide Type (Portable and Trolley Mounted)

– Specification.

2951 (Pt. I to II) Recommendation for estimate of flow of liquids in closed conduits.

2951- 1965 (Pt. I) Head loss in straight pipes due to frictional resistance

2951- 1965 (Pt. II) Head loss in valves & fittings.

3006- 1979 Specification for Chemically resistant glazed S.W. pipes and Fitting

3076- 1985 Low density polyethylene pipes for potable water supply

3114- 1994 Code of practice for laying of Cast Iron pipes.

3311- 1979 Waste plug & its accessories for sinks & wash basins.

3328- 1993 Quality tolerances for water for swimming pools

3389- 1994 Urea formaldehyde molding materials

3486- 1966 Specification for Cast iron spigot and socket drain pipes

3489- 1985 Specifications for enameled steel bath tubs

3589- 2001 Specifications for steel pipes for water & sewage (168.3 to 2540 mm outside dia.)

3597- 1998 Method of test for concrete pipes.

3844- 1989 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants Hose reels in premises.

3950- 1979 Specification for Surface boxes for sluice valve.

3989- 1984 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes, fittings & accessories.

4038- 1986 Foot valves for water works purposes.

4111 (Pt. I to V) Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewage system.

4111- 1986 (Pt. I) Manholes

4111- 1985 (Pt. II) Flushing tanks


4111- 1985 (Pt. III) Inverted siphon

4111- 1968 (Pt. IV) Pumping stations & pumping mains (rising mains)

4111- 1993 (Pt. V) Tidal out-falls

4120- 1967 Tubs and baths.

4127- 1983 Code of practice of laying of glazed stone ware pipes.

4308 - 2003 Dry Chemical Powder for Fighting B & C class Fires– Specification.

4350- 1967 Specification for concrete porous pipes for under drainage.

4733- 1972 Methods of sampling & test for sewage effluents

4736- 1986 Specification for hot –dip zinc coating on mild stele tubes.

4854 (Pt. I to III) Glossary terms for valves and their parts

4854- 1969 (Pt. I) Screw down stop, check & gate valves & their parts

4854- 1968 (Pt. II) Plug valves & cocks & their parts

4854- 1974 (Pt. III) Butterfly valves

4927- 1992 Unlined flax canvass hose for fire fighting

4947 - 1985 Specification for gas cartridge for use in Fire extinguishers.

4984- 1995 Specifications for HDPE pipes for water supply

4985- 2000 Specifications for un plasticized PVC pipes for potable water supplies

5290- 1993 Specifications for Landing valves.

5312 (Pt. I ) Swing check type reflux (non return ) valves

5312- 1984 (Pt. I) Reflux (non return ) valves – single door pattern

5329- 1983 Code of Practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for building

5330- 1984 Criteria for design for anchor blocks for pen-stocks with expansions joints.

5382- 1985 Specifications for rubber sealing rings for water, gas & sewer mains

5455- 1969 Cast iron steps for manholes

5600- 2002 Specifications for Sewage and drainage pumps

5611- 1987 Code of Practice for waste stabilization ponds (Facultative type)

5714- 1981 Specifications for Hydrant stand-pipe for fire fighting

5822- 1994 Code of Practice for laying of welded steel pipes for water supply

5961- 1970 Specifications for Cast Iron grating for drainage purposes

6234 - 2003 Portable fire Extinguisher water Type (Stored Pressure) – Specification.

6279- 1971 Equipment for grit removal


6280- 1971 Sewage screens

6295- 1986 COP for water supply & drainage in high altitude & / or sub-zero region

6392- 1971 Steel pipe flanges

6411- 1985 Specifications for gel coated glass fiber reinforced polyester resin bath tubs

6418- 1971 Cast Iron & malleable flanges for general engineering Purpose

6494- 1988 COP for water proofing of underground water tanks & swimming pools

6587- 1987 Specifications for Spun hemp yarn

7181- 1986 Horizontally Cast Iron Double Flanged pipe for water, gas & sewage.

7231- 1994 Specifications for Plastic Flushing Cisterns for water closet & urinals

7558- 1974 Code of Practice for domestic hot water installations

7634 (Pt. I to III) Code of Practice for Plastic pipe work for potable water supplies

7634- 1975 (Pt. I) Choice of materials & general recommendations

7634- 1975 (Pt. II) Laying & jointing polyethylene (PE) pipes

7634- 2003 (Pt. III) Laying & jointing un plasticized PVC pipes

7740- 1985 Code of Practice for road gullies

7834 (Pt. I to VIII) Injection molded PVC socket fittings with solvent cement joints for water supplies

7834 - 1987(Pt. I) General requirements

7834- 1987 (Pt. II) Specific requirements for 45 0 elbows

7834- 1987 (Pt. III) Specific requirements for 90 0 elbows

7834- 1987 (Pt. IV) Specific requirements for 90 0 tees

7834- 1987(Pt. V) Specific requirements for 45 0 tees

7834- 1987 (Pt. VI) Specific requirements for sockets

7834- 1987(Pt. VII) Specific requirements for unions

7834- 1987 (Pt. VIII) Specific requirements for caps

8008 (Pt. I to VII) Injection molded HDPE fittings for potable water supplies

8008- 2003 (Pt. I) General requirements for fittings

8008- 1976 (Pt. II) Specific requirements for 90 0 bends

8008- 2003 (Pt. III) Specific requirements for 90 0 tees

8008- 2003 (Pt. IV) Specific requirements for reducers

8008- 2003 (Pt. V) Specific requirements for ferrule reducers


8008- 2003 (Pt. VI) Specific requirements for pipe ends

8008- 2003 (Pt. VII) Specific requirements for sandwich flanges

8090- 1976 Coupling, branch pipe, nozzle used in hose reel tubing for fire fighting

8329- 2000 Centrifugally cast (spun) ductile iron pressure pipes & fittings for water, gas & sewage

8413 (Pt. I) Requirements for biological treatment equipment

8413- 1977 (Pt. I) Trickling Filter

8718- 1978 Specifications for vitreous enameled steel kitchen sinks

8727- 1978 Specifications for vitreous enameled steel wash basin

8835- 1978 Guideline for planning and design of surface drains.

8931- 1993 Specifications for copper alloys Fancy single taps, combination tap assembly & stop valves for water services

9140- 1996 Method of sampling of vitreous & fire clay sanitary appliances

9293- 1991 Specifications for flax canvas

9338- 1984 Specifications for Cast Iron screw down stop valves and stop & check valves for water works purposes

9668- 1990 Code of practice for provision & maintenance of water supplies for Fire Fighting

9739- 1981 Specifications for Pressure reducing valves for Domestic water supply system.

9758- 1981 Flush valves and Fittings for water closets and urinals

9762- 1994 Specifications for polyethylene floats for float valves

9763- 2000 Specifications for Plastic Bib taps, pillar taps, angle valves and stop valves for hot & cold water service.

9972 - 2002 Specification for Automatic sprinkler Heads for Fire Protection Service.

10221- 1982 Code of practice for coating and wrapping of underground M.S. steel pipeline,

10500- 1991 Specification of Drinking water

11108 - 1984 Specification for portable fire Extinguisher Halon 1211 Type.

11189- 1985 Method of tube well development

11606 - 1986 Method for sampling of cast iron pipes and fittings.

11632 - 1986 Rehabilitation of Tube well

12183- 1987 (Pt. I) Code of practice for Plumbing in multi-storied buildings (for water supply)

12231 - 1987 UPVC pipes for section & delivery lines of agricultural pumps–Specification.


12235 - 1986 Method of test for UPVC pipe for potable water supply

12288 - 1987 Code of practice for use and laying of Ductile Iron pipes.

12469 - 1988 Specifications for pumps

12592- 2002 Precast concrete frame & cover ( SFRC frame & cover )

12701-1996 Specifications for rotational molded polyethylene water storage tanks

12709 - 1994 Glass fiber reinforce plastic(GRP) pipes, joints & fittings for use for potable water supply – Specification.

12818 - 1992 Spn. for UPVC ribbed screen casing & plain casing pipes for bore / tube well

12820 - 1989 Dimensional Req. of Rubber Gaskets for Mechanical Joints & push in joints for use with Cast Iron Pipes & fittings for carrying water, Gas & sewage.

13095 - 1991 Butterfly valves for general purposes

13114 - 1991 Spn. for forged brass gate, globe & check valves for water works purposes

13382-2004 Cast Iron specials for mechanical & push-on flexible joints for pressure pipelines for water, gas & sewage

13592- 1992 Specifications for PVC soil, waste & rain water (SWR) including ventilation pipes

13593 - 1992 UPVC pipes fittings for use with section and delivery lines for

Agricultural pumps – Specification.

13916 – 1994 Code of practice for installation of GRP piping system.

13983-1994 Specifications for stainless steel kitchen sinks & drain boards for domestic purpose

14333-1996 Specification for HDPE pipes for sewerage system.

14402-1996 GRP pipes, joints & fittings – Specification.

14735-1999 UPVC injection molded fittings for UPVC – SWR pipes – Specifications.

14845- 2000 Resilient seated cast iron air relief valves for water works purposes – Spn

14846- 2000 Specifications for sluice valve for water works purposes (50 to 1200 mm size )

15265 – 2003 Specifications for flexible PVC pipes or polymer reinforcement thermo plastic hoses for suction and delivery lines for Agricultural pumps.

15328 – 2003 UPVC non pressure pipes for use in underground drainage and sewerage system – Specifications.

15450- 2004 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene composite pressure pipes for hot and cold water supplies – Specifications.


1.3. MINIMUM WEIGHT OF MOST COMMONLY USED SANITARY APPLIANCES & WATER FITTINGS The minimum unit weight of each fitting shall not be less than as given in the following table and

tolerance for weight shall be as per relevant IS code.

SR ITEM DESCRIPTION NOMINAL SIZE/

THICKNESS

IS CODE MIN UNIT WEIGHT

1 Brass non-fancy type Bib Tap Please see Table under relevant item for other sizes.

15mm 781- 1984 400 Grams

2 C.P. brass fancy type Bib Tap 15mm 8931- 1993 550 Grams

3a Brass non-fancy types Stop cock – Internally threaded

15mm 781- 1984 330 Grams

3b Brass non-fancy types Stop cock – Externally threaded

15mm 781- 1984 400 Grams

4 C.P. brass fancy types Stop cock 15mm 8931- 1993 550 Grams

5 C.P. brass concealed typed Stop cock 15mm 8931- 1993 750 Grams

6 C.P. brass fancy Pillar Tap 15mm 1795- 1982 650 Grams

7 C.P. brass waste coupling 32mm 3311- 1979 200 Grams

8 C.P. brass waste coupling 40mm 3311- 1979 250 Grams

The minimum unit weight of each fitting shall not be less than as given in the following table which is used in General practice.

SR ITEM DESCRIPTION NOMINAL SIZE/ THICKNESS MIN UNIT WEIGHT

1 C.P. brass fancy Shower rose 15mm 125 Grams

2 C.P. brass bottle trap 32mm. 500 Grams

3 C.P. brass bottle trap 40mm 550 Grams

4 C.P. brass Liquid soap dispenser 250 Grams

5 C.P. brass coat and hat hook 150 Grams

6 C.P. brass Towel rod bracket [pair] 100 Grams

7 C.P. brass Towel rod [600 mm long] 20mm 150 Grams

8 G.I. Clamps thickness for GI piping 2 MM

9 MS Clamps thickness for CI piping 3 MM

10 Rain water lead sheet flashing 38.00 kg/sqm

11 C.I. frame and cover for Gully Trap 7.50 kg.


12 S.S. grating for Nahani Trap 50 Grams

13 C.P. brass grating for Nahani Trap 190 Grams

14 C.P. Brass Dome shape grating 275 Grams


2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1. EARTH WORK AND BACKFILL

2.1.1. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covered under this specifications pertains to excavation of foundations, trenches, pits and over areas, in all sorts of soils, soft and hard rock, correct to dimensions given in the drawing including shoring, protections of existing underground utilities if any, such as water lines, electric cables etc., dewatering and shoring if necessary, stacking the useful materials as directed within the lead specified, refilling around the foundation and into the plinth with selected useful excavated earth and disposing off the surplus earth/materials within specified lead and finishing the surface to proper levels, slopes and camber etc. all complete.

2.1.2. SITE CLEARANCE

Before the earth work is started the area coming under cutting and filling shall be cleared of all obstructions, loose stones, shrubs, rank vegetation, grass, brush-wood, trees and saplings of girth up to 30 cm. measured at a height of one meter above ground and rubbish removed up to a distance of 150 meters outside the periphery of the area under clearance. The roots of trees shall be removed to a minimum depth of 60 cm. below ground level, or a minimum of 30 cm. below formation level whichever is lower, and the hollows filled up with earth, leveled and rammed. This work is deemed to be included in the earth work items and no separate payment will be admissible for the work.

The trees of girth above 30 cm. measured at a height of one meter above ground, shall only be cut after permission of the Engineer-in-charge is obtained in writing. The roots shall also be removed as described in the preceding sub-Para. Payment for cutting and removing roots of such trees shall be made separately. Any material obtained from the site will be the property of the Department and the useful materials as decided by the Engineer- in-charge will be conveyed and properly stacked as directed within the lead specified.

2.1.3. SETTING OUT AND MAKING PROFILES

Masonry or concrete pillars will be erected at suitable points in the area to serve as bench marks for the execution of the work. These bench marks shall be connected with G. T. S. or any other permanent bench mark approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Necessary profiles with pegs, bamboos and strings or Burjis shall be made to show the correct formation levels before the work is started. The contractor shall supply labor and materials for setting out and making profiles and Burjis for the work at his own cost and the same shall be maintained during the excavation work. The Department will show grid Co-ordinate or other reference points. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to set out centre lines correctly with reference to the drawings and install substantial reference marks. Checking of such alignment by the Department will not absolve the contractor from his responsibility to execute the work strictly in accordance with the drawings.

2.1.4. EARTHWORK

The contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge before starting excavation and before the ground is disturbed, to enable him to take existing levels for the purpose of measurements. The ground levels shall be taken at 5 to 15 meters intervals in uniformly sloping ground and at closer distance where local mounts, pits or undulations are met with, as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The ground levels shall be recorded in field books and plotted on plans, which shall be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer-in-charge, before the earth work is actually started. The labor required for taking levels, shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost. The Contractor shall perform excavation in all types of soils, murrum, soft and hard rock, boulders etc. in foundation, over areas and in trenches to widths, lines, levels, grades and curves as shown in


the drawing or lesser widths, lines and levels as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and as per items in the schedule of quantities.

2.1.4.1. The item in the schedule of quantities shall specify the excavation in trenches for this purpose, the excavation

in trenches for foundations and for pipes, cables etc. not exceeding 1.5 meter in width and for chambers, manhole, shafts, wells, cesspits and the like not exceeding 10 sqm. on plan and to any depth shall be described as Excavation in trenches for foundation, drains, pipes and cables and returning the excavated material to fill the trenches after pipes, cables etc, are laid and their joints tested and passed and disposal of surplus excavated material up to 50 m lead.

2.1.4.2. Excavation exceeding 1.5 meter in width as well as 10 sqm. On plan (excluding trenches for pipes, cables

etc.) and exceeding 30 cm in depth shall be described as Excavation over areas. 2.1.5. CLASSIFICATION OF EARTH WORK

The earth work shall be classified under the following main categories and measured

separately for each category. 1. All types of soils, murrum, boulders. 2. Soft rock. 3. Hard rock.

2.1.5.1. ALL TYPES OF SOILS, MURRUM, BOULD

This includes earth, murrum, top deposits of agricultural soil, reclaimed soil, clay, sand or any combination thereof and soft and hard murrum, shingle etc. which is loose enough to be removed with spades, shovel and pick axes. Boulders not more than 0.03 cum. in volume found during the course of excavation shall also fall under this classification.

2.1.5.2. EXCAVATION IN SOFT ROCK

This shall include all materials which are rock or hard conglomerate, all decomposed weathered rock, highly fissured rock, old masonry, boulders bigger than 0.03 cum. in volume but not bigger than 0.5 cum. and other varieties of soft rock which can be removed only with pick axes, crow bars, wedges and hammers with some difficulty. The mere fact that the contractor resorts to blasting and/or wedging and chiseling for reasons of his own, shall not mean the rock is classifiable as hard rock.

2.1.5.3. EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK

This includes all rock other than soft rock mentioned in Para 2.1.5.1 b viz. soft rock, occurring in masses, boulders having approximate volume more than 0.5 cum. Plain or reinforced cement concrete, which can best be removed by blasting or chiseling and wedging where blasting cannot be permitted owing to any restriction at site.

2.1.5.3.1. EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK BY BLASTING

Where blasting is permitted the excavation in rock shall be done by means of blasting. No heavy blasting will be permitted and only controlled/muffled blasting will be permitted at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall be governed by the relevant statutory laws, rules and regulations on explosives, pertaining to the acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of explosive which shall be rigidly followed and shall obtain him all necessary materials and equipment for blasting. Blasting shall be executed through a licensed blaster with prior permission from police authorities. Prior to blasting sufficient notice shall be given to concern parties to avoid danger to people, materials and nearby structures. All the damages caused by careless blasting if any shall be made good by the contractor at his own expenses.

2.1.5.3.2. EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK BY CHISELLING AND WEDGING


Where blasting is not permitted and if the Engineer-in-Charge so desires, the excavation shall be done by chiseling and wedging or any other agreed method.

NOTE: All the excavated hard rock obtained shall be stacked properly and neatly within the

specified lead by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

2.1.6. EXCAVATION The excavation under all classifications in areas in trenches or in pits shall be carried out systematically. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom and no under-pining or undercutting will be allowed. The bottom and sides of excavation shall be dressed to proper level, slopes, steps, camber etc. by removing high spots, and ramming thoroughly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

All the excavation shall be carried out strictly to the dimensions given in the drawing. The width shall generally be of the width of mud mat concrete and depth as shown in drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge, according to availability of the desired bearing capacity of soil below. Any excavation if taken below the specified depths and levels, the contractor shall at his own cost fill up such overcut to the specified level with cement concrete 1:4:8 in case of excavation in all types of soils and with cement concrete 1:2:4 in case of excavation in soft and hard rock.

After the excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-Charge to that effect and no further work shall be taken up until the Engineer-in-Charge has approved the depth and dimensions and also the nature of foundation materials. Levels and measurements shall also be recorded prior to taking up any further work.

2.1.6.1. SIZES OF TRENCH FOR EXCAVATION FOR PIPE LINE :

Where the width of trench is not specified the following shall apply.

1. Up to 1.0 meter deep shall be arrived at by adding 25 cm to the external diameter of pipe (not socket/collar) cable, conduit etc where a pipe is laid on concrete bed/cushioning layer, the authorized width shall be the external diameter of the pipe (not socket/collar) plus 25 cm or the width of concrete bed/cushioning layer whichever is more.

2. For depths exceeding one meter, an allowance of 5 cm per meter of depth for each side of the trench shall be added to the authorized width (that is external diameter of pipe plus 25 cm) for excavation. This allowance shall apply to the entire depth of the trench. In firm soils up to a depth of 2 meters from the bottom. For depths greater than 2 meters, the excavation profiles shall be widened by allowing steps of 50 cm on either side after every two meters from bottom.

3. Where more than one pipe, cable, conduit etc. are laid, the diameter shall be reckoned as the horizontal distance from outside to outside of the outermost pipes, cable, conduit etc.

4. Where the soil is soft, loose or slushy, width of trench shall be suitably increased or side sloped or the soil shored-up as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take complete instructions in writing from the Engineer-In-charge regarding increase in the width of trench, sloping or shoring to be done for excavation in soft, loose or slushy soils.

2.1.6.2. SIZES OF TRENCH FOR EXCAVATION FOR CHAMBERS, MANHOLES, SHAFTS, WELLS, CESSPITS:

Authorized working space shall be special in each case. Where authorized working space is not so specified the following shall apply: 600 mm measured from the external face of substructure/walls (including protective measures like water proof plaster, tile cladding etc. if any) at lowest level, where extra working space is required.

2.1.7. SHORING


Unless separately provided for in the schedule of quantities, the quoted rate for excavation shall include excavation of slopes to prevent falling in soil by providing and/or fixing, maintaining and removing of shoring, bracing etc. The contractor would be responsible for the design of shoring for proper retaining of sides of trenches, pits etc. with due consideration to the traffic, superimposed loads etc. Shoring shall be of sufficient strength to resist the pressure and ensure safety from slips and to prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons. It shall be removed as directed after items for which it is required are completed. Should the slips occur, the slipped material shall be removed and slope dressed to a modified stable slope? Removal of the slipped earth will not be measured for payment.

2.1.8. DEWATERING

Unless specifically provided for as a separate item in the schedule of quantities, rate shall also include bailing or pumping out all water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of further works such as mud mat concrete, R.C. footings, shuttering etc. either due to seepage, springs, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow by bunds or other means. Care shall be taken to ensure that the water discharged sufficiently away from the foundations to keep it free from nuisance to other works in the neighborhood.

2.1.9. DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS

2.1.9.1. ANTIQUITES

Any finds of archaeological interest such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other articles of value shall be delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the property of the Government.

2.1.9.2. USEFUL MATERIALS

Any material obtained from the excavation which in the opinion of the Engineer-in- Charge is useful, shall be stacked separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the property of the Government.

No material excavated from foundation trenches of whatever kind they may be are to be placed even temporarily nearer than about 3 m. from the outer edge of excavation. Discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge in such cases is final. All materials excavated will remain the property of the Department. Rate for excavation includes sorting out of the useful materials and stacking them separately as directed within the specific lead. Materials suitable and useful for refilling or other use shall be stacked in convenient place but not in such a way as to obstruct free movement of materials, workers and vehicles or encroach on the area required for constructional purposes. It shall be used to the extent required to completely backfill the structure to original ground level or other elevation shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Materials not useful in anyway shall be disposed off, leveled and compacted as directed by the Engineer-in-charge within a specified lead. The site shall be left clean of all debris and leveled on completion.

2.1.10. REFILLING IN SIDES OF CHAMBERS, DRAINS ETC.

The back filling shall be done after the concrete or masonry has fully set and shall be done in such a way as not to cause under-thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used for back filling, it shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily deposited and shall be used in refilling. The scope of work for back filling/ filling in sides of chambers and other areas shall include filling for all the excavation covered under the contract. Surplus earth available from the excavation, if required, shall be used for refilling/ filling for filling the trenches for pipes cables buildings also within the specified lead mentioned in the item.

All timber shoring and form work left in the trenches, pits, floors etc. shall be removed after

their necessity ceases and trash of any sort shall be cleared out from the excavation. All the


space between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original surface with approved materials in layers not exceeding 200 mm. in thickness, watered and well consolidated by means of rammers to at least 90% of the consolidation obtainable at optimum moisture content (Proctor density). Flooding with water for consolidation will not be allowed. Areas inaccessible to mechanical equipment such as areas adjacent to walls and columns etc. shall be tamped by hand rammer or by hand held power rammers to the required density. The backfill shall be uniform in character and free from large lumps, stones, shingle or boulder not larger than 80 mm. in any direction, salt and clods, organic or other foreign materials which might rot. The refilling in plinth and under floors shall be done in similar way in layers not exceeding 200 mm. thick and shall be well consolidated by means of mechanical or hand operated rammers as specified to achieve the required density.

Test to establish proper consolidation as required will be carried out by the Department at rates specified. Two tests per 50 sqm. Will be taken to ascertain the proper consolidation. The cost of tests carried out will be recovered from the contractor’s bill.

2.1.11. REFILLING IN TRENCHES FOR PIPES, CABLES ETC.

Filling in trenches shall be commenced soon after the joints of pipes, cables; conduits etc. have been tested and passed. The space around the pipes, cables, conduits etc. shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats etc. Where the trenches are excavated in hard/soft soil, the filling shall be done with earth on the sides and top of pipes in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth. Each layer shall be watered, rammed and consolidated. All clods and lumps of earth exceeding 8 cm in any direction shall be watered, rammed and consolidated. All clods and lumps of earth exceeding 8 cm in any direction shall be broken or removed before the excavated earth is used for filling. In case of excavation of trenches in ordinary/hard rock, the filling up to a depth of 30 cm above the crown of pipe, cable, conduits etc. shall be done with fine material like earth, murrum or pulverized/decomposed rock according to the availability at site. The remaining filling shall be done with boulders of size not exceeding 15 cm mixed with fine material like decomposed rock, murrum or earth as available to fill up the voids, watered, rammed and consolidated in layers not exceeding 30 cm. Excavated material containing deleterious material, salt peter earth etc. shall not be used for filling. Ramming shall be done with iron rammers where feasible and with blunt ends of crow bars where rammers cannot be used, Special care shall be taken to ensure that no damage is caused to the pipes, cables, conduits etc. laid in the trenches.

2.1.12. LEAD & LIFT

2.1.12.1. LEAD

The lead for disposal/deposition of excavated materials shall be as specified in the respective item of work. For the purpose of measurements of lead, the area to be excavated or filled or area on which excavated material is to be deposited/ disposed off shall be divided in suitable blocks and for each of the block, the distance between centre lines shall be taken as the lead which shall be measured by the shortest straight line route on the plan and not the actual route adopted.

2.1.12.2. LIFT

Lift shall be measured from ground level. Excavation up to 1.5 m depth below ground level

and depositing excavated material on the ground shall be included in the item of earthwork for various kinds of soil. Extra lift shall be measured in unit of 1.5 m or part thereof. Obvious lift shall only be measured; that is lifts inherent in the lead due to ground slope shall not be measured except for lead up to 250 m. All excavation shall be measured in successive stages of 1.5 m stating the commencing level. This shall not apply to cases where no lift is involved as in hill side cutting.

2.1.13. MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

2.1.13.1. All excavation in areas having depth more than 30 cm. pits, trenches etc. Shall be measured net.

The dimensions for the purpose of payment shall be reckoned on the horizontal area of the excavation at the base for foundations of the walls, columns, footings, rafts or other foundations,


multiplied by the mean depth from the surface of ground determined by levels. Excavation for side slopes will not be paid for. Excavation in areas having depths less than 30 cms. Shall be measured as surface excavation on square meter basis, mentioning the average depth of excavation.

Reasonable working space beyond concrete dimension required for waterproofing and shuttering where considered necessary in the opinion of Engineer-in Charge will be allowed in execution and considered for payment for underground water tank, sump, septic tank etc.

2.1.13.2. Wherever direct measurements of rock excavation are not possible, volume of rock be calculated on

the basis of length, breadth and depth of stacks made at site. The net volume shall be worked out by reducing it by 50%, taking the voids into consideration as 50%. Similarly to arrive at net quantity to be paid in the case of soil, reduction @ 20% of corresponding stack/truck measurements shall be made.

2.1.13.3. The rate for excavation shall include carting and disposing and leveling the excavated materials

within the specified lead. The rate shall also be inclusive of cost of all tools, plants, explosives, shoring, dewatering at various stages, labor, materials etc. to complete all the operations specified.

2.1.13.4. The backfilling and consolidation in sides of foundation and in plinth with excavated material will not

be paid for separately. The rate quoted for excavation shall be deemed to have been included the cost of stacking of excavated materials, conveying within the specified lead, picking of selected stacked materials, conveying it to the place of final backfill, compaction to the required proctor density etc.

2.1.13.5. Payment for filling and consolidation inside the trenches, sides of foundations, plinth etc. with

selected materials brought by the contractor other than the excavated material, shall be paid for separately as per the rates in schedule of quantities which includes cost of such materials/ excavation, royalty, its conveyance within the specified lead, watering, consolidating, dressing etc. Actual quantity of consolidated filling shall be measured and paid in cubic meters up to two places of decimal.

2.1.13.6. The rate quoted in cum. for items of excavation is deemed to include the necessary additional

quantity of excavation involved beyond the plan dimensions of the work which may be necessary to be carried out for carrying out the work in an engineering manner, decided upon by the contractor. Therefore no extra payment will be made for any excavation done other than the required quantity as per the plan dimension indicated in the drawings.

2.1.13.7. Measurements for excavation over areas shall be determined by levels or by “Dead men” or both at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge. If however the Engineer-in-Charge decides on measurement by levels, levels of site shall be jointly taken and recorded by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representatives and the contractor, before commencement of the work and after completion of the work and the quantity of work done shall be computed based on these levels. The volume of earth work shall be computed based on “Simpson’s formula” or any other approved method at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge.

2.1.14. MODE OF PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for unit cubic meter of earth work.

2.2. PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE

2.2.1. GENERAL

The specification covers the requirement of ordinary Cement Concrete of the specified proportion to be used for various concrete items.

2.2.2. MATERIAL


The material requirement for particular item shall be as per IS 456

2.2.3. CEMENT

Cement shall be OPC/PPC cement conforming to IS 269 & IS 1489 respectively. Cement shall be stored in dry god owns or sheds use of PPC slag cement as approved by the Engineer In-charge, out of construction with damp ground on a 0.6M height platform. Cement shall not be stored in the open. All cement shall be kept well stacked and no cement other than intended to use in the work, shall be used. The cement shall be stored as received and shall be consumed in the order in which consignments are received and shall not be stored for long periods. No clogged cement caused by dampness shall be used. Blended cement for finishing work shall be used with the prior approval of the Engineer In-charge.

2.2.4. FINE AGGREGATE

The sand shall be clean, well graded, hard, strong, durable and gritty particles of size 0.15 mm to 5 mm fee from mica, dust, clay, kankar, soft or flaky particles and other deleterious materials. If the fine aggregate contain more than 4 percent of clay, dust or silt it shall be washed. Sea sand should not be used. The fineness modulus may range between 2.6 to 3.6.

2.2.5. COARSE AGGREGATE All stone aggregate to be used for cement concrete shall be from approved sources. The aggregate shall be clean hard, strong and durable. It shall not contain soft, flaky thin or elongated pieces, alkali organic matter or other notorious matter. The specific gravity of the aggregate shall be between 2.5 to 2.7.

2.2.6. STORAGE, SCREENING AND WASHING

It shall be stored at the work site in such a manner as to prevent contamination. All aggregate shall be stored to convenient height on hard and dry platform. The contractor shall install screens, one for coarse aggregate and one for sand and shall thoroughly wash all aggregate if directed by Engineer-in-charge.

2.2.7. WATER

The water shall be confirming to IS 3025. The water shall be clean and free from deleterious matters such as acids, oils, alkalis, sugar and vegetable matter. Every attempt shall be made to use water that is fit for drinking and whenever possible, water shall be used direct from the supply mains. PH value of water shall not be less than 6.

2.2.8. PROPORTIONING OF MIX

In ordinary concrete although proportion of cement to fine and course aggregate is specified by volume, the quantity of cement shall be determined by weight assuming one bag of cement weighing 50 kg. Net to be equivalent to 35 Liters. Fine and course aggregate shall be measured by dry volume in suitable measuring boxes. The allowance shall be made for bulking in the fine aggregate due to moisture if any at the time of mixing. Water cement ratio will be such as will give concrete just sufficient workable to place and compact without difficulty.

2.2.9. MIXING

In all the cases concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer at the site of work, mixer and other accessories should be in first class condition and well maintained throughout the construction. Mixing shall be continued till the homogeneous mixture is obtained but in no case mixing shall be done for less than 1.5 Minutes. When hand mixing is permitted by Engineer-in-charge in any special condition, it shall be done on a smooth, hard and water tight, platform large enough to allow sufficient turning over of the ingredients of concrete after adding the water. The material shall be mixed in dry state and turned over until they are thoroughly and fully mixed homogeneously. In hand mixing, the quantity of cement shall be increased by 10 percent without any extra cost. Repapering or remixing of partially hardened concrete shall not be permitted.


2.2.10. PLACING

The concrete shall be transported in such a manner that there shall be no tendency for the segregation of the different ingredients and it shall not be dropped into position from the height greater than 1.00 meter and shall be placed within 30 minutes after mixing. It shall not be interfered when once it has become to set. When new concrete is to be placed on the already set concrete, the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly roughened & wetted before the new concrete is laid. Cement sand slurry (1:2) being laid over the surface of the old concrete which is roughened, washed and wetted. The stripped surface of concrete shall be smooth & sharp. Any honey combing, air holes, board marks etc, shall be finished smooth.

2.2.11. COMPACTION

The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during depositing to get dense concrete. The concrete shall not be disturbed once it is set. For important works, the use of mechanical vibrator is essential. The vibrator shall not be less than 4000 to 5000 impulse per minute and shall be worked at an interval about 600 mm. Over vibration shall be avoided.

2.2.12. DEWATERING

The item rate shall include bailing or pumping out all water if accumulated during the progress of the work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

2.2.13. FORM WORK

The forms shall generally comply with IS 456 & IS 14687. The shuttering shall be of wood or metal. Before placing the concrete the inside of the forms which comes into contact with concrete shall be coated with mineral oil. The forms shall be erected in position firmly so that it should not be dislocated during concreting. The forms shall be removed without damaging the concrete structure after development of sufficient strength and taking consent of the Engineer- In-Charge.

2.2.14. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

The defective concrete surface shall be made good as per the direction of Engineer- In-Charge at the contractor's own cost and charges.

2.2.15. WATERING AND CURING

All the concrete work shall be kept wet continuously for a period of least 14 days to prevent excessive evaporation. In hot and dry weather matting or gunny bags may be hung on outside of the concrete surface to keep moist.

2.2.16. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR

1. Installation and removal of scaffolding and shuttering. 2. Cost includes transporting, placing, compacting, curing and finishing cement concrete, 3. Necessary sampling and tests for materials and concrete. 4. Dewatering the pit or trench if found necessary till completion of work. 5. All labor, materials, use of equipment, tools and plants.

2.2.17. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit cubic meter of concrete or as specified in schedule of work. The concrete shall be measure for its length, breadth and depth. Deduction for pipe shall be made as per the actual outer dimension of the pipe.


The contract rate shall be for unit cubic meter of concrete or as specified in the schedule of work.

2.3. BRICK MASONARY

2.3.1. GENERAL

This specification covers requirement of the Brick Work in specified proportion of cement mortar.


2.3.2. BRICK

Brick shall generally confirm to IS 1077. All the bricks to be used in the work shall be well bunt clay brick of class 35, red color, homogeneous in texture, free from flaws, cracks and crevices. They shall have a frog of 10 mm. depth on one side of their flat faces. No brick after twenty four hours immersion in water shall absorb more than 25% of its own weight and strength should not be less than 3.5 MPa (35 kg/Sq.cm). The test report of the bricks shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge at the contractor’s own cost, if required Brick shall be uniformly burnt throughout but not over burnt, shall give the clear metallic ringing sound when struck.

2.3.3. BRICK WORK

All bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in water before use till the bubbles ceases to come up. No half or quarter brick shall be used except as closures. The course shall be horizontal and the wall shall be raised to plumb. Joints in brick wall shall not exceed to 10mm thick. Brick work shall be uniformly raised around to heights as per drawings. All joints shall thoroughly flush with mortar at every course. Care shall be taken to see that the bricks are properly bedded and joint completely filled to full depth. No bat or cut bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely required to give proper shape. Brick work shall be built in cement and sand mortar as specified in the schedule or as per drawing. The joints shall be raked for a depth of 10 mm to receive cement plaster.

2.3.4. DEWATERING

The item rate shall include bailing or pumping out all water which may accumulate during the progress of the work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

2.3.5. WATERING AND CURING All the brick work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of 14 days to prevent excessive evaporation in hot and dry weather matting or gunny bags may hang on the outside of brick work & kept moist.


1. Erecting, dismantling and removing the scaffolding and curing brick work for at least 14 days. 2. Dewatering the pit or trench if found necessary till completion of work. 3. Labor, materials, tools, paint etc. used in the work.

2.3.7. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit cubic meter of brick work or as specified in the schedule of work. The brick wall shall be measured for its length, breadth and depth.


The contract rate shall be for unit cubic meter or as specified in the schedule of work.

2.4. CEMENT PLASTER

2.4.1. GENERAL This specification covers the requirement of the Cement plaster in the specified proportions.

2.4.2. CEMENT MORTAR Cement and sand shall be mixed to the proportions as described in the schedule. Cement and sand shall be first mixed dry on the dry platform after which sufficient clean water shall be added to bring the whole mix into a plastic condition. No mortar which has started to set shall be used nor such mortar remixed with new one. It shall be removed from the work site at once.

2.4.3. PLASTERING

In all plaster work, mortar shall be firmly applied and well pressed into the joints on the surface and drubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edge shall be freely used to ensure a perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true angle or rounded as directed. Cement plaster should be done in square or strips and shall be done from top to downward.


2.4.4. FLOATING COAT

The floating coat over the plaster shall be so done whenever specified in the item with neat cement to finish the surface so that cracks, crevices etc. are not developed in the plaster.

2.4.5. DEWATERING

The item rate shall include bailing or pumping out all water if accumulated during the progress of the work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

2.4.6. WATERING AND CURING All the plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of 14 days to prevent excessive evaporation. In hot and dry weather matting or gunny bag may be hung on the outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist.


1. Erecting, dismantling and removing the scaffolding. 2. Preparation of the surface to receive the plaster of specified thickness and number of coats,

curing etc. 3. Labor, materials, tools and plants used to complete the work.

2.4.8. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit square meter of cement plaster. The plaster shall be measured for it length, breadth / depth.


The contract rate shall be for unit square meter of plaster. 2.5. CUTTING OF ASPHALT ROAD AND PAVED YARD 2.5.1. GENERAL

This specification covers the scope of cutting and breaking the asphalt, concrete roads, paths etc. and making good to its original condition.

2.5.2. MATERIAL

Wherever cutting is done across public paths, roads etc. the orders of materials excavated shall be preserved in well manner and reinstatement shall be done in the same order and road brought to the original condition. The contractor shall made up for any deficiency in/material at his own cost.

2.5.3. WORKMANSHIP

The cutting of road and paved yard shall be done as directed by the E-I-C, Ramming the sub-grade for piping work. The soling stones, spreading the metals to required thickness and making water bound with stone dust/ murrum as per requirement shall be reinstated to the original condition at his own cost.


1. Cutting asphalt road, water bound macadam and soling and stacking usable material at site. 2. Ramming sub-grade for laying pipe line and making asphalt road in original condition after

completion of work. 3. Labor, materials, tools and plants used to complete the work.

2.5.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit square meter. The cutting portion shall be measured for its length and breadth.


The contract rate shall be for unit square meter.


2.6. REMOVAL OF FOOT PATH TILES

2.6.1. GENERAL This specification covers the scope of removing stone tiles from foot paths and re fixing the

tiles as good to its original condition.

2.6.2. MATERIAL Wherever cutting is done across pubic foot paths and roads, the orders of materials removed

from foot paths shall be preserved in well manner and reinstatement shall be done in the same order and foot path brought to the original condition. The contractor shall make up for any deficiency in material at his own cost.

2.6.3. WORKMANSHIP

The foot path tiles shall be removed in required area required or as directed by the E-I-C. Ramming the sub-grade for laying and fixing the tiles after completion of work to the original condition with 1:3 cement mortars.


1. Removing the stone tiles from foot paths and stacking at site. 2. Ramming sub-grade for re fixing the tiles including cement, sand, tiles etc. 3. Labor, materials, tools and plants used to complete the work.

2.6.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The contract rate shall be for unit square meter and it shall be measured for it length and

breadth.

2.6.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for unit square meter.

2.7. REMOVAL OF KERB STONE

2.7.1. GENERAL This specification covers the scope of removing road side kerbed stone and re fixing the

kerbed stone as good to its original condition.

2.7.2. MATERIAL Wherever cutting is done across public paths and roads, the order of materials shall be

preserved in well manner and reinstatement shall be done in the same order and it shall be brought to the original condition. The contractor shall make up for any deficiency in material at his own cost.

2.7.3. WORKMANSHIP

The road side kerbed stone shall be removed to the required length or as directed by the E-I- C. Ramming the sub-grade for fixing the kerbed stone after completion of work in the original condition with 1:3 cement mortars.


1. Removing the kerbed stone and stacking at site. 2. Ramming sub-grade for re fixing the kerbed stone including cement, sand, kerbed stone etc. 3. Labor, materials, tools and plants used to complete the work.

2.7.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit running meter and it shall be measured for its length.

2.7.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for unit running meter,


3. SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

3.1. EUROPEAN/ ANGLO INDIA WATER CLOSET

3.1.1. GENERAL The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware European or Anglo

Indian water closet with seat and cover of size and color as specified in the schedule including fixing.

3.1.2. MATERIAL

European type water closet shall be washing down pattern unless otherwise specified. Water closet shall be vitreous china conforming to IS 2556 (Part-I & II). The closet shall be of one piece construction and shall have minimum two hole of 6.5 mm diameter for fixing closet to floor. Closet shall have integral flushing rims of self draining type. Each water closet shall have an integral trap with either `S` or `P` outlet with and trap shall be uniform and smooth in order to enable an efficient flush. Plastic seat and cover shall be of black color or as specified, they shall have conformity to IS: 2548 Part I & II.

3.1.3. FIXING

The water closet pan shall be placed in position as shown in the drawing. If the pan trap is damaged during handling or fixing, it shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost. The pan, soil pipe shall be jointed in 1:1 Cement Mortar with hemp yarn caulked. The gap between W.C. and floor shall be finished with white/matching cement and sand as directed. Seat and cover shall be fixed to the Pan by two corrosion resistance hinge with 65 mm shank and threaded to within 25 mm from of flange. Seat shall be fixed in level by providing the washers of rubber with non ferrous or stainless steel washer to bolt.

3.1.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR:

1. European type water closet with an integral `P` or `S` trap, plastic seat cover, etc. Jointing in 1:1 cement mortar with hemp yarn caulked.

2. Cutting hole in wall / slab / beam etc. wherever required. And making all damages good to original condition after completion of work

3. Testing the entire system and rectification of defect if any. 4. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.1.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of W.C. fixed.

3.1.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of W.C. fixed.

3.2. WASH BASIN

3.2.1. GENERAL The item pertains for providing color or white glazed vitreous chinaware wash basin with or

without pedestal of size and color as specified in the schedule including fixing.

3.2.2. MATERIAL Wash basins shall be of vitreous china conforming to IS : 2556(Part-IV) of flat back or angle

back as specified shall be of one piece construction including combined over flow, basin shall be provided with single or double tap holes of size 28 mm square or 30 mm rounded. Each basin shall have circular waste hole or 5 sq.cm slot type over flow. Pedestals for wash basin shall be exactly same glazing that of basin. Pedestal shall be capable of supporting the basin and completely recessed at the back to accommodate supply and waste pipes and fittings. The basin


shall be supported on pan of C.I cantilever brackets conforming to IS 775. Use of MS angle or Tee Section as bracket is not permitted.

3.2.3. FIXING

The wash basin shall be fixed in position as indicated in the drawing. Basin shall be supported on a pair of

C.I brackets which is embedded in cement concrete (1:2:4) block 100 x 75 x 150 mm. Oval shape or round shape wash basins are required to be fixed in RCC platform with stone

tapping either fully sunk in stone top or flush with stone topping. The wall plaster on seat shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin so as not to leave

any gap for water seepage through between wall plaster & skirting of basin. The gap between basin and wall shall be finished with white matching cement.


1. Wash Basin with pair of C.I bracket as required. 2. Cutting hole in wall / slab / beam etc. wherever required. And making all damages good to

original condition after completion of work. 3. All necessary material, labor and use of tools.

3.2.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of wash basing fixed.

3.2.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of wash basin fixed.

3.3. URINAL

3.3.1. GENERAL The item pertains for providing color or white glazed vitreous chinaware urinal in single or

range (1, 2 & 3) and size as specified in the schedule with necessary fittings and appliances including fixing.

3.3.2. MATERIAL

3.3.2.1. BOWL TYPE (WITH FLUSHING RIM) Urinal basin shall be flat back or corner wall type lipped in front. The vitreous china

conforming to IS 2556 (Part VI). Urinal shall have and integral flushing rim and inlet or supply horn for connecting flush pipe. Flushing rim and inlet shall be of the self draining type. At bottom of basin and outlet horn for connecting outlet shall be provided. The inside surface of the urinal shall be uniform and smooth throughout to ensure efficient flushing

3.3.2.2. BOWL TYPE FLAT BACK WITHOUT FLUSHING RIM

They shall be of vitreous china conforming to IS:2556 (Part-VI) constructed in one piece with providing slot or alternative fixing arrangement at flat back and where the integral flushing rim is not provided, they shall be provided with ridges inside the bowl to divert towards the front line of the urinal.

3.3.2.3. STALL URINALS

The stall urinal and its screen shall be glazed fire clay conforming IS: 771 (Part-III, Sec-2). The inside surface of stall and screen shall be regular and smooth throughout to ensure efficient flushing.

3.3.2.4. CP BRASS FLUSH PIPE


The flushing arrangement to urinals for single or in range shall be of CP brass with CP brass spreader of 15 mm dia conforming to IS: 407. The capacity of flush pipe for urinal in a range shall be as follows:

Nos. of urinals in Capacity of flush tank Size of C.P. brass Flush pipe

Main Distribution One 5 liters 15mm 15 Two 10 liters 20 mm 15

Three 10 liters 25 mm 15

3.3.3. FIXING:

3.3.3.1. BOWL TYPE FLAT BACK URINAL WITHOUT FLUSHING RIM (Single or Range) Urinal shall be fixed in position by using rawl plug, wooden plug, C.P screws etc. It shall be

fixed at height of 65 cm from the standing level to the top of the lip of urinal or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Each urinal shall be connected with 32 mm size waste pipe which shall discharge into channel or a floor trap.

3.3.3.2. STALL URINALS

The lip of the stall urinal shall be flush with the finished floor level. The stall urinal shall be laid over a fine sand cushion on average 25 mm thickness. The gap between wall surface, finished floor level and urinals shall not be more than 3mm and filled with water proofing plastic compound.

3.3.3.3. CP BRASS FLUSHING ARRANGEMENT

The flushing arrangement to urinal in single or range shall be of CP brass from 25 mm dia to 15 mm dia and CP brass spreader of 15 mm size to each urinal including the cost of CP brass elbows, tees, coupling, crosses, clamps, clips, union CP brass check nut and screws etc. CP brass


1. Glazed Urinals (single or in range) and CP brass pipe flushing arrangement including the cost of jointing material.

2. Cutting hole wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

3. Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any. 4. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

3.3.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of urinal set (single or range) fixed.

3.3.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of urinal set (single or range) fixed.

3.4. DIVISION PLATE / PARTITION PLATE

3.4.1. GENERAL The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware division plate of size

and color as specified in the schedule including fixing.

3.4.2. MATERIAL Division plate shall be white or color glazed of size as specified in the schedule, and shall

conform to IS: 2556 PART VI


3.4.3. FIXING

Division plate shall be fixed vertically in position at proper height with expandable anchor fasteners, CP Brass screws, wooden plugs etc.


1. Glazed division plate including the cost of CP brass screws, wooden plugs, expandable anchor fasteners etc.

2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.4.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of division plate fixed.

3.4.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of division plate fixed.

3.5. TOILET PAPER ROLL HOLDER

3.5.1. GENERAL The item includes providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware toilet roll holder of size

as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

3.5.2. MATERIAL The toilet paper roll holder shall be of CP brass or vitreous china on specified and of size and

design as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Toilet paper roll holder shall conform as per IS standard and should have ISI mark.

3.5.3. FIXING

Toilet paper roll holder shall be fixed in position by means of C.P brass covers and rawl plug embedded in the wall. Vitreous china toilet paper roll holder shall fix into the wall with 1:2 cement mortar. The pocket shall be cut in wall for toilet paper roll holder if not left finishing the gap with white/matching cement.


1. Toilet paper roll holder, cement, sand, curing etc. 2. Cutting the pocket if they are not left. 3. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.5.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of toilet paper roll holder fixed.

3.5.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of toilet paper roll holder fixed.

3.6. PVC WATER INLET CONNECTION

3.6.1. GENERAL The item pertains to providing color or white PVC water inlet connection for cistern and wash

basins.

3.6.2. MATERIAL PVC water inlet connection shall conform to IS specifications and shall be of standard pattern

with nylon insulation of minimum 450 mm long with CP brass check nut at both the end and shall be able to withstand the testing pressure of 1 MPa (10 kg/sq.cm.)


3.6.3. FIXING The PVC water inlet connection shall be fixed in position as indicated in the drawing or as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge for flushing cistern and wash basins.

3.6.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Supplying and fixing of PVC water inlet connection. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.6.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of water inlet connection fixed.

3.6.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of PVC water inlet connection fixed.

3.7. GLAZED FIRE-CLAY/ VITREOUS CHINA SINK

3.7.1. GENERAL Item includes providing white or color glazed -fire clay sink for kitchen or vitreous china sink

for lab as specified in the schedule of quantities including fixing.

3.7.2. MATERIAL Laboratory sink shall be of vitreous china confirming to IS 2556 (PART-V) and kitchen sink

shall be of glazed fire-clay conforming to IS 771 (Part-II) and shall have combined over flow of the weir type and invert shall be 30 mm below the top edge. These shall be of one piece construction and floor of sink shall gently slope towards the outlet. The outlet of sink should be suitable for waste fitting having flanges 88 mm diameter and waste hole of 65 mm diameter. The waster hole shall be either rebated or beveled having the depth of 10 mm. C.I brackets for supporting sink shall confirm to IS: 775.

3.7.3. FIXING

The sink shall be supported on C.I cantilever brackets, embedded in cement concrete 1:2:4 block of size 100 x 75 x 150 mm. Bracket shall be fixed in the position before dado work is done. The height of front edge of sink from floor level shall be 80 cm or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The gap between floor/ wall and sink shall finish with white cement.


1. Sink & C.I brackets (Pair) cement, sand etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.7.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of sink fixed.

3.7.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of sink fixed.

3.8. STAINLESS STEEL SINK

3.8.1. GENERAL Item includes providing the stainless steel sink with or without drain board of size as specified

in the schedule including fixing.

3.8.2. MATERIAL


The sink shall be manufactured from stainless steel of Salem or equivalent steel conforming to IS: 13983. Stainless steel sink shall be of one piece construction molded out of 19 SWG (1mm) stainless steel sheet of grade AISI 304 (18/8) with stainless steel choke – stop strainer (waste coupling) check nuts conforming to IS: 13983.

3.8.3. FIXING

The sink shall be fixed in position as indicated in the drawing. The sink shall be placed over the brackets or on the platform. Gap between sink and platform / wall shall be finished with white / matching cement.


1. S.S. sink with waste coupling cement sand etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.8.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of Stainless Steel sink fixed.

3.8.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit Stainless Steel sink fixed.

3.9. SINK DRAIN BOARD

3.9.1. GENERAL The item includes providing white or color glazed / fire clay drain board of size mentioned in

the schedule fixing.

3.9.2. MATERIAL The drain board shall be manufactured from stainless steel of Salem or equivalent steel

conforming to IS: 13983. Stainless steel sink shall be of one piece construction and its thickness not less than 1 mm.

3.9.3. FIXING

The drain board shall be fixed in the position as indicated in the drawing. It shall be place over the brackets or on the platform. Gap between board and platform / wall shall be finished with white /matching cement.


1. Drain board, cement, sand etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

3.9.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of drain board fixed.

3.9.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of drain board fixed.

3.10. SOAP DISH

3.10.1. GENERAL The item includes providing white or color glazed chinaware type soap dish of size as

mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

3.10.2. MATERIAL


Soap Dish shall be of CP brass or vitreous China on specified and of size, design an approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Soap Dish shall conform to relevant IS standard and should have ISI certification mark.

3.10.3. FIXING

Soap Dish shall be fixed in position by means of C.P brass covers and rawl plug embedded in the wall. Vitreous china Soap Dish shall fixed into the wall with 1:2 cement mortar. The pocket shall be cut in wall, if not left, finishing the gap with white/matching cement.


1. Soap dish, cement, sand, curing etc. 2. Cutting the pocket if they are not left. 3. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.10.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of soap dish fixed.

3.10.6. MODE OF PAYMENT Contract rate shall be for each unit of soap dish fixed.

3.11. TOWEL ROD/TOWEL RING

3.11.1. GENERAL The item includes providing Towel rod/ towel ring of size as mentioned in the schedule

including fixing.

3.11.2. MATERIAL Towel rail shall be of C.P brass with two CP brass bracket coated with chromium plating of

thickness not less than grade No.2 of IS 4827. The size of rail shall be 600 mm x 20 mm dia unless otherwise specified in the schedule. Towel ring of CP brass with one CP brass bracket with thickness not less than Grade No.2 of IS 4827. The diameter of the ring shall be 175 mm unless otherwise specified in the schedule. The diameter of ring rod shall not be less than 8 mm.

3.11.3. FIXING

The towel rod/ ring shall be fixed to proper line and level as indicated in drawing with CP brass screws, wooden raw plug, drilling hole etc. and making good the wall to original condition after fixing the towel rod.


1. Towel rod rail/ring CP brackets & screws etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use tools.

3.11.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of towel rod fixed.

3.11.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of towel rod fixed.

3.12. SHOWER ROSE

3.12.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass shower rose of specified dia with

accessories including fixing.


3.12.2. MATERIAL The shower rose shall be CP brass of approved and heavy quality. Its accessories shall

conform to IS: 1239 Part II.

3.12.3. FIXING Shower rose shall be fixed to be water supply pipe line with necessary G.I fittings etc. as

required by the Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with the zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof at his risk & cost.


1. Shower rose, bend, socket, union/nuts, nipple etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.12.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of shower rose fixed.

3.12.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of shower rose fixed.

3.13. BIB TAP, STOP COCK & ANGLE STOP COCKS

3.13.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass bib tap and stop cock and angle stop

cocks, free flanges (if joined to concealed pipe) including fixing

3.13.2. MATERIAL Bib cock (Bib tap) is drawn off tap with a horizontal inlet and free out let and a stop cock is a

valve with a suitable means of connections for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or stopping the flow. These shall be of size 15 mm sizes or as specified and shall be of screw down type. The closing device shall work by means of disc. Carrying a renewable non-metallic washer with shuts against the water pressure on seating right angles to the axis of the threaded spindle which operates it. The handle shall be crutch, butterfly or fancy design type securely fixed to the spindle. The tap shall open anti clock wise direction.

Brass bib taps and stop cocks and angle stop cocks shall conform to IS 781, they shall be

polished bright. The minimum finished weight of different sizes of bib tap weight of 15 mm size bib tap and stop cock shall be as per table given below. They shall be sound and free from taps, blow whole and fitting. Internal & External surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and neatly dressed. Taps shall be nickel chromium plated and thickness of coating shall not be less than service grade No.2 of IS 4827 and plating shall be capable of taking high polish which shall not be easily tarnished.

MINIMUM FINISHED MASS OF BIB TAPS AND STOP VALVES AS PER IS 781:1984

(Reaffirmed 2001)

Size

Minimum Finished Mass

Bib Taps

Stop Valves

Internally threaded Externally

threaded Mixed end

1 2 3 4 5


Mm kg kg kg Kg

8 0.250 0.220 0.250 0.235

10 0.330 0.330 0.350 0.325

15 0.400 0.330 0.400 0.365

20 0.750 0.675 0.750 0.710

25 1.250 1.180 1.300 1.250

32 - 1.680 1.800 1.750

40 - 2.090 2.250 2.170

50 - 3.700 3.850 3.750

Every tap complete with its component shall with stand an internally applied hydraulic

pressure of 2 MPa (20 kg/sq.cm) maintained for a period of 2 minutes during the period it shall neither leak nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof without any extra cost from contractor.

3.13.3. FIXING

Bib tap stop cock shall be fixed to the pipe line with C.P. brass or G.I. specials, if required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.


1. Bib tap and stop cock, special etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.13.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of bib tap and stop cock fixed.

3.13.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of bib tap or stop cock angle stop cock fixed.

3.14. COMBINATION TAP ASSEMBLY (WALL / PILLAR MOUNTED)

3.14.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass combination tap assembly, wall mounted hot & cold mixing for bath, pillar mounted hot & cold mixing for sink ,basin, tub etc. including free flanges and fixing.

3.14.2. MATERIAL The combination tap assembly shall be 15 mm nominal size or as specified in the schedule. It shall be of C.P. brass approved and heavy quality, and shall conform to IS 8931.

Combination tap assembly shall be chromium plated-brass and shall conform to IS 8931.The

nominal size of combination tap assembly shall be 15 mm nominal size or as specified. Casting of combination tap assembly shall be sound and free from laps, blow hole and pitting. External and internal surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and be neatly dressed. All the parts fitted to pillar tap shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished.


Thickness of C.P coating shall not be less than service grade no.2 of IS 4827 and plating should be capable of taking high polish which shall not easily tarnish or scale. Testing\ Combination tap assembly shall withstand and internally applied hydraulic pressure of 1.6Mpa (16 kg/sq.cm) for period of 1 minutes during which, it shall neither leak nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.

3.14.3. FIXING

Combination tap assembly shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.


1. Combination taps assembly (wall mounted / pillar mounted as specified in the schedule of work) including free flanges and fixing.

2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.14.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of combination tap assembly fixed.

3.14.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of combination tap assembly fixed.

3.15. PILLAR TAP (Non fancy & Fancy Type)

3.15.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass pillar tap including fixing.

3.15.2. MATERIAL The pillar tap shall be 15 mm nominal size or as specified in the schedule. Fancy type pillar

tap shall be of C.P. brass approved quality and shall conform to I.S. 8931. Non fancy pillar tap shall be chromium plated-brass and shall conform to IS 1795. The nominal size of Pillar tap shall be 15 mm or as specified.

Casting of Pillar tap shall be sound and free from laps, blow hole and pitting. External and

internal surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and be neatly dressed. All the parts fitted to pillar tap shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The minimum of finish weight of Pillar tap shall not be less than 650 grams (body weight 250 gms, washer plate loose valve 150 gms and back nut 40 gms. Thickness of C.P coating shall not be less than service grade no.2 of IS 4827 and plating should be capable of taking high polish which shall not easily tarnish or scale.

3.15.3. TESTING

Pillar tap shall withstand and internally applied hydraulic pressure of 2 MPa (20 kg/sq.cm) for period of 2 minutes during which period, it shall neither leak nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof without any extra cost from the contractor.

3.15.4. FIXING

Pillar tap shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.


1. Pillar tap including fixing. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.


3.15.6. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of pillar tap fixed.

3.15.7. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of pillar tap fixed.

3.16. FLUSH VALVE

3.16.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass flush valve or brass concealed type flush

valve with necessary accessories including fixing. (Free flanges if joined to concealed pipes)

3.16.2. MATERIAL The Flush valve shall be nominal diameter as specified in the schedule of quantities. It shall

be of C.P. brass approved and heavy quality, and shall conform to I.S. 9758. The fresh valve shall have working pressure of 0.15 to 0.5 MPa. The valve shall be tested to a Hydraulic pressure of 2 MPa for 2 minutes.

3.16.3. FIXING

Flush value shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, sun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yearn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.

3.16.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Flush valve, connecting pipe, socket, union, nipple and wall flanges if connected to

concealed pipe. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.16.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of flush valve fixed.

3.16.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of flush valve fixed.

3.17. WASTE COUPLING

3.17.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass waste coupling including fixing.

3.17.2. MATERIAL Waste Coupling shall confirm to IS 3311.Waste fittings shall be of CP with thickness of CP

coating not less than service Grade No.2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off. The fitting shall conform in all respect to IS 2963 and shall sound, free from laps below, holes and fittings and other manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed. The waste fitting for wash basin shall be of nominal size of 32 mm and for sink shall be nominal size 50 mm.

3.17.3. FIXING

Waste coupling shall be fixed to wash basin, sink or urinal as ordered with necessary specials. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in the linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.


3.17.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Waste coupling with necessary specials. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.17.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of waste coupling fixed.

3.17.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of waste coupling fixed.

3.18. BOTTLE TRAP

3.18.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass bottle trap including fixing.

3.18.2. MATERIAL Bottle trap shall be of C.P with thickness of CP coating not less than service grade No. 2 of IS

4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off. The fitting shall conform in all respect of IS 2963 and shall be sound, free from laps below, holes and fittings and other manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed and be truly machined so that nut smoothly moves on the body. The Bottle trap for wash basin shall be of nominal size of 32 mm and for sink shall be nominal size 50 mm.

3.18.3. FIXING

Bottle trap shall be fixed to wash basin, sink or urinal as indicated in the drawing with necessary specials or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall remake to make it leak proof.


1. Bottle trap with necessary specials. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

3.18.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of bottle trap fixed.

3.18.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of bottle trap fixed.

3.19. COAT AND HAT HOOK

3.19.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass coat and hat hook including fixing

3.19.2. MATERIAL Coat & Hook shall be of three way type of approved and heavy quality. Coat & Hat Hook shall

be CP brass and three way hook type or minimum six ways Patti type of 125 mm x 30 mm x 6mm size. CP coating shall not be less than service grade No.2 of IS 4827.

3.19.3. FIXING

The Coat and hat hook shall be fixed to proper line & level as indicated in drawing with CP brass screws.


1. Coat and hat hook with CP screws etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.


3.19.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of coat and hat book fixed.

3.19.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of coat and hook fixed.

3.20. FLUSHING CISTERN

3.20.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide white or color glazed chinaware / PVC / Cast Iron flushing cistern

with all inside symphonic fitting including fixing.

3.20.2. MATERIAL The flushing cistern shall be automatic or manually of rates high level or low level as specified

for water closets and urinals. Cisterns shall be of cast iron, vitreous china, enameled pressed steel conforming to IS 774

for Flushing Type and IS 2326 for Automatic flushing cistern and Plastic (IS 7231). Cistern shall be mosquito proof. All working parts shall be designed to operate smoothly and efficiently. The cistern shall have removable covers which shall fit closely on it and be screwed against top displacement where operating mechanism is attached to the cover. This may be made in two sections, but the section supporting the mechanism shall be securely fitted or screwed to the body. The outlet fitting of the cistern shall be securely connected to the cistern. The nominal internal diameter of the cistern outlet shall not be less than 32 mm and 38 mm for high level and low level respectively. Length of outlet cistern shall be 37 +/- 2 mm. Ball valve shall be screwed type 15 mm in diameter and shall confirm of IS 1703. The flat shall be made of polyethylene as specified in IS 9762. A high level cistern is intended to operate with minimum height of 125 cm and a low level cistern with maximum height of 30 cm between the top of the pan and under side of the cistern. A G.I chain strong enough to sustain a sudden applied pull of 10 kg or a dead load of 50 kg without any apparent or permanent deformation of the chain rings shall be attached to the ring or hook of the level manually operated high level C.I cistern. In case of low level cistern handle shall be of CP brass. In case of Plastic cistern, operation of cistern shall be through Push Button at the top for dual system and beyond plastic handle.

The discharge rate of the cistern as per IS 774 shall be 10 +/- .5 liters 6 second and 5 +/- .5

liters in 3 second for cistern capacity 10 liters And 5 liters respectively. Flush pipe shall be of class `B` G.I pipe of 32 +/- mm diameter for high level. Polyethylene flush pipe shall be low density confirming to IS 3076 or high density confirming to IS 4984 or UPVC pipe confirming to IS 4965 of 40 mm outer diameter.

Over flow pipe shall be of G.I. / PVC with mosquito proof jali of 15 mm dia.

3.20.3. FIXING The chinaware flushing cistern shall be placed over a pair of C.I. brackets. C.P. brass flush

pipe shall be fixed to cistern and W.C. pan using check nut, spun yarn, cement mortar etc. The cast iron flushing cistern shall be placed over a pair of C.I. or G.I. or PVC flush pipe of

specified diameter shall be fixed to cistern and W.C. pan by using check nut, white zinc, spun yarn, cement mortar etc.

The PVC flushing cistern shall be placed or fixed as recommended by the manufacturer, PVC

flush pipe of specified diameter shall be fixed to cistern and W.C. pan by using check nut, white zinc, spun yarn, cement mortar etc.


1. Supply and fixing flush tank, flush pipe and over flow pipe. 2. Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer. 3. Cutting hole in wall / slab / beam etc. wherever required and making good the same to


original condition after fixing. 4. Cost of jointing materials such as zinc, spun yarn, cement mortar 1:1 etc. 5. Testing the entire system and rectification of defects, if any. 6. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

3.20.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of flushing cistern fixed as a whole.

3.20.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit flushing cistern fixed as a whole.

3.21. C.I. BRACKET

3.21.1. GENERAL The item pertains to provide a pair of Cast Iron bracket for wash basin, sink, flushing cistern

etc. including fixing.

3.21.2. FIXING Brackets shall be embedded into or fixed to the wall with plugs, screws, nails etc. Hole shall

be made in the wall, if they are not left for fixing the brackets and shall be made good after fixing. The gap shall be filled with 1:2 cement mortar and finishing shall be done with white / matching color cement.


1. Supplying and fixing the brackets. 2. Painting brackets with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer. 3. Cutting hole in wall beam etc. wherever required and making good the same to original

condition after fixing. 4. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

3.21.4. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each pair of bracket fixed included in the items of sink, wash

basin, cistern etc. as specified in schedule of quantities.

3.21.5. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each pair of bracket fixed.


4. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM:

4.1. PVC PIPING WORK FOR WATER SUPPLY

4.1.1. GENERAL The item includes supplying of PVC pipes with fittings of specified diameter including laying,

fixing, cutting, joining, painting etc. for vent, over flow, waste water pipe line etc.

4.1.2. MATERIAL The pipes and fittings shall conform to series IV of IS 4985-1978, PVC pipes and fittings shall

be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be able to withstand a pressure as mentioned in the schedule of quantities.

4.1.3. EXAMINING

Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and cracks, No cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.

4.1.4. CLEANING

All the pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed if necessary to remove any accumulated stone, soil or dirt inside and outside surfaces.

4.1.5. TRENCHES

The trench bottom shall be carefully examined for the presence of hard objects such as flints, rock projection or tree roots etc. Pipe shall be embedded in sand or soft soil, free from rock & gravel, back fill 150mm above the pipe shall also be of fine sand or soft soil. Pipe shall not be painted. The width of trench shall not be less than outside diameter of pipe plus 300 mm in case of gravel soils. Pipe shall be laid at-least 900 mm below the ground level (measured from the surface of the ground to the top of pipe).

4.1.6. LAYING

The pipes shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment in gradients as indicated in the drawing. The entire pipe shall be used in standard length as far as possible. Cut length may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length.

The entire length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care

shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of day's work the open end shall be suitably plugged.

4.1.7. FIXING

The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The pipe shall be fixed with G.I. clamps not less than 2 mm thick or with suitable PVC clamps,

The clamps shall be fixed into the wall with G.I. nails not less than 40 mm long and wooden gutties.

Spacing between clamps for fixing internal piping shall be as given below:

Pipe diameter For Horizontal Runs For Vertical Runs

20 mm 700 mm 1050 mm

25 mm 750 mm 1125 mm

32 mm 825 mm 1240 mm


40 mm 975 mm 1460 mm

50 mm 975 mm 1460 mm

4.1.8. MAKING JOINT The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved make cement solvent

including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care shall be taken that that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife.

4.1.9. DETACHABLE JOINT

Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of different materials have to be jointed or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.

4.1.10. PAINTING

If mentioned in schedule of work, the exposed pipe line shall be painted with two coats of approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer. Underground pipe line shall not be painted.

4.1.11. DEWATERING

In case of underground pipes, the contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water till completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

4.1.12. TESTING

Solvent welded pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hours after the last solvent cemented joint has been done. All control valves shall be positioned open for the duration of the test and open end closed with water tight fittings. The testing pressure on completion of the work shall not be less than 1.5 times the working pressure of the pipes.

Pressure shall be applied either by hand pump or power driven pump. Pressure gauges shall

be correctly positioned and closely observed to ensure that at no time are the test pressure exceeded. The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or water hammer. Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the system during filling.

When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent

shall be closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load. Pressure is reached. Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should not fall more than 0.02 MPa (0.2 kg./sq.cm)at the end of one hour test duration.


1. Supplying of PVC pipes and fittings of specified diameter. 2. Laying and cutting the pipe wherever necessary and wastage. 3. Fixing the pipe line with G.I. clamps not less than 2 mm thick and G.I./M.S. nails length not

less than 40mm or with PVC clamps, screws, wooden gutties etc. 4. Making the solution joint, painting the pipe line if mentioned in schedule of quantities. 5. In case of underground piping, dewatering till completion of work. 6. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

4.1.14. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid of fixed. The

measurement shall be taken along the center line of pipe. No measurement shall be recorded separately for fittings, making joint, painting if mentioned in schedule of work and testing.


4.1.15. MODE OF PAYMENT Unit length of pipe line laid or fixed.

4.2. GUN METAL/ BRASS COPPER ALLOY FULL WAY VALVE

4.2.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of full way (gate or globe) valve of specified diameter as

mentioned in the schedule including fixing. Full way valve is a valve suitable for controlling or stopping the flow in water supply lines.

4.2.1. MATERIAL

Full way valve shall be of either Brass fitted with a cast iron hand wheel or Gun metal fitted with a C.I. hand wheel or copper alloy as the case may be and shall be of Gate valve type opening full way and of the size as specified conforming to IS 778. The weight of the full way gate valve shall be as per the table given below with a tolerance of 5 percent.

Diameter in mm Flanged arch (Kg) Screwed arch (Kg)

15 1.021 0.567

20 1.503 0.680

25 2.495 1.077

32 3.232 1.559

40 4.082 2.268

50 6.691 3.232

65 10.149 6.804

80 13.381 8.845

4.2.2. FIXING The valves shall be fixed in position in the pipeline as shown in the drawing or as directed

with necessary socket or union, nuts etc. The screwed, flanged joint shall be made with few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.

4.2.3. TESTING

The joints shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure of 1 MPa (10 kg/cm2 ) along with the testing of pipe line.


1. Valve, G.I. fittings, hemp yarn, linseed oil, zinc, fixing and testing. 2. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

4.2.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit valve of specified diameter fixed.

4.2.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of valve of specified diameter fixed. No extra payment

shall be made for G.I. fittings used in fixing of the valve.


4.3. WATER METER

4.3.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of Water meter with or without end flanges or non-return valve of

specified diameter as mentioned in the schedule with strainer, sockets, flange, union, nuts etc. including fixing and testing.

4.3.1. MATERIAL

Water Meter shall conform to IS 779 (Domestic type) or IS 2373 (Bulk type) as specified in Schedule of Quantities and should have ISI certification mark. Non return valve and strainer shall be of the same diameter as that of water meter. Strainer, sockets, flange, union, union nuts, rubber packing etc. shall be as per the description of item.

4.3.2. FIXING

Water meter shall be fixed in position on the inlet pipe line and the joints shall be made either screwed or flanged with necessary sockets, flanges and union nuts as required or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

4.3.3. SCREWED JOINT

A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tight joint.

4.3.4. FLANGED JOINT

The flange joint shall be made for flange type water meter and the joint shall be as per the specification of flanged joint.

4.3.5. TESTING

The joints shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure of 1 MPa (10 kg/cm2 ) along with testing of pipe line for a minimum duration of two hours.


1. Water meter, hemp yarn, linseed oil, zinc, fixing and testing. 2. Supplying of strainer non-return valve, sockets, union nut etc. 3. Making screwed or flanged joints. 4. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

4.3.7. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of water meter of specified diameter fixed.

4.3.8. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit Water Meter of specified diameter fixed. No extra

payment shall be made towards making flanged and other joints and G.I. fittings used in fixing of the water meter.

4.4. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE :

4.4.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of pressure reducing valve of specified diameter as mentioned in

the schedule including fixing.

4.4.1. MATERIAL Pressure reducing valve is a device with suitable means of connection for insertion in a

vertical pipe line for controlling the water pressure. Valve shall be of brass and shall be vertical flow type, conforming to IS 9739-1981.

4.4.2. FIXING


The valve shall be fixed in position on the pipe line as shown in the drawing or as directed. The screwed or flanged joint shall be made to obtain complete water tight joint.

4.4.3. TESTING

The joints shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure of 1MPa (10 kg/cm2) along with testing of pipe line for a minimum duration of 2 hrs.


1. Supplying Valve including fixing and testing. 2. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

4.4.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT

The measurement shall be for each unit of valve of specified diameter fixed.

4.4.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of valve of specified diameter fixed.

4.4.7. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be on the basis of IS 1538 for standard weight of specials and/or on

the basis of actual unit weight for fixed specials.

4.4.8. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be on the basis of unit weight.

4.5. G M GATE VALVE CHAMBER :

4.5.0. GENERAL The item includes construction of brick masonry valve chamber of size as specified in this

schedule including providing M.S. /G.I. frame and cover over R.C.C pre-cast cover with or without surface box.

4.5.1. MATERIAL

Brick work, plastering, concreting etc. shall be as per general specification under section II. Precast RCC cover slab, surface box, C.I/M.S frame and cover etc. Shall be size and weight as specified in the schedule.

4.5.2. CONSTRUCTION

1. Foundation concrete of mix 1:4:8 shall be of 150 mm thick with 150 mm offset all round or as specified in the schedule.

2. Brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 as specified. 3. Plastering inside and outside surfaces of walls in two courses using cement mortar 1:3 of

thickness as specified mixed with water proofing compound of specified Quality including inner surfaces finished smooth with neat cement punning.

4.6. RCC PRECAST/CAST IRON COVERS

4.6.0.1. RCC PRECAST COVER (for chambers of size up to 600 x 600 mm) Chamber cover shall be casted as shown in the drawing having minimum 75 mm thick in

cement concrete 1:2:4 or as specified in the schedule by using nominal reinforcement 100 kg/ Cum of concrete including shuttering, finishing, curing, placing in position etc.

4.6.0.2. CAST IRON/ M.S COVER

Cast iron/M.S cover of specified size and weight shall be supplied and placed over the chamber as directed. The cover shall be painted with 3 coats of black bitumastic paint.

4.6.1. DEWATERING


The water accumulated in the pit due to rain, seepage, springs or any other cause during the progress of work shall be pumped/ bailed out till the completion of work.


1. Bed concrete, Brick masonry, cement plaster, RCC pre-cast cover slab with or without surface box cast /MS cover etc.

2. Dewatering the trench or pit if necessary. 3. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

4.6.3. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of valve chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.

4.6.4. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of valve chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.

4.6.5. RCC PRECAST/CAST IRON COVERS

4.6.5.1. RCC PRECAST COVER ( for chambers of size above 1000 x 1000 mm)

Chamber cover shall be coated in minimum three equal parts or more as directed with lifting hooks as shown in the drawing. RCC slab shall be casted along with galvanized M.S. angle iron frame with stiffness and anchors made out of the sizes as specified in the schedule. The exposed portion of the angle frame shall be painted with the coats of silver paint over a coat of primer.

RCC pre-cast slab shall be of 100 mm thick (unless otherwise specified) in cement concrete

1:2:4 of size as specified in the drawing schedule by using nominal reinforcement 100 kg/ Cum of concrete including shuttering, curing etc. and shall be placed in position as directed. Cast iron road surface of prescribed weight shall be fixed to the cover slab during casting the slab for key rod operation.

Road surface box shall be of size 100x125x150 mm conforming to IS 3950 having hinged and

weighting not less than 14 kg. The surface box shall be fixed on top of the RCC cover slab during the casting of slab for key rod operation. The surface box shall be painted with 3 coats of black bitumastic paint.


Cast iron/M.S cover of specified size and weight shall be supplied and placed over the chamber as directed. The cover shall be painted with 3 coats of black bitumastic paint.

4.6.6. DEWATERING



1. Bed concrete, Brick masonry, cement plaster, RCC pre-cast cover slab with or without surface box cast /MS cover etc.

2. Dewatering the trench or pit if necessary. 3. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

4.6.8. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of valve chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.


4.6.9. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of valve chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.

4.7. AIR VALVE

4.7.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying of single, double action or kinetic air Valve of specified diameter

as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

4.7.1. MATERIAL The Air Valve shall be of heavy quality conforming to IS 14845 with IS certification mark and

isolation valve.. The body, domes, covers, stuffing box, thrust plates, wedges, gland and cap shall be of cast iron not less than of grade 20 and inside working parts should be of any non-ferrous or ferrous materials.

4.7.2. FIXING

The Air Valve shall be fixed in position as indicated in the drawing or as directed. They shall be fitted by means of flange joints or screwed joint to the pipe line.

4.7.3. TESTING

The Air Valve and the joints shall be tested hydraulically to a minimum pressure as per testing clause of piping work. The testing shall be done along with the testing of pipe line.


1. Supplying and fixing Air Valve of specified diameter and type. 2. Supplying G.I. pipe and fittings if required. 3. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

4.7.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of Air Valve fixed C.I. and G.I. specials, making lead

or flange joint etc. shall be measured under the relevant items.

4.7.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of air valve fixed.

4.8. BUTTER FLY VALVE

4.8.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying and fixing of butterfly valve of specified diameter as mentioned in

the schedule.

4.8.1. MATERIAL The butterfly valve shall be flanged type or as specified conforming to IS 13095 & BS - 5155.

The valve shall be bubble tight, resilient sealed suitable for flow in either direction with accompanying flanges and steel handle.

4.8.2. FIXING

The butterfly valve shall be fixed to the pipe line in position as indicated in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

4.8.3. TESTING


The valve and the joints shall be tested to a minimum hydraulically pressure of 10kg/sqcm for a duration of two hours or as per testing clause of piping work. The testing shall be done along with the testing of pipe line. The leaky joints shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.


1. Supplying and fixing Butterfly Valve of specified diameter. 2. Supplying G.I. pipe and fittings if required. 3. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

4.8.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of butterfly Valve fixed. C.I. And G.I. specials,

making lead or flange joint etc. shall be measured under the relevant items.

4.8.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of butterfly valve fixed.

5. DRAINAGE SYSTEM

5.1. UPVC- SWR PIPING WORK

5.1.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying of UPVC soil, waste and rain water (SWR) and ventilation pipes

with fittings of specified diameter including laying, fixing, cutting, joining, painting if required etc.

5.1.1. MATERIAL The pipes shall conforming to IS 13592, UPVC - SWR (Type ‘A’ or ‘B’ as specified) and

fittings conforming to IS 13591 shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be U. V. stabilized and able to withstand a pressure as mentioned in the schedule of work. Rubber sealing rings conforming to IS 5382 with lubricant for sliding socket joints as mentioned in the schedule of work.

5.1.2. EXAMINING


5.1.3. CLEANING


5.1.4. LAYING


The entire length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of day's work the open end shall be suitably plugged.

5.1.5. FIXING

The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in- charge. The pipe shall be fixed with G.I. clamps not less than 2.0 mm thick of with suitable UPVC clamps/clips, The clamps/clips shall be fixed into the wall with G.I. nails not less than 40 mm long and wooden gutties keeping the pipe about 15 mm clear of the wall.


5.1.6. MAKING JOINT The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved make cement solvent

including making surface rough or rubber sealing rings with lubricant for sliding socket joints . The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care shall be taken that that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife.



5.1.8. PAINTING

In case of underground piping, the pipe line shall be painted with two coats of approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer.

5.1.9. DEWATERING


5.1.10. TESTING

The joints shall be tested by either smoke test for vertical stacks or 2.5 m head of water at the highest point of the section under test for horizontal drainage pipes. Smoke shall be pumped into the pipes at the lowest end from a smoke machine which consists of a below and burner .The material usually burnt is greasy cotton waste which gives out a clear pungent smoke which is easily detectable by sight as well as by smell, if there is leak at any point of the drain. The water head test shall be carried out by suitably plugging the lower end of the drain and the ends of the connection if any and filling the system with water. A knuckle bend shall be temporarily jointed to it so as to provide required test head , or the top may be plugged with a connection to a hose ending in a funnel which could be raised or lowered till the required head is obtained and fixed suitable for observation. The leaky joints shall be remade and section re-tested at no extra cost.


1. Supplying of UPVC-SWR pipes and fittings of specified diameter. 2. Laying and cutting the pipe wherever necessary and wastage. 3. Fixing the pipe line with G.I. clamps not less than 2mm thick and G.I./M.S. nails length not

less than 40mm or with UPVC clamps, screws, wooden gutties etc. 4. Making the solution joint and painting if mentioned in schedule of work the pipe line. 5. In case of underground pipes, dewatering if necessary till completion of work. 6. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.


measurement shall be taken along the center line of pipe. No measurement shall be recorded separately for fittings, making joint, painting if mentioned in schedule of work and testing.


The contract rate shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid or fixed.

5.2. PVC PIPING WORK

5.2.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying of PVC pipes with fittings of specified diameter including laying,

fixing, cutting, joining, painting etc. for vent, over flow, waste water pipe line etc.

5.2.1. MATERIAL


The pipes and fittings shall conform to series IV of IS 4985, PVC pipes and fittings shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be able to withstand a pressure as mentioned in the schedule.

5.2.2. EXAMINING


5.2.3. CLEANING


5.2.4. LAYING


The entire length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care

shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of day's work the open end shall be suitably plugged.

5.2.5. FIXING

The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The pipe shall be fixed with G.I. clamps not less than 2 mm thick or with suitable PVC clamps, the clamps shall be fixed into the wall with G.I. nails not less than 40 mm long and wooden gutties. Spacing between clamps for fixing internal piping shall be as given below:

Pipe diameter For Horizontal Runs For Vertical Runs

20 mm 700 mm 1050 mm

25 mm 750 mm 1125 mm

32 mm 825 mm 1240 mm

40 mm 975 mm 1460 mm

50 mm 975 mm 1460 mm

5.2.6. MAKING JOINT

The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved make cement solvent including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care shall be taken that that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife.



5.2.8. PAINTING

If mentioned in schedule of work, the pipe line shall be painted with two coats of approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer.

5.2.9. DEWATERING



5.2.10. TESTING

The joints shall be tested by either smoke test for vertical stacks or 2.5 m head of water at the highest point of the section under test for horizontal drainage pipes. Smoke shall be pumped into the pipes at the lowest end from a smoke machine which consists of a below and burner .The material usually burnt is greasy cotton waste which gives out a clear pungent smoke which is easily detectable by sight as well as by smell, if there is leak at any point of the drain. The water head test shall be carried out by suitably plugging the lower end of the drain and the ends of the connection if any and filling the system with water. A knuckle bend shall be temporarily jointed to it so as to provide required test head , or the top may be plugged with a connection to a hose ending in a funnel which could be raised or lowered till the required head is obtained and fixed suitable for observation. The leaky joints shall be remade and section re-tested at no extra cost.


1. Supplying of PVC pipes and fittings of specified diameter. 2. Laying and cutting the pipe wherever necessary and wastage. 3. Fixing the pipe line with G.I. clamps not less than 2mm thick and G.I./ M.S. nails length not

less than 40mm or with PVC clamps, screws, wooden gutties etc. 4. Making the solution joint and painting the pipe line if mentioned in schedule of work. 5. In case of underground piping, dewatering if necessary till completion of work. 6. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.


measurement shall be taken along the center line of pipe. No measurement shall be recorded separately for fittings, making joint, painting and testing.


The contract rate shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid or fixed. 5.3. GULLY TRAP

5.3.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of S.W. Gully trap with C.I. frame including construction of Gully

Trap Chamber.

5.3.1. MATERIAL The Gully Trap shall be of salt glazed stoneware with 150 mm nominal square inlet or as

specified in the schedule with 100mm diameter outlet. Brick work, plastering, concreting shall be as per general specifications under section-II.

5.3.2. CONSTRUCTION

1. Internal dimension of the Gully trap chamber shall be as specified in the schedule. 2. Foundation of 1:4:8 concrete shall be 150 mm thick, and shall have 100mm offset. 3. Brick masonry shall be of 230 mm thick in cement mortar 1:6 and masonry shall

be plastered with 15mm thick plaster in 1:3 cement mortars inside and outside surface with smooth finish.

5.3.3. C.I. FRAME AND COVER

C.I. frame and cover shall be fixed with the cement concrete 1:2:4 at the top of Gully trap chamber, the weight of frame and cover shall not be less than 7.5 kg. and they shall be painted with two coasts of black bitumastic paint.

5.3.4. DEWATERING


The contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water till completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.


1. Supplying of stoneware gully trap with C.I. frame and cover. 2. Concreting, brick work, plastering, fixing frame and cover. 3. Dewatering if necessary till completion of work. 4. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.


The measurement shall be for unit of Gully Trap chamber of specified internal size and depth constructed including stoneware Gully Trap and C.I. frame and cover fixed.


The contract rate shall be for unit of Gully Trap chamber constructed as a whole.

5.4. RAIN WATER GRATING

5.4.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying of cast iron grating of specified diameter including fixing

and painting.

5.4.1. MATERIAL The rain water grating shall be Cast Iron with closed grained without any casting defects. The

thickness should be uniform throughout, one shaped C.I. grating.

5.4.2. FIXING C.I. rain water grating shall be fixed in position with 1:1 cement mortar.

5.4.3. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. The cast iron rain water grating cement, sand etc. 2. Fixing the grating. 3. All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

5.4.4. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of grating fixed.

5.4.5. MODE OF PAYMENT The contracts rate shall be for each unit of grating fixed.

5.5. INSPECTION CHAMBER

5.5.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of brick masonry Inspection Chamber of internal size as specified

in the schedule.

5.5.1. MATERIAL Concreting, Brick work, plastering etc, shall be as per specification as given in

general specification under section II.

5.5.2. CONSTRUCTION 1. Internal dimensions and initial depth shall be as specified in the schedule or as shown in

the drawing.


2. Foundation of 1:2:4 concrete shall be 150 mm thick and shall have 150 mm offset. 3. The concrete 1:2:4 shall be laid to necessary shapes to form the channel for the pipe

being received in the channel. It shall be of appropriate diameter and shall be half round. The sides shall be kept sloping towards the channel.

4. Brick masonry shall be 230 mm thick in cement mortar 1:2 or as specified in the schedule of work, making brick tapering for longitudinal wall 450 mm from top of cover of the chamber.

5. Brick masonry shall be rendered with 20 mm thick plaster in cement mortar 1:1 or as specified in the schedule of work inside and outside surfaces in two courses and inside surface finished smooth with neat cement punning.

5.5.3. DEWATERING

The contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water if accumulated during the progress of the work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other cause.


1. Concreting in foundation, forming the channels, constructing brick masonry and plastering over the brick work, and finishing smooth in side surfaces.

2. Cutting existing stoneware/RCC Hume pipe line to facilitate construction the Inspection chamber.

3. Dewatering the pit if found necessary till completion of work. 4. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.5.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for an Inspection chamber of specified finished internal size and

initial depth measured vertically from top of the frame and cover to the invert of chamber. Extra for additional depth or rebate for lesser depth shall be measured in R.M.


The contract rate shall be for unit Inspection chamber of specified internal size and initial depth Extra/Rebate for additional/lesser depth respectively shall be paid in RM.

5.6. CIRCULAR MANHOLE

5.6.0. GENERAL

The item includes provision of brick masonry Circular manhole of internal size as specified in the schedule.

5.6.1. MATERIAL

Concreting, Brick work, plastering etc. Shall be as per specification as given in general specification under section II.

5.6.2. CONSTRUCTION

1. Internal dimensions and initial depth shall be as specified in the schedule of work or as shown in the drawing.

2. Foundation of 1:2:4 concrete shall be 300 mm thick and shall have 300 mm offset. 3. The concrete 1:2:4 shall be laid to necessary shapes to form the channel for the pipe

being received in the channel. It shall be of appropriate diameter and shall be half round. The sides hall be kept sloping towards the channel.

4. Brick masonry shall be in cement mortar 1:2 or as specified in the schedule of work. One meter height from top shall be conical in shape and shall be constructed in 230 mm thick brick masonry and remaining height shall be 345mm thick in cylindrical shape.

5. Brick masonry shall be rendered with 20 mm thick plaster in cement mortar 1:1 or as specified in the schedule of work inside and outside surfaces in two courses and inside surface finished smooth with neat cement punning.

5.6.3. DEWATERING




1. Concreting in foundation, forming the channels, constructing brick masonry and plastering over the brick work and finishing smooth inside surfaces.

2. Cutting existing stoneware/RCC Hume pipe line to facilitate construction of new manhole. 3. Dewatering the pit if found necessary till completion of work. 4. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.6.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for one circular manhole of specified finished internal size and

initial depth measured vertically from top of the frame and cover to the invert of manhole. Extra over for additional depth or rebate for lesser depth shall be measured in R.M.


The contract rate shall be for unit circular manhole of specified internal size and initial depth, Extra/Rebate for additional/lesser depth respectively shall be paid in RM.

5.7. EXTRA DEPTH FOR INSPECTION CHAMBER AND MANHOLE

5.7.0. GENERAL

The item includes provision for extra depth of Inspection Chamber and manholes of brick masonry.

5.7.1. MATERIAL

Concreting, Brick work, plastering etc. Shall be as per specification as given in general specification under section II.

5.7.2. CONSTRUCTION

Extra depth for inspection chamber and manhole shall be constructed as per Inspection Chamber & Circular Manhole.

5.7.3. DEWATERING The contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water if accumulated during the

progress of the work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other cause.

5.7.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Constructing brick masonry and plastering over the brick work. 2. Dewatering the pit if found necessary till completion of work. 3. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.7.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit meter depth or part thereof for inspection chamber/

circular manhole constructed. Depth of manhole or chamber shall be measured from top of the frame and cover to the invert level of manhole deducting the initial depth of at manhole/ chamber. Extra for additional depth or rebate for lesser depth shall be measured in R.M.


The contract rate shall be for unit meter depth of inspection chamber/ circular manhole constructed.

5.8. DROP CONNECTION

5.8.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of drop connection of salt glazed of nominal diameters as

specified in schedule of quantities including 1:2:4 cement concrete encased to pipe all round.


5.8.1. MATERIAL Concreting, mortar for jointing the pipes, hemp yarn, salt glazed stoneware pipes and

specials like bends, tees, crosses (double tees), plugs caps etc. of specified diameter shall be of grade 'A' or 'AA' conforming to IS 651. All the pipes and fitting shall be free from pin Helen, cracks and other imperfections and should have be free from pin holes, cracks and other imperfections and should have the glossy finish in salt glazing, necessary form work for encasing the pipe.

5.8.2. DAMAGED MATERIAL

Any material found damaged or cracked shall not be used in the work and contractor has to replace the same from the site at his own cost and charges.

5.8.3. LAYING, FIXING, JOINTING, CLEANING, TESTING

Above shall be done as specified in clause 5.18.00 i.e. salt glazed stone ware piping work.

5.8.4. ENCASING THE PIPE LINE After the joints and pipes have been proved to be water tight then pipe line shall be

embedded in cement concrete as specified in the schedule of quantities and as shown in drawings including necessary

Form work.

5.8.5. DEWATERING The contractor rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water if accumulated during

the progress of the work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other cause.

5.8.6. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Stone ware pipe with specials viz. bends, tees, crosses (double tees), plugs, caps etc.

cement mortar 1:1 and spun yarn 2. Laying, jointing and testing the pipe line including cutting & wastage 3. Concreting and formwork for encasing 4. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 5. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.


The measurement shall be for one drop connections of specified nominal dia. of pipe & depth of drop connection shall be measured vertically from the bed level of drop pipe cleaning chamber (i.e. finished top of bed concrete) to the invert level of manhole or chamber. Extra/Rebate for additional/lesser than the initial depth respectively shall be measured in RM.


The Contract rate shall be for one drop connection of specified nominal diameter & depth as specified in the schedule & drawings.

5.9. EXTRA OVER DEPTH FOR DROP CONNECTION

5.9.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of extra depth for drop connection including providing and laying

salt glazed stone ware pipe & specials, 1:2:4 (or as specified in schedule) cement concrete for on casing the pipe al round square in shape all as specified in drawings & schedule.

5.9.1. MATERIAL Concreting, mortar for jointing the pipes, hemp yarn, salt glazed stoneware pipes and

specials of specified diameter shall be of grade 'A' or 'AA' class and conforming to IS 651-1971. All the pipes and fittings shall be free from pin holes. Cracks & other imperfection and should have the glossy finish of salt glazing, necessary form work encasing the pipes.

5.9.2. DAMAGE / MATERIALS

This clause shall be as per clause 5.21 salt glazed stone ware piping work.


5.9.3. LAYING, FIXING JOINTING, CLEANING AND FIXING This clause shall be as per clause 5.21 i.e. salt glazed stone ware piping work.

5.9.4. ENCASING THE PIPE LINE After the joints and pipes have been proved to be water tight then pipe line shall be

embedded in cement concrete as specified in the schedule of quantities and as shown in drawings including necessary Form work.

5.9.5. DEWATERING

The contractor rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water if accumulated during the progress of the work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other cause.


1. S.W. pipe with specials, cement mortar 1:1 and spun yarn. 2. Laying, jointing and testing the pipe line including cutting and wastage. 3. Concreting and form work for encasing 4. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work.


The depth of drop connection shall be measured vertically from the bed level of drop pipe cleaning chamber (i.e. finished top of bed concrete) to the invert level of manhole or chamber and initial depth shall be deducted.


Contract rate shall be for unit meter depth or part thereof for drop connection.

5.10. DROP PIPE CLEANING CHAMBER

5.10.0. GENERAL The item includes construction of brick masonry valve chamber of size as specified in this

schedule including providing M.S. / G.I. frame and cover over R.C.C pre-cast cover with or without surface box.

5.10.1. MATERIAL

Brick work, plastering, concreting etc. shall be as per general specification under section II. Precast RCC cover slab, surface box, C.I/M.S frame and cover etc. Shall be size and weight as specified in the schedule.

5.10.2. CONSTRUCTION

1. Foundation concrete of mix 1:2:4 shall be of 150 mm thick with 150 mm offset all round or as specified in the schedule.

2. Brick masonry in cement mortar 1:2 as specified. 3. Plastering inside and outside surfaces of walls in two courses using cement mortar 1:1 of

thickness as specified mixed with water proofing compound of specified Quality including inner surfaces finished smooth with neat cement punning.

5.10.3. RCC PRECAST/CAST IRON COVERS

5.10.3.1. RCC PRECAST COVER ( for chambers of size up to 600 x 600 mm) Chamber cover shall be casted as shown in the drawing having minimum 75 mm thick in

cement concrete 1:2:4 or as specified in the schedule by using nominal reinforcement @ 100 kg/ Cum. of concrete including shuttering, finishing, curing, placing the cover in position as directed by Engineer-in-charge.


Cast iron/ M.S cover of specified size and weight shall be supplied and placed over the chamber as directed. The cover shall be painted with 3 coats of black bitumastic paint.


5.10.4. DEWATERING



1. Bed concrete, Brick masonry, cement plaster, RCC pre-cast cover / MS cover etc. 2. Dewatering the trench or pit if necessary. 3. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.10.6. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.

5.10.7. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of chamber of specified internal size and depth

constructed.

5.11. C.I. FRAME AND COVER FOR MANHOLES

5.11.0. GENERAL The item includes supply LD/MD/HD/EHD/C.I. Frame and cover as specified in schedule

including fixing and painting.

5.11.1. MATERIAL C.I. Frame and cover shall conform to IS 1720 and shall have IS certification mark with grade

LD/MD/HD/EHD and the weight of frame and cover shall not be less than as specified in the schedule.

5.11.2. FIXING

Frame shall be fixed in the cement concrete 1:2:4 for bearing course and capping on the brick masonry wall of the chamber of manhole and finishing shall be done in 1:2 cement plaster finished smooth with neat cement.

5.11.3. PAINTING

The frame and cover shall be painted with two coats of approved black bitumastic anticorrosive paint over a coat of primer.


1. C.I. frame and cover cement concrete, cement plaster, painting etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

5.11.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for C.I. Frame & cover on actual unit weight basis.

5.11.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for C.I. Frame and cover on actual unit weight basis.

5.12. PRECAST CONCRETE FRAME AND COVER FOR MANHOLES

5.12.0. GENERAL The item includes supply LD/ MD/ HD/ EHD factory made precast steel fiber reinforced

concrete (SFRC) frame and cover as specified in schedule including fixing and placing.

5.12.1. MATERIAL


The precast frame and cover shall be of steel fiber reinforced concrete (SFRC) conforming to IS: 12592 and shall be of approved make. The frame and cover shall be of LD/ MD/ HD/ EHD grade, size and thickness as mentioned in the description of the item. The defective Frame and cover shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost and charges.

5.12.2. FIXING

Frame shall be fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 for bearing course & capping on the top of masonry wall of chamber or manhole and finishing shall be done in 1:2 cement plaster finished smooth with neat cement.


1. Precast S.F.R.C. Frame and cover, cement concrete, cement plaster etc. 2. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

5.12.4. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit set of Precast S.F.R.C. Frame and cover fixed.

5.12.5. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for unit set of Precast S.F.R.C. Frame and cover fixed.

5.13. CAST IRON STEPS / RUNGS

5.13.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying of cast iron steps including fixing and painting

5.13.1. MATERIAL The steps shall be of cast iron and minimum 150 mm wide. The minimum weight of each step

shall not be less than 5 kg or as specified in the schedule.

5.13.2. FIXING The steps shall be fixed in brick masonry wall with 1:2:4 cement concrete with 75 mm

cement concrete cover at all around the step. The first step shall be 450 mm below from top surface of structure and next shall be fixed 300 mm centre to centre in two rows at 300 mm distance or as shown in the drawing.

5.13.3. PAINTING

The projected portion of the cast iron step shall be painted with two coats of approved black bitumastic anti corrosive paint over a coat of primer.

5.13.4. DEWATERING



1. C.I. Steps cement concrete and painting etc. 2. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 3. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

5.13.6. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement for C.I. steps shall be on actual unit weight basis or unit C.I. step fixed as

specified in the schedule.

5.13.7. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate for C.I. steps shall be on actual unit weight basis or unit C.I. step fixed.

5.14. SALT GLAZED STONE WARE PIPING WORK


5.14.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying, laying and fixing the salt glazed Stone ware pipes with

necessary fittings of specified diameter including laying, jointing etc.

5.14.1. MATERIAL Salt glazed stoneware pipes and specials of specified diameter shall be of grade "A" or "AA"

conforming to IS 651. All the pipes and fitting shall be free from pin holes, cracks and other imperfections and should have the glossy finish of salt glazing.


Any material found damaged or cracked shall not be used in the work contractor has to replace the same from the site at his own cost and charge.

5.14.3. TRENCHES

The trench shall be so dug that the pipe can be laid to the required alignment and at the required depth. When the pipe line is under road way, a minimum cover of 900 mm is recommended for adoption, but it may be modified to suit local conditions.

Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-Charge, the width at bottom of trenches for

different diameters of pipe laid at different depth s shall be as given below:-

1. For all diameters, up to an average depth of 1200 mm, width of trench in mm shall be equal to diameter of pipe plus 300 mm.

2. For all diameters for depths above of 1200 mm , width of trench in mm shall be equal to the diameter of pipe plus 400 mm

3. Notwithstanding (a) & (b) above, the total width of trench shall not be less than 750 mm for depths exceeding 900 mm. The width of trench in the upper reaches shall be increased as described in sub head under “Earth Work.”

5.14.4. LAYING AND FIXING

Pipes shall be laid carefully to the correct alignment, levels and gradient and care shall be taken to prevent for entering the sand, earth or other foreign material into the pipes during laying. The pipes between manholes shall be laid truly in straight line, without vertical or horizontal undulations.

All inverts shall be laid from sight rails fixed at the true levels, with proper boning rods, The

pipes shall be laid sockets facing up the gradient, alignment at the lower end and with the socket resting in the concrete bed if specified. Each pipe shall be laid singly and no pipe shall be laid until the trench has been excavated up to the required depth for a distance of 5 meter in front of the pipes to be laid.

5.14.5. JOINTING

Spun yarn soaked in cement wash shall be passed round the spigot and spigot inserted in the socket, the spun yarn shall then be caulked with 1:1 cement mortar with a little water, pressed into the joint with hand and finished at 45 degree the mortar shall be cured for seven days.

The following table shows the details of materials used for jointing the S.W. pipe.

Internal dia of pipe (mm) Depth of socket in mm Depth of yarn in mm Depth of C.M. paste in mm

100 50 20 33

150 56 30 30

230 65 30 35


5.14.6. CLEANING Interior surface of the pipes and fittings shall be cleaned off from all dirt, cement mortar and

superfluous materials.

5.14.7. TESTING The joints of S.W. Pipe line shall be tested for a minimum 2.50 meter water head over the

crown of the highest pipe between the two manholes. The lower end shall be plugged water tight. Water shall then be filled in the inspection chamber or manhole at the upper end of the line with 2.50 meter depth of water over the crown. If it is found the certain pipe joints are leaking, the water shall be drained off and joints shall be re-caulked. The hydraulic test shall be carried out in accordance with IS 4127.

5.14.8. ENCASING THE PIPE LINE

After the joints and pipes have been proved to be water tight then pipe line shall be embedded in cement concrete if specified to the extent of one half of external diameter of the pipes as directed, the concrete being made to slope away towards the sides of the foundations bed. Refilling shall be done with fine selected materials and shall be done in layers not exceeding 150mm thick, watered, consolidated and rammed properly, as specified.

5.14.9. DEWATERING



1. S.W. Pipes with specials, cement mortar 1:1 and spun yarn. 2. Laying, jointing and testing the pipe line including cutting and wastage. 3. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 4. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.14.11. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for unit meter length of pipe line laid. The pipe shall be measured

along the center line over all fittings. The measurement does not include for encasement of the pipe, which will be paid the relevant item.


The contract rate shall be for unit meter S.W. pipe line laid.

5.15. SEWER TRAP

5.15.0. GENERAL The item includes supplying, laying and fixing the Stone ware sewer trap of specified

diameter including fixing, jointing and embedding.

5.15.1. MATERIAL Sewer trap shall be salt glazed of stoneware of specified diameter and shall be of grade "A"

or "AA" conforming to IS 651. Sewer trap should be free from pin holes, cracks and other imperfections and should have the glossy finish of salt glazing.


Any material found damaged or cracked shall not be used in the work and contractor ahs to replace the same from the site at his own cost and charge.

5.15.3. FIXING

Sewer trap shall be laid carefully to the correct alignment, levels and gradient and care shall be taken to prevent for entering the sand, earth or other free material into the trap during laying. The trap shall be on bedded in CC 1:2:4 including necessary form work.

5.15.4. TESTING


The testing shall be done along the testing of server line with the same specification.



5.15.6. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. S.W. sewer trap, cement mortar 1:1 and spun yarn. 2. Laying, jointing on bedding in CC 1:2:4 3. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 4. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.15.7. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for each unit of sewer trap fixed.

5.15.8. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for each unit of sewer trap fixed.

5.16. GREASE TRAP CHAMBER

5.16.0. GENERAL The item includes provision of brick masonry Grease Trap Chamber of internal size as

specified in schedule of work.

5.16.1. MATERIAL Concreting, Brick work, plastering etc. Shall be as per specifications given in general

specification under section-II.

5.16.2. CONSTRUCTION 1. Internal dimensions and depth shall be as specified in the schedule of work. 2. 150 mm thick foundation shall be in 1:4:8 cement concrete and shall have 150 mm offset

from outer surface of brick wall. 3. Brick masonry shall be in cement mortar 1:4. 4. Brick masonry shall be plastered with 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 inside and outside

surfaces in two courses, inside surface finished smooth with neat cement punning.



5.16.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR Concreting in foundation, constructing brick masonry and plastering over the brick work.

Dewatering the trench or pit if found necessary till completion of work. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.


The measurement shall be for each unit of grease trap chamber of specified internal size and depth constructed.


The contract rate shall be for each unit of grease trap chamber of specified internal size.

5.17. CONNNECTION WITH DOMESTIC SEWER

5.17.0. GENERAL The item includes the provisions of connecting sewer line with existing sewer line chamber

or manhole including cutting, breaking of masonry, road surface and making good to the original condition of the damages.


5.17.1. MATERIAL

Concreting, Brick work, plastering etc. Shall be as per specification as given in general specification of section II.

5.17.2. MAKING CONNECTION

1. Breaking or cutting the road surface for server connection. 2. Restoring all the excavated items in proper manner as directed by the Engineer-in-charge 3. Cutting the brick masonry wall to required size of existing manhole or inspection chamber. 4. Connecting the sewer line to the chamber or manhole. 5. Making good to the original condition all the damages after completion of sewer

connection. 6. Disposing off all the superfluous material as directed.



5.17.4. THE RATE INCLUDES FOR 1. Cutting the road surface as required and making good. 2. Restoring all the excavated materials and disposal of superfluous materials. 3. Cutting the manhole masonry, making good masonry and other damages to the

original condition according to the bye-laws. 4. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 5. All the necessary labor, materials and use of tools.

5.17.5. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The measurement shall be for one job.

5.17.6. MODE OF PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for one job.

5.18. CONNECTION WITH MUNICIPAL SEWER LINE

5.18.0. GENERAL The item includes the provisions of connecting sewer line with existing municipal sewer line

chamber or manhole including cutting, breaking of masonry, road surface and making good to the original condition of the damages.

5.18.1. MATERIAL

Concreting, brick work, plastering etc. shall be as per specification as given in general specification under section II.

5.18.2. MAKING CONNECTION

1. Breaking or cutting the road surface for sewer connection. 2. Restoring all the excavated items in proper manner as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 3. Cutting the brick masonry wall to required size of municipal manhole or inspection

chamber. 4. Connecting the sewer line to the chamber or manhole of Municipal sewer line. 5. Making well to the original condition all the damages after completion of sewer connection. 6. Disposing off all the superfluous materials as directed. 7. All necessary labor, materials and use of tools.



5.18.4. MUNICIPAL CHARGES


The contractor shall obtain the necessary permission for connecting the sewer line to the municipal sewer from the concerned authorities. He shall pay all necessary charges towards the connection given by the municipality.


1. Cutting the road surface as required and making good. 2. Restoring all the excavated materials and disposal of superfluous materials. 3. Cutting the manhole masonry, making good masonry and other damages to the

original condition according to the bye-laws. 4. All the municipal charges towards connection. 5. Dewatering if found necessary till completion of work. 6. All necessary labor, material and use of tools.


The measurement shall be for one job 5.18.7. MODE OF PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one job.

6.0 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR DOMESTIC / FLUSHING WATER SUPPLY:

SR.NO. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

1.0 DOMESTIC / FLUSHING WATER HYDRO PNEUMATIC TANK

1.1 Capacity As per BOQ

1.2 No. of Unit As per BOQ

1.3 Material of Construction M.S. conforming to IS 2062 / FRP

1.4 Shell thickness 8 mm / Suitable for 8 Kg/cm2 pressure rating.

1.5 Dished end thickness 10 mm/ Suitable for 10 Kg/cm2 pressure rating.

1.6 Test Pressure 10 kg / cm2 minimum

1.7 Painting Epoxy

1.8 Type of Air Compressor Oil free, Teflon coated / Inbuilt Air cell

1.9 Tank outlet size As per Manufacture’s configuration

2.0 PUMPS

2.1 Type In line vertical / centrifugal end suction or monoblock

2.2 Number of Units As per BOQ

2.3 Design capacity of each pump Main Pump

As per BOQ

2.4 Total head at design capacity As per BOQ

2.5 Suction Pressure at rated capacity (NPSHa) Positive Suction

2.6 Total duration of operation Continuous

2.7 Speed 1500 / 2900 RPM

2.8 Location Indoor



2.9 FEATURE OF CONSTRUCTION

2.9.1 Impeller Closed

2.9.2 Shaft Coupled

2.9.3 Drive Transmission Direct

2.9.4 Seal Gland Packing

2.9.5 Mounting Common base plate

2.9.6 No. of stage Single

2.9.7 Starter Pump

DOL / VFD

2.9.8 Flange drilling As per BS 10, Table D, flat face with off centre bolt holes

2.10 LIQUID DATA

2.10.1 Liquid handled Water

2.10.2 Specific gravity 1.0

2.10.3 Temperature Ambient temp.

2.11 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION (AS INDICATED IN BOQ OR AS SPECIFIED BLEOW IF NOT GIVEN IN BOQ)

2.11.1 Base plate M.S. IS 226

2.11.2 Pump Casing C.I.

2.11.3 Impeller SS CF 8 M

2.11.4 Shaft S.S AISI 410

2.11.5 Wearing Ring SS 316

2.11.6 Painting Epoxy

2.11.7 Hardware in contact with water Hot dipped galvanized

2.11.8 Companion flanges M.S., BS 10, Table D

2.12 ACCESSORIES & SERVICES REQUIRED

2.12.1 Base Plate YES

2.12.2 Foundation bolts YES

2.12.3 Companion flanges YES

2.12.4 Spare parts required YES

2.12.5 Maintenance tools required YES

3.0 Cut in pressure Work ing Pump ( As per IS)

Stand by Pump( As per IS)

4.0 Cut off pressure

Work ing Pump ( As per IS)

Stand by Pump( As per IS)

5.0 INDUCTION MOTOR

5.1 Type Squirrel cage Induction



5.2 Mfg. Standard IS 325

5.3 Rated Voltage 415 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz., AC

5.4 Voltage and frequency variation ± 10% voltage variation ± 5% frequency variation ± 10% combined voltage and frequency

variation

5.5 Speed in RPM 1500/2900 RPM

5.6 Class of Insulation Class B

5.7 Degree of Protection IP 55

6.0 Suction & delivery piping MS, hot dipped galvanized, Class `C’

7.0 Suction, delivery valves & header valves Required, flanged Cast Iron valves with SS internal parts

Make : Kirloskar / KSB / ZOLOTO/AUDCO/ FLOVEL

Flanged Ball / Butterfly valve on suction and delivery of each pump & Flanged Non slam, spring operated dual plate type check valve on delivery side of each pump & on header

8.0 Control Panel With Starter. One pump of similar rating shall have VFD Required with all protections & sequential timer for main pumps Also required Finolex / CCI / Gloster make cable from motor to panel

9.0 Level Indicator Required for 0-5 mtr. Range and shall be panel mounted and interlocking with pump

10.0 Pressure switch Provided for each pump

11.0 Pressure Gauge Required at delivery of each pump & on header. Range 0-7 kg/cm2

12.0 Gaskets ‘Champion ‘ make

13.0 Hardware Zinc coated

7.0 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

SCOPE:

This specification covers the supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Centrifugal type (monoblock/moonset/End suction) pumps. The scope also includes delivery piping upto Discharge Header with necessary pipe, fittings, etc. Each pump shall have isolation gun metal gate valve & NRV at delivery side. The pipe shall be GI class B.

CODES AND STANDARDS:

The design and manufacture of the pump shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed.

DESIGN FEATURES:


The pump shall be capable of developing required total head at rated capacity.

Impeller shall be enclosed type and shall be dynamically balanced.

The pump shall have non overloading characteristics.

The pump shall have positive suction.

CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:

The casing shall be of rigid construction and shall have central delivery pipe.

The casing shall be of Cast Iron.

The pump shall have very small length suction and delivery pipe connections which will result in minimum friction loss in case of moonset pumps.

Impeller shall be of one piece and shall be of SS CF 8 M.

The shaft shall be of S.S. and its surface shall be properly finished.

Shaft sleeves shall be provided to protect shaft from any damage.

Bearing shall be ball or roller type.

Mechanical seal shall be provided to avoid any leakage.

INSPECTION AND TESTING:

The pump shall be offered for visual inspection before dispatch.

Material test certificates for the various pump components shall be furnished for purchaser’s approval.

Hydrostatic test shall be carried out at 1.5 times the maximum discharge pressure.

All the tests shall be witnessed by purchaser.

DRAWINGS:

Following drawings shall be furnished by the vendor:

1) Overall dimensional drawing.

2) Cross-sectional drawings with Bill of Material and Material of Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

SR. NO. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 Type Centrifugal Monoblock / Monoset / End suction 2.0 Number of Units As per BOQ 3.0 Design capacity of each pump As per BOQ 4.0 Total head at design capacity As per BOQ 5.0 Total duration of operation As per BOQ 6.0 Speed 2900 RPM 7.0 Location Raw water Pumps : Centrifuga monoblock/End suction

make up water Pumps in the U.G. Tank HVAC make up compartment : Centrifugal moonset

8.0 FEATURE OF CONSTRUCTION 8.1 Impeller Enclosed


SR. NO. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS 8.2 Shaft Coupled 8.3 Drive Transmission Direct 8.4 Seal Mechanical

8.5 Mounting Base plate 8.6 No. of stage Single 8.7 Nozzle orientation

A. Suction B. Discharge

Side suction Top discharge

8.8 Starter DOL for upto 5 KW & Star / Delta for more than 5 KW rating

8.9 Flange drilling As per BS 10, Table F, raised face with off center bolt holes

9.0 LIQUID DATA 9.1 Liquid handled HVAC make up soft Water 9.2 Specific gravity 1.0 9.3 Temperature Ambient temp. 10.0 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION 10.1 Base plate M.S. IS 226 10.2 Pump Casing Cast Iron 10.3 Impeller SS CF8 M 10.4 Shaft S.S AISI 410 10.5 Wearing Ring S.S AISI 410 10.6 Painting Epoxy 10.7 Hardware in contact with water Hot dipped galvanized 10.8 Companion flanges M.S., BS 10, Table F 10.9 Make KSB / KIRLOSKAR/GROUNDFOS 11.0 ACCESSORIES & SERVICES REQUIRED 11.1 Base Plate YES

11.2 Foundation bolts YES 11.3 Companion flanges YES 11.4 Spare parts required YES 11.5 Maintenance tools required YES 12.0 MOTOR : 12.1 Power Supply 230 / 415 Volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz. AC 12.2 Class of Insulation Class B 12.3 Degree of Protection IP 55 13.0 Delivery piping GI, Class `B’

14.0 Delivery valves & header valves Gun Metal flanged valves Make : AUDCO / ZOLOTO / KSB / IVC For monoset pump : Flanged Ball / Butterfly valve on delivery side of each pump & Flanged Non Return Valve on delivery side of each pump & on header For monoblock / end suction pump : Flanged Ball / Butterfly valve on suction & delivery side of each pump & Flanged Non Return Valve on delivery side of each pump & on header

15.0 Starter Panel Required with pump interlocking with respect to tank levels.


SR. NO. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS Also required Finolex / Polycab make cables up to starter panel.

16.0 Level Indicator Required for 0-5mtr. Range and shall be panel mounted and interlocking with pump and over head tank.

17.0 Pressure Gauge Required at delivery of each pump & on header. 0 –7 kg/sq.cm

8.0 WATER TREATMENT PLANT

SCOPE:

This specification covers the Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Water Treatment Plant which will have Domestic treatment which may include Filtration, chlorination, etc. & Softening plant for HVAC make up with all interconnections, piping to inlet, outlet, overflow, back wash & drain, fittings, valves, and instrumentation required to install the plant completely.

DESIGN BASIS:

Water Treatment Plant is designed to produce soft water @ flow rate as specified in BOQ.

SOURCE OF WATER:

The source of raw water is from municipality or through bore wells using bore pump system for extraction.

RAW WATER ANALYSIS:

Sr. No. Test Result

1.0 Total Hardness (Assume) 600 ppm

END WATER QUALITY

Treated Water from the softening plant would be as below:

Sr. No. Test Result

For Domestic Total Hardness < 100 ppm

Total dissolved Solids < 500 ppm

For HVAC Total Hardness < 10 ppm

The END WATER quality could be achieved should the mentioned technical specifications are adhered to during the procurement and installation of the system.

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET:

ITEM DESCRIPTION DESIGN SPECIFICATION

1. Quantity As per BOQ.

2. MOC of Vessel As per manufacturer design


ITEM DESCRIPTION DESIGN SPECIFICATION

3. Interconnecting Piping & Valves

4. Frontal Piping & Fittings M.S.

5. Manual Valves Multi Port Valve

Filtration

6. Flow Rate As per BOQ

7. Type of Unit To be provided by Vendor

8. Design pressure 2-3 Kg/cm2

9. Detail of Backwash To be provided by Vendor

10. Filter media Detail To be provided by Vendor

11. Size of inlet & outlet nozzle To be provided by Vendor

12. Vessel Detail To be provided by Vendor

13. Any other treatment required according to source water analysis

To be provided by Vendor

Softener

1 Flow rate As per BOQ

2 Design pressure 2-3 Kg/cm2

3 Size of inlet & outlet nozzle To be provided by Vendor

4 Vessel Detail To be provided by Vendor

5 Resin

Quantity To be furnished by vendor

b. Make Ion Exchange or equivalent

c. Operation Mode Manual

d. Regeneration Mode Manual

e. Regeneration Media (NaCL) Saturated Salt Brine

f. Quantity of Salt To be furnished by vendor

g. OBR To be furnished by vendor

h. Salt Preparation Tank To be furnished by vendor

9.0 Solar Hot water system Supply Fixing,testing and commissioning Solar Hot water system as per given tender specifications, indirect type of capacity 30000 liters per day complete with J type flat plate collector with 35 Risers for the liquid to flow enclosed in a marine grade all aluminum housing with cover of glass top, double ceramic coated tank, magnesium sacrificial anode, cold flow water stratifier, The system is closed type with auto temperature cum pressure relief valves on cold and hot side and pressure relief valve on the closed circuit. The system has to be supplied with hot and cold copper pipes with interconnectors; powder coated mounting frames and Hartgard close circuit fluid. including with all necessary accessories etc.complete with supporting stand & electric backup.

Codes and Standards Solar hot water systems shall comply with Australian Standard AS2712 or equivalent to American/ DIN standard,

and manufactured under a Quality Assurance System complying with ISO 9001. Technical design, construction

quality and measurement of performance (accelerate ageing, continuous control) all shall be done as per AS 2712.


Solar Panels A nominal aperture area of 2 m2 (approx.) of collector surface shall be provided for every 150 liters of stored water.

Absorber

The collector will be designed for use with closed circuit technology and must be suitable for installation where radiation levels are medium & high.

The collector absorber shall be made from treated pressed steel forming 25mm headers and 35 multi-flow risers.

For increasing the absorption and decreasing emissions from the absorber, the manufactured absorber plate

shall be either black polyester powder coat or black chrome plated with an Absorptivity factor of 0.95 and an Emittance factor of 0.01+0.03 for the black chrome.

Collector Tray The absorber shall lie in a tray with a cover of glass on top. The collector tray shall be made of 0.7 mm marine

grade aluminum alloy stable and well insulated with a minimum of 55 mm thick polyester. This shall withstand high temperatures that might come up over the summer when there is no hot water consumption (stagnation)

The collector construction shall be sealed from any water ingress. Storage Tank The gained energy out the sun shall be stored in a storage tank where we can be used at any time of the day.

The storage tank should be well insulated with CFC free polyurethane foam in order to keep hot water inside it hotter for longer periods.

In order to protect the insulation from damage, an outer case of 0.4 mm thick aluminum of marine grade shall

be provided. For those days when there is insufficient solar energy, a thermostat operated electric booster of 2.4 kW must be provided inside the storage tank. The booster shall cut in to maintain hot water temperatures round the clock. The booster shall cut-out again when thermostat set point is reached.

The tank shall be made from 2.5 mm steel and must be suitable for mains pressure. The storage tank shall be

coated or lined from inside with 2 coats of ceramic lining, to prevent corrosion. It must be able to withstand a working pressure of 1000 kPa and shall be tested to 2100 kPa

The storage cylinder shall be fitted with a minimum 20 mm sacrificial Magnesium Anode to be able to last for a

minimum of 5 years. Installation Solar hot water collectors must be installed on roof with tilt and exposed to direct sun (without shadowing).

They should be tilted towards equator (south direction) with angles upto 30 degree C. Single unit or multiple units can be connected together in parallel to cover the desired daily hot water load.

The system shall also be equipped with all necessary safety devices that guarantee the system function in a

proper way without problems. Such safety devices shall involve cold inlet relief valve and Pressure & Temperature relief valves. A pressure reduction valve should also be fitted to maintain the incoming pressure less than 850 kPa. The Pressure & Temperature relief valve shall be set to relieve water at 1000kPa and/or 99 degree C.

The storage tank shall be equipped with all necessary fittings on cold and hot water side, in order to connect

with piping network (by the specialist contractor).

It is contractors responsibility to ensure that all civil, electrical, mechanical (piping etc) and all work related to solar water heater system are done according to the specifications. All hot water piping shall be adequately insulated to ensure minimum heat losses during re-circulation. A hot water circulation pump set (with 24 hrs timer) shall be provided to ensure continuous hot water availability in the ring.


10 WATER TANK

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER TANK GENERAL Construction of water tank, septic tank and up flow filter is required to be done very carefully with good

quality materials. Dense, well compacted concrete of required strength has to be achieved in order to make water tight compartment. The slope in the bed of tank, invert levels of insert, and also the levels of partition and baffle walls should be properly maintained for proper flow of liquid.

TESTING OF WATER TANK After construction of tank, it shall be tested for leak proof ness. The tank shall be first filled with water

up to the top of wall. The water level should not drop more than 50 mm within 48 hours. If the drop of water level is found more than 50 mm the defective and leakage point shall be rectified to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

COMMISSIONING Before commissioning the septic tank, a little quantity of digested sludge, horse or cow dung may be

added as a seed sludge to start functioning of bacterial activity in sewage. BACK FILLING The back filling shall be done as per specification after satisfactory testing of the tanks. Back filling shall

be done in layers all around the tank and above the roof slab of the tank up to the height / depth as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

CLEANING OF WATER TANK The cleaning of the tank shall be done by manually or by Hydro dynamic mechanism with low or high

pressure as directed. Potable water, approved disinfectant etc. shall be used for cleaning of water tank before use.

DEWATERING The contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water if any accumulated during the

progress of work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other cause till completion of the work. MODE OF MEASUREMENT The work shall be measured under relevant item in the schedule of quantities and paid for. Quoted

rates are deemed to include for dewatering, back filling testing and commissioning of water tank, septic tank and up-flow filter.

MODE OF PAYMENT No additional payments shall be made towards dewatering back filling & commissioning. pipe line shall be paid under the relevant item.


LIST OF APPROVED MAKES:

Sr. No.

Item Approved Make

1 SWR PVC PIPE & FITTINGS 6 KG CM²; FITTINGS : 6 KG CM² ECO. DRAIN PIPE & FITTINGS

ASTRAL / SUPREME/PRINCE SUPREME/ ASTRAL

2 GULLY TRAP GIRCO / TIRUMALA / SONIA/ SUPREME/ ASTRAL

3 STONE WARE PIPES FOR INTERNAL UNDER GROUND DRAIN PIPE GIRCO / TIRUMALA / SONIA

4 RCC HUME PIPES EXTERNAL MAIN UNDER GROUND PIPE INDIAN HUME PIPE / PRANALI

5 C.I. PIPE & FITTINGS NICO OR EQ.

6 PPR PIPES & PPR FITTINGS SUREME/PRINCE/

7 M.S/G.I. PIPES FOR WATER SUPPLY TATA / JINDAL/ SWASTIK

8 ASTM/CPVC PIPE & FITTINGS FOR WATER SUPPLY ASTRAL / SUPREME/ASHIRWAD /

9 COMPOSITE PLUMBING PIPE & COMPOSITE FITTINGS KITEC OR EQ.

10 G.I. PIPES FITTINGS WATER SUPPLY DRP-M / R-BRAND / ZOLOTO

11 GI TO GI JOINTS CHAMPION / EQUIVALENT

12 SOLVENT CEMENT SUPREME / KISSAN / FINOLEX

13 BALL VALVES LEADER / ZOLOTO / AUDCO

14 WHEEL VALVES LEADER / ZOLOTO/AUDCO

15 DCV / NRV ZOLOTO/SPIREX/AUDCO

16 TAR SHALIBIND / TIKIBOND-BS

17 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE PUMPS HBD / GRUNDFOS

18 VALVES AUDCO/ZOLOTO / R.B. / KBL / KSB

19 PUMPS KIRLOSKAR / GRUNDFOSS/XYLEM

20 STARTER SIEMENS / L&T

21 PRESSURE GAUGE BELLS / H GURU

22 BOTTLE TRAP & WASTE COUPLING JAQUAR / CERA/KOHLER

23 DEWATERING PUMPS GROUNDFOSS/KIRLOSKAR/ KSB

24 HYDROPNEUMATIC SYSTEM GRUNDFOSS OR EQUIVALENT

25 SANITARY FIXTURES HINDWARE / CERA /PARRYWARE

26 EOT CRANE WITH HOIST INDEF / ELECTROMECH / SAFEX / WH-BRADY / EQUIVALENT

27 METALLIC BELLOWS BELLOW FLEX / PRICISION / DHRUV / B.D. ENGR.

28 R.O.PLANT ION EXCHANGE /POWER H20 / THERMAX

29 SOFTENER PLANT ION EXCHANGE /POWER H20 / THERMAX

30 SOLAR SYSTEM SOAHEART/MAMTA ENG/URMI/ATA-BP


Sr. No.

Item Approved Make

31 ELECTRIC GEYSER A-O SMITH/ RACOLD/SPHERHOT

32 HOT WATER GENERATOR THERMAX/A.O.SMITH / KEPL OR EQUIVALNET

33 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT THERMAX / ION EXCAHNGE / EQUIVALNET

NOTE : (1) Equivalent makes shall be approved by PMC before procurement (2) Make & Model No. of Sanitary & Bath Fixtures will be finalized by the Architect.

Particular Amount ( Rs)

A Civil WorksCW 01.00 Earth worksCW 02.00 PCC & RCC worksCW 03.00 Centering & Form worksCW 04.00 ReinforcementCW 05.00 Masonry worksCW 06.00 Doors, Windows & VentilatorsCW 07.00 Plastering workCW 08.00 Water Proofing WorksCW 09.00 Paving & Floor Finishing worksCW 10.00 Iron,steel & Roofing WorksCW 11.00 Painting & Polishing worksCW 12.00 Piling WorkCW 13.00 Road & General Development WorksCW 14.00 Miscellanious Works

Total of civil works

B Plumbing WorksPW 01.00 Sanitary fixtures & fittingsPW 02.00 Internal & external drainagePW 03.00 Internal & external water supply worksPW 04.00 Machinary

Total of Plumbing works

A + B Total of Civil Works & Plumbing WorksRebate @ % if anyNet Total of Civil & Plumbing works

SUMMARY

Item No.

Description Unit Tender Qty

Rate in Rs. Amount in Rs.

SECTION 1 : EARTH WORK1.1 Excavation for foundation in earth, soil of all types, sand, gravel and

murrum with Manual and Mechanical means and preparing the bed forfoundation, trenches etc. including shoring, strutting and dewateringetc. complete, including cart away the excavated material up to adistance of 2.5 Km. beyond the plot area and spreading and leveling thesame, or using the excavated earth for back filling, general developmentand landscaping with leveling, ramming and watering in layers notexceeding 300 mm in thickness etc. complete as directed by Engineer incharge ‐ Payment will be paid as per drawing measurements..

1.1‐a Depth up to 1.5m cum 17,000 1.1‐b Depth from 1.5m to 3.0m cum 12,500 1.1‐c Depth from 3.0m to 4.5m cum 5,000 1.1‐d Depth from 4.50m to 6.0 m cum 2,500 1.2 Backfilling from out side earth/ sand ( Contractor's earth/sand ) in

plinth, floors, trenches general development with watering, ramming,compaction in layers of 300 mm maximum with earth compactors orplate compactor or to achieve dry density of 95% modified proctordensity as required by the engineer in charge, with approved earth asper drawing, specifications and as directed by Engineer in charge. Itemrate inclusive of all transport, taxes ‐ royalties, duties, etc as well asloading, un‐loading, spreading in layers and compaction cost, etccomplete as directed by Engineer in charge.

1.2‐a With yellow murrum of approved quality brought from out side,anylocation

cum 70,000

1.2‐b With sand of approved quality brought from out side cum 6,850 1.3 Providing and laying 150 mm thk metal soling in two layers of 75 mm

each‐ metal size 50 mm size with ramming, leveling, and compacting asrequired by the engineer in charge with 8‐10 t roller / mechanicalcompactor.

cum 1,800

1.4 Pre construction stage wise anti‐termite treatment to buildings shall bewith emulsifiable insecticides as per IS: 6313 (part II) (latest revision).creating a continuous chemical barrier under and all after excavation,after earth filling is completed and before laying of final floor finish layerin side the building and 1.5mt of outer periphery of building. (OnlyPlinth area shall be measured for payment). The Contractor shall carryout the work through an approved agency and provide a guarantee forseven years on a stamp paper from an approved agency, as directed byEngineer in charge.

sqm 11,200

1.5 Providing and filling approved quality of Cinder ‐ Maximum density 750kg/m3 in Sunks as directed by Engineer in charge complete.

cmt 10

KAIRA DIST.‐CO‐OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER'S UNION LTD. AT ANANDPROJECT :‐ CATTLE FEED FACTORY AT ‐ KAPADWANJ ‐ GUJARAT

TENDER OF TOTAL FOR CIVIL AND CIVIL FINISHES WORK

Boq_1 of 20

Item No.



1.6 Cutting the existing ground up to required depth in all types of soilincluding shrubs, filled up material etc. with Manual or Mechanicalmeans in required depth, including transporting up to 2.5 km , stacking,spreading, leveling and rolling as directed by the Engineer In Charge

cum 9,800

SECTION 2 : CEMENT CONCRETE2.1 Providing and laying Plain Cement concrete ( PCC ) in position, machine

mixed concrete of specific grade by using nominal size well‐gradedapproved quality aggregate at all levels as per design having mixminimum cement content as per specification vibration / compaction,curing, scaffolding, testing etc. as directed by Engineer in charge, etc.complete. Item shall Exclude cost of formwork

2.1‐a 1:5:10 grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 150 kg/cum) cum 1,500 2.1‐b M 7.5 ( 1:4:8 ) grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 170kg/cum) cum 4,500

2.1‐c M 10.0 ( 1:3:6 )grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 210kg/cum) cum 200

2.2 Providing and laying in position weigh batched and machine mixeddesign mixed cement concrete of specific grade in proportion byweight for Reinforced Cement Concrete as per drawing by using nominalsize well‐graded approved quality aggregate in all structural elements,non structural elements at all levels and at all heights. Minimumcement content as specification. Including vibration / compaction,curing, scaffolding, testing etc. as directed by Engineer in charge, etc.complete. cost inclusive of providing & mixing of plasticizer ( cico orequiv) as per design mix and manufactures specifications. rate areinclusive of making "v" groove for vertical joints in walls.Item shallExclude cost of formwork and Reinforcement. Contractor may use RMC.Fly ash will not allowed. Minimum cement content as per specificationin RMC also. No extra cost for RMC.

2.2‐a M 25 grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 360 kg/cum) cum 13,000 2.2‐b M 30 grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 420 kg/cum) cum 3,700 2.2‐c M 35 grade concrete (Minimum Cement content ‐ 460 kg/cum) cum 500 2.2‐d Lean Mix Concrete in grade 1:4:8 for future expansion. cum 30 2.3 Extra for providing and mixing chemical additives or admixtures, as

approved by the Architect & Engineer‐in‐charge, as per thespecifications stipulated by the manufacturer. (The make and itstechnical specifications must be specified herein.)

2.3a Concrete adhesives for old & new concrete joint. kg/liter 50

2.3b Concrete Rapid hardening additives. kg/liter 18

2.4 Cement base Nonshrink groutingmaterial for pocket of foundation bolts& under base plate.

cum 4

TOTAL FOR SECTION 1

Boq_2 of 20

Item No.



2.5 Charges for making holes in RCC beam /slab with diamond core cutter.if contractor forget to provide holes / sleeves / cutout in RCC work dueto any reason, no payment will be made under this item. Rectificationwork shall be carried out at contractor's cost. engineer's decision will befinal .

2.5a (a) 100.0mm dia rmt 15 2.5b (b)101.0mm dia to 200mm dia rmt 10 2.5c (c)201mmto 300mm dia rmt 10 2.6 Drilling and fixing reinforcement dowel of following diameter by using

chemical grout of HILTI‐HY150 or equivalent. Fixing shall be carried outthrough authorized applicator of the company, and as per supplierspecification. Normal embedded depth = 15 times bar diameter , forextra embedded depth rates shall be considered on pro rata basis , ifcontractor forget to provide dowels in RCC work due to any reason, nopayment will be made under this item. Rectification work shall becarried out at contractor's cost. engineer's decision will be final.

2.6a 1) 8mm dia no. 100 2.6b 2) 10mm dia no. 100 2.6c 3) 12mm dia no. 100 2.6d 4) 16mm dia no. 100 2.6e 5) 20mm dia no. 75 2.6f 6) 25mm dia no. 75 2.7 Providing and fixing in expansion joints, Capcell HD 100,of specified

thick Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler) of the bestquality, including cutting to required size and shape, at all levels as persuppliers specifications, etc. complete, as directed.

2.7a 25 mm thk Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler) sqm 400 2.7b 50 mm thk Supreme or equivalent ( Polyethylene foam filler) sqm 100 2.8 Providing ,Laying & filling the expansion joints of specified size with

polysulphide sealant as per supplier's specifications including cleaning,scraping the joints, filling with necessary back up PU rod of supreme orequivalent, repairing the broken edges with polymer mortar(PLASTER)/epoxy mortar(RCC)& abro tap to line level complete as directed.

2.8a 20 x 25 mm with polysulphide sealant rmt 1,200 2.8b 20 x 50 mm with polysulphide sealant rmt 300

SECTION 3.00 :CENTERING & FORM WORK3.1 Providing, laying, placing and fixing in position in true line & level the

good quality centering, shuttering , formwork, at all levels, height,shape and depths, of steel plates or wooden ply for all kinds of plaincement concrete or reinforced cement concrete elements, as stated inConcrete works specification at all levels and all heights, includingproviding and fixing adequate, strong and stable props supportive structure adequate scantlings, packing, bracings, bolting, tieing withbinding wires, wherever directed sufficiently wire nailing, removing /striking off the same on stipulated time, as directed by Engineer incharge, etc. complete.

sqm 105,000

TOTAL FOR SECTION 2.00

Boq_3 of 20

Item No.



3.2 Providing and laying false centering with H frame in case of floor to floorclear height is more than 8.0 meter. as directed by Engineer in charge,etc. complete.

sqm 2,500

3.3 Providing, laying, placing and fixing in position in true line & level thegood quality centering for exposed concrete surfaces (vertical surfacewith laminated ply wood and horizontal surface with laminated plywood or good quality steel shuttering in desired pattern and size at alllevels and at all heights as per drawing and specifications, includingrendering with white cement and grey cement, for all types RCCelements like slabs, walls, columns, beams, pardi, fins, arch, curves etc.and removal of the same, including neat cleaning the exposed concretesurface, all complete as per drawing, specificationis, instruction &directions of the Engineer‐in‐charge. The contractor shall submitshuttering pattern on based on architectural conceptual drawings.Payment shall be done as per drawing/laid at site.

sqm 300

3.4 Providing, laying, placing and fixing in position in true line & level thegood quality centering, shuttering , formwork for pockets of followingsize as directed by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

3.4.‐a Pocket size : 75 x 75 x 200 mm deep No 35 3.4.‐b Pocket size : 100 x100 x 300 mm deep No 350 3.4.‐c Pocket size : 150x 150 x 450 mm deep No 50 3.4.‐d Pocket size : 200 x 200 x 450 mm deep No 50

SECTION 4.00 : REINFORCEMENT4.1 Providing, straightening, cutting, bending, binding and laying in position

of TMT FE 500 D grade steel reinforcement confirming to IS 1786 : 1990or latest code, to correct all shape and size as per detailed drawings,specifications for all RCC work , piles etc, at all levels and all heights withnecessary chairs and laps; with correct size PVC cover blocks orapproved quality concrete cover blocks of same grade of concrete andbinding wire of 18 gauge etc. complete with test certificate of the steelbars from manufactures as well as approved laboratory test certificatesdirected by Engineer in charge, etc. complete. Rate shall be inclusive ofpvc corner, chair, spacer, separator and binding wire.

MT 2,410

SECTION 5.00 : MASONRY WORK5.1 Providing and laying brick masonry with approved quality of clay bricks

compressive strength not less than 4.0 N/mm2 in line and level andplumb for sub structure below plinth , including gable walls, walls,pilasters, etc in cement mortar 1:4 including scaffolding at all levels andall heights, racking of joints, curing, providing weep holes etc completeas per drawings and specifications, as directed by Engineer in charge,etc. complete.

cum 1,400



Boq_4 of 20

Item No.



5.2 Providing and laying brick masonry with approved quality of clay bricks

compressive strength not less than 4.0 N/mm2 in line and level andplumb for superstructure above plinth, including gable walls, walls,pilasters, etc in cement mortar 1:6 including scaffolding at all levels andall heights, racking of joints, curing, providing weep holes etc completeas per drawings and specifications, as directed by Engineer in charge,etc. complete.

cum 4,050

5.3 Providing and laying partition brick masonry with approved quality of

clay bricks compressive strength not less than 4.0 N/mm2 in line andlevel and plumb for sub structure and superstructure, including gablewalls, walls, pilasters, etc in cement mortar 1:4 including scaffolding atall levels and all heights, racking of joints, curing, providing weep holesetc complete as per drawings and specifications, as directed by Engineerin charge, etc. complete.

Sqm 7,000

5.4 Charges for making holes in brick wall with normal drilling machine ‐rate for 100mm length, rate for additional length will be given on prodata basis

5.4a (a) 100.0mm dia No 150 5.4b (b) 101.0mm dia to 200mm dia No 150 5.4c (c) 201mmto 300mm dia No 150

SECTION 6.00 : DOORS, WINDOWS,ROLLING SHUTTERS AND FALSE CELLING6.1 Providing and Fixing 38 mm flush door with 125mm x 65mm teak wood

frame, waterproof shutters over jambs of stone of size as per drawingwith T.W. lipping , T.W. beading to frames with approved paint on bothside including Stainless Steel fittings, door closer and lockingarrangements, including moulding as per drawings completed and asdirected by Engineer in charge, etc. complete. Rates to include providingall hardware ‐ hinges, one handle on both side, locking arrangement,one door stopper, etc complete

sqm 140

6.2 Supplying and fixing in position 20 micron anodized aluminium work fordoors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built upstandard tubular and other sections of minimum 100mm wide &minimum1.5mm thk of Jindal make or Other equivalant, or as perengineer incharge and confirming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285, fixed withrawl plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion holdfasteners including necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at topbottom and sides with required EPDM gaskets etc. All sections shall besmooth, rust free, straight, mitred & jointed mechanicallywherever'required including cleat angle, aluminium snap beading forglazing/ panelling C.P. brass/stainless steel screws, nylon rollers with ballbearings, silicon sealent in gaps, concealed lock handle, etc all complete.( All Alu Section Anodised M 2 Grade).Rate to include for supplying andfixing necessary hold fasts, all fixtures and fastenings of anodizedaluminium as per requirement with 5 mm/ 6 mm thick MODI/SaintGobain float glass,,silicon sealent for water tightness at all sides etccomplete at any level & height,as per direction of engineer incharge.costof aluminum snap beading shall be included in the item

6.2‐a Fully glazed door ‐ with 6 mm thick glass sqm 30


Boq_5 of 20

Item No.



6.2‐b Partly glazed and Partly paneled door with 12 mm thick both sidelaminated particle board ‐ Marino or eqv., with 6 mm thick glass

sqm 160

6.2‐c Fully glazed sliding window including mosquito net , separate Alu. fixedshutter for mosquito net with 5 mm thick glass

sqm 1,100

6.2‐d Partly glazed and Partly Paneled partition wall with 12mm thick bothside laminated particle board ‐ Marino or eqv with 6 mm thick glass

sqm 700

6.2‐e Aluminum adjustable louvered glazed ventilators with mosquito netwith 5 mm thick glass

sqm 70

6.2‐f Aluminum fixed glazed ventilators with 5 mm thick glass. sqm 120 6.2.g Providing and fixing aluminium automatic proxi sensor slidding glass

door ‐ 12 mm thk toughten glass with required fittings and fixture asdirected by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

sqm 40

6.3 Supplying & fixing fully paneled Rolling shutters made out of 18 gaugesteel sheets including bottom rail, guide channel, lock plates, lockingarrangement, fixing bolts, pulling handles hood, rolling arrangement etc.and painting with 2 coats of zinc chromate primer and 2 coats ofapproved synthetic enamel paint complete as per IS:6248 of approvedmake, as directed by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

6.3‐a Self coiling type hand operated rolling shutter sqm 270 6.3‐b Mechanically operated rolling shutter sqm 270 6.4 Supplying & fixing partly paneled , partly grilled Rolling shutters made

out of 18 gauge steel sheets including bottom rail, guide channel, lockplates, locking arrangement, fixing bolts, pulling handles hood, rollingarrangement etc. and painting with 2 coats of zinc chromate primer and2 coats of approved synthetic enamel paint complete as per IS:6248 ofapproved make, as directed by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

6.4‐a Self coiling type hand operated rolling shutter sqm 200 6.4‐b Mechanically operated rolling shutter sqm 200 6.5 Providing and fixing 12.5 mm gypsum board false ceiling system, as per

standard specification of Saint‐Gobain India. All the material andspecifications to be used as per manufacturer instructions. Electrical andHVAC provision in the ceiling also to be done as per drawings, asdirected by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

sqm 500

6.6 Providing and fixing 12mm thk toughened glass with silicon sealant atskylight .Toughened glass to be placed on concrete surface.The rate shallbe inclusive of labour, sealant and machinery cost etc comlete asdirected by engineer incharge.

sqm 25

SECTION 7.00 : PLASTERING WORKTOTAL FOR SECTION 6.00

Boq_6 of 20

Item No.



7.1 Providing and applying minimum 20 mm thick sand face plaster 12 mmthick in CM 1:4 and 8 mm thick C.M 1:2 at all levels laid in two coats toconcrete or masonry surfaces and around openings in jambs and sills,including hacking of concrete surfaces, racking of joints, scaffolding,curing, making sharp and clear grooves, pattas, drip moulds, providingand fixing chicken mesh jali (22 gauge) at the junction of two differentsurfaces material component and at all levels and all heights as detailedin drawings as directed by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

sqm 15,000

7.2 Providing and applying minimum 20 mm thick mala plaster in 12 mmthick CM 1:4 and 8 mm thick C.M 1:2 at all levels laid in two coats toconcrete or masonry surfaces and around openings in jambs and sills,hacking of concrete surfaces, racking of joints, scaffolding, sharp andclear grooves, pattas, drip moulds, providing and fixing chicken mesh jali(22 gauge) at the junction of two different surfaces material componentand at all levels and all heights as detailed in drawings, as directed byEngineer in charge, etc. complete.

sqm 38,000

7.3 Providing and applying minimum 15 mm thick rough plaster in CM 1:3at all levels laid in single coat to concrete or masonry surfaces andaround openings in jambs and sills, hacking of concrete surfaces, rackingof joints, scaffolding, sharp and clear grooves, pattas, drip moulds,providing and fixing chicken mesh jali (22 gauge) at the junction of twodifferent surfaces material component and as detailed in drawings at alllevels and all heights, as directed by Engineer in charge, etc. complete.

sqm 910

7.4 Providing minimum 10 mm thick single coat ceiling cement plaster onRCC slabs, soffits of RCC slabs, chhajjas, stairs etc. in single coat incement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 Sand) hacking of concrete surfaces,racking of joints, scaffolding, sharp and clear grooves, pattas, dripmoulds, providing and fixing chicken mesh jali (22 gauge) at the junctionof two different surfaces material component and as detailed indrawings at all levels and all heights as directed by Engineer in charge,etc. complete.

sqm 32,000

7.5 Providing and applying minimum 20 mm thick water proof plaster inCM 1:3 at all levels laid in single coat by adding admixture of pidilite oreqv in water retaining structure as directed by Engineer in charge, etc.complete.

sqm 4,500

7.6 Providing cement vata of specific size in PCC 1:1.5:3 with 6.0m downsize grit with neat cement finish, watering etc complete at any heightand place

‐

7.6a cement vata of 100 x 100 mm rmt 3,000 7.6b cement vata of 150 x 150 mm rmt 280

SECTION 8.00 : WATERPROOFING WORKTOTAL FOR SECTION 7.00

Boq_7 of 20

Item No.



8.1 Providing water proofing treatment to terrace/ gutter at any level withbrick bat coba in proportion 1:5 of average 150 mm thick as perstandard using chemical as water proofing and finished top surface withI.P.S. 35mm thick laid to required gradient joint less with 300mm x300mm false square including half round water proofed vata, poundingtest to be performed as directed by the Engineer In Charge(work shouldbe carried out through approved water proofing specialist company withfree maintenance guarantee for 10 years, pounding test to beperformed). Vata will not be paid separately.

sqm 7,000

8.2 Laying broken white/colour glazed china mosaic flooring, at all levels,for plain and curved surfaces, comprising of 12 to 20 mm. size brokenpieces of glazed tiles, laid over cement mortar 1:6 bedding, on plain orsloped surfaces. The flooring to be tampered to bring the mortar creamup to the surface, including cutting as required , rounding of thejunctions and extending them up to 15 cm. along the parapet wall. Therate to include bands, if different colour is used, any pattern as perdrawing and direction, curing, cleaning with water and oxalic acidcomplete, pounding test to be performed as directed by the Engineer InCharge.

sqm 900

8.3 Providing and laying machine mixed average 63 mm thick Indian PatentStone ( IPS) of 1:2:4 ( cement : sand: aggregate) to terrace/ gutter usinggrit size less than 20mm and finishing with adding the water proofingmaterial of standard company and 1:1 Cement mortar to fill the minorhole etc complete as directed, including ,preparation of surface bycleaning, hacking and exposing aggregate to achieve the best bond, wellvibrated, compacted and finished smooth and cured by pounding withrounding the junction, keeping surfaces well‐covered and protectedagainst access of any type complete, as directed by the Engineer InCharge.

sqm 700

8.4 Providing and applying at toilet/pantry area 2 coats of Damp Guard and2 coats of URP of Pidilite or equivalent company, as directed by theEngineer In Charge(work should be carried out through approved waterproofing specialist company with free maintenance guarantee for 10years, pounding test to be performed.

sqm 25

8.50 Providing and laying specified dia rain water down take PVC pipe withbends & joints etc. complete

8.5a 100 mm dia & pressure of 4 kg/cm2 rmt 650 8.5b 160 mm dia & pressure of 6 kg/cm2 rmt 750 8.5c 230 mm dia & pressure of 6 kg/cm2 rmt 150

SECTION 9.00 : PAVING AND FLOOR FINISHINGTOTAL FOR SECTION 8.00

Boq_8 of 20

Item No.



9.1 Providing & laying in position RCC slab on grade weigh batched,machine mixed, design mix cement concrete, including providing &mixing of plasticizer ( cico or equiv) as per design mix and manufacturesspecifications, with pounding type curing as directed by the Engineer InCharge. Cement consumption as per specification. The suitable size ofpanel should be approximately 4.0 x 5.0 m or as directed by Engineer.The Construction joints to be formed at every 4 m distance by groovingwith mechanical saw within 48 hrs. Groove/sawed joints shall be madeof 4mm width and 40 mm depth min (1/3 rd depth of the slab thickness) as shown in the drawing and shall be filled with siliconesealant/Elastomeric Sealant/Epoxy Sealant. The sawing operation shouldbe carried out as soon as concrete is ready to accept the saw cut withouttoweling etc as directed by Architect and Engineer‐in‐charge. Theconstruction joint is formed by square edge and painted with bitumen.The rate shall be inclusive of labour, grooves, sealant and machinerycost. Reinforcement will be paid separately.

9.1a 100mm thick slab on grade of M‐25 grade sqm 100 9.1b 125mm thick slab on grade of M‐25 grade sqm 200 9.1c 150mm thick slab on grade of M‐25 grade sqm 10,400 9.1d 200mm thick slab on grade of M‐25 grade sqm 200 9.1e Extra over for item no 9.1a to 9.1c for immediate finish i.e. RCC cast in‐

situ slab shall be finish with wooden/steel trovel with spreading ofcement mortar of 1:1 cement mortar till concrete is fresh.

sqm 2,600

9.1f Extra over for item no 9.1a to 9.1c for Trimix floor with vacuumdewatering concrete with floating coat of 1:1 cement mortar and powertoweled to get desired smooth finishing/broom finish, over a levelingcourse.

sqm 10,100

9.2 Providing and laying green Polished kotah stone 40 mm thick ofapproved quality having size as per drawings and pattern, selected andsorted for uniform colour in floors,stair case over 20mm thick mortarbedding of 1:6 cement mortar, mirror polishing, curing, as directed bythe Engineer In Charge.

sqm 4,400

9.3 Same as above but for providing polished Kotah stone skirting ‐100 mmhigh ( 25 mm thick ) on walls as per drawing including making jari andfinishing the same. Include for making groove of necessary size in plasterjust above the stone and finishing the skirting flush with the wall plaster,mirror polishing, curing, as directed by the Engineer In Charge. asdirected by the Engineer In Charge.

rmt 3,500

9.4 Providing and laying Kesariyaji green marble 16 mm thick of approvedquality having size as per drawings, selected and sorted for uniformcolour in floors, staircase over 20mm thick mortar bedding of 1:6cement mortar, semi mirror polishing, curing, as directed by theEngineer In Charge.

sqm 1,300

Boq_9 of 20

Item No.



9.5 Same as above but for providing Kesariyaji green marble skirting 100mm high ( 16 mm thick ) on walls as per drawing including making jariand finishing the same. Include for making groove of necessary size inplaster, semi mirror polishing, curing, as directed by the Engineer InCharge. as directed by the Engineer In Charge.

rmt 650

9.6 Providing and laying Granite 16 mm thick of approved quality havingsize as per drawings, selected and sorted for uniform colour in floors,staircase over 20mm thick mortar bedding of 1:6 cement mortar, semimirror polishing, curing, as directed by the Engineer In Charge.

sqm 220

9.7 Same as above but for providing Granite skirting 100 mm high ( 16 mmthick ) on walls as per drawing including making jari and finishing thesame. Include for making groove of necessary size in plaster, semi mirrorpolishing, curing, as directed by the Engineer In Charge. as directed bythe Engineer In Charge.

rmt 90

9.8 Providing & laying in position Full body Vitrified tiles / ceramic @10mmthk of approved colour in floor (H. & R. Johnson or equivalent) , laid aminimum 45 mm. thick cement mortar 1:4 to proper slope and level.Spread ARDEX ENDURA diamond star adhesive of 5 mm thk. Joint gapbetween tiles of at least 5 mm wide x depth same as tile’s thickness shallbe provided (Use spacers of req. size to maintain movement). Joint shallbe filled with BAL/ARDEX ENDURA cement polymer grout & epoxy groutmaterial of self matched coloure as shown in drawing. Grouting can becarried out after 24 hrs. Grouting up to 10mm depth shall be carried outby cement polymer grout & final 10mm depth may be filled with Epoxygrout as shown in drawing, while grouting necessary protection tapeshall be used as per guidelines of manufacturer’s specification/engineerin charge with three or more coats of polishing up to required finish asdirected by engineer in charge. Rate shall be including all complete.Floor protector to be provided to protect the floor from scratches asdirected by the Engineer In Charge.

sqm 680

9.9 Same as above but for providing Full body vitrified skirting (100 mmhigh) on walls as per drawing with same specification of floor includingmaking jari and finishing the same. Include for making groove ofnecessary size in plaster just above the stone and finishing the skirtingflush with the wall plaster as directed by the Engineer In Charge.

rmt 210

9.10 Providing & laying in position Full body Vitrified / ceramic tiles@10mmthk of approved colour in dado (H. & R. Johnson or equivalent), SpreadARDEX ENDURA diamond star adhesive of 5 mm thk over a backing coatof 12mm thk cement plaster to proper slope and level. Joint gapbetween tiles of at least 5 mm wide x depth same as tile’s thickness shallbe provided (Use spacers of req. size to maintain movement). Joint shallbe filled with BAL/ARDEX ENDURA cement polymer grout material asshown in drawing. Grouting can be carried out after 24 hrs. whilegrouting necessary protection tape shall be used as per guidelines ofmanufacturer’s specification/engineer in charge. Rate shall be includingall complete.

sqm 790

Boq_10 of 20

Item No.



9.11 Providing and laying Kesariyaji green/ white marble at all levels in sillsand jambs in doors and windows and ventilator , as per drawings,including the cost of cutting, making the surface rough, fixing withadhesive, anchoring, moulding, polishing of all sides as directed by theEngineer in charge, etc complete. pl refer drawing.

9.11‐a Do ‐ width between 115 mm to 250mm rmt 3,300 9.11‐b Do ‐ width between 251mm to 350mm rmt 500 9.12 Providing and laying granite in platform/partitions with round

mouldings on edge as per design, both side mirror polish, fixing in wall,finishing, etc complete as directed by the engineer in charge.

sqm 20

9.13 Providing and laying machine mixed average 63 mm thick Indian PatentStone ( IPS) of 1:2:4 ( cement : sand: aggregate) using grit size less than20mm and finishing and 1:1 Cement mortar to fill the minor hole etccomplete as directed, including preparation of surface by cleaning,hacking and exposing aggregate to achieve the best bond, well vibrated,compacted and finished smooth and cured by ponding with roundingthe junction, keeping surfaces well‐covered and protected against accessof any type complete, as directed by the Engineer In Charge.

sqm 300

9.14 Providing & laying in position acid ‐ alkali resistance tiles “ Endura” of 20 mm thick (300mm x 300mm size, terracotta coloure) , laid a minimum 45mm. thick cement mortar 1:4 to proper slope and level. Spread ARDEXENDURA diamond star adhesive of 5 mm thk. Joint gap between tiles ofat least 5 mm wide x depth same as tile’s thickness shall be provided(Use spacers of req. size to maintain movement). Joint shall be filledwith ARDEX ENDURA cement polymer grout & epoxy grout material ofself matched coloure. Grouting can be carried out after 24 hrs. Groutingup to 10mm depth shall be carried out by cement polymer grout & final10mm depth may be filled with Epoxy grout as shown in drawing, whilegrouting necessary protection tape shall be used as per guidelines ofmanufacturer’s specification/engineer in charge with three or morecoats of polishing up to required finish as directed by engineer incharge. Rate shall be including all complete.

sqm 50

9.15 Providing and fixing in position, 25 to 38 mm. thick acid and alkali resisting Red Mandana stone of approved size and shape, for flooring,skirting and dado, including two coats of acid and alkali preventiveprimer, fixing on average 37 mm. thick cement mortar bedding 1:3 (1part of cement and 3 part of coarse sand) with acid proof powder,keeping the joints 6 mm. to 10 mm. wide all around and filling the samewith epoxy resin and hardener, including hand/machine polishing, waxpolishing etc. complete, as directed.

sqm 50

Boq_11 of 20

Item No.



9.16 Providing & fixing green double polished kotah of 25 mm. thick ofuniform size and colour for platforms, sinks, shelves, morry etc. in floor,dado or facia etc. up to 1.0 m. long, including necessary machine‐cutedges (uniform thickness) rounded edges, necessary cement mortarbedding in C.M. 1:2 of required thickness. Cement joints and pointing asspecified with polishing (with oxalic acid), curing, daily mopping withwater and kerosene as directed for at least 15 days or up to thesatisfaction of the Architect & Engineer‐in‐charge etc. complete.

sqm 20

9.17 Providing and laying 2 mm thk Vinyl flooring using Wonderfloor vinylflooring, armstrong vinyl floor tiles or equivalent, as approved by theArchitect, in desired pattern and design, in required shade and finish,over 63 mm thk IPS,with proper rubber based adhesive solution, such asDunlop S‐758 or equivalent. The rate includes making seamless jointsand cleaning the flooring etc. complete, as directed.

Sqm 100

9.18 Providing and laying in position 75mm thk Cement concrete ( CC )vaccume dewatered floor (VDF) weigh batched machine mixedconcrete of M 25 grade (Minimum Cement content ‐ 360 kg/cum) withsmooth finish surface on upper level RCC floor slab as per designmix.Before laying of concrete clean up the RCC slab surface ,removeloose mortar,curing compound etc complete.Add chemically surfacemodified straight fibers in concrete at minimum of 900 gm/cum ofconcrete of Dolphin floats /Reliance recrons or Equivalent . Thesuitable size of panel should be approximately 4.0 x 5.0 m or as directedby Engineer by grooving with mechanical saw within 48 hrs.Groove/sawed joints shall be made of 4mm width and 25 mm depth min(1/3 rd depth of the slab thickness ) as shown in the drawing and shallbe filled with single component,polyurethene based,elastrometric jointsealenet of BASF or Equivalent. The sawing operation should be carriedout as soon as concrete is ready to accept the saw cut without towelingetc as directed by Architect and Engineer‐in‐charge. The rate shall beinclusive of labour, grooves, sealant and machinery cost.

Sqm 8,600

9.19 Providing and laying 2 mm thk Heavy Duty self level poly UrethaneBased Floor (PU flooring) over 75mm thk VDF(As per section 9.18) ofuniform size and colour as approved by the Architect,all surface shall bethrougly cleaned with detergent washing and acid ethching & applyingfloor prime WB water base Epoxy primer @200 gm/m2 as directedbyEngineer‐in‐charge etc. complete.

Sqm 100

9.20 Providing and laying 4 mm thk Heavy Duty self level poly UrethaneBased Floor (PU flooring) over 75mm thk VDF(As per section 9.18) ofuniform size and colour as approved by the Architect,all surface shall bethrougly cleaned with detergent washing and acid ethching & applyingfloor prime WB water base Epoxy primer @200 gm/m2 as directedbyEngineer‐in‐charge etc. complete.

Sqm 20

9.21 Providing and making round shape Epoxy coving (50mm radius) at wall floor junction with epoxy mortar as directed byEngineer‐in‐charge etc.complete.

rmt 50

Boq_12 of 20

Item No.



9.22 Providing & Applying of non‐metallic cementitious floor hardener of BASF or Equivalent broadcasted over green concrete at a consumptionof 5kg per sq.mtrs as per guidelines of manufacturer’sspecification/engineer in chargeto meet the below mentionedperformance property;1. Abrasion resistance: <750mg tested as per ASTM D 4060 under H22wheels2. Hardness: Mohs scale 8‐9

Sqm 7,300

9.23 Providing & Applying 3 mm thick Epoxy self levelling flooring over 75mm thk VDF(As per section 9.18) of M/s Apurva India Ltd / FOSROCor Equivalent along with 300 Micron PU TOPCOAT MATT FINISH onprimer coat of solvent free epoxy based primer including surfacepreparation includding grinding of concrete surface,propercleaning,removing of loose mortar alll in complete as per manufacturesinstruction and using their approved applicator. Fill up the joints andcracks if any with semi rigid epoxy mortar or as directed by engineercomplete.

sqm 8,600

9.24 Providing & laying in line and level wet stone cladding on exterior/interior wall of selected stone of size up to 600mm width x upto 900 mm length and average thickness 25mm of approved make andshade as per design and drawing (with or without groove). The stoneshall be fixed after applying adhesive like Bal diamond or equivalentover plastered surface and necessary mechanical clamps minimum 4mm thick for fixing arrangements etc in dado line level, all complete asper drawing, specifications, instruction & directions of the Engineer‐in‐charge. Rate shall be inclusive of necessary cutting, joint filling withwhite cement and matching pigment or readymade cementatious groutof BAL or equivalent as approved by engineer‐in‐charge. All floors, alllevels, all height, all shapes inside or outside with necessary scaffoldingetc. The rate should be inclusive of protection of flooring until thehandling of the project. Payment shall be done as per drawing/laid atsite, Plaster is considered in relevant item.Sand stone like Agra red, PinkDholpur, White dholpur, Bansi Pahadpur or equivalent.

sqm 110

SECTION 10.00 : IRON AND STEEL WORKSTOTAL FOR SECTION 9.00

Boq_13 of 20

Item No.



10.1 Providing, Fabrication & Erecting in position Structural steel sections confirming to IS:806:1968 and IS:1161:1979 or latest for the work ofsheds, canopy, space frame, industrial buildings, Railing and Stair, insertplates & angle for RCC work including necessary RHS & SHS of TATA,rolled joists, channels, angles and angle cleats, gusset plates, positionhips and jack lifters, purlins, etc. including cutting and welding themembers as per detailed drawing and design. The rate shall include sandblasting of the steel sections, plates,2 coat of zinc chromate yellow oxideprimer and 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make over allthe surfaces of the steel sections.( Only standard measurements will bepaid for). Shop drawings for the connection details shall be prepared forthe approval of the architect. Gusset plates, Corner plates, joining platesetc. will be profiled and the rate of the profile cutting shall be includingin the rate quoted. at all levels and all heights, as directed by Engineerin charge, etc complete.

MT 250

10.2 Providing and fixing M S foundation bolts / anchor bolt as per drawingand shuttering requirements, as per drawing and as directed by theEngineer In Charge.

Kg 2,200

10.3 Supply of colour coated Zincalume/Galvalume Roofing or claddingsheets made out of 0.5 mm , 550 MPA yield stress and having coatinggrade AZ‐150 confirming to ACTM 1397. the sheet. The sheet shall befixed with SDST screw confirming to grade‐1 to be fixed on the crest ofthe rib the screw shall be have integral EPDM washer for claddingsheets. SDST screw shall be fixed in the valley near the rib. Each ridge /valley shall be fixed with SDST screw every purlin. The overlaps in thelength shall be applied with one raw of silicon sealant (exterior grade‐glass to metal grade) lining. The accessories like ridge shall be fixed withSDST screws and gap between ridges and shall be close with turn bendof the ridge. The sheet below ridge shall be turn up to avoid leakage.There should be anti capillary flute on side overlapping end and eachsheet shall have male & female ribs for overlapping.

sqm 3,900

10.4 Providing, Erecting and fixing 0.50 mm thick colour coated Zincalume/Galvalume matching accessories like corner piece, flashing, ridge as perdrawing and as directed by the Engineer in Charge.

rmt 600

10.5 Providing, Erecting and fixing Polycarbonate sheets 3 mm thick for skylight as per drawing and as directed by the Engineer in Charge.

sqm 80

10.6 Providing, fixing & commissioning Turbo Ventilator of size 600mm ofAluminum Finish of Mbient Turbo make or equivalent with ball bearingin line level and plumb on top of roof/ slab, over the cut outs provided inroof slab etc. complete as per the suppliers specifications andinstructions of Engineer‐in‐charge.

No 15

Boq_14 of 20

Item No.



10.7 Design, supply, & fabrication of Self Supported Structure Less roofingsystems wtih proper overlapping and seaming different sheets withoutmaking holes or preventing the overturning the roof by wind additionmade up from superior quality, structural grade steel. Min. Thickness 0.80 mm BMT, with tolerance of +/‐ 0.02 mm, Color Coated GalvalumeSteel. The work should be carried out by specilialize and approvedagency only. The rate of item is including fitting as per standerdspecification.Outer radius will be considered for measurement purpose.

sqm 5,200

10.8 Providing and fixing of modules of 1 no of 600mm dia AluminiumTurboventilators with single Transperant Skylight Sheet of 600mmwidth and 2100mm length at interval of 5m to 6 m in Self SupportedRoofing Systems on center as per manufacturers & architectsspecificaions

No 50

10.9 Providing and fixing of hangers/clamps as per manufacturersspecifications for laying of cables and hanging of bulbs from SelfSupported Proflex Roofing Systems .

No 520

10.10 Providing and fixing of Insulation reflector, alluminium air buble foil offollowing size , a high performance reflective insulation with more than95% reflectivity & 4 to 5% emissivity when installed using specialpurpose machine for fixing equidistant connectors on Self SupportedRoofing Systems so as to cover entire Span Without any additionalsupport.

10.10‐a 4mm alluminium air buble foil sqm 5,200 10.10‐b 8mm alluminium air buble foil sqm 100 10.11 Providing, fabrication & fixing 1.25mm Metal Deck Sheet with end

closed & with support of Structural steel.(Structural fabrication shall beas per drawing and design and shall be measured and paid underrelevant item of work.)

Sqm 10

10.13 Providing & fixing motorised swtiched operated M.S. Main gate (switch to be operated from security cabin ) as given sketch ,as directed byengineer incharge complete

kg 2,000

10.14 Providing , fabricating and Erecting MS angle framework for chain linkfencing of 65 x 65 x 6 + intermediate sections at 2.0 m C/C, fixed with35x5 mm MS flat at all four sides and intermediate sides with the help ofnut and bolts. The framework shall be fixed at sides bottom and topwith spacers and anchor fastners, sleeves, bolts and nuts as per thedrawing. etc. complete as per instructions of Architect/Engineer‐in‐charge. The rate shall include 2 coats of enamel paint with two coats ofzinc chromate yellow oxide priming paint as approved by Architect andEngineer‐in‐charge.

kg 3,000

10.15 Providing and fixing, chain link fencing of 65 x 65 x 12 g G.I. chain link,2.10 m. wide & 1.50 m height as per drawing + 2 coats of enamel paintwith two coats of zinc chromate yellow oxide priming paint etc complete

Sqm 140

Boq_15 of 20

Item No.



10.16 Providing and fixing 3mm thick aluminium composite panel of standardmake like Aluco bond or equivelant company as per the drawing withRiveted / Screwed fixtures . Panel to be fixed over MS angle framing of40X40X4mm, two coats of zinc cromite primer should be applied on MSwork. Grooves to be treated with polysulphite sealent or approvedmaterial. Entire work to be executed as per instructions of Engineer incharge

Sqm 1,500

10.17 Providing, fabrication & fixing 6mm thkMS chequred plate at any heightany level includding all as directed by engineer incharge complete.

MT 10

SECTION 11.00 : PAINTING AND POLISHING 11.1 Providing & Applying three coats Internal plastic paint ‐ Asian Royal or

equivalent (first two coats are with brush and final coat is with roller) ofdesired shade on any internal surfaces, at all levels and all heights, togive an even shade, including scaffolding, thoroughly brushing thesurface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sandpapered smooth at all levels, as directed by the Engineer In Charge

sqm 64,000

11.2 Providing & Applying three / required coats of Exterior Paint "AsianApex Ultima weather proof exterior" or equivalent in choice colour andshade over a coat of primer of same manufacturer including preparationof surface, at all levels and all heights, as directed by the Engineer InCharge

sqm 26,100

11.3 Providing & Applying three coats of synthetic enamel paint of desiredshade on any MS internal or external surfaces, at all heights, to give aneven shade, including scaffolding, thoroughly brushing the surface freefrom mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand paperedsmooth at all levels and all heights, as directed by the Engineer In Charge

sqm 185

11.4 Providing & Applying two / required coats of Birla white putty at alllevels to internal plaster surfaces of concrete, masonry work includingjambs, sills, grooves, pattas, rounding of corners at all levels and allheights complete as per drawings & specifications including scaffolding,cleaning of surfaces, as directed by the Engineer In Charge

sqm 64,000

11.5 White washing with lime on any surfaces (3 coats with brush) ofdesired shade on any internal or external plastered surfaces, at allheights, to give an even shade, including scaffolding, thoroughlybrushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreignmatter and sand papered smooth at all levels and all heights, asdirected by the Engineer In Charge.

sqm 2,000

SECTION 12.00 : PILING WORK12.1 Construction of bored cast‐in‐situ under reamed pile with single bulb ,

with M‐25 controlled concrete depth of 10mt from cut‐off level as perdrawing & specification including cost of all material, admixtures,labour, supervision, plant, equipment, fuel, trimmed concrete of pile upto top & necessary quality. The item shall exclude the cost ofreinforcement, inclusive of concrete.

12.1a 300 dia rmt 100



Boq_16 of 20

Item No.



12.1b 450 dia rmt 50 12.1c 600 dia rmt 50

SECTION 13.00 : ROAD AND GENERAL DEVELOPMENT13.1 Excavation for trenches and Box cutting by the existing ground in all

types of soil including shrubs, filled up material etc. with Manual orMechanical means in required depth, including transporting up to 2.5km , stacking, spreading, leveling and rolling as directed by the EngineerIn Charge

cum 14,350

13.2 Filling in layers from approved Murrum brought from out side withwatering, ramming, compaction to achieve modified proctor densityminimum 95% as required by the engineer in charge. Rolling with 8‐10 Tvibrating rollers shall be done to achieve the necessary CBR value.

cum 5,800

13.3 Providing and laying 200 mm thk graded granular sub base ( GSB)maximum size of pebble 40 mm with ramming, leveling, andcompacting to achieve modified proctor density as mentioned in thedrawing and required by the engineer in charge. Rolling with 8‐10 Trollers shall be done to achieve the necessary CBR value. Measurementshall be paid as per drawing only.

cum 3,250

13.4 Providing and laying 200 mm thk wet mixmaximum size of metal 40 mmin two layers with ramming, leveling, and compacting to achievemodified proctor density as mentioned in the drawing and as requiredby the engineer in charge. Rolling with 8‐10 T rollers shall be done toachieve the necessary CBR value. Measurement shall be paid as perdrawing only.

cum 3,250

13.5 Providing and laying cement concrete smooth finish Trimix RCC Road150mm. thick with M30 with vacuum dewatering concrete‐Min Cementcontent 420 kg/cum including giving a floating coat of 1:1 cementmortar and power trowelled to get desired smooth finishing/broomfinish, over a leveling course, curing for 7 days, with nominaltemperature steel etc. complete. as specified by the Architect/Engineer‐in‐charge. The rate shall be exclusive of reinforcement steel the sameshall be paid in relevant tender items. The suitable size of panel shouldbe approximately 4.5 x 4.5 m or as directed by Engineer. TheConstruction joints to be formed at every 5m distance by grooving withmechanical saw within 48 hrs. Groove/sawed joints shall be made of4mm width and 40 mm depth min (1/3 rd depth of the pavement) asshown in the drawing The sawing operation should be carried out assoon as concrete is ready to accept the saw cut without trowelling etc asdirected by Architect and Engineer‐in‐charge. The construction joint isformed by square edge and painted with bitumen. The rate shall beinclusive of labour, grooves, sealant and machinery cost and roadsignage of 3M make as per design and drawings. Reinforcement will bepaid separately

sqm 16,300


Boq_17 of 20

Item No.



13.6 Providing and laying bituminous base road joint sealing compoundspecially rubberized to withstand against cracking as per IS‐1834, Grade– A, Density 1020 kg./cum and working temperature 1750 C to 1850 C.This shall be ready to use material. Overheated material shall not beused. Surface on which compound to be applied shall be completely dry.It shall be overfilled and trimmed to level. Size of the groove shall be 25mm W x 25 mm D.

rmt 370

13.7 providing and Fixing M40 grade approved make of Paver Blocks of "Vyra make or equivalent on sand bedding, as per drawing, sample to beapproved. The rate shall be inclusive of the following. 1) Preparing thesub grade to line and level for proper slope and drainage, 2) The paverblocks should be laid properly on the prepared sub‐base as permanufacturer's specification on well compacted sand bedding as perdrawing, 3) Leveling the final surface to correct levels and cambers andfilling joints with sand and water until firmly fixed, 4) Cutting end blockswith power cutters to tightly fit the edges. as directed by the EngineerIn Charge.

13.7a 60 mm thick sqm 2,200 13.7b 100 mm thick Sqm 3,800 13.8 providing and Fixing Precast kerbing of M:25 grade as per drawing,

sample to be approved. as directed by the Engineer In Charge.

13.8a 300 mm high x 200 mm wide x 60 mm thk rmt 9,100 13.8b 500 mm high x 300 mm wide x 150 mm thk rmt 1,000 13.9 Making and filling expansion joints in Tremix RCC road by using 25mm

Polyethylene from filler capcell HD 100 type + MS road + GI pipe cap andusing joint sealing compound as mentioned in the drawing includingextra concrete work as directed by Engineer in charge complete.

rmt 370

13.10 Reinforced concrete non‐pressure IS class NP‐2 pipes of 300 mminternal diameter for cross road junction on RCC cradle +joining up to1.5 m depth; + collars and butt‐ends for collar joints; + filling the jointswith CM 1:1 inclusive of RCC cradle

rmt 360

13.11 Reinforced concrete non‐pressure IS class NP‐3 pipes of 900 mminternal diameter for cross road junction on RCC cradle +joining up to1.5 m depth; + collars and butt‐ends for collar joints; + filling the jointswith CM 1:1 inclusive of RCC cradle

rmt 140

13.12 Providing and laying 1.0m wide Plinth protection, 150mm thick M20grade concrete top layer broom finish, 150 thk Sand well compactedsand filling laid on well compacted sub base of murrum in required slopeof 1:100, as per drawing, as directed by Engineer in charge.

rmt 1,350

SECTION 14.00 : MISCELLANEOUS WORKS14.1 JCB excavator including operator and all consumables hour 1,000 14.2 Tractor trip including all labour for loading/unloading, spreading, driver

and all consumables14.2a Carting up to 5KM ( Maximum 5 km one way ) no 250 14.2b Extra over 14.2a for additional kilomerer per kilometer ( one way ) km 5,000


Boq_18 of 20

Item No.



14.3 10 m3 Dumper trip including all labour for loading/unloading, spreading,driver and all consumables

14.3a Carting up to 5KM ( Maximum 5 km one way ) no 200 14.3b Extra over 14.3a for additional kilomerer per kilometer ( one way ) km 5,000

14.4 25mm dia PVC conduct pipe in RCC work for concealed electrical work rmt 3,000

14.5 3mm thk M.S. Junction box/Fan box in RCC work for electrical work no. 200

14.6 Jarri filling at all levels, including the scaffolding and applying GI meshfor the same etc. complete as directed by Engineer in charge

rmt 1,000

14.7 Providing and fixing in position PVC pipe sleeves in retaining wall, slab,beams, fixed in position at the time of casting including cost of approvedpipe, other material required, carrying out necessary adjustment asrequired etc. completed, as directed by the Engineer in charge.

14.7a Do ‐ up to 150mm dia rmt 40 14.7b Do ‐ 151mm to 300mm dia rmt 50 14.8 Providing and laying 100mm dia 6kg/cm2 pvc pipes 150mm depth of

existing ground level by making trench as directed by Engineer in charge.rmt 500

14.90 Providing and Fixing CI rugs of 16mm dia to be fixed in RCC wall, rates tobe inclusive of shuttering for tank excess and 3 coats of anti corrosivepaint as per drawing and as directed by Engineer in charge.

No 115

14.10 Providing and Fixing MS heavy cover as per drawing, as per drawing andas directed by Engineer in charge

Kg 500

14.11 Providing and Fixing 100mm dia ventilation cowls, as per drawing and asdirected by Engineer in charge

no 30

14.12 Puddles fixing up to 300mm dia., material to be supplied by client no 10

14.13 P & L 200x 200 x 100 glass Brick +Joint filling no 40 14.14 Providing all civil work including excavation concrete, formwork,

reinforcement, brickwork, plaster etc complete for rainwater harvestingrecharging well. Rate shall also include for boring of 30m well &providing Johnson V‐wired strainer pipe. please refer attached sketch.

no 20

14.15 Providing & fixing Inauguration granite stone (Area of granite 2 sqm)with S.S. framing & support fixing,endgraving & painting with goldencolour etc complete, as directed by engineer incharge.

no 2

14.16 Providing & laying cable trench in RCC work includding excavation,backfilling,PCC,shuttering,plaster & precast cover as pergiven sketch and as per directed by engineer incharge.The rate shall beexcluded the cost of renforcement,same shall be given in relevant item.

Rmt 50

Boq_19 of 20

Item No.



14.17 Providing & laying cable trench in bickwork includdingexcavation,backfilling,PCC,brick work shuttering,plaster & chequredplate as per given sketch and as per directed by engineer incharge.Therate shall be excluded the cost of renforcement & chequred plate ,sameshall be given in relevant item.

Rmt 20

14.18 Providing ,Erecting & fixing boom Barrier of gandhi /droma orequivalent of 6.0m in length at main enterance gate,The cost shall beincludding civil work like foundation , electrical & wiring work, labour &machinary cost.contractor has to give satisfactorly one year completewarranty,as directed by engineer incharge complete.Gate shall beoperated from near by security cabin.

Nos 2

14.19 Dismantling old/new work with labour, tools and machinery and cartaway material up to 100 meter lead, including reinforcement cutting.

14.19a 9" / 4½" thick brick wall with plaster cum 50 14.19b RCC beam/ column etc cum 50 14.19c RCC slab / wall etc cum 50 14.19d RCC floor slab cum 50 14.19e Kota/ceramic/glazing flooring Sqm 50 14.19f Sub base Sqm 50 14.19g Labour charges for per day of 8 hrs. working time :14.19h Unskilled Labour no. 2,000 14.19i Skilled Labour (mason, carpenter, fitter, welder, painter, fabricator,,

plumber, electrician etcno. 2,000

TOTAL FOR SECTIONS 1 TO 14


Boq_20 of 20

Rate in Rs.Supply,Erection

& Commissioning

A B C=A+B

I) PLUMBING/SANITARY WORKS:

1.0 SANITARY FIXTURES & FITTINGSNote : For make of sanitary fixtures & fittings refer list of approved makesas given in technical specifications. These makes / models are foridentification only & final make/ model to be supplied by the Contractorshall be as directed by the Architect/Owner/Project Manager.

1.1 Providing and fixing wash down floor mounting EWC-P of approved shade,conforming to Pattern of IS: 2556 (Part -II), with SWR Selfit Soil PVC pipe andplug bend as per specifications; glazed vitreous / Cloured European WaterCloset with Cistern (IS-2326), with grouting the CI chair in side the floor/wall,rubber gaskets, connecting PVC 110mm dia soil pipe with PVC coupling, nuts,mounting cistern on WC., and solid verity heavy duty plastic seat cover as per IS-2548, of approved make; cutting and making jari work etc. complete.

Nos. 32

EWC-P : CERA CONVENTIONAL WHITE FLOOR MOUNTED EXTENDED 'P'NO.2008CISTERN : CERA CORONA WHITE TWIN FLUSH TYPE 2604SEAT COVER : CERA CLAIR WHITE 2325

1.1A Providing and fixing wash down wall mounting EWC-P of approved shade,conforming to Pattern 2 of IS: 2556 (Part -II), with SWR Selfit Soil PVC pipe andplug bend as per specifications; glazed vitreous / Cloured European WaterCloset with Conceal cistern (IS-2326), with grouting the CI chair in side thefloor/wall, rubber gaskets, connecting PVC 110mm dia soil pipe with PVCcoupling, nuts, mounting cistern on WC., and solid verity heavy duty plastic seatcover as per IS-2548, of approved make; cutting and making jari work etc.complete.

Nos. 5

EWC-P : CERA CLAIR WHITE WALL HUNG EXTENDED 'P' NO.2035

CONCEAL CISTERN : CERA CACHE 2607SEAT COVER : CERA CLAIR WHITE SOFT CLOSE TYPE NO.2325

1.4 Providing and fixing White glazed vitreous Wash Basin - oval shape , size450/550 mm dia., with supporting M.S. or C.I. Brackets, 1 no, 32 mm CP Bottletrap with extension piece to wall flange with rubber adopter for waste connectionand waste coupling. comp. etc.

Nos. 28

WASH BASIN: CERA CALVIN 2815 - 400 X 355 MMWASTE COUPLING : (HALF THREAD) ESSCO OR EQUV MAKE

BOTTLE TRAP : (With Internal Partition) ESSCO OR EQUV MAKE

1.6 Providing and fixing central hole basin pillar cock, with required braided pipesfrom basin pillar tap to angular stop cock etc complete.

Nos. 28

PILLAR TAP: ESSCO OR EQUV.

UNIT

KAIRA DIST.-CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER'S UNION LTD. AT ANAND

PROJECT :- CATTLE FEED FACTORY AT - KAPADWANJ - GUJARAT

TENDER FOR PLUMBING & DRAINAGE WORK

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION TOTAL AMOUNT

Qty.

Plumbing Tender Document Bill of Quantity 1 of 8


& Commissioning

A B C=A+B

UNITSR. NO. DESCRIPTION TOTAL AMOUNT

Qty.

1.8 Providing & fixing of Angular stop cock complete in all respects including cuttingand making good the walls etc.

Nos. 50

ANGULAR STOP COCK: ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.10 Providing and fixing grab bar fabricated from 32mm dia seamless stainless steeltube 2mm thick in bath room with non slip gripping surface, polished wall flangeat end of bars with heavy duty anchor fasteners & accessories.

Nos. 16

GRAB BAR : ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.13 Providing & fixing in position best Indian make toilet recessed type paper holdercomplete in all respects including cutting and making good the walls etc.

Nos. 37

TOILET PAPER HOLDER : ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.14 Providing & fixing in position 15 mm C.P. brass bib cocks of best quality (asapproved by the Engineer-in-Charge).

Nos. 29

BIB COCK : ESSCO OR EQUV.

15mm dia. JAQUAR/ KOHLAR MAKES Continental CP: NO.069

1.16 Providing & fixing 15mm C.P. brass angle valve with C.P. copper connectingpipe 450 mm long and nuts, washer and brass flange complete, including cuttingand making good the wall where required.

Nos. 38

ANGLE VALVE : ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.17 Providing & fixing C.P. brass towel ring fixed to rawl plug with C.P. brass screws. Nos. 15

TOWEL RING :ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.18 Providing & fixing towel rail of approved make including, providing & fixing C.P.brass screws, making holes in walls & making good.

Nos. 15

1.20 Fixing stainless steel recessed type soap dish of approved make. Includingproviding & fixing screws, washers, cutting & making good the walls.

Nos. 15

SOAP DISH : ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.23 Providing & fixing stainless steel sink, R.S. or C.I. Painted brackets painted,40mm dia. C.P. waste, C.P. brass chain and rubber plug, strainer with necessaryC.P. brass unions complete including painting the fittings and cutting and makinggood the walls wherever required, with CP sink cock with raised "J" shapedswinging spout.

Nos. 6

CERA - DAISY - PLAIN - 460 X 405 MM (ONLY BOWL)ESSCO OR EQUVIVALENT SINK COCK WITH RAISED "J" SHAPEDSWINGING SPOUT



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

1.28 Providing & fixing white vitreous china flat back urinal of size 590x375x390mmas per IS-2556 (Part-2 ) with C.I. hangers and 15mm dia. C.P. spreader,32mmdia CP bottle trap and pipe to wall with C.P. flange complete including cuttingand making good the walls and floors wherever required.

Nos. 35

FLAT BACK LARGE URINAL : CERA 2850WASTE COUPLING (FULL THREAD): ESSCO MAKEANGULAR STOP COCK:- ESSCO OR EQUV.

1.0 SUB TOTAL

2.0 INTERNAL DRAINAGE :(SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES & FITTINGS)

2.1 Providing fixing, testing and commissioning in position 3 RmtSWR UPVC PIPETYPE-B(6Kg/cm2.) self fit pipe conforming to IS:13592 including all fittingssuch as bends, junctions, inspection doors, offsets, cowl, access pieces/plugsetc. jointing with PVC Adhesive joints including cutting holes in walls and makinggood the same. (Inside TOILET + VERTICAL drops) (Supreme/ Finolex/ AstralMakes)

SOIL WATER:-

2.1.2 110 mm dia. Rmt 160

2.2 Providing fixing, testing and commissioning in position 3 RmtSWR UPVC PIPETYPE-B(6Kg/cm2.) self fit pipe conforming to IS:13592 including all fittings suchas bends, junctions, inspection doors, offsets, cowl, access pieces/plugs etc.jointing with PVC Adhesive joints including cutting holes in walls and makinggood the same. (INSIDE TOILET+ VERTICAL DROPS ) (Supreme/Finolex/Astral Makes)

WASTE WATER:-

2.2.2 110 mm dia. Rmt 50

2.2.3 75 mm dia. Rmt 150

2.3 Providing & fixing PVC Floor Trap OR multi floor trap OR P trap of 75mm diadiameter, with necessary distance piece of 75mm dia pipe and 150x150mmgrating, making necessary SLAB /WALLholes and cutting walls, etc complete.(Supreme/ Finolex/ Prince/ Astral Makes)

2.3.1 110mm x 75mm Nos. 10

2.3.3 110mm x 110mm Nos. 45

2.4 Providing and fixing PVC Pipe ISI marked brand as per IS:4985 (6 kg.)complete with PVC Fittings & clamps & hinges including cutting and makinggood the walls & ceiling for waste pipes, connections & as directed by theEngineer-in-Charge.(Supreme/ Finolex/ Prince/ Astral Makes)

2.4.1 50 mm nominal bore (For Soil Water : Wash out) Rmt 75

2.4.2 40mm nominal bore (For Waste Water : Wash out) Rmt 75



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

2.6 EXTERNAL SEWER NETWORKProviding and laying in trench ECO-drain PVC pipe as per IS-15328 class SN-8pipes to the specified invert level and slope and full leak proof joining with rubberring click ring jointing etc., complete with testing.

2.6.1 160mm Mtr. 700

2.6.2 230mm Mtr. 400

2.6 A Providing and laying in trench Perforated/slotted PVC pipe as per IS-12818 6Kgf/cm2 to the specified invert level and slope and full leak proof joining withrubber ring click ring jointing etc., complete with testing. ( For ground waterrecharging)

2.6 A1 140 mm Mtr. 6002.6A2 160 mm Mtr. 450

2.7 Excavating trenches in soil of required width for pipes etc. including excavationfor sockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 3.0 mincluding getting out the excavated soil, and then refilling the soil as required, inlayers not exceeding 20 cm in depth including consolidating each depositedlayer by ramming, watering etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil asdirectred, within a lead of 200 mtr :

2.7.1 0 to 1.5mtr depth CMT. 225

2.7.2 1.5 to 3.0mtr depth CMT. 400

2.8 Constructing masonry inspection/manhole Chamber inside with 75 second classdesignation brick work in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 fine sand) for drainage,with FRP surface heavy duty chamber cover with RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1cement:2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size)necessary excavation foundation concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement :4 fine sand : 8graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside and outside plasteringwith cement mortar 1:3 ( 1 cement :3 coarse sand) 12mm thick finished with afloating coat of neat cement complete including using waterproofing compoundas per standard design FRP. foot rests including fixing in 20 x 20 x 10 cmcement concrete blocks 1:3:6 (1 cement :3 coarse sand :6 graded stoneaggregate 20 mm nominal size): ( Sewerage drain chamber)

2.8.1 600 x 600 mm size 0 to 1.0mtr depth No. 10

2.8.2 900 x 800 mm size 1.0 to 1.5mtr depth No. 40

2.8.3 1200 x 900mm size 1.5 to 3.0mtr depth No. 25

2.9 Providing and fixing square mouth PVC gully trap grade `A’ complete with C.I.grating brick masonry chamber with first class bricks and water tight double sealC.I. cover with frame of 300 x 300 mm internal size. The weight of cover to benot less than 4.5 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg. as per standarddesign.

(Note: Cost shall include dewatering & water proofing of chambers as directed atsite).

2.9.1 300 x 300 mm chamber with 160 x 110 mm size `P’ trap. No. 10



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

2.10 Constructing brick masonry Grease Trap in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4coarse sand ) withR.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) insideplastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)finished with floating coat of neat cement as per standard design draiwngsprovided including excavation, backfilling etc complete:Inside size 120x75 cm and 120 cm deep first chamber and 60x75 cm and 120cm deep including 2 nos C.I. cover with frame (Medium Duty) 455x610 mminternal dimensions total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg(weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg

No. 1

2.11 Making bypass connection of sewage line from STP, including bracking them ina systematic way with suitable excavation, dewatering, dismantling of the RCCor masonry wall or pipe line, passing the plumbing swear line in the existingstructure either through masonry or CC and providing suitable "Y" tee to theconnect to existing pipe line, Reconstructions of dismantled existing structureaccording to the original one to bring to the working conditions tasting etc.comp., work to be done in the prasions of municipal eng. including all laicizingcost.

Job 2

2.12 Making connection to STP with all excavation, support, clamps, civil work, etc.required, providing suitable fittings, to connect to STP tank

Job 2

2.13 Making disposal of surplus of treated waste water to bypass connection ofsewage line, including bracking them in a systematic way with suitableexcavation, dewatering, dismantling of the RCC or masonry wall or pipe line,passing the plumbing swear line in the existing structure either through masonryor CC and providing suitable "Y" tee to the connect to existing pipe line,Reconstructions of dismantled existing structure according to the original one tobring to the working conditions tasting etc. comp., work to be done in theprasions of municipal eng. including all laicizing cost.

Job 2

2.14 Providing, fixing and jointing unplasticised rigid PVC pipes conforming to IS:4985 (working pressure 4 kg/Sqcm) including all fittings such as bends, clamps,cowls, supports etc. cost of cutting holes and making good the walls allcomplete. (RAIN WATER)

RAIN WATER:-

2.14.2 110 mm dia. Rmt 150

2.15 EXTERNAL STORM WATER DISPOSAL NETWORKProviding and laying in trench reinforced concrete non-pressure IS class NP-2pipes/ PVC perforated pipe of standard make to the specified invert level andslope and joining with rubber ring jointing etc., complete with testing.

2.15.1 160mm_NP2 PIPES Mtr. 500

2.22 Construction of sock well with all required connections as per detailed designand drawing.

No. 3

with precast manhole cover & overflow connection to the nearest drain



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

2.23 Making connection to existing manhole of storm water line / existing drainincluding bracking them in a systematic way with suitable excavation,dewatering, dismantling of the RCC or masonry wall or pipe line, passing theplumbing storm water line in the existing structure either through masonry or CCand providing suitable "Y" tee to the connect to existing pipe line,Reconstructions of dismantled existing structure according to the original one tobring to the working conditions tasting etc. comp., work to be done in theprasions of municipal eng. including all laicizing cost.

Job 3

2.0 SUB TOTAL

3.0 COLD / HOT /DRINKING WATER SUPPLY:INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY WORK:

3.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, havingthermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plain & brassthreaded fittings including fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00m spacing. Thisincludes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement andtesting of joints complete as per direction of engineer in charge.(Astral/Supreme/Eq.)

DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY:-

3.1.1 15 mm dia Rmt 250

3.1.2 20 mm dia Rmt 1200

3.1.3 25 mm dia Rmt 650

3.1.4 32 mm dia Rmt 2400

3.1.5 40 mm dia Rmt 1700

3.1.6 50 mm dia Rmt 400

3.2 Providing and fixing galvanized iron (GI) mild steel tube (Medium gradeClass B) of Tata or equivalent make, conforming to IS: 1239, Pipe shall belaid open, including tube fittings such as sockets, unions, reducers, long or shortbends, elbows, nipple, flanges, check-nuts, tees, etc., complete (in proper lineand level, with necessary supports viz., clamps, RCC or brick masonry pedestalsand battens, if required) jointing with screw joints, using hold tight and jute forpipes and Teflon tape for fittings and fixtures, to wall, ceiling and floor includingmaking them good, testing and painting with 2 coats of approved paint etc.,complete of the following nominal bore (NB) size:. (External work:For Underground run & to feed OHT)

3.2.1 40 mm dia Rmt 1200

3.2.2 50 mm dia Rmt 1200

3.5 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of gunmetal, male or femalethreaded isolation control valve (Wheel Valve), confirming to IS 778, PN 1.0, withnecessary specials, union, nipples etc., to complete the job. ( Zoloto/ Audco/R.B.)



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

3.5.4 32mm dia. Nos. 10

3.5.5 40mm dia. Nos. 10

3.6 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of gunmetal, male or femalethreaded isolation control valve (Ball Valve), confirming to latest IS , PN 1.0, withnecessary specials, union, nipples etc., to complete the job. ( Zoloto/ Audco/R.B.)

3.6.3 25mm dia. Nos. 45

3.9 Providing and fixing float valve with pressure type (Copper) float of approvedmake.( Zoloto/ Audco/ R.B./ Spirex)

3.9.2 32mm dia. Nos. 5

3.9.3 40mm dia. Nos. 5

3.11 Supplying, installing, testing & commissioning of `HDPE’ double layer waterstorage tank including holes for inlet, outlet, overflow, level indicator, drain &vent points, manhole cover, suitable steel supporting structure complete.( SintexMakes)

3.11.1 500 ltr. Nos. 3

3.11.2 1000 ltr. Nos. 3

3.11.3 1500 ltr. Nos. 5

3.16 Constructing masonry Chamber 75x 75 x 75 cm and up to 1.0mtr depth , insidewith 75 second class designation brick work in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5fine sand) for sluice valve and ball valve, with C.I. surface box 100mm. topdiameter, 160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep ( inside) for sluze valveand medium duty RCC manhole cover of 550mm dia. size with RCC precastfram for gun metal valve with chained lid and Rcc top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) necessaryexcavation foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement :5 fine sand : 10 graded stoneaggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1cement :3 coarse sand) 12mm thick finished with a floating coat of neat cementcomplete as per standard design: (Valve Chamber)

No. 15

3.17 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of water level controller withrequired interlocking with starter panel with all accessories

Set 5

3.0 SUB TOTAL

4.0 MACHINARY:

4.1 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Submersible type drain sumppump having CI casing & SS impleller. The scope shall also include necessaryPVC piping with delivery isolation valve & NRV with starter panel, etc. complete.



& Commissioning

A B C=A+B


Qty.

4.1.1 Flow: 60 LPM ( 1W + 1S) (To feed OHT) Set 2

Head: 50 meter

4.1.2 Flow: 60 LPM ( 1W + 1S) (To feed OHT) Set 2

Head: 20 meter

4.1.3 Flow: 50 LPM ( 2W + 2S) (For STP treated water ) Set 4

Head: 10 meter

4.0 SUB TOTAL

- TOTAL SUMMARY OF THE AMOUNT FILLED BY THE CONTRCTORS:

Note:- Though each item in the form of the complete item, which includes purchase all materials, supplying, fixing, testing etc.Thisfact shall be kept in mind by each bidder while estimating his quotation . Except such supply all materials as deemed necessary, allother such activities shall be the responsibility of the bidder to complete the whole item in spirit and substance. The responsibilityof storage handling, safety and other related issues for the materials brought by him as well as given by the owner shall be absoluteresponsibility of the bidder and nothing extra shall be paid for such activities.


KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER’S ... - Amul...

Documents

Transcript of KAIRA DISTRICT CO-OPERATIVE MILK PRODUCER’S ... - Amul...